<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
     xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
     xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
     xmlns:dcterms="http://purl.org/dc/terms/"
     xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/"
     xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
     xmlns:cf="https://www.futureplc.com/rss/content-flags"
>
    <channel>
                    <atom:link href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/feeds/tag/camera-accessories" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
                            <title><![CDATA[ Latest from Digital Camera World in Camera-accessories ]]></title>
                <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories</link>
        <description><![CDATA[ All the latest camera-accessories content from the Digital Camera World team ]]></description>
                                    <lastBuildDate>Mon, 07 Sep 2026 13:29:42 +0000</lastBuildDate>
                            <language>en</language>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Insta360 teases its next camera – so what happens when you poke out one of Luna's eyes? ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Insta360 jumped headfirst into the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal camera</a> market all guns blazing with the spectacular – but premium – <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-luna-ultra-review">Luna Ultra</a> camera. The company is now teasing features for a less costly single-lens edition called the Luna Pro, and the latest news is that it will boast true vertical 4K video.</p><p>Insta360 first teased the camera three days ago, based on a joke that the number of product launches from the company could be a bit much for the marketing team!</p><div class="instagram-embed"><blockquote class="instagram-media"  data-instgrm-version="6" style="width:99.375%; width:-webkit-calc(100% - 2px); width:calc(100% - 2px);"><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/Dc03ov3BLir/" target="_blank">A post shared by Insta360 (@insta360)</a></p><p>A photo posted by </p></blockquote></div><p>The gimbal camera pictured in the teaser looks like the company's recently launched Luna Ultra camera, except that the camera at the top seems to only have a single lens.</p><p>The implication is that we're about to see, on September 10, the Luna Pro, which has already been released in China. </p><p>The camera still boasts a 1-inch sensor, 8K video and the detachable remote control screen, enough for Insta360 to describe it as a "flagship" even though it clearly plays second fiddle to the Ultra.</p><p>Insta360's real competitors, though, are the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 4</a> (with one camera) and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-cameras/dji-osmo-pocket-4p-review-the-twin-lenspocket-gimbal-camera-weve-all-been-waiting-for">Pocket 4P</a> (with two).</p><p>As well as distinguishing itself with the detachable remote, Insta360 has given the camera the ability to shoot in 4K vertically as well as horizontally (at up to 4K60). Both of DJI's offerings switch to a 3K mode in vertical operation.</p><p>Although there is only one physical lens, the Insta360 Pro's digital zoom will be boosted to 4x, which the company says represents "80mm portraits."</p><p>While the Luna Pro has been seen at IFA Berlin, so it isn't just confined to China, the show is still running as I post this. It does at least confirm the name as well as the spec, but we don't expect to hear final pricing until September 10, a little behind Bejing's August 20.</p><p>Unlike DJI, which has been forced by US import law to stick to the Pocket 3, the Luna Ultra is and, presumably, the Luna Pro will be available to American customers. Soon we'll see the result on our guide to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best pocket gimbal cameras</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/insta360-teases-its-next-camera-so-what-happens-when-you-poke-out-one-of-lunas-eyes</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Insta360 has started teasing another of the features that Luna's little brother will bring to the battle against the DJI Pocket ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">dKony59Fr9y8MsMwYyVm7X</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D6CT2agxNVAwVbUY5BRYbC-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 07 Sep 2026 13:29:42 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D6CT2agxNVAwVbUY5BRYbC-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Pro]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Pro]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Pro]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D6CT2agxNVAwVbUY5BRYbC-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Insta360 jumped headfirst into the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal camera</a> market all guns blazing with the spectacular – but premium – <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-luna-ultra-review">Luna Ultra</a> camera. The company is now teasing features for a less costly single-lens edition called the Luna Pro, and the latest news is that it will boast true vertical 4K video.</p><p>Insta360 first teased the camera three days ago, based on a joke that the number of product launches from the company could be a bit much for the marketing team!</p><div class="instagram-embed"><blockquote class="instagram-media"  data-instgrm-version="6" style="width:99.375%; width:-webkit-calc(100% - 2px); width:calc(100% - 2px);"><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/Dc03ov3BLir/" target="_blank">A post shared by Insta360 (@insta360)</a></p><p>A photo posted by </p></blockquote></div><p>The gimbal camera pictured in the teaser looks like the company's recently launched Luna Ultra camera, except that the camera at the top seems to only have a single lens.</p><p>The implication is that we're about to see, on September 10, the Luna Pro, which has already been released in China. </p><p>The camera still boasts a 1-inch sensor, 8K video and the detachable remote control screen, enough for Insta360 to describe it as a "flagship" even though it clearly plays second fiddle to the Ultra.</p><p>Insta360's real competitors, though, are the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 4</a> (with one camera) and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-cameras/dji-osmo-pocket-4p-review-the-twin-lenspocket-gimbal-camera-weve-all-been-waiting-for">Pocket 4P</a> (with two).</p><p>As well as distinguishing itself with the detachable remote, Insta360 has given the camera the ability to shoot in 4K vertically as well as horizontally (at up to 4K60). Both of DJI's offerings switch to a 3K mode in vertical operation.</p><p>Although there is only one physical lens, the Insta360 Pro's digital zoom will be boosted to 4x, which the company says represents "80mm portraits."</p><p>While the Luna Pro has been seen at IFA Berlin, so it isn't just confined to China, the show is still running as I post this. It does at least confirm the name as well as the spec, but we don't expect to hear final pricing until September 10, a little behind Bejing's August 20.</p><p>Unlike DJI, which has been forced by US import law to stick to the Pocket 3, the Luna Ultra is and, presumably, the Luna Pro will be available to American customers. Soon we'll see the result on our guide to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best pocket gimbal cameras</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Fed up carrying heavy camera gear? This AI exoskeleton wants to do the hard work ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Outdoor photography is not always the relaxed, leisurely pursuit it might appear. Camera bodies might be getting lighter, but once you add a couple of lenses, a tripod, filters, batteries, food, water, and perhaps a drone, you’re dragging around half a studio on your back. But Hypershell might have a solution: what if you could make the photographer stronger?</p><p>Unveiled at IFA 2026, the new Hypershell Halo is a full-leg consumer exoskeleton designed to assist movement across difficult terrain. For photographers who regularly hike with heavy gear, this could seriously help mobility.</p><p>Rather than simply providing power at the hips like previous models, the Halo uses four powered joints covering both the hips and knees, coordinating them as a single system to provide propulsion, weight-bearing support, descent control, and cushioning when landing or moving over uneven ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1708px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:149.88%;"><img id="jrDqK8vbPjuLuJk3RrPw3K" name="Hypershell Image 3" alt="Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jrDqK8vbPjuLuJk3RrPw3K.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1708" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Hypershell)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Halo's HyperDrive Pro system produces up to 1,490W of peak output and can assist users at speeds of up to 17km/h. Hypershell also claims the system can reduce knee-muscle fatigue by as much as 40% during squats, while helping lift the wearer during climbs and absorbing some of the impact on descents. A swappable 370g battery promises up to 20km of range.</p><p>Despite strapping four motors to your legs, Halo itself weighs 2.6kg. Its carbon-fiber and titanium construction folds down to less than eight liters. It is also IP54 rated against dust and splashing water, which should make it better suited to the sort of environments landscape and wildlife photographers tend to find themselves in.</p><p>It's 2026, so of course there is plenty of AI involved too. More than 30 sensors monitor movement while Hypershell's HyperIntuition 2.0 system attempts to predict what the wearer intends to do around 200 milliseconds in advance, adjusting assistance up to 2,500 times per second. Over time, it can also adapt to an individual's gait and movement habits.</p><p>Whether photographers are really ready to strap on an exoskeleton to go out shooting is another question. The Hypershell Halo costs $2,299, which is an investment, but is less than the cost of a lot of the other gear in a kit bag.</p><p>But if the choice is between leaving gear at home or getting robotic assistance up the mountain, I can certainly see the appeal.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like...</span></h3><p>For more camera support in the great outdoors check out our guides to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fibre tripods</a> for lightweight options.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/fed-up-carrying-heavy-camera-gear-this-ai-exoskeleton-wants-to-do-the-hard-work</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Hypershell Halo AI exoskeleton could make hauling a heavy camera bag up a mountain considerably easier ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">UD6QyGCEqGwKbgkhVKRnDR</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vGU979s43GZSrhr9G9JK4K-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 13:20:20 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ gareth.bevan@futurenet.com (Gareth Bevan) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Gareth Bevan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AsbARYkh4iHozfim2Y2PdC.jpeg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Gareth is a photographer based in London, working as a freelance photographer and videographer for the past several years, having the privilege to shoot for some household names. With work focusing on fashion, portrait and lifestyle content creation, he has developed a range of skills covering everything from editorial shoots to social media videos. Outside of work, he has a personal passion for travel and nature photography, with a devotion to sustainability and environmental causes.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vGU979s43GZSrhr9G9JK4K-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Hypershell]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vGU979s43GZSrhr9G9JK4K-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Outdoor photography is not always the relaxed, leisurely pursuit it might appear. Camera bodies might be getting lighter, but once you add a couple of lenses, a tripod, filters, batteries, food, water, and perhaps a drone, you’re dragging around half a studio on your back. But Hypershell might have a solution: what if you could make the photographer stronger?</p><p>Unveiled at IFA 2026, the new Hypershell Halo is a full-leg consumer exoskeleton designed to assist movement across difficult terrain. For photographers who regularly hike with heavy gear, this could seriously help mobility.</p><p>Rather than simply providing power at the hips like previous models, the Halo uses four powered joints covering both the hips and knees, coordinating them as a single system to provide propulsion, weight-bearing support, descent control, and cushioning when landing or moving over uneven ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1708px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:149.88%;"><img id="jrDqK8vbPjuLuJk3RrPw3K" name="Hypershell Image 3" alt="Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jrDqK8vbPjuLuJk3RrPw3K.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1708" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Hypershell)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Halo's HyperDrive Pro system produces up to 1,490W of peak output and can assist users at speeds of up to 17km/h. Hypershell also claims the system can reduce knee-muscle fatigue by as much as 40% during squats, while helping lift the wearer during climbs and absorbing some of the impact on descents. A swappable 370g battery promises up to 20km of range.</p><p>Despite strapping four motors to your legs, Halo itself weighs 2.6kg. Its carbon-fiber and titanium construction folds down to less than eight liters. It is also IP54 rated against dust and splashing water, which should make it better suited to the sort of environments landscape and wildlife photographers tend to find themselves in.</p><p>It's 2026, so of course there is plenty of AI involved too. More than 30 sensors monitor movement while Hypershell's HyperIntuition 2.0 system attempts to predict what the wearer intends to do around 200 milliseconds in advance, adjusting assistance up to 2,500 times per second. Over time, it can also adapt to an individual's gait and movement habits.</p><p>Whether photographers are really ready to strap on an exoskeleton to go out shooting is another question. The Hypershell Halo costs $2,299, which is an investment, but is less than the cost of a lot of the other gear in a kit bag.</p><p>But if the choice is between leaving gear at home or getting robotic assistance up the mountain, I can certainly see the appeal.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like...</span></h3><p>For more camera support in the great outdoors check out our guides to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fibre tripods</a> for lightweight options.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ With eyes on stalks, this ingenious camera lighting device is an affordable friend for macro photography and bug hunters ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Godox has just launched an ingenious contraption for extreme close-up photography that offers a precision macro lighting set-up that insect and plant photographers will love. The Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light is a hotshoe-mounted device that has two LEDs on a pair of stalk-link arms. The power and the color temperature of each of these lights can be independently controlled from the panel that sits on top of the camera.</p><p>For further lighting control, each LED lamp has a hotshoe above and below, allowing you to place one or two mini strobes on each side to enable shorter effective exposures to freeze movement and to use small apertures to maximize depth of field. </p><p>The maximum weight of the flash units used needs to be under 90g. But thankfully  highly-affordable units, such as the Godox iM20 (around $28/£25 a piece) have become popular of late, since camera manufacturers have stopped providing a built-in pop-up flash.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1010px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="KcBBQ5Y5X25sTkik9jXtFY" name="1787554116417435169" alt="Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KcBBQ5Y5X25sTkik9jXtFY.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1010" height="568" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KcBBQ5Y5X25sTkik9jXtFY.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:989px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="B6HachzKzDSzJp5pvN989Y" name="1787867154_1996212169" alt="Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B6HachzKzDSzJp5pvN989Y.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="989" height="556" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B6HachzKzDSzJp5pvN989Y.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:951px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY" name="1787867168_IMG_2817910169" alt="Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="951" height="535" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although the flash units cost extra, the basic unit is supplied with a large diffuser panel to ensure even lighting from the lighting rig. A bigger diffuser box is available as an optional accessory.</p><p>The LED panels are powered by an integral 3300mAh lithium-ion battery, which is said to give over three hours of running time at 100% brightness. This is recharged via a USB-C connector, which takes 2 hours and 20 minutes to recharge. The panels offer a color range from 2800-6500K.<br><br>The Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light will for $79 / £69 and is expected to be in stock by the middle of September.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/YhbeqEy8glM" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><strong>Above: YouTube video showing the Godox MA2 in operation</strong><br><br>See our full guide the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ringflash">best ring flash for macro photography</a></p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Godox Flexible Macro Twin Light MA2"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-lights/with-eyes-on-stalks-this-ingenious-camera-lighting-device-is-an-affordable-friend-for-macro-photography-and-bug-hunters</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Godox MA2 offers a flexible twin-light set-up for professional macro lighting at an unbelievably affordable price ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">6RxKvYr3GDzyJu45ZmfKzT</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 11:46:48 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Lights]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ chris.george@futurenet.com (Chris George) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Chris George ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xGfeLWQCdiKETahdirYFFF.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Godox]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Godox has just launched an ingenious contraption for extreme close-up photography that offers a precision macro lighting set-up that insect and plant photographers will love. The Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light is a hotshoe-mounted device that has two LEDs on a pair of stalk-link arms. The power and the color temperature of each of these lights can be independently controlled from the panel that sits on top of the camera.</p><p>For further lighting control, each LED lamp has a hotshoe above and below, allowing you to place one or two mini strobes on each side to enable shorter effective exposures to freeze movement and to use small apertures to maximize depth of field. </p><p>The maximum weight of the flash units used needs to be under 90g. But thankfully  highly-affordable units, such as the Godox iM20 (around $28/£25 a piece) have become popular of late, since camera manufacturers have stopped providing a built-in pop-up flash.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1010px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="KcBBQ5Y5X25sTkik9jXtFY" name="1787554116417435169" alt="Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KcBBQ5Y5X25sTkik9jXtFY.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1010" height="568" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KcBBQ5Y5X25sTkik9jXtFY.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:989px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="B6HachzKzDSzJp5pvN989Y" name="1787867154_1996212169" alt="Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B6HachzKzDSzJp5pvN989Y.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="989" height="556" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B6HachzKzDSzJp5pvN989Y.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:951px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY" name="1787867168_IMG_2817910169" alt="Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="951" height="535" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lmscy6nNeCHZcBooPQvXFY.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although the flash units cost extra, the basic unit is supplied with a large diffuser panel to ensure even lighting from the lighting rig. A bigger diffuser box is available as an optional accessory.</p><p>The LED panels are powered by an integral 3300mAh lithium-ion battery, which is said to give over three hours of running time at 100% brightness. This is recharged via a USB-C connector, which takes 2 hours and 20 minutes to recharge. The panels offer a color range from 2800-6500K.<br><br>The Godox MA2 Flexible Macro Twin Light will for $79 / £69 and is expected to be in stock by the middle of September.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/YhbeqEy8glM" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><strong>Above: YouTube video showing the Godox MA2 in operation</strong><br><br>See our full guide the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ringflash">best ring flash for macro photography</a></p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Godox Flexible Macro Twin Light MA2"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ A Dyson toothbrush puts a 100,000-pixel camera in your mouth so you can jet wash your teeth ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>From phones to glasses to keychains, it seems like there’s nothing the consumer tech industry won’t stick on the end of a camera. And now, <a href="https://www.dyson.co.uk/discover/news/latest/introducing-camerajet" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Dyson</a>, the English tech company famed for its household appliances, has launched a toothbrush with a built-in camera. The Dyson CameraJet uses what it calls Gap Optical Targeting to shoot jets of liquid between hard-to-reach gaps in teeth. </p><p>It does this by using a 100,000-pixel camera with a tiny macro lens to capture and analyze 28 images per second. Combining this with AI algorithms that are said to detect, track and predict gaps, as well as a 257Hz stroboscopic light to illuminate the mouth, allows it to precisely target jets of liquid and ‘floss’ the user’s teeth. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="huf9As5NxNoWZ2kcssxvx3" name="WEB-779-PDP-GALLERY-3-TP" alt="Dyson CameraJet toothbrush product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/huf9As5NxNoWZ2kcssxvx3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">AI algorithms help the camera track and pinpoint gaps in the teeth </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dyson)</span></figcaption></figure><p>According to Dyson, the camera’s ability to target gaps is what sets the CameraJet apart from the competition. It took six years of research and development to come to fruition and is priced at an eye-watering <a href="https://www.dyson.co.uk/oral-care/electric-toothbrush/camerajet/ceramic-ultra-blue" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">$499.99 / £419.99</a> / <a href="https://www.dyson.com.au/camerajet-ceramic-pink">AU$799</a>. </p><p>Founder James Dyson said of the CameraJet: “By combining a camera, machine learning, precision fluid dynamics, advanced brushing technologies, connectivity and WiFi, Dyson CameraJet introduces an entirely new way to keep your mouth healthy.”</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CebU7ZVNuaikWHmd4CWor3" name="WEB-682-CASE-GALLERY07" alt="Dyson CameraJet toothbrush product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CebU7ZVNuaikWHmd4CWor3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera also functions as an endoscope, allowing users to view inside their mouth via the MyDyson app </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dyson)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s not the first time a company has attempted to merge toothbrushes with cameras. Onvi announced the <a href="https://venturebeat.com/business/onvi-launches-smart-toothbrush-prophix-with-a-camera-to-show-you-where-to-brush"><u>Prophix Video Toothbrush</u></a> back in 2016, which was intended to stream footage from inside the mouth to the user’s phone so they could make sure they were reaching the right spots, but it never actually hit shelves.</p><p>It’ll be interesting to see how Dyson’s camera-infused toothbrush fares on the market. Premium toothbrushes are nothing new and Oral-B’s range-topping iO brushes aren’t priced too dissimilarly to the CameraJet. So there you have it, what’s next? A camera with a built-in toothbrush? </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like... </span></h3><p>Want more weird and wonderful camera tech? <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/film-cameras/made-for-the-rule-breakers-and-boundary-pushers-this-new-compact-camera-is-a-colorful-analog-shooter-for-experimental-fisheye-photography">New compact camera is a colorful analog shooter</a> for experimental fisheye photography. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/camera-accessories-should-be-practical-not-just-look-pretty-and-this-new-led-hot-shoe-cover-is-the-perfect-example-of-something-id-never-buy">Camera accessories should be practical – not just look pretty –</a> and this new LED hot shoe cover is the perfect example of something I'd never buy. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/lenses/neck-warmers-for-nikon-lenses-these-ftz-adapter-covers-give-dslr-lenses-a-glow-up-when-used-on-modern-mirrorless-cameras">Neck warmers for Nikon lenses?</a> These FTZ adapter covers give DSLR lenses a glow-up when used on modern mirrorless cameras.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Dyson CameraJet"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/us-usd500-dyson-toothbrush-puts-a-100-000-pixel-camera-in-your-mouth-so-you-can-jet-wash-your-teeth</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Built-in camera and strobe enable Dyson toothbrush to precisely target plaque between teeth ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">cTvzaVigkNkmhqzSiDfHja</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CebU7ZVNuaikWHmd4CWor3-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 06:45:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 23:24:17 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ mike.harris@futurenet.com (Mike Harris) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Harris ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGEXGwupYYYnNwLb7XkXx8.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CebU7ZVNuaikWHmd4CWor3-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Dyson]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[A tiny 100,000-px camera enables the Dyson CameraJet to see inside your mouth]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Dyson CameraJet toothbrush product image]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Dyson CameraJet toothbrush product image]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CebU7ZVNuaikWHmd4CWor3-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>From phones to glasses to keychains, it seems like there’s nothing the consumer tech industry won’t stick on the end of a camera. And now, <a href="https://www.dyson.co.uk/discover/news/latest/introducing-camerajet" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Dyson</a>, the English tech company famed for its household appliances, has launched a toothbrush with a built-in camera. The Dyson CameraJet uses what it calls Gap Optical Targeting to shoot jets of liquid between hard-to-reach gaps in teeth. </p><p>It does this by using a 100,000-pixel camera with a tiny macro lens to capture and analyze 28 images per second. Combining this with AI algorithms that are said to detect, track and predict gaps, as well as a 257Hz stroboscopic light to illuminate the mouth, allows it to precisely target jets of liquid and ‘floss’ the user’s teeth. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="huf9As5NxNoWZ2kcssxvx3" name="WEB-779-PDP-GALLERY-3-TP" alt="Dyson CameraJet toothbrush product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/huf9As5NxNoWZ2kcssxvx3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">AI algorithms help the camera track and pinpoint gaps in the teeth </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dyson)</span></figcaption></figure><p>According to Dyson, the camera’s ability to target gaps is what sets the CameraJet apart from the competition. It took six years of research and development to come to fruition and is priced at an eye-watering <a href="https://www.dyson.co.uk/oral-care/electric-toothbrush/camerajet/ceramic-ultra-blue" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">$499.99 / £419.99</a> / <a href="https://www.dyson.com.au/camerajet-ceramic-pink">AU$799</a>. </p><p>Founder James Dyson said of the CameraJet: “By combining a camera, machine learning, precision fluid dynamics, advanced brushing technologies, connectivity and WiFi, Dyson CameraJet introduces an entirely new way to keep your mouth healthy.”</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CebU7ZVNuaikWHmd4CWor3" name="WEB-682-CASE-GALLERY07" alt="Dyson CameraJet toothbrush product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CebU7ZVNuaikWHmd4CWor3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera also functions as an endoscope, allowing users to view inside their mouth via the MyDyson app </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Dyson)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s not the first time a company has attempted to merge toothbrushes with cameras. Onvi announced the <a href="https://venturebeat.com/business/onvi-launches-smart-toothbrush-prophix-with-a-camera-to-show-you-where-to-brush"><u>Prophix Video Toothbrush</u></a> back in 2016, which was intended to stream footage from inside the mouth to the user’s phone so they could make sure they were reaching the right spots, but it never actually hit shelves.</p><p>It’ll be interesting to see how Dyson’s camera-infused toothbrush fares on the market. Premium toothbrushes are nothing new and Oral-B’s range-topping iO brushes aren’t priced too dissimilarly to the CameraJet. So there you have it, what’s next? A camera with a built-in toothbrush? </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like... </span></h3><p>Want more weird and wonderful camera tech? <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/film-cameras/made-for-the-rule-breakers-and-boundary-pushers-this-new-compact-camera-is-a-colorful-analog-shooter-for-experimental-fisheye-photography">New compact camera is a colorful analog shooter</a> for experimental fisheye photography. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/camera-accessories-should-be-practical-not-just-look-pretty-and-this-new-led-hot-shoe-cover-is-the-perfect-example-of-something-id-never-buy">Camera accessories should be practical – not just look pretty –</a> and this new LED hot shoe cover is the perfect example of something I'd never buy. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/lenses/neck-warmers-for-nikon-lenses-these-ftz-adapter-covers-give-dslr-lenses-a-glow-up-when-used-on-modern-mirrorless-cameras">Neck warmers for Nikon lenses?</a> These FTZ adapter covers give DSLR lenses a glow-up when used on modern mirrorless cameras.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Dyson CameraJet"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Camera accessories should be practical – not just look pretty – and this new LED hot shoe cover is the perfect example of  something I'd never buy ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>If I’m going to lighten my wallet and weigh down my camera further with an accessory, then that accessory needs to either improve my images or my workflow in some way. If it doesn’t, then for me, personally, it’s a waste of materials and money.</p><p>A waterproof cover, a clip for mounting your camera to your backpack shoulder strap, and lens filters – I’ll buy these all day long. But a custom silicone lens sleeve, a decorative shutter button, or a creative hot shoe cover – not a chance.</p><p>That brings me to Godox’s LT1 LED Creative Pixel Light, which is essentially a hotshoe cover with a screen that you can program to display graphics using the accompanying mobile app. </p><p>And this new camera accessory, which is technically a cold shoe attachment as it doesn’t have any electrical contacts, is the perfect example of what I’m talking about.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5JHbF-O-fiE" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>I can understand that there is some level of aesthetic appeal here, especially to collectors who like quirky photography items, but what will this thing actually do for your images?</p><p>The LED screen might display something cute, like an animal or a name, but that doesn’t help you shoot better images in harsh light. The built-in Godox light control button could be handy, but to use it, you need to already own compatible Godox lights.</p><p>I did notice in the comments section of the LT1 promotional video on YouTube that someone said the device will be great for photographers working with children. </p><p>And <em>maybe</em> it will help these photographers to better engage their subjects, but just maybe. After all, it’s not like the hotshoe cover will help children to look directly at the lens…</p><p>The good thing is that,<a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1996217-REG/godox_lt1_creative_pixel_led.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"> priced at $33.90 (approximately £25 / AU$47) on B&H Photo</a> – currently for preorder – the LT1 won’t lighten your wallet too much, although I'll be saving my money. </p><p>However, I encourage you to watch the promotional video and also check out the product specs before forming your opinion. While I'm never a fan of these sorts of accessories that do nothing for my images, Perhaps for you, personally, this funky, albeit seemingly impractical device would come in handy. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h2><p>Here's our pick of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-accessories">best camera accessories</a> – these essential photography gadgets and add-ons are workflow bolstering! </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/camera-accessories-should-be-practical-not-just-look-pretty-and-this-new-led-hot-shoe-cover-is-the-perfect-example-of-something-id-never-buy</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Why spend money on a camera accessory that does nothing to help you take better images or make your photography workflow more practical in some way? I just don’t get it… ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">JprAgZrLBXW8wcwSFpFQPJ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sZhxrJ7FSeXSvMfJeCQEUX-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 02 Sep 2026 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alan Palazon ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zf7tYsbRE9JKvfVjebG5Cn.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;I’ve been writing professionally since 2021 and joined Digital Camera World as a staff writer in 2026. My previous role was as a junior editor for a careers advice publisher and I’ve freelanced in the sustainability and travel and tourism niches.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In 2025, I became a qualified journalist completing my training remotely while traveling through Latin America. The experience melded my love for words and photography, and expanded my photographic interest into international photojournalism. Capturing the world’s incredible landscapes and cultures through the lens is what most inspires me.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;I started out on a Nikon D3500, which was the ideal entry-level digital camera, but have since upgraded to Sony’s Alpha system. My go-to setup is the A7III (and later A7 models) paired with the 24-105 F4 G lens. In all honesty, cameras are so advanced these days that I don’t think it matters what make or model you use.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sZhxrJ7FSeXSvMfJeCQEUX-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Godox ]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[LT1 Godox LED Creative Pixel Light]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[LT1 Godox LED Creative Pixel Light]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[LT1 Godox LED Creative Pixel Light]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sZhxrJ7FSeXSvMfJeCQEUX-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>If I’m going to lighten my wallet and weigh down my camera further with an accessory, then that accessory needs to either improve my images or my workflow in some way. If it doesn’t, then for me, personally, it’s a waste of materials and money.</p><p>A waterproof cover, a clip for mounting your camera to your backpack shoulder strap, and lens filters – I’ll buy these all day long. But a custom silicone lens sleeve, a decorative shutter button, or a creative hot shoe cover – not a chance.</p><p>That brings me to Godox’s LT1 LED Creative Pixel Light, which is essentially a hotshoe cover with a screen that you can program to display graphics using the accompanying mobile app. </p><p>And this new camera accessory, which is technically a cold shoe attachment as it doesn’t have any electrical contacts, is the perfect example of what I’m talking about.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5JHbF-O-fiE" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>I can understand that there is some level of aesthetic appeal here, especially to collectors who like quirky photography items, but what will this thing actually do for your images?</p><p>The LED screen might display something cute, like an animal or a name, but that doesn’t help you shoot better images in harsh light. The built-in Godox light control button could be handy, but to use it, you need to already own compatible Godox lights.</p><p>I did notice in the comments section of the LT1 promotional video on YouTube that someone said the device will be great for photographers working with children. </p><p>And <em>maybe</em> it will help these photographers to better engage their subjects, but just maybe. After all, it’s not like the hotshoe cover will help children to look directly at the lens…</p><p>The good thing is that,<a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1996217-REG/godox_lt1_creative_pixel_led.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"> priced at $33.90 (approximately £25 / AU$47) on B&H Photo</a> – currently for preorder – the LT1 won’t lighten your wallet too much, although I'll be saving my money. </p><p>However, I encourage you to watch the promotional video and also check out the product specs before forming your opinion. While I'm never a fan of these sorts of accessories that do nothing for my images, Perhaps for you, personally, this funky, albeit seemingly impractical device would come in handy. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h2><p>Here's our pick of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-accessories">best camera accessories</a> – these essential photography gadgets and add-ons are workflow bolstering! </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Samsung's latest portable SSDs are unbelievably fast ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Samsung has launched two new super-fast portable SSDs promising incredible transfer speeds. The Samsung Portable SSD P Series consists of P9 and P7 models, both being built around a super-fast USB4 interface.</p><h2 id="portable-ssd-p9">Portable SSD P9</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EW2KvtNPMdQHiKqoTKzcqY" name="Samsung Electronics P9 2" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P9" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EW2KvtNPMdQHiKqoTKzcqY.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The top-tier P9 boasts incredible read speeds of up to 4,000 MB/s and sequential write speeds of up to 3,800MB/s. This makes the P9 around twice as fast as existing USB 3.2 Gen 2x2 SSDs which max out at 2000MB/s, and it means the P9 supports 12K direct recording for professional production workflows.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1231px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="auevTkpfpb68YiMttMSjhY" name="(3) Samsung Electronics P9 Lifestyle 1" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P9" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/auevTkpfpb68YiMttMSjhY.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1231" height="692" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The P9 is available in 1TB, 2TB, 4TB, and 8TB capacities; the latter being the world's first 8TB USB4 portable SSD. As you might imagine, this much speed doesn't come cheap, especially with today's sky-high NAND flash pricing. Expect to pay $339.99/£296.09 for the entry-level 1TB capacity, with the 2TB, 4TB and 8TB drives costing $649.99/£591.99, $1,349.99/£1,184.49, and $2,699.99/£2,342.79, respectively.</p><h2 id="portable-ssd-p7">Portable SSD P7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1955px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="xjKYSma5MTLTfgTiRagr6S" name="(7) Samsung Electronics P7 Lifestyle 1" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P7" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xjKYSma5MTLTfgTiRagr6S.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1955" height="1100" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Portable SSD P7 shares the same capacity options as the P9, but at slightly more accessible price points of $289.99/£246.79 for the 1TB version, $549.99/£493.49 for the 2TB, $1,149.99/£986.99 for the 4TB, and $2,289.99/£1,952.29 for the range-topping 8TB capacity. Transfer speeds for the P7 have yet to be announced, but we'd expect the P7 to be only marginally slower than the P9, as it also uses the same super-fast USB4 interface.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2313px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="JPQzf7NZP9ndhWHJ63DfsR" name="Samsung Electronics P7 1" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P7" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JPQzf7NZP9ndhWHJ63DfsR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2313" height="1301" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The P7 also benefits from drop protection from heights up to 2 meters, along with shock and vibration durability. Samsung states that the P7 will offer broad compatibility with a wide range of host devices, including desktop computers, laptops, smartphones, games consoles, and cameras.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/storage/samsungs-latest-portable-ssds-are-unbelievably-fast</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ And unbelievably expensive, thanks to the global memory shortage ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Y9MCE8bgGyHhXF63w74zQh</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g9Sojbkp2mmvBf7Lojxu2S-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2026 20:44:01 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g9Sojbkp2mmvBf7Lojxu2S-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Samsung]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Samsung Portable SSD P7]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Samsung Portable SSD P7]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Samsung Portable SSD P7]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g9Sojbkp2mmvBf7Lojxu2S-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Samsung has launched two new super-fast portable SSDs promising incredible transfer speeds. The Samsung Portable SSD P Series consists of P9 and P7 models, both being built around a super-fast USB4 interface.</p><h2 id="portable-ssd-p9">Portable SSD P9</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EW2KvtNPMdQHiKqoTKzcqY" name="Samsung Electronics P9 2" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P9" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EW2KvtNPMdQHiKqoTKzcqY.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The top-tier P9 boasts incredible read speeds of up to 4,000 MB/s and sequential write speeds of up to 3,800MB/s. This makes the P9 around twice as fast as existing USB 3.2 Gen 2x2 SSDs which max out at 2000MB/s, and it means the P9 supports 12K direct recording for professional production workflows.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1231px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="auevTkpfpb68YiMttMSjhY" name="(3) Samsung Electronics P9 Lifestyle 1" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P9" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/auevTkpfpb68YiMttMSjhY.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1231" height="692" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The P9 is available in 1TB, 2TB, 4TB, and 8TB capacities; the latter being the world's first 8TB USB4 portable SSD. As you might imagine, this much speed doesn't come cheap, especially with today's sky-high NAND flash pricing. Expect to pay $339.99/£296.09 for the entry-level 1TB capacity, with the 2TB, 4TB and 8TB drives costing $649.99/£591.99, $1,349.99/£1,184.49, and $2,699.99/£2,342.79, respectively.</p><h2 id="portable-ssd-p7">Portable SSD P7</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1955px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="xjKYSma5MTLTfgTiRagr6S" name="(7) Samsung Electronics P7 Lifestyle 1" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P7" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xjKYSma5MTLTfgTiRagr6S.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1955" height="1100" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Portable SSD P7 shares the same capacity options as the P9, but at slightly more accessible price points of $289.99/£246.79 for the 1TB version, $549.99/£493.49 for the 2TB, $1,149.99/£986.99 for the 4TB, and $2,289.99/£1,952.29 for the range-topping 8TB capacity. Transfer speeds for the P7 have yet to be announced, but we'd expect the P7 to be only marginally slower than the P9, as it also uses the same super-fast USB4 interface.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2313px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="JPQzf7NZP9ndhWHJ63DfsR" name="Samsung Electronics P7 1" alt="Samsung Portable SSD P7" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JPQzf7NZP9ndhWHJ63DfsR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2313" height="1301" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Samsung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The P7 also benefits from drop protection from heights up to 2 meters, along with shock and vibration durability. Samsung states that the P7 will offer broad compatibility with a wide range of host devices, including desktop computers, laptops, smartphones, games consoles, and cameras.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 cameras ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>If, like me, you're one of the millions who bought a DJI Osmo Pocket gimbal camera – or you're thinking about it – checking out the accessories is a good idea. </p><p>A good line of accessories can make or break a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal camera</a>'s long-term usefulness, so it's already a good start that sales have been high; that means there are millions of reasons out there to offer accessories!</p><p>This guide covers both the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-osmo-pocket-3-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 3</a> and<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review"> Osmo Pocket 4</a>, as the devices have a lot in common. The connection at the base with a USB-C port and clips is the same, as is the magnetic lens attachment (except for the 4P, which boasts an extra lens and thus needs different covers). Where there are crucial differences, I've noted them.</p><p>The other reason you might be looking for accessories is that there are a lot of bargains around, especially for the older Pocket 3 model. As I've said elsewhere, of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-3-vs-pocket-4-ive-tried-them-both-and-i-know-which-one-id-buy">Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4,</a> the available bargain bundles often leave you wondering what accessories you need – or don't.</p><p>That's why I compiled my list of core accessories for these cameras and picked out the most useful ones, and why. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-microphones"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Microphones</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5725px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JVEGWP5fhzSdXKrCKH443J" name="DSC00942_169" alt="Two DJI microphones" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JVEGWP5fhzSdXKrCKH443J.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5725" height="3220" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">DJI Mic Mini 2 and DJI Mic 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="best-wireless-microphone-dji-mic-mini-2"><span class="title__text"><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-review">Best wireless microphone - DJI Mic Mini 2</a></span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Cheap, light wireless microphone that solves 90% of shooting scenarios</p></div><p class="specs__container"><strong>Mic Weight: </strong>11g</p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Lightweight mics do not mess up clothing</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Swappable covers to match the look you want</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Buy an RX as part of the bundle and you can use with your phone or camera too.</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">It's important not to lose the charging cable for the TX</div></div><p>In essence there are two approaches to wireless microphones out there, depending on your budget and needs, and the Osmo Pocket cameras are equipped to make both work. All things being equal, the most convenient is normally going to be the winner.</p><p>DJI's Mic Mini 2 system includes a receiver (RX) that plugs into a USB-C socket on a phone, but if you only want the wireless mic (TX) for your Osmo Pocket you don't even need the RX: Osmo Pocket cameras have a built-in receiver (RX) for DJI's own microphone system.</p><p>That means you can record from the 11g TX (microphone with transmitter) straight onto video as you go, with no need for editing. Light and convenient to carry, too, as you can just keep the tiny mic with the camera.</p><p>Where you do need more quality and backup recording for editing emergencies, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-2s-review">DJI Mic Mini 2S</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-3-review">DJI Mic 3</a> series are steps up the range. They can both record 32-bit float (the audio equivalent of a RAW file) directly onto the microphone so, if anything goes wrong, you have rescue room.</p><p>If you just get one mic, when you need to charge it, it drops onto a magnetic adapter that plugs into a USB-C port – for the 2S this is also how you download files. All you need to do is not lose it. </p><p>There are pricier bundles with charging cases and connectors for a full range of cameras it can charge in the case, too. That gives you more flexibility with the microphone if you sometimes prefer to use it with your phone camera.</p><p>You can see my full review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-mic-2-review">Mic Mini 2</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-2s-review">Mic Mini 2S</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Mic Mini 2 (1TX)"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-battery-handle"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Battery Handle</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="i2L3xNNmHCzuVt5SPmSwQe" name="DSC06918.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 with Battery Extender" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i2L3xNNmHCzuVt5SPmSwQe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="best-battery-handle-dji-battery-handle"><span class="title__text">Best battery handle - DJI Battery Handle</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Battery handle lets you shoot for longer, hold the camera more easily and attach a tripod!</p></div><p class="specs__container"><strong>Weight: </strong>64g | <strong>Battery: </strong>950 mAh / 1080 mAh | <strong>Compatible with: </strong>Pocket 3 / Pocket 4</p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Improves battery life and gives you more handle to grip</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Pocket 3 version can deliver power to Pocket 4</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Though cross-compatible, some features don't work</div></div><p>The Osmo Pocket's battery handle is hot-swappable and – crucially, for the big-handed like me – improves the camera's ergonomics by extending the handle. There is one for each camera series, but they are cross-compatible (up to a point).</p><p>At best, shooting at 4K 60fps, you'll see under 2 hours without the battery handle – and realistically less, as the battery does slightly drain all the time. Add the battery and you should see that surpass 3 hours (officially it's 116 to 186 minutes, a 62% improvement). </p><p>It also adds a tripod thread at the base, rather than a USB-C port, which is handy in a lot of scenarios. Otherwise, you need to attach the shorter cube-like base that is shipped with the standard Pocket just to be able to attach a tripod. </p><p>In other words, you have an accessory a bit like this already, so why not get the bigger one that'll grant you longer shooting time?</p><p>For me the answer is easy. The benefit of this depends entirely on whether you're able to top up the charge as you go – if you already carry a big power pack, this might be unnecessary. As I said, though, the longer grip can make the device feel.</p><p>Incidentally, the Pocket 3 battery handle has 950mAh and the Pocket 4 battery has a little more oomph with 1,080mAh. My first instinct might be to opt for the cheapest on the day, but getting the correct one for your camera's generation also means the battery charge level can be detected by the device – and other features that rely on subtleties of the USB (fast transfer, microphone pass-through) can be affected.</p><p>See the <a href="https://store.dji.com/uk/product/osmo-pocket-4-battery-handle?vid=218511" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><strong>DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Battery Handle</strong></a> details at the DJI store.</p><div data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Battery Handle" data-rows="2" data-widget-type="review"></div><div data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Battery Handle" data-rows="2" data-widget-type="review"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-lens-filters"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Lens Filters</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:950px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="yJVUiammuSRPhhEADPgv5D" name="71pRIBee4TL._AC_SL1500_" alt="DJI ND filters and Osmo Pocket 3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:760,l:428,cw:950,ch:534,q:80/yJVUiammuSRPhhEADPgv5D.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1500" height="1500" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: DJI lens filters)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="lens-filters-dji-pocket-magnetic-nd-filter-set"><span class="title__text">Lens filters - DJI Pocket Magnetic ND Filter Set</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star half"></span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>DJI's magnetic lens filters are easily attached </p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Range of 3 ND filters is enough for most people</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Sturdy case provided</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Other filters, like a Black Mist filter, require a separate purchase</div></div><p>DJI's simple set of three filters attaches magnetically and is compatible with both the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 cameras, so there is little to complain about.</p><p>They help you achieve a cinematic look with a slower shutter speed on a bright day, even if you let the camera itself handle the settings in auto mode. </p><p>Brands like Neewer offer an even more extensive range – including bundles with lens adapters for wide-angle and tele, but we haven't had the opportunity to review it yet at DCW. If you just need a simple set of the core options, however, then DJI's own offering is ideal.</p><p>DJI's hard-shell plastic with high-quality foam also feels thoroughly convincing, a great balance between low weight (retaining the portability the device is known for) and a good level of protection.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Magnetic ND Filter Set"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-tripod-base"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Tripod base</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="z8pyCye84CzUtbBHeZGkBL" name="DSC06933.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 tripod base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z8pyCye84CzUtbBHeZGkBL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="tripod-base"><span class="title__text">Tripod base</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star half"></span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>The Osmo Mini Tripod base is a handy solution most of the time</p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Screws in and feels sturdy</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Built of hard but light plastic</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Requires battery handle or grip handle to be fitted</div></div><p>What makes DJI's own-brand tripod base appealing is that it color-matches the camera, it's solidly built and it manages to be very lightweight and yet sturdy at the same time.</p><p>It is not solid plastic, but the molding of each fold-out leg is an ABS-style plastic with a pattern of triangular beams for structural strength – and each has a rubber foot, so you can place the tripod on a flat surface like a glass table without worry of it slipping.</p><p>The hinges, too, have a nice feel to them. When I open and close them they stay exactly where I leave them, which just feels premium (in so far as any product in this category can).</p><p>Remember, by the way, you need to attach either the Battery Handle or standard Handle extension as these have the 1/4-inch thread needed.</p><p>Oh, and this is included in some of DJI's bundles, like the Creator Combo, so make sure you're not getting it already!</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI OSMO Mini Tripod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-fill-light"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Fill light</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4378px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF" name="DSC00954_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4378" height="2463" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="dji-osmo-pocket-4-fill-light"><span class="title__text">DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Fill Light</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Pop-on, pop-off with adjustable tone and brightness</p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">The detachable fill light is a handy tool with no downside</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Adjustable brightness and color temperature</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">40 lux maximum brightness</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Draws from main battery</div></div><p>There are times when a little extra light is a good thing. While this isn't the equivalent of professional studio lighting, it is a handy addition that can overcome a difficult shadow or add some sparkle in the subject's eye.</p><p>Weighing just 16g and offering a trio of brightness settings (12, 25, or 40lux) and color temperature options (warm, neutral or cool), this is ideal. It also takes very little space and, because it mounts to the gimbal, it turns with the camera lens(es).</p><p>I tested the fill light when I reviewed the camera, and I found myself making use of it and enjoying how easy it was to pop on and off. The buttons make it easy to cycle through the settings, and there are neither too few or too many. Since it fits in the camera bag, it's hard to argue with this design (and it's nice that I can use it on both the 4 and 4P)</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-compatibility"><span>Compatibility </span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5775px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ" name="DSC00951_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5775" height="3248" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Pocket 4 and Pocket 3 with the Grip Handle from the opposite models attached – notice that the styling doesn't match, but they connect correctly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned, the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 series (made up of the Pocket 4 and Pocket 4P) share a lot of common elements and specs.</p><p>All the lower attachments – handles and grips – that work with the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 will work with the other – but the software might not always recognize it.</p><p>DJI did improve the battery handle between generations, for example, but the Pocket 3 might have trouble working out the power remaining on a Pocket 4 handle.</p><p>Where things differ is at the top. Both the 4 and 4P, but not the 3, have a set of pogo pins on the side of the gimbal where the fill light accessory can be mounted, and perhaps others to come. These aren't compatible with the 3 because it doesn't have this connector.</p><p>The other difference is the magnetic lens mounts. These are the same between the 3 and 4, but (perhaps obviously) not the 4 and 4P, which have different camera setups.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-cameras</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Need another battery? Want to take better night shots? These are the best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">zRncXzDDHfS8Bh2G25yTWc</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YaaVgekEym7rTkXHueYXtJ-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2026 03:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YaaVgekEym7rTkXHueYXtJ-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Chris George]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 ]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YaaVgekEym7rTkXHueYXtJ-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>If, like me, you're one of the millions who bought a DJI Osmo Pocket gimbal camera – or you're thinking about it – checking out the accessories is a good idea. </p><p>A good line of accessories can make or break a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal camera</a>'s long-term usefulness, so it's already a good start that sales have been high; that means there are millions of reasons out there to offer accessories!</p><p>This guide covers both the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-osmo-pocket-3-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 3</a> and<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review"> Osmo Pocket 4</a>, as the devices have a lot in common. The connection at the base with a USB-C port and clips is the same, as is the magnetic lens attachment (except for the 4P, which boasts an extra lens and thus needs different covers). Where there are crucial differences, I've noted them.</p><p>The other reason you might be looking for accessories is that there are a lot of bargains around, especially for the older Pocket 3 model. As I've said elsewhere, of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-3-vs-pocket-4-ive-tried-them-both-and-i-know-which-one-id-buy">Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4,</a> the available bargain bundles often leave you wondering what accessories you need – or don't.</p><p>That's why I compiled my list of core accessories for these cameras and picked out the most useful ones, and why. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-microphones"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Microphones</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5725px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JVEGWP5fhzSdXKrCKH443J" name="DSC00942_169" alt="Two DJI microphones" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JVEGWP5fhzSdXKrCKH443J.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5725" height="3220" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">DJI Mic Mini 2 and DJI Mic 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="best-wireless-microphone-dji-mic-mini-2"><span class="title__text"><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-review">Best wireless microphone - DJI Mic Mini 2</a></span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Cheap, light wireless microphone that solves 90% of shooting scenarios</p></div><p class="specs__container"><strong>Mic Weight: </strong>11g</p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Lightweight mics do not mess up clothing</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Swappable covers to match the look you want</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Buy an RX as part of the bundle and you can use with your phone or camera too.</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">It's important not to lose the charging cable for the TX</div></div><p>In essence there are two approaches to wireless microphones out there, depending on your budget and needs, and the Osmo Pocket cameras are equipped to make both work. All things being equal, the most convenient is normally going to be the winner.</p><p>DJI's Mic Mini 2 system includes a receiver (RX) that plugs into a USB-C socket on a phone, but if you only want the wireless mic (TX) for your Osmo Pocket you don't even need the RX: Osmo Pocket cameras have a built-in receiver (RX) for DJI's own microphone system.</p><p>That means you can record from the 11g TX (microphone with transmitter) straight onto video as you go, with no need for editing. Light and convenient to carry, too, as you can just keep the tiny mic with the camera.</p><p>Where you do need more quality and backup recording for editing emergencies, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-2s-review">DJI Mic Mini 2S</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-3-review">DJI Mic 3</a> series are steps up the range. They can both record 32-bit float (the audio equivalent of a RAW file) directly onto the microphone so, if anything goes wrong, you have rescue room.</p><p>If you just get one mic, when you need to charge it, it drops onto a magnetic adapter that plugs into a USB-C port – for the 2S this is also how you download files. All you need to do is not lose it. </p><p>There are pricier bundles with charging cases and connectors for a full range of cameras it can charge in the case, too. That gives you more flexibility with the microphone if you sometimes prefer to use it with your phone camera.</p><p>You can see my full review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-mic-2-review">Mic Mini 2</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-2s-review">Mic Mini 2S</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Mic Mini 2 (1TX)"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-battery-handle"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Battery Handle</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="i2L3xNNmHCzuVt5SPmSwQe" name="DSC06918.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 with Battery Extender" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i2L3xNNmHCzuVt5SPmSwQe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="best-battery-handle-dji-battery-handle"><span class="title__text">Best battery handle - DJI Battery Handle</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Battery handle lets you shoot for longer, hold the camera more easily and attach a tripod!</p></div><p class="specs__container"><strong>Weight: </strong>64g | <strong>Battery: </strong>950 mAh / 1080 mAh | <strong>Compatible with: </strong>Pocket 3 / Pocket 4</p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Improves battery life and gives you more handle to grip</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Pocket 3 version can deliver power to Pocket 4</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Though cross-compatible, some features don't work</div></div><p>The Osmo Pocket's battery handle is hot-swappable and – crucially, for the big-handed like me – improves the camera's ergonomics by extending the handle. There is one for each camera series, but they are cross-compatible (up to a point).</p><p>At best, shooting at 4K 60fps, you'll see under 2 hours without the battery handle – and realistically less, as the battery does slightly drain all the time. Add the battery and you should see that surpass 3 hours (officially it's 116 to 186 minutes, a 62% improvement). </p><p>It also adds a tripod thread at the base, rather than a USB-C port, which is handy in a lot of scenarios. Otherwise, you need to attach the shorter cube-like base that is shipped with the standard Pocket just to be able to attach a tripod. </p><p>In other words, you have an accessory a bit like this already, so why not get the bigger one that'll grant you longer shooting time?</p><p>For me the answer is easy. The benefit of this depends entirely on whether you're able to top up the charge as you go – if you already carry a big power pack, this might be unnecessary. As I said, though, the longer grip can make the device feel.</p><p>Incidentally, the Pocket 3 battery handle has 950mAh and the Pocket 4 battery has a little more oomph with 1,080mAh. My first instinct might be to opt for the cheapest on the day, but getting the correct one for your camera's generation also means the battery charge level can be detected by the device – and other features that rely on subtleties of the USB (fast transfer, microphone pass-through) can be affected.</p><p>See the <a href="https://store.dji.com/uk/product/osmo-pocket-4-battery-handle?vid=218511" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><strong>DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Battery Handle</strong></a> details at the DJI store.</p><div data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Battery Handle" data-rows="2" data-widget-type="review"></div><div data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Battery Handle" data-rows="2" data-widget-type="review"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-lens-filters"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Lens Filters</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:950px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="yJVUiammuSRPhhEADPgv5D" name="71pRIBee4TL._AC_SL1500_" alt="DJI ND filters and Osmo Pocket 3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:760,l:428,cw:950,ch:534,q:80/yJVUiammuSRPhhEADPgv5D.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1500" height="1500" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: DJI lens filters)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="lens-filters-dji-pocket-magnetic-nd-filter-set"><span class="title__text">Lens filters - DJI Pocket Magnetic ND Filter Set</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star half"></span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>DJI's magnetic lens filters are easily attached </p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Range of 3 ND filters is enough for most people</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Sturdy case provided</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Other filters, like a Black Mist filter, require a separate purchase</div></div><p>DJI's simple set of three filters attaches magnetically and is compatible with both the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 cameras, so there is little to complain about.</p><p>They help you achieve a cinematic look with a slower shutter speed on a bright day, even if you let the camera itself handle the settings in auto mode. </p><p>Brands like Neewer offer an even more extensive range – including bundles with lens adapters for wide-angle and tele, but we haven't had the opportunity to review it yet at DCW. If you just need a simple set of the core options, however, then DJI's own offering is ideal.</p><p>DJI's hard-shell plastic with high-quality foam also feels thoroughly convincing, a great balance between low weight (retaining the portability the device is known for) and a good level of protection.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Magnetic ND Filter Set"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-tripod-base"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Tripod base</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="z8pyCye84CzUtbBHeZGkBL" name="DSC06933.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 tripod base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z8pyCye84CzUtbBHeZGkBL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="tripod-base"><span class="title__text">Tripod base</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star half"></span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>The Osmo Mini Tripod base is a handy solution most of the time</p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Screws in and feels sturdy</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Built of hard but light plastic</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Requires battery handle or grip handle to be fitted</div></div><p>What makes DJI's own-brand tripod base appealing is that it color-matches the camera, it's solidly built and it manages to be very lightweight and yet sturdy at the same time.</p><p>It is not solid plastic, but the molding of each fold-out leg is an ABS-style plastic with a pattern of triangular beams for structural strength – and each has a rubber foot, so you can place the tripod on a flat surface like a glass table without worry of it slipping.</p><p>The hinges, too, have a nice feel to them. When I open and close them they stay exactly where I leave them, which just feels premium (in so far as any product in this category can).</p><p>Remember, by the way, you need to attach either the Battery Handle or standard Handle extension as these have the 1/4-inch thread needed.</p><p>Oh, and this is included in some of DJI's bundles, like the Creator Combo, so make sure you're not getting it already!</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI OSMO Mini Tripod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-fill-light"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Fill light</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4378px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF" name="DSC00954_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4378" height="2463" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="dji-osmo-pocket-4-fill-light"><span class="title__text">DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Fill Light</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Pop-on, pop-off with adjustable tone and brightness</p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">The detachable fill light is a handy tool with no downside</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Adjustable brightness and color temperature</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">40 lux maximum brightness</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Draws from main battery</div></div><p>There are times when a little extra light is a good thing. While this isn't the equivalent of professional studio lighting, it is a handy addition that can overcome a difficult shadow or add some sparkle in the subject's eye.</p><p>Weighing just 16g and offering a trio of brightness settings (12, 25, or 40lux) and color temperature options (warm, neutral or cool), this is ideal. It also takes very little space and, because it mounts to the gimbal, it turns with the camera lens(es).</p><p>I tested the fill light when I reviewed the camera, and I found myself making use of it and enjoying how easy it was to pop on and off. The buttons make it easy to cycle through the settings, and there are neither too few or too many. Since it fits in the camera bag, it's hard to argue with this design (and it's nice that I can use it on both the 4 and 4P)</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-compatibility"><span>Compatibility </span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5775px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ" name="DSC00951_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5775" height="3248" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Pocket 4 and Pocket 3 with the Grip Handle from the opposite models attached – notice that the styling doesn't match, but they connect correctly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned, the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 series (made up of the Pocket 4 and Pocket 4P) share a lot of common elements and specs.</p><p>All the lower attachments – handles and grips – that work with the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 will work with the other – but the software might not always recognize it.</p><p>DJI did improve the battery handle between generations, for example, but the Pocket 3 might have trouble working out the power remaining on a Pocket 4 handle.</p><p>Where things differ is at the top. Both the 4 and 4P, but not the 3, have a set of pogo pins on the side of the gimbal where the fill light accessory can be mounted, and perhaps others to come. These aren't compatible with the 3 because it doesn't have this connector.</p><p>The other difference is the magnetic lens mounts. These are the same between the 3 and 4, but (perhaps obviously) not the 4 and 4P, which have different camera setups.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Godox’s new suction-cup mount enables you to stick your light to walls, windows and wherever else! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Godox has been on something of a tear recently with innovative and unusual new products, such as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/digital-cameras/this-is-the-weirdest-camera-ive-ever-used-and-for-just-us-usd30-its-way-more-fun-than-it-has-any-right-to-be">Godox C100</a> half-camera, half-light-meter… thing. </p><p>The latest lighting product from the company – which started as a lighting specialist, after all – is a suction-based mount that provides a unique means of setting up your lights. You can attach them to the wall!</p><p>Or a window. Or a desk. Basically any flat surface, really. The Godox ES01 is essentially an electronic flash base with a suction cup on the bottom and a built-in battery to keep it attached. Supporting up to 1.3lbs / 590g of weight, it is compatible with a number of small Godox flashes and LEDs – and should work with any flash below the weight limit.</p><p>This means you’ll be able to use the mount with some of the diminutive Godox flashes that have impressed us recently, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-it32-and-x5-review">Godox iT32</a> – which comes with a trigger kit that enables it to be used completely off-camera.</p><p>Weighing just 2.4oz / 69g itself, the Godox ES01 is an absolutely tiny piece of kit, measuring 2.7 x 2.7 x 1.7 inches / 68 x 68 x 42mm. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1300px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:57.69%;"><img id="2vNQZtcA4c572ARm7dfu7H" name="godox-es-01-3-1300x750" alt="Godox ES01 suction cup mount for flash units" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2vNQZtcA4c572ARm7dfu7H.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1300" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Press the cup against the wall and the motorized pump provides the suction </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To mount it, you simply press the silicone suction cup down on a flat, non-porous surface; the motorized pump will then activate to remove the air and secure the mount. Attach your flash, shoot your shot and then when you’re done, press the release button to break the air seal.</p><p>Given its tempting list price of just $29 (around £20 / $AU40), I can see the ES01 having a lot of appeal for budget-conscious portrait photographers and vloggers – especially those working in cramped indoor environments, where you don’t necessarily have space to maneuver with a tripod or a desk to mount a mini one.</p><p>The full list of compatible lights supplied by Godox is as follows: the TT350, V350, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-it32-and-x5-review">iT32</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-it30-pro-review">iT30Pro</a>, iT22, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/this-tiny-compact-camera-flash-uses-magnetic-modifiers-and-only-weighs-about-as-much-as-a-golf-ball">iT20</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-im22-review-shine-your-little-light">iM22</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-im20-review">iM20</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godoxs-latest-tiny-flashgun-looks-like-a-bargain-buy">iM30Pro</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/godox-releases-the-im30-a-tiny-on-camera-flash-weighing-under-3-ounces">iM30</a> flashes, and the LED6R and LED6Bi compact LED lights.</p><p>Plus, if you want to mount a larger flash or light unit, Godox is also selling the product in three-mount kits with a three-pointed base, enabling you to use the suction power of three simultaneously. The K3 kit has a screw mount in the center and costs $79 (£59 / AU$110).</p><p>We’ll have to wait to get our hands on the Godox ES10 to see if it works as advertised, but you can head to the <a href="https://www.godox.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Godox website</a> for more information.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:52.50%;"><img id="MzLc6KbjxeRHYBJCXBkvuc" name="godox-es01-5" alt="Godox ES01 next to Godox ES01 kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MzLc6KbjxeRHYBJCXBkvuc.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="840" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-lights/godoxs-new-suction-cup-mount-enables-you-to-stick-your-light-to-walls-windows-and-wherever-else</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Godox ES01 Electric Suction Base is a cheap base for sticking your Godox-branded flashes on smooth, flat surfaces – unlocking new possibilities ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Qq2f6DrFFzkPxFpDkCpkdg</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uk9H5NsYEWuCS5JY5nzDof-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 30 Aug 2026 21:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Lights]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jon Stapley ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BUyBJqbw732i2C8ZiUsmLf.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uk9H5NsYEWuCS5JY5nzDof-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Godox]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Godox ES-01 suction mount being pressed against a wall]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Godox ES-01 suction mount being pressed against a wall]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Godox ES-01 suction mount being pressed against a wall]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uk9H5NsYEWuCS5JY5nzDof-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Godox has been on something of a tear recently with innovative and unusual new products, such as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/digital-cameras/this-is-the-weirdest-camera-ive-ever-used-and-for-just-us-usd30-its-way-more-fun-than-it-has-any-right-to-be">Godox C100</a> half-camera, half-light-meter… thing. </p><p>The latest lighting product from the company – which started as a lighting specialist, after all – is a suction-based mount that provides a unique means of setting up your lights. You can attach them to the wall!</p><p>Or a window. Or a desk. Basically any flat surface, really. The Godox ES01 is essentially an electronic flash base with a suction cup on the bottom and a built-in battery to keep it attached. Supporting up to 1.3lbs / 590g of weight, it is compatible with a number of small Godox flashes and LEDs – and should work with any flash below the weight limit.</p><p>This means you’ll be able to use the mount with some of the diminutive Godox flashes that have impressed us recently, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-it32-and-x5-review">Godox iT32</a> – which comes with a trigger kit that enables it to be used completely off-camera.</p><p>Weighing just 2.4oz / 69g itself, the Godox ES01 is an absolutely tiny piece of kit, measuring 2.7 x 2.7 x 1.7 inches / 68 x 68 x 42mm. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1300px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:57.69%;"><img id="2vNQZtcA4c572ARm7dfu7H" name="godox-es-01-3-1300x750" alt="Godox ES01 suction cup mount for flash units" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2vNQZtcA4c572ARm7dfu7H.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1300" height="750" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Press the cup against the wall and the motorized pump provides the suction </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To mount it, you simply press the silicone suction cup down on a flat, non-porous surface; the motorized pump will then activate to remove the air and secure the mount. Attach your flash, shoot your shot and then when you’re done, press the release button to break the air seal.</p><p>Given its tempting list price of just $29 (around £20 / $AU40), I can see the ES01 having a lot of appeal for budget-conscious portrait photographers and vloggers – especially those working in cramped indoor environments, where you don’t necessarily have space to maneuver with a tripod or a desk to mount a mini one.</p><p>The full list of compatible lights supplied by Godox is as follows: the TT350, V350, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-it32-and-x5-review">iT32</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-it30-pro-review">iT30Pro</a>, iT22, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/this-tiny-compact-camera-flash-uses-magnetic-modifiers-and-only-weighs-about-as-much-as-a-golf-ball">iT20</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-im22-review-shine-your-little-light">iM22</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godox-im20-review">iM20</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/flashguns/godoxs-latest-tiny-flashgun-looks-like-a-bargain-buy">iM30Pro</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/godox-releases-the-im30-a-tiny-on-camera-flash-weighing-under-3-ounces">iM30</a> flashes, and the LED6R and LED6Bi compact LED lights.</p><p>Plus, if you want to mount a larger flash or light unit, Godox is also selling the product in three-mount kits with a three-pointed base, enabling you to use the suction power of three simultaneously. The K3 kit has a screw mount in the center and costs $79 (£59 / AU$110).</p><p>We’ll have to wait to get our hands on the Godox ES10 to see if it works as advertised, but you can head to the <a href="https://www.godox.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Godox website</a> for more information.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:52.50%;"><img id="MzLc6KbjxeRHYBJCXBkvuc" name="godox-es01-5" alt="Godox ES01 next to Godox ES01 kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MzLc6KbjxeRHYBJCXBkvuc.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="840" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Godox)</span></figcaption></figure>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Need more storage? This Pokémon x SanDisk collab gives you all the mobile Mewmory you can handle ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>As part of its 30th anniversary celebrations, The Pokémon  Company has unveiled its latest collaboration: a collection of Pokémon x SanDisk mobile storage drives themed around fan-favorite characters Mew and Mewtwo. </p><p>"Crafted for creators, collectors and Pokémon trainers alike", the lineup marries tactile 2D likenesses of Mew and Mewtwo with the high-capacity, high-performance power of SanDisk flash drives and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">portable SSDs</a>. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/zOWi8WK1.html" id="zOWi8WK1" title="SanDisk x Pokémon Collection" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>The <strong>SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition</strong> challenges you to "carry even more and channel Mewtwo's strength", with capacities of 500GB and 1TB, and transfer speeds up to 5 times faster than traditional <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">portable hard drives</a>. </p><p>Just like Mewtwo, this pocket-sized SSD is one tough customer; it's able to withstand drops of up to 6.6ft / 2m, and can operate in temperatures as low as 32°F / 0°C and all the way up to 113°F / 45°C. It can even store your data in temperatures as extreme as -4°F / -20°C to 176°F / 85°C.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2228px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="zdEoSWmn8dPifCktR8wts6" name="Life_SNDK_Pokemon_pSSD_Mewtwo_Edition_10_PIT" alt="SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zdEoSWmn8dPifCktR8wts6.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2228" height="1253" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The <strong>SanDisk Pokémon USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition</strong>, meanwhile, promises to "bring Mew's playfulness to your flash drive". Ideal for cross-platform storage and transfer, this 128GB drive works across phones (via the SanDisk app), PCs and Macs, boosting your storage space to up to 5,000 photos with 250 MB/s read speeds "faster than Mew’s evasive maneuvers".</p><p>Both drives come with the SanDisk app for mobile and desktop, which makes it easy to move, copy, protect and automatically backup your files. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2685px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="iNjfhBvsrHBPsHCUfiuR47" name="Life_SNDK_Pokemon_USB-C_Flash_Drive_Mew_Edition_09_PIT" alt="SanDisk Pokémon USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iNjfhBvsrHBPsHCUfiuR47.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2685" height="1510" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>"Pokémon has sparked creativity, imagination and personal connections for generations," said Susan Park, SanDisk's VP of consumer product management. "As fans celebrate 30 years, we wanted to create products that feel worthy of that legacy."</p><p>"Iconic and powerful, Mew and Mewtwo are among the most beloved and instantly recognizable Pokémon. By combining the enduring appeal of these two Pokémon with Sandisk’s proven performance and reliability, we’re giving fans new ways to carry the moments, memories, and creations that matter most."</p><p>Both products are available now, with the SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition starting at $149.99 / £106.99 and the SanDisk Pokémon USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition priced $34.99 / £28.99 (Australian pricing to be confirmed). For more information, visit the <a href="https://www.sandisk.com/topics/collabs/pokemon" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Pokémon x SanDisk page</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2320px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="fmxhHJbf8VdANdQAokqQu6" name="Life_SNDK_Pokemon_pSSD_Mewtwo_Edition_Portfolio_03_PIT" alt="SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition and USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fmxhHJbf8VdANdQAokqQu6.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2320" height="1306" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at these <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/instant-cameras/okay-im-about-to-go-broke-these-polaroid-x-pokemon-instant-cameras-need-adding-to-my-pokedex">Pokémon x Polaroid cameras</a>, similarly launched to commemorate the 30th anniversary, and check out this <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/this-canon-is-the-worst-camera-ive-ever-bought">Pikachu-themed Canon camera</a> that's the worst camera I've ever bought!</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/storage/need-more-storage-this-pokemon-x-sandisk-collab-gives-you-all-the-mobile-mewmory-you-can-handle</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Mew tu, Brute? Pokémon's latest 30th anniversary collab gives us these epic SanDisk portable drives ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">uf72XGewT3rhH94h8RspbF</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qnciFpgZJpknJBzNrfXzb6-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 29 Aug 2026 11:15:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ james.artaius@futurenet.com (James Artaius) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ James Artaius ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUNKxQqWUtijmmKCdzRaXM.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The editor of Digital Camera World, James has 22 years experience as a journalist and started working in the photographic industry in 2014, primarily for Olympus (now OM System) product testing, shooting ad campaigns, and training new and professional photographers. His professional clients include names like Canon, Elinchrom, Aston Martin Racing and L&#039;Oréal, and he also shoots for a number of ethical and women-owned small businesses. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;He has written for publications including &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.awin1.com/awclick.php?awinmid=2961&amp;amp;awinaffid=103504&amp;amp;clickref=dcw-gb-3007255495896184000&amp;amp;p=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.magazinesdirect.com%2Faz-magazines%2F6936429%2Fdigital-camera-magazine-subscription.thtml&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Digital Camera Magazine&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;PhotoPlus: The Canon Magazine&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;N-Photo: The Nikon Magazine&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Digital Photographer&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Professional Imagemaker&lt;/em&gt;. He has been invited to give talks around the world at events like &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.photographyshow.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;The Photography &amp;amp; Video Show&lt;/a&gt;, and serves as a judge for both the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.redbullillume.com/int-en&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Red Bull Illume Photo Contest&lt;/a&gt; and the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.urbanphotoawards.com/en/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Urban Photo Awards&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;An Olympus / OM System, Canon and Hasselblad shooter, James has a wealth of knowledge on cameras of all makes – and a fondness for vintage lenses and instant cameras. He is, however, glad to have escaped the 35mm film days. &quot;Film is fun for nostalgia purposes, but I&#039;d never go back to that analog workflow!&quot;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qnciFpgZJpknJBzNrfXzb6-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[SanDisk]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition and USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition and USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition and USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qnciFpgZJpknJBzNrfXzb6-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>As part of its 30th anniversary celebrations, The Pokémon  Company has unveiled its latest collaboration: a collection of Pokémon x SanDisk mobile storage drives themed around fan-favorite characters Mew and Mewtwo. </p><p>"Crafted for creators, collectors and Pokémon trainers alike", the lineup marries tactile 2D likenesses of Mew and Mewtwo with the high-capacity, high-performance power of SanDisk flash drives and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">portable SSDs</a>. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/zOWi8WK1.html" id="zOWi8WK1" title="SanDisk x Pokémon Collection" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>The <strong>SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition</strong> challenges you to "carry even more and channel Mewtwo's strength", with capacities of 500GB and 1TB, and transfer speeds up to 5 times faster than traditional <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">portable hard drives</a>. </p><p>Just like Mewtwo, this pocket-sized SSD is one tough customer; it's able to withstand drops of up to 6.6ft / 2m, and can operate in temperatures as low as 32°F / 0°C and all the way up to 113°F / 45°C. It can even store your data in temperatures as extreme as -4°F / -20°C to 176°F / 85°C.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2228px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="zdEoSWmn8dPifCktR8wts6" name="Life_SNDK_Pokemon_pSSD_Mewtwo_Edition_10_PIT" alt="SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zdEoSWmn8dPifCktR8wts6.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2228" height="1253" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The <strong>SanDisk Pokémon USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition</strong>, meanwhile, promises to "bring Mew's playfulness to your flash drive". Ideal for cross-platform storage and transfer, this 128GB drive works across phones (via the SanDisk app), PCs and Macs, boosting your storage space to up to 5,000 photos with 250 MB/s read speeds "faster than Mew’s evasive maneuvers".</p><p>Both drives come with the SanDisk app for mobile and desktop, which makes it easy to move, copy, protect and automatically backup your files. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2685px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="iNjfhBvsrHBPsHCUfiuR47" name="Life_SNDK_Pokemon_USB-C_Flash_Drive_Mew_Edition_09_PIT" alt="SanDisk Pokémon USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iNjfhBvsrHBPsHCUfiuR47.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2685" height="1510" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>"Pokémon has sparked creativity, imagination and personal connections for generations," said Susan Park, SanDisk's VP of consumer product management. "As fans celebrate 30 years, we wanted to create products that feel worthy of that legacy."</p><p>"Iconic and powerful, Mew and Mewtwo are among the most beloved and instantly recognizable Pokémon. By combining the enduring appeal of these two Pokémon with Sandisk’s proven performance and reliability, we’re giving fans new ways to carry the moments, memories, and creations that matter most."</p><p>Both products are available now, with the SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition starting at $149.99 / £106.99 and the SanDisk Pokémon USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition priced $34.99 / £28.99 (Australian pricing to be confirmed). For more information, visit the <a href="https://www.sandisk.com/topics/collabs/pokemon" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Pokémon x SanDisk page</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2320px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="fmxhHJbf8VdANdQAokqQu6" name="Life_SNDK_Pokemon_pSSD_Mewtwo_Edition_Portfolio_03_PIT" alt="SanDisk Pokémon Portable SSD Mewtwo Edition and USB-C Flash Drive Mew Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fmxhHJbf8VdANdQAokqQu6.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2320" height="1306" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at these <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/instant-cameras/okay-im-about-to-go-broke-these-polaroid-x-pokemon-instant-cameras-need-adding-to-my-pokedex">Pokémon x Polaroid cameras</a>, similarly launched to commemorate the 30th anniversary, and check out this <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/this-canon-is-the-worst-camera-ive-ever-bought">Pikachu-themed Canon camera</a> that's the worst camera I've ever bought!</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Peak Design has reinvented the humble L-bracket – and you can now actually order one for your camera ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Peak Design’s clever new Field Bracket has officially moved beyond its hugely successful Kickstarter campaign and is now available to order, bringing its modular take on the traditional <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">camera L-bracket</a> to photographers using Sony, Nikon, Canon, Fujifilm and Leica cameras. The crowdfunding campaign ultimately raised $678,868, suggesting there is clearly plenty of appetite for an L-bracket that does a little more than simply help you turn your camera sideways.</p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="d8d963c2-a15b-11f1-b56e-a1a2dd456b2c" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Field Bracket" data-dimension48="Field Bracket" data-dimension25="$149" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/search?q=Peak%20Design%E2%80%99s%20clever%20new%20Field%20Bracket%20&sts=ma" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:724px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="rLz5t8fvAGhirxnc4Tbc7U" name="Peak Design Field Bracket" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rLz5t8fvAGhirxnc4Tbc7U.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="724" height="724" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket is a modular Arca-type L-bracket that adds fast portrait switching, camera-specific fit, and a hidden pocket for an optional tracking tag.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/search?q=Peak%20Design%E2%80%99s%20clever%20new%20Field%20Bracket%20&sts=ma" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="d8d963c2-a15b-11f1-b56e-a1a2dd456b2c" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Field Bracket" data-dimension48="Field Bracket" data-dimension25="$149">View Deal</a></p></div><p>At its heart, the Field Bracket is still designed to do exactly what you would expect from a good L-bracket, providing Arca-type mounting surfaces for quickly switching between horizontal and vertical tripod shooting. However, Peak Design has made the system modular, with a camera-specific baseplate machined from recycled aluminium and a removable upright section that can be attached, repositioned or removed without having to reach for a collection of tools.</p><p>One of its smartest features, though, is a hidden compartment inside the bracket designed to take Peak Design’s optional Beacon Finder Tag. Think of it as an AirTag-style tracking system built directly into your camera setup, with the tag supporting both Apple Find My and Google Find Hub. The Beacon Finder Tag is IP67 rated, uses a replaceable CR2025 battery, and is rated for around six months of continuous use, which could make it a very reassuring addition for anyone travelling with expensive camera gear.</p><p>Compatibility is already impressively broad. Peak Design lists support for cameras including the Canon EOS R5, R5 II and R6 series, Nikon Z5 II, Z6 II, Z6 III, Z7 II and Z8, Fujifilm X-T5 and X100VI, Leica Q3, and a long list of Sony bodies including the A1, A1 II, A7 IV, A7R V, A7C II, A7CR and A9 III. Because each bracket is shaped around a particular body, however, it is worth checking Peak Design’s compatibility list carefully before ordering.</p><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket is priced at $149.95 at B&H, with listings currently available to preorder ahead of stock arriving. It certainly isn’t the cheapest L-bracket around, but this feels like much more than a simple piece of metal screwed to the bottom of your camera. Between the modular design, portrait and landscape tripod mounting, optional tracking, and the wider Peak Design accessory ecosystem, the Field Bracket could be one of those accessories that ends up staying attached to your camera far longer than you originally expected.</p><p><strong>Check out our guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket"><strong>best L-brackets for cameras</strong></a></p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="Peak Design Field Bracket"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cases-covers-and-enclosures/peak-design-has-reinvented-the-humble-l-bracket-and-you-can-now-actually-order-one-for-your-camera</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ This $150 Peak Design bracket could be the smartest accessory you put on your camera ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">pDR4jTyPoUNQQV36G2pTbg</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KJMdG5eUgxDigVJgbETG5U-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 28 Aug 2026 14:12:42 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Cases Covers and Enclosures]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ sebastian.oakley@futurenet.com (Sebastian Oakley) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Sebastian Oakley ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bqHjvwvXxSCtJZz3aVgSyn.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KJMdG5eUgxDigVJgbETG5U-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Peak Design]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Peak Design field bracket]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Peak Design field bracket]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Peak Design field bracket]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KJMdG5eUgxDigVJgbETG5U-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Peak Design’s clever new Field Bracket has officially moved beyond its hugely successful Kickstarter campaign and is now available to order, bringing its modular take on the traditional <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">camera L-bracket</a> to photographers using Sony, Nikon, Canon, Fujifilm and Leica cameras. The crowdfunding campaign ultimately raised $678,868, suggesting there is clearly plenty of appetite for an L-bracket that does a little more than simply help you turn your camera sideways.</p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="d8d963c2-a15b-11f1-b56e-a1a2dd456b2c" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Field Bracket" data-dimension48="Field Bracket" data-dimension25="$149" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/search?q=Peak%20Design%E2%80%99s%20clever%20new%20Field%20Bracket%20&sts=ma" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:724px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="rLz5t8fvAGhirxnc4Tbc7U" name="Peak Design Field Bracket" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rLz5t8fvAGhirxnc4Tbc7U.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="724" height="724" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket is a modular Arca-type L-bracket that adds fast portrait switching, camera-specific fit, and a hidden pocket for an optional tracking tag.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/search?q=Peak%20Design%E2%80%99s%20clever%20new%20Field%20Bracket%20&sts=ma" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="d8d963c2-a15b-11f1-b56e-a1a2dd456b2c" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Field Bracket" data-dimension48="Field Bracket" data-dimension25="$149">View Deal</a></p></div><p>At its heart, the Field Bracket is still designed to do exactly what you would expect from a good L-bracket, providing Arca-type mounting surfaces for quickly switching between horizontal and vertical tripod shooting. However, Peak Design has made the system modular, with a camera-specific baseplate machined from recycled aluminium and a removable upright section that can be attached, repositioned or removed without having to reach for a collection of tools.</p><p>One of its smartest features, though, is a hidden compartment inside the bracket designed to take Peak Design’s optional Beacon Finder Tag. Think of it as an AirTag-style tracking system built directly into your camera setup, with the tag supporting both Apple Find My and Google Find Hub. The Beacon Finder Tag is IP67 rated, uses a replaceable CR2025 battery, and is rated for around six months of continuous use, which could make it a very reassuring addition for anyone travelling with expensive camera gear.</p><p>Compatibility is already impressively broad. Peak Design lists support for cameras including the Canon EOS R5, R5 II and R6 series, Nikon Z5 II, Z6 II, Z6 III, Z7 II and Z8, Fujifilm X-T5 and X100VI, Leica Q3, and a long list of Sony bodies including the A1, A1 II, A7 IV, A7R V, A7C II, A7CR and A9 III. Because each bracket is shaped around a particular body, however, it is worth checking Peak Design’s compatibility list carefully before ordering.</p><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket is priced at $149.95 at B&H, with listings currently available to preorder ahead of stock arriving. It certainly isn’t the cheapest L-bracket around, but this feels like much more than a simple piece of metal screwed to the bottom of your camera. Between the modular design, portrait and landscape tripod mounting, optional tracking, and the wider Peak Design accessory ecosystem, the Field Bracket could be one of those accessories that ends up staying attached to your camera far longer than you originally expected.</p><p><strong>Check out our guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket"><strong>best L-brackets for cameras</strong></a></p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="Peak Design Field Bracket"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This company created one of the most widely used tripod head designs 80 years ago. Now, the company is shutting down ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Early video tripods used a series of loud gears, but then in 1946, a father and son in Australia patented a new design: the fluid tripod head. The company behind that game-changing invention, Miller Camera Support Equipment, has announced that it is shutting down next month.</p><p><a href="https://gtc.org.uk/miller-camera-support-equipment-1954-2026/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In a letter</a>, small business owners Mark and Diane Celementson announced their retirement, which will bring Miller Tripods to a close on September 30.</p><p>Eric Miller, working with his son Bob, <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/the-history-of-miller/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">introduced the first fluid tripod head</a> in the 1940s. The design solved a key problem with early tripod systems: noise. Before the fluid head, tripod heads used gears that introduced noise into the footage. Panning was difficult before the fluid head, and Miller Tripods says that diagonal camera movements were “virtually impossible.”</p><p>The arrival of the fluid tripod head in the 1940s is made all the more impressive considering where video technology was at the time. The earliest videos used stationary cameras, with the <a href="https://zacuto.com/blogs/blog/a-brief-history-of-camera-movement" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">first panning shots</a> arriving in filmmaking in the early 1900s.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo" name="history-of-miller-thumbnail-1024x481 copy" alt="The Miller Camera Support Equipment CiNX 9 fluid head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="855" height="481" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: historic documents and photos from Miller Camera Support Equipment)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Camera movement like panning didn’t become mainstream until the 1920s, but when audio arrived on the scene in the 1930s, camera movement halted again – the loud cameras <a href="https://www.britannica.com/art/history-of-film/The-pre-World-War-II-sound-era" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">needed to be locked in soundproof boxes too large to move</a>.</p><p>As video camera technology shrank down, cinematic camera movement re-entered the scene, but there was still a problem – the typical video tripods used noisy gears.</p><p>Eric and Bob Miller patented the first fluid head in 1946, later creating the company in 1954 to sell those tripod heads, and eventually the first fluid head tripod made its way to Hollywood in 1958. </p><p>Rather than gears, the fluid head uses a liquid-filled chamber to allow videographers to create smooth camera movements. Miller’s first fluid head had a fixed resistance, but the format would move on to introduce adjustable resistance and counter-balance systems for handling heavy cameras.</p><p>While Miller got its start from tripod heads, the company also developed full tripod sets shortly after. The first tripod from Miller Tripods looked quite a bit different than today’s design, including wooden legs.</p><p>By the 1970s, <a href="https://www.tvtechnology.com/the-wire-blog/thewireaspxentryid2518addview" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Miller Tripods’ specialty shifted</a> to creating camera support systems for news and broadcast. <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/miller-story/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">According to the company’s website</a>, the tripods are used by more than 265 television networks. The company's camera support systems are used in more than 65 countries.</p><p>“From those early beginnings, Miller grew into an internationally respected manufacturer, supporting broadcasters, cinematographers, filmmakers, and content creators across the world,” Mark and Diane Clementson, owners of the company for the last 55 years, wrote in a letter announcing the decision. “Through changing technologies, evolving production environments, and generations of industry professionals, our commitment to innovation, quality, and customer service has remained central to who we are.”</p><p>The Australia-based company says that operations will cease on September 30.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">the best video tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/this-company-created-one-of-the-most-widely-used-tripod-head-designs-80-years-ago-now-the-company-is-shutting-down</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Miller Camera Support Equipment, the Australian company founded by the inventors of the fluid tripod head, is shutting down as the owners retire ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">XpbDQGqakz9SvGSwRDUSrG</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FxURHyDT2h8ftSh4XQwp7-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2026 18:18:47 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FxURHyDT2h8ftSh4XQwp7-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Miller Camera Support Equipment]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A Miller Camera Support Equipment t]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A Miller Camera Support Equipment t]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A Miller Camera Support Equipment t]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FxURHyDT2h8ftSh4XQwp7-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Early video tripods used a series of loud gears, but then in 1946, a father and son in Australia patented a new design: the fluid tripod head. The company behind that game-changing invention, Miller Camera Support Equipment, has announced that it is shutting down next month.</p><p><a href="https://gtc.org.uk/miller-camera-support-equipment-1954-2026/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In a letter</a>, small business owners Mark and Diane Celementson announced their retirement, which will bring Miller Tripods to a close on September 30.</p><p>Eric Miller, working with his son Bob, <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/the-history-of-miller/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">introduced the first fluid tripod head</a> in the 1940s. The design solved a key problem with early tripod systems: noise. Before the fluid head, tripod heads used gears that introduced noise into the footage. Panning was difficult before the fluid head, and Miller Tripods says that diagonal camera movements were “virtually impossible.”</p><p>The arrival of the fluid tripod head in the 1940s is made all the more impressive considering where video technology was at the time. The earliest videos used stationary cameras, with the <a href="https://zacuto.com/blogs/blog/a-brief-history-of-camera-movement" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">first panning shots</a> arriving in filmmaking in the early 1900s.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo" name="history-of-miller-thumbnail-1024x481 copy" alt="The Miller Camera Support Equipment CiNX 9 fluid head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="855" height="481" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: historic documents and photos from Miller Camera Support Equipment)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Camera movement like panning didn’t become mainstream until the 1920s, but when audio arrived on the scene in the 1930s, camera movement halted again – the loud cameras <a href="https://www.britannica.com/art/history-of-film/The-pre-World-War-II-sound-era" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">needed to be locked in soundproof boxes too large to move</a>.</p><p>As video camera technology shrank down, cinematic camera movement re-entered the scene, but there was still a problem – the typical video tripods used noisy gears.</p><p>Eric and Bob Miller patented the first fluid head in 1946, later creating the company in 1954 to sell those tripod heads, and eventually the first fluid head tripod made its way to Hollywood in 1958. </p><p>Rather than gears, the fluid head uses a liquid-filled chamber to allow videographers to create smooth camera movements. Miller’s first fluid head had a fixed resistance, but the format would move on to introduce adjustable resistance and counter-balance systems for handling heavy cameras.</p><p>While Miller got its start from tripod heads, the company also developed full tripod sets shortly after. The first tripod from Miller Tripods looked quite a bit different than today’s design, including wooden legs.</p><p>By the 1970s, <a href="https://www.tvtechnology.com/the-wire-blog/thewireaspxentryid2518addview" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Miller Tripods’ specialty shifted</a> to creating camera support systems for news and broadcast. <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/miller-story/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">According to the company’s website</a>, the tripods are used by more than 265 television networks. The company's camera support systems are used in more than 65 countries.</p><p>“From those early beginnings, Miller grew into an internationally respected manufacturer, supporting broadcasters, cinematographers, filmmakers, and content creators across the world,” Mark and Diane Clementson, owners of the company for the last 55 years, wrote in a letter announcing the decision. “Through changing technologies, evolving production environments, and generations of industry professionals, our commitment to innovation, quality, and customer service has remained central to who we are.”</p><p>The Australia-based company says that operations will cease on September 30.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">the best video tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Nikon Image Space just got a death sentence. This is when to download photos by  – and what Nikon is replacing it with ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Nikon Image Space is shutting down. The imaging giant announced that the cloud storage service will begin shutting down on October 15, closing the chapter on the dedicated storage space while opening up 5GB of free storage on Nikon Imaging Cloud.</p><p>Nikon Image Space is the brand’s dedicated cloud storage platform that included 2GB of free storage, or 20GB of free storage by registering a Nikon camera. Launched in 2013, the platform serves as a backup and cloud storage solution for Nikon photographers.</p><p><a href="https://info.nikonimagespace.com/en/info/00244/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Nikon says</a> that the Nikon Image Space service will shut down on October 15, after that date, all features will be disabled except for the bulk download tool. Nikon is giving photographers a few more months to save their images using that bulk download tool, until April 15.</p><p>Nikon isn’t shutting down Image Space without offering an alternative. In an email to users, Nikon said that the company is adding storage and sharing features to Nikon Imaging Cloud instead. After Nikon Image Space begins the shutdown process on October 15,  Nikon will add up to 5GB of storage to <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/nikons-imaging-cloud-is-here-and-it-could-transform-your-camera" target="_blank">Nikon Imaging Cloud</a>. </p><p>That's lower than the 20GB formerly part of Image Space with a registered camera, however, and Nikon Imaging Cloud also isn't directly compatible with Nikon's DSLRs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:7077px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.67%;"><img id="z7aT4aqHSNrdaoueSDtmtj" name="Nikon_Imageing_Cloud_USDD_1397_50033.jpg" alt="Nikon Imaging Cloud" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z7aT4aqHSNrdaoueSDtmtj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="7077" height="4718" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z7aT4aqHSNrdaoueSDtmtj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nikon)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The move adds more long-term cloud storage to Nikon’s app that already offers unlimited temporary storage for 30 days. Nikon Imaging Cloud is also used for firmware downloads and saving image recipes. Axing Nikon Image Space moves Nikon’s software to fewer, more streamlined options.</p><p>Nikon Image Space will shut off every feature except for bulk downloads on October 15 at 9 AM Japan Standard Time – which is 1 AM BST on October 15 and 7 PM EST on October 14.</p><p>Nikon Image Space will fully shut down on April 15, 2027 at 1 PM JST (5 AM BST / 12 AM EDT) – after that, any photos and data left on the platform will be permanently deleted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:7077px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="QZ4zTKhUhezmxcePaonFBj" name="Nikon_Imageing_Cloud_USDD_0012_50033.jpg" alt="Nikon Imaging Cloud" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QZ4zTKhUhezmxcePaonFBj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="7077" height="3980" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QZ4zTKhUhezmxcePaonFBj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nikon)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://info.nikonimagespace.com/en/info/00244/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In a notice announcing the change</a>, Nikon said the move was “due to changes in the market environment,” but did not specify what those changes are.</p><p>Camera makers as well as cloud service providers are facing the after effects of the rise in artificial intelligence creating high demand for storage. That demand is increasing the cost of memory components for camera makers, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/as-memory-crisis-deepens-nikon-considers-passing-on-price-increases-depending-on-the-situation" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">including Nikon</a>, and is also <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/how-cloud-architecture-is-reinventing-primary-storage-for-the-ai-era" target="_blank">driving up demand and use of cloud storage</a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-external-hard-drives-for-photographers-desktop-storage-for-backing-up-images" target="_blank">best external hard drives for photographers</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-nikon-camera" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">best Nikon cameras</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cloud-storage/nikon-image-space-just-got-a-death-sentence-this-is-when-to-download-photos-by-and-what-nikon-is-replacing-it-with</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Nikon Image Space will be shut down on October 15, with bulk downloads remaining available until April 15 ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">qJNhL5E8ivuZnXjFDUPi8Y</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Eb9pYPXgN8BqEijx4KBPU8-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2026 18:50:09 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 26 Aug 2026 07:25:21 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Cloud Storage]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Eb9pYPXgN8BqEijx4KBPU8-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Gareth Bevan / Digital Camera World]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[SD card going into a slot on the Nikon Z6 III camera held in a pair of hands]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[SD card going into a slot on the Nikon Z6 III camera held in a pair of hands]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[SD card going into a slot on the Nikon Z6 III camera held in a pair of hands]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Eb9pYPXgN8BqEijx4KBPU8-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Nikon Image Space is shutting down. The imaging giant announced that the cloud storage service will begin shutting down on October 15, closing the chapter on the dedicated storage space while opening up 5GB of free storage on Nikon Imaging Cloud.</p><p>Nikon Image Space is the brand’s dedicated cloud storage platform that included 2GB of free storage, or 20GB of free storage by registering a Nikon camera. Launched in 2013, the platform serves as a backup and cloud storage solution for Nikon photographers.</p><p><a href="https://info.nikonimagespace.com/en/info/00244/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Nikon says</a> that the Nikon Image Space service will shut down on October 15, after that date, all features will be disabled except for the bulk download tool. Nikon is giving photographers a few more months to save their images using that bulk download tool, until April 15.</p><p>Nikon isn’t shutting down Image Space without offering an alternative. In an email to users, Nikon said that the company is adding storage and sharing features to Nikon Imaging Cloud instead. After Nikon Image Space begins the shutdown process on October 15,  Nikon will add up to 5GB of storage to <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/nikons-imaging-cloud-is-here-and-it-could-transform-your-camera" target="_blank">Nikon Imaging Cloud</a>. </p><p>That's lower than the 20GB formerly part of Image Space with a registered camera, however, and Nikon Imaging Cloud also isn't directly compatible with Nikon's DSLRs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:7077px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.67%;"><img id="z7aT4aqHSNrdaoueSDtmtj" name="Nikon_Imageing_Cloud_USDD_1397_50033.jpg" alt="Nikon Imaging Cloud" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z7aT4aqHSNrdaoueSDtmtj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="7077" height="4718" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z7aT4aqHSNrdaoueSDtmtj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nikon)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The move adds more long-term cloud storage to Nikon’s app that already offers unlimited temporary storage for 30 days. Nikon Imaging Cloud is also used for firmware downloads and saving image recipes. Axing Nikon Image Space moves Nikon’s software to fewer, more streamlined options.</p><p>Nikon Image Space will shut off every feature except for bulk downloads on October 15 at 9 AM Japan Standard Time – which is 1 AM BST on October 15 and 7 PM EST on October 14.</p><p>Nikon Image Space will fully shut down on April 15, 2027 at 1 PM JST (5 AM BST / 12 AM EDT) – after that, any photos and data left on the platform will be permanently deleted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:7077px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="QZ4zTKhUhezmxcePaonFBj" name="Nikon_Imageing_Cloud_USDD_0012_50033.jpg" alt="Nikon Imaging Cloud" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QZ4zTKhUhezmxcePaonFBj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="7077" height="3980" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QZ4zTKhUhezmxcePaonFBj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nikon)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://info.nikonimagespace.com/en/info/00244/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In a notice announcing the change</a>, Nikon said the move was “due to changes in the market environment,” but did not specify what those changes are.</p><p>Camera makers as well as cloud service providers are facing the after effects of the rise in artificial intelligence creating high demand for storage. That demand is increasing the cost of memory components for camera makers, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/as-memory-crisis-deepens-nikon-considers-passing-on-price-increases-depending-on-the-situation" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">including Nikon</a>, and is also <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/how-cloud-architecture-is-reinventing-primary-storage-for-the-ai-era" target="_blank">driving up demand and use of cloud storage</a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-external-hard-drives-for-photographers-desktop-storage-for-backing-up-images" target="_blank">best external hard drives for photographers</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-nikon-camera" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">best Nikon cameras</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Memory cards have become so expensive… I’m glad my camera still takes an SD card! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The memory crisis is showing no signs of stopping. For photographers and tech consumers alike, it’s an alarming time. I bought a Nintendo Switch 2 this month; I’d been mulling over the idea for a while, but an impending price increase strong-armed my decision. Then a colleague of mine bought an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/apple-macbook-neo-review-can-apples-cheapest-laptop-be-a-good-buy-for-photographers">Apple MacBook Neo</a> for his daughter’s birthday, and I was surprised to find it had increased by $100/£100.</p><p>All across the consumer tech industry, prices are increasing. And although the memory crisis isn’t solely to blame – tariffs, component shortages, and a rising cost of living – it’s having a huge impact. As a photographer, it’s especially worrying because we rely heavily on storage. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card">Memory cards</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">SSD drives</a> were expensive enough – now they’re through the roof!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1594px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="PNwXgi89N4AF8keZebx9gQ" name="img_4242A.JPG" alt="The Nikon Z6 and Nikon Z7 will receive more robust support for CFexpress cards" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PNwXgi89N4AF8keZebx9gQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1594" height="897" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PNwXgi89N4AF8keZebx9gQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">CFexpress card prices are through the roof!  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But a strange byproduct of all this is that I now find what I once considered aging tech – the humble SD card – to be an absolute lifesaver. Don’t get me wrong, many SD card prices have risen exponentially, too. But they still pale in comparison to XQD and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-cfexpress-cards">CFexpress</a> prices. </p><p>Thankfully, all but the very pro-tier, flagship cameras tend to have either an SD card slot or a dual SD and CFexpress slot. And I have to wonder if that trend will continue as long as the memory crisis. It seems remarkable to me now that Nikon launched its full-frame mirrorless Z mount back in 2018, with two cameras that only contained a single XQD/CFexpress slot. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5184px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Wgp4gdkth9Tky4c9oNxSQD" name="16x9_edit_P2250365a2" alt="Sigma BF on a grey surface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wgp4gdkth9Tky4c9oNxSQD.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5184" height="2916" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wgp4gdkth9Tky4c9oNxSQD.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Sigma BF has no card slot, it simply has 230GB of internal storage  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: James Artaius)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I mean, cameras are expensive enough as it is, but now the camera and the lens and the spare battery aren’t enough. You’ve got to spend $100/£100+ on a CFexpress card. Don’t get me wrong, CFexpress cards are certainly preferable to their SD card counterparts. They’re faster, more robust and more reliable. But they’re also a lot more expensive.</p><p>There is another angle, and that’s built-in storage. I’ve just recorded another episode of <a href="https://youtu.be/Xf1_CZC53uA?si=7yO3OqKPETUxIBVh" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Bokeh Face: The Digital Camera World Podcast</a>, and in our Gear Up section we talked about the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/sigma-bf-review">Sigma BF</a>. Not only is it a gorgeous-looking camera with some impressive specs, but it also doesn’t have a memory card slot. Instead, it has 230GB of internal memory. </p><p>Don’t get me wrong, a device with built-in memory isn't immune to the memory crisis, but at least you don’t have to worry about buying a collection of cards. And in 2026, a few CFexpress cards could set you back $400/£400+. That’s madness! </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like... </span></h3><p>Want more of my ramblings? <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/street-photography/orwellian-uk-government-pamphlet-contradicts-police-on-photography-law-imagine-if-martin-parr-had-been-prevented-from-taking-photos-in-public">Orwellian UK government pamphlet contradicts police on photography law</a>. Imagine if Martin Parr had been prevented from taking photos in public. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/modern-autofocus-isnt-the-cheat-code-everyone-says-it-is-you-can-still-miss-regularly">Modern autofocus isn’t the cheat code everyone says it is</a> – you can still miss regularly. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/sports-photography/vertical-video-is-driving-me-insane-says-sports-videographer-and-no-open-gate-isnt-necessarily-the-answer">“Vertical video is driving me INSANE” says sports videographer</a>. And no, open gate isn’t necessarily the answer…</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/memory-cards/memory-cards-have-become-so-expensive-im-glad-my-camera-still-takes-an-sd-card</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ SD cards were old hat, but as the memory crisis deepens, they’ve become something of a storage life ring for photographers ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">w3rMtyiq7pJRELhXZsZcVG</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isDHeEeHu39xDCyXMuzjJS-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 24 Aug 2026 16:21:08 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 25 Aug 2026 07:17:27 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Memory Cards]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ mike.harris@futurenet.com (Mike Harris) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Harris ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGEXGwupYYYnNwLb7XkXx8.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isDHeEeHu39xDCyXMuzjJS-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Lexar ARMOR GOLD UHS-II SDXC memory card]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Lexar ARMOR GOLD UHS-II SDXC memory card]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Lexar ARMOR GOLD UHS-II SDXC memory card]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isDHeEeHu39xDCyXMuzjJS-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The memory crisis is showing no signs of stopping. For photographers and tech consumers alike, it’s an alarming time. I bought a Nintendo Switch 2 this month; I’d been mulling over the idea for a while, but an impending price increase strong-armed my decision. Then a colleague of mine bought an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/apple-macbook-neo-review-can-apples-cheapest-laptop-be-a-good-buy-for-photographers">Apple MacBook Neo</a> for his daughter’s birthday, and I was surprised to find it had increased by $100/£100.</p><p>All across the consumer tech industry, prices are increasing. And although the memory crisis isn’t solely to blame – tariffs, component shortages, and a rising cost of living – it’s having a huge impact. As a photographer, it’s especially worrying because we rely heavily on storage. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card">Memory cards</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">SSD drives</a> were expensive enough – now they’re through the roof!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1594px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="PNwXgi89N4AF8keZebx9gQ" name="img_4242A.JPG" alt="The Nikon Z6 and Nikon Z7 will receive more robust support for CFexpress cards" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PNwXgi89N4AF8keZebx9gQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1594" height="897" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PNwXgi89N4AF8keZebx9gQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">CFexpress card prices are through the roof!  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But a strange byproduct of all this is that I now find what I once considered aging tech – the humble SD card – to be an absolute lifesaver. Don’t get me wrong, many SD card prices have risen exponentially, too. But they still pale in comparison to XQD and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-cfexpress-cards">CFexpress</a> prices. </p><p>Thankfully, all but the very pro-tier, flagship cameras tend to have either an SD card slot or a dual SD and CFexpress slot. And I have to wonder if that trend will continue as long as the memory crisis. It seems remarkable to me now that Nikon launched its full-frame mirrorless Z mount back in 2018, with two cameras that only contained a single XQD/CFexpress slot. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5184px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Wgp4gdkth9Tky4c9oNxSQD" name="16x9_edit_P2250365a2" alt="Sigma BF on a grey surface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wgp4gdkth9Tky4c9oNxSQD.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5184" height="2916" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wgp4gdkth9Tky4c9oNxSQD.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Sigma BF has no card slot, it simply has 230GB of internal storage  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: James Artaius)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I mean, cameras are expensive enough as it is, but now the camera and the lens and the spare battery aren’t enough. You’ve got to spend $100/£100+ on a CFexpress card. Don’t get me wrong, CFexpress cards are certainly preferable to their SD card counterparts. They’re faster, more robust and more reliable. But they’re also a lot more expensive.</p><p>There is another angle, and that’s built-in storage. I’ve just recorded another episode of <a href="https://youtu.be/Xf1_CZC53uA?si=7yO3OqKPETUxIBVh" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Bokeh Face: The Digital Camera World Podcast</a>, and in our Gear Up section we talked about the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/sigma-bf-review">Sigma BF</a>. Not only is it a gorgeous-looking camera with some impressive specs, but it also doesn’t have a memory card slot. Instead, it has 230GB of internal memory. </p><p>Don’t get me wrong, a device with built-in memory isn't immune to the memory crisis, but at least you don’t have to worry about buying a collection of cards. And in 2026, a few CFexpress cards could set you back $400/£400+. That’s madness! </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like... </span></h3><p>Want more of my ramblings? <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/street-photography/orwellian-uk-government-pamphlet-contradicts-police-on-photography-law-imagine-if-martin-parr-had-been-prevented-from-taking-photos-in-public">Orwellian UK government pamphlet contradicts police on photography law</a>. Imagine if Martin Parr had been prevented from taking photos in public. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/modern-autofocus-isnt-the-cheat-code-everyone-says-it-is-you-can-still-miss-regularly">Modern autofocus isn’t the cheat code everyone says it is</a> – you can still miss regularly. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/sports-photography/vertical-video-is-driving-me-insane-says-sports-videographer-and-no-open-gate-isnt-necessarily-the-answer">“Vertical video is driving me INSANE” says sports videographer</a>. And no, open gate isn’t necessarily the answer…</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing Wes tripod kit review: one for the road, this high-end carbon fiber travel tripod for hybrid shooters comes complete with built-in leveling base and next-gen fluid head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>It’s been about five years since I discovered 3 Legged Thing, a British company specializing in tripods and other supports. My first encounter was with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a>. I instantly fell for Winston, and it’s still my favorite full-sized tripod to this day. Even so, a lot has happened in the last five years, and 3 Legged Thing has branched out in all sorts of different directions, currently catering to photographers and videographers, as well as ramping up its endeavors for field sports and birding, plus shooting and target sports. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods and heads, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other items along the way, being highly impressed by pretty much all of them.</p><p>Bringing things up to date, there’s a dynamic duo of new 3 Legged Thing video tripods in town, going by the names of Ridley and Wes. They’re both similar in many ways and are named after master movie directors. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review">Ridley</a> (Scott) is the larger three-section tripod of the two, whereas Wes (Anderson) is the smaller sibling, with a travel-friendly, fold-down-small five-section leg design. Both carbon fiber tripods are available as sets of legs on their own, or as full kits with the same fluid head. They aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes that I’m reviewing here also eyes up a spot as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE" name="3LT_Wes 01 intro 2484.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Wes is available as a set of video travel tripod legs on their own or as a complete kit with a fluid head, the latter pictured here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>54.8cm / 21.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>134.5cm / 53in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21cm / 8.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.1kg / 4.6lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>26cm / 1.02in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Price</span></h3><p>Quality seldom comes cheap, and sure enough, a set of the premium Wes travel tripod legs will set you back $399 / £379 (AU$ TBA). Go for the complete kit with the addition of a high-performance fluid head, and you can expect to pay $599 / £569. They’re both fairly substantial chunks of money, but the features, design and build quality make them well worth the outlay, especially as both options feature a built-in leveling base, smart padded soft case and handy little extras. All in all, they’re very competitively priced.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Wes"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Wes Anderson has proved himself as an ingenious, stylistic, and very versatile movie director over the last 30 years, so Wes is an inspirational and aspirational name for this new video travel tripod from 3 Legged Thing. Available in gray and black with orange accents or in all-black, the legs are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy. But when shooting a video narrative, I feel that legs are only half the tripod story, so I went for the full kit that adds a fluid head. More on the head later, but I’ll begin with the legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE" name="3LT_Wes 2485.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The top section of each leg has a chunky 26cm / 1.02in diameter but with five sections in each leg, the bottom ones are necessarily narrow. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The small stowage size of the Wes tripod legs equates to just 44cm / 17.3in in length, or 54.8cm / 21.6in with the fluid head fitted. To my mind, that makes the kit small enough to take on pretty much every journey to any location, whether I’m pounding around local city streets or jetting off to the other side of the world. For the latter, the tripod is small enough to fit within the cabin baggage regulations of most airlines.</p><p>Fully extending all five sections of each leg reveals ever-decreasing circles, in terms of the relative diameters. Even so, the thinnest bottom sections have a perfectly respectable 14mm diameter. Not only is that significantly greater than in many travel tripods that I’ve seen and used, but it also enables a strong payload rating of 14kg / 30lb, even when the tripod is at full stretch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5074px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E" name="3LT_Wes 2487.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5074" height="2855" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Stepping down from the fattest leg sections at the top to the slimmest at the bottom, they have diameters of 26mm, 23mm, 20mm, 17mm and 14mm respectively, so you basically drop just 3mm each time around. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are a couple of potential drawbacks to five-section legs that can outweigh the allure of compact stowage. First up, each joint is a possible point of weakness, where flexing and wobbling might be introduced. The second is that you end up with no less than 12 separate leg section locks to contend with when fully extending and contracting the tripod. That can equate to a lot of time and effort.</p><p>Thankfully, the twist-action section locks featured in the Wes only require minimal rotation to unlock and relock them. You can easily grab the full set of them for each leg when the sections are contracted, and tighten or loosen them with a single flick of the wrist. Ultimately, they’re surprisingly quick and easy to use, while maintaining super-solid locking that avoids any unwanted flexing or movement when the tripod is in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3660px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E" name="3LT_Wes 2488.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3660" height="2060" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist-locks work a treat and are very tactile, with grippy, textured rubber pads to add a feelgood factor. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks for the leg sections are a brilliant piece of design that’s thoroughly well executed, the same applies to the locks for the three alternative leg angles. The leg angles themselves measure 23, 55, and 80 degrees from the vertical, so there’s plenty of room for maneuver. Moreover, the simple yet highly effective spring-loaded, push-lever locks ensure maximum speed and ease when playing all the angles. Unlike many travel tripods, including the more stills-centric <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro">3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</a>, there’s no time wasted swinging the legs up around the center column for compact stowage, as the Wes has no center column anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3255px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E" name="3LT_Wes 2489.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3255" height="1832" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The push-lever locks for the multiple leg angles make any changes quick and effortless to carry out. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One place you generally don’t want any angles coming into play is in the platform on which the head is mounted. If you try to compensate by adjusting the level of the head itself, you’ll find that your horizons go wonky as soon as you start panning. One method is to meticulously adjust the overall height of each leg, so that the tripod canopy is level. However, this tends to be an arduous, time-consuming process, especially if you’re working on uneven ground.</p><p>To make things quick, simple, and highly effective, the Wes features a built-in leveling base that is an absolute doddle to use. It has a single locking screw with a spring-loaded handle mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull out the handle and rotate it for your favored orientation. Another aid to leveling up is that the base features a bubble level, which can be rotated through a full 360 degrees for easy viewing from any angle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3897px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E" name="3LT_Wes 2492.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3897" height="2193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography. It’s also ideal for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With the opposite of a soft underbelly, Wes has a pair of solid, robust weight hooks extending from the bottom of its magnesium alloy leveling base. They’re ideal for adding ballast to avoid the tripod swaying in the breeze if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4700px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E" name="3LT_Wes 2493.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4700" height="2645" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bottom of the leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and they’re more tricked up than you might think. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Intent as ever to cram as many crafty design flourishes into a tripod as possible, 3 Legged Thing has doubled up the usefulness of the weight hooks. The hooks also form the T-section of an Allen key that mounts to the underside of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. A simple press of a button is all that’s required to release the Allen key, which you can then use for securing your camera to the head’s quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same-size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3037px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD" name="3LT_Wes 2494.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3037" height="1709" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">An allen key secures to the QD mount in the bottom of the leveling plate, and the mount itself can play host to straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve written a full, standalone review of the revamped and updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head,</a> and as part of the complete kit, it’s an ideal match for the Wes tripod legs. It ensures wonderfully smooth tilt and pan operation and excellent all-around performance. The favorable feature set includes an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, and an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another bonus is that you can use that QD-mounted Allen key that I mentioned just now to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90-degree increments. The upshot is that the long QR plate can run from side to side instead of just from front to back. The sideways orientation can be more ideal if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like one of 3 Legged Thing’s camera-specific L-brackets or the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4993px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E" name="3LT_Wes 2490.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4993" height="2810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC fluid video head is available in gray and black with orange accents or in an all-black option to match the two colorways of the Wes tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going from top to bottom, or rather from head to foot, the legs are fitted with rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing on most surfaces. There’s also a variety of alternative footwear on offer from 3 Legged Thing as optional extras. These include Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3167px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD" name="3LT_Wes 2496.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3167" height="1782" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters, catering to both standard sizes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are many and varied tripods on the market, in which you can unscrew one of the legs and use it as a monopod instead. It’s a good idea in that it saves carrying two separate bits of support kit. With the Wes, however, you can remove all three legs if you wish, which adds even greater versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE" name="3LT_Wes 2498.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A neat trick is that if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy of the Wes with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Wes into a tabletop tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE" name="3LT_Wes 2501.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Pictured here, the Wes has all of its legs unscrewed and replaced by optional Vanz footwear, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a handy multi-function tool supplied with the tripod kit, aptly named the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It has a keyring attachment and includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It comes in useful for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks, as well as for popping the tops off bottles when all that videography makes you work up a thirst.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3434px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E" name="3LT_Wes toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3434" height="1932" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a cunning little gadget, supplied as part of the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Attention to detail in both design and manufacture is carried over from the tripod itself to the high-quality padded soft case that it’s supplied in. The case features a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. There’s also a side pocket for additional storage complete with a zippered three-section organizer (the zippers have comfy pullers for easy opening and closing). There’s a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. The hook is ideal for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod after popping a few weighty objects inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE" name="3LT_Wes 2499.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Nicely designed and immaculately finished, the soft case features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Performance</span></h3><p>Travel tripods sometimes get a bad press, not least from me. Sure, I like that they tend to be lightweight to carry and fold down to unfeasibly small dimensions, but I feel that the lack of rigidity and meagre maximum operating height often makes them somewhat unfit for their intended purpose. I’m happy to report that while the maximum operating height of the 3 Legged Thing Wes kit isn’t exactly towering, it’s definitely tall enough for the vast majority of videography shooting scenarios, equating to 134.5cm / 53in complete with its fluid head. That’s actually pretty generous for a videocentric travel tripod that omits a center column.</p><p>Just as important, or maybe more so, is the fact that the Wes supplies firm, solid, and stable support even at its maximum operating height, with all of the leg sections fully extended. That’s no mean feat for a relatively lightweight tripod with 5-section legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3054px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.80%;"><img id="gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE" name="3LT_Wes 2541.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3054" height="5430" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Wes isn’t going to win any prizes in ‘tallest tripod’ competitions but the maximum operating height should prove ample for most video shooting scenarios. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor that I’m happy to include under the ‘performance’ umbrella is that I like a tripod to enable ultra-low-level shooting without too much fuss and bother, or the need to invert the center column and shoot with the camera upside down, which is a bit of a non-starter for videography anyway. With its head in place, the Wes can shoot down to nearly ground level for creative effect, with a minimum operating height of just 21cm / 8.3in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5899px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE" name="3LT_Wes 2537.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5899" height="3315" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height of just over eight inches, with the legs splayed to their widest angles, enables plenty of creative versatility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I found that the multiple leg angles made it easy to work around obstacles like low walls and staircases, as well as catering to rough terrain. Another bonus is that the middle leg angle setting enables a firmer footing when shooting from fairly low operating heights, adding stability and making the tripod less at risk of being knocked over accidentally or falling foul of very windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5886px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE" name="3LT_Wes 2534.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5886" height="3309" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The intermediate leg angle works very well for fairly low-level shooting, adding greater stability. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’m tall at 6ft 5in and found that the Wes was a little short for me in regular monopod mode, at least when using the viewfinder of a camera. Even so, I didn’t have to crouch very much, and like many of us, I’m much more likely to shoot video using the rear screen of a camera rather than putting my eye to the viewfinder. In this configuration, the monopod proved tall enough for me at its maximum height with the head fitted. And if you hanker after a taller monopod, you could connect two or even three legs, top to toe, after removing the feet from two or three of the legs, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE" name="3LT_Wes 2555.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5363" height="3017" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height of the Wes in monopod mode with the head attached should prove adequate, even for tall videographers. And if it isn’t, you could connect two or even three of the legs together, screwing the top of one into the bottom of another with its foot removed. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Verdict</span></h3><p>The 3 Legged Thing Wes ticks all of the boxes on my wish list for a video travel tripod. It folds down small and is very lightweight to carry, yet reaches a decent maximum operating height while being sturdy and resistant to flexing and vibrations. I’m generally wary of tripods with five-section legs because the bottom leg sections are often very thin and spindly, resulting in a drop in rigidity and stability when they’re extended. There was no hint of this when using the Wes, and I found it gave solid support throughout its entire operating range, from just above ground level to its maximum height.</p><p>The premium carbon fiber legs with their aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy are a great buy on their own. However, the recently updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> is such a great match for the legs that I feel the complete kit is the best option. As a complete travel tripod for videographers, it’s hard to beat.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>High-end features include a built-in leveling base, quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, plus monopod and tabletop tripod conversion, the latter as an optional extra.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Designed to be small and lightweight yet hugely versatile, the 3 Legged Thing Wes is cleverly designed, expertly engineered and impeccably turned out.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Travel tripods are often spindly affairs that don’t give solid support, but the Wes is impressively rigid and very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s certainly not cheap for a travel tripod but if you want something that really will go the distance and not let you down, both the legs on their own and the complete kit are star buys.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5202px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.87%;"><img id="VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E" name="3LT_Wes 00 hero 2533.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5202" height="2230" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2744px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB" name="3 Legged Thing Ridley square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2744" height="2744" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ridley</strong></a> is a more full-sized sibling to the Wes, with 3-section legs and a taller 164cm / 64.6in maximum operating height (including the same fluid head). A similar feature set includes the same built-in leveling base, QD weight hook/tool, leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:675px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3" name="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="675" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>If you’re more into stills photography than videography, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</strong></a> is an excellent and similarly pro-grade carbon fiber travel tripod. Like the Wes, it features 5-section legs with twist-locks but instead of a leveling base, the Leo incorporates a 2-section extending center column.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The lightweight 3 Legged Thing Wes tripod kit folds down small for the journey but aims to give versatile, solid support for stills and video, incorporating a leveling base and revamped fluid head ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">6KGA8TB9ryYajKVNYwbkvK</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2uxppSUoteYKxVr2Sqv27E-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 23 Aug 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2uxppSUoteYKxVr2Sqv27E-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Wes tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Wes tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Wes tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2uxppSUoteYKxVr2Sqv27E-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>It’s been about five years since I discovered 3 Legged Thing, a British company specializing in tripods and other supports. My first encounter was with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a>. I instantly fell for Winston, and it’s still my favorite full-sized tripod to this day. Even so, a lot has happened in the last five years, and 3 Legged Thing has branched out in all sorts of different directions, currently catering to photographers and videographers, as well as ramping up its endeavors for field sports and birding, plus shooting and target sports. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods and heads, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other items along the way, being highly impressed by pretty much all of them.</p><p>Bringing things up to date, there’s a dynamic duo of new 3 Legged Thing video tripods in town, going by the names of Ridley and Wes. They’re both similar in many ways and are named after master movie directors. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review">Ridley</a> (Scott) is the larger three-section tripod of the two, whereas Wes (Anderson) is the smaller sibling, with a travel-friendly, fold-down-small five-section leg design. Both carbon fiber tripods are available as sets of legs on their own, or as full kits with the same fluid head. They aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes that I’m reviewing here also eyes up a spot as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE" name="3LT_Wes 01 intro 2484.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Wes is available as a set of video travel tripod legs on their own or as a complete kit with a fluid head, the latter pictured here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>54.8cm / 21.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>134.5cm / 53in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21cm / 8.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.1kg / 4.6lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>26cm / 1.02in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Price</span></h3><p>Quality seldom comes cheap, and sure enough, a set of the premium Wes travel tripod legs will set you back $399 / £379 (AU$ TBA). Go for the complete kit with the addition of a high-performance fluid head, and you can expect to pay $599 / £569. They’re both fairly substantial chunks of money, but the features, design and build quality make them well worth the outlay, especially as both options feature a built-in leveling base, smart padded soft case and handy little extras. All in all, they’re very competitively priced.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Wes"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Wes Anderson has proved himself as an ingenious, stylistic, and very versatile movie director over the last 30 years, so Wes is an inspirational and aspirational name for this new video travel tripod from 3 Legged Thing. Available in gray and black with orange accents or in all-black, the legs are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy. But when shooting a video narrative, I feel that legs are only half the tripod story, so I went for the full kit that adds a fluid head. More on the head later, but I’ll begin with the legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE" name="3LT_Wes 2485.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The top section of each leg has a chunky 26cm / 1.02in diameter but with five sections in each leg, the bottom ones are necessarily narrow. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The small stowage size of the Wes tripod legs equates to just 44cm / 17.3in in length, or 54.8cm / 21.6in with the fluid head fitted. To my mind, that makes the kit small enough to take on pretty much every journey to any location, whether I’m pounding around local city streets or jetting off to the other side of the world. For the latter, the tripod is small enough to fit within the cabin baggage regulations of most airlines.</p><p>Fully extending all five sections of each leg reveals ever-decreasing circles, in terms of the relative diameters. Even so, the thinnest bottom sections have a perfectly respectable 14mm diameter. Not only is that significantly greater than in many travel tripods that I’ve seen and used, but it also enables a strong payload rating of 14kg / 30lb, even when the tripod is at full stretch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5074px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E" name="3LT_Wes 2487.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5074" height="2855" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Stepping down from the fattest leg sections at the top to the slimmest at the bottom, they have diameters of 26mm, 23mm, 20mm, 17mm and 14mm respectively, so you basically drop just 3mm each time around. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are a couple of potential drawbacks to five-section legs that can outweigh the allure of compact stowage. First up, each joint is a possible point of weakness, where flexing and wobbling might be introduced. The second is that you end up with no less than 12 separate leg section locks to contend with when fully extending and contracting the tripod. That can equate to a lot of time and effort.</p><p>Thankfully, the twist-action section locks featured in the Wes only require minimal rotation to unlock and relock them. You can easily grab the full set of them for each leg when the sections are contracted, and tighten or loosen them with a single flick of the wrist. Ultimately, they’re surprisingly quick and easy to use, while maintaining super-solid locking that avoids any unwanted flexing or movement when the tripod is in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3660px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E" name="3LT_Wes 2488.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3660" height="2060" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist-locks work a treat and are very tactile, with grippy, textured rubber pads to add a feelgood factor. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks for the leg sections are a brilliant piece of design that’s thoroughly well executed, the same applies to the locks for the three alternative leg angles. The leg angles themselves measure 23, 55, and 80 degrees from the vertical, so there’s plenty of room for maneuver. Moreover, the simple yet highly effective spring-loaded, push-lever locks ensure maximum speed and ease when playing all the angles. Unlike many travel tripods, including the more stills-centric <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro">3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</a>, there’s no time wasted swinging the legs up around the center column for compact stowage, as the Wes has no center column anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3255px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E" name="3LT_Wes 2489.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3255" height="1832" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The push-lever locks for the multiple leg angles make any changes quick and effortless to carry out. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One place you generally don’t want any angles coming into play is in the platform on which the head is mounted. If you try to compensate by adjusting the level of the head itself, you’ll find that your horizons go wonky as soon as you start panning. One method is to meticulously adjust the overall height of each leg, so that the tripod canopy is level. However, this tends to be an arduous, time-consuming process, especially if you’re working on uneven ground.</p><p>To make things quick, simple, and highly effective, the Wes features a built-in leveling base that is an absolute doddle to use. It has a single locking screw with a spring-loaded handle mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull out the handle and rotate it for your favored orientation. Another aid to leveling up is that the base features a bubble level, which can be rotated through a full 360 degrees for easy viewing from any angle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3897px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E" name="3LT_Wes 2492.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3897" height="2193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography. It’s also ideal for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With the opposite of a soft underbelly, Wes has a pair of solid, robust weight hooks extending from the bottom of its magnesium alloy leveling base. They’re ideal for adding ballast to avoid the tripod swaying in the breeze if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4700px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E" name="3LT_Wes 2493.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4700" height="2645" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bottom of the leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and they’re more tricked up than you might think. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Intent as ever to cram as many crafty design flourishes into a tripod as possible, 3 Legged Thing has doubled up the usefulness of the weight hooks. The hooks also form the T-section of an Allen key that mounts to the underside of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. A simple press of a button is all that’s required to release the Allen key, which you can then use for securing your camera to the head’s quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same-size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3037px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD" name="3LT_Wes 2494.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3037" height="1709" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">An allen key secures to the QD mount in the bottom of the leveling plate, and the mount itself can play host to straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve written a full, standalone review of the revamped and updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head,</a> and as part of the complete kit, it’s an ideal match for the Wes tripod legs. It ensures wonderfully smooth tilt and pan operation and excellent all-around performance. The favorable feature set includes an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, and an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another bonus is that you can use that QD-mounted Allen key that I mentioned just now to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90-degree increments. The upshot is that the long QR plate can run from side to side instead of just from front to back. The sideways orientation can be more ideal if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like one of 3 Legged Thing’s camera-specific L-brackets or the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4993px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E" name="3LT_Wes 2490.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4993" height="2810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC fluid video head is available in gray and black with orange accents or in an all-black option to match the two colorways of the Wes tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going from top to bottom, or rather from head to foot, the legs are fitted with rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing on most surfaces. There’s also a variety of alternative footwear on offer from 3 Legged Thing as optional extras. These include Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3167px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD" name="3LT_Wes 2496.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3167" height="1782" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters, catering to both standard sizes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are many and varied tripods on the market, in which you can unscrew one of the legs and use it as a monopod instead. It’s a good idea in that it saves carrying two separate bits of support kit. With the Wes, however, you can remove all three legs if you wish, which adds even greater versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE" name="3LT_Wes 2498.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A neat trick is that if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy of the Wes with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Wes into a tabletop tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE" name="3LT_Wes 2501.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Pictured here, the Wes has all of its legs unscrewed and replaced by optional Vanz footwear, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a handy multi-function tool supplied with the tripod kit, aptly named the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It has a keyring attachment and includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It comes in useful for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks, as well as for popping the tops off bottles when all that videography makes you work up a thirst.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3434px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E" name="3LT_Wes toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3434" height="1932" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a cunning little gadget, supplied as part of the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Attention to detail in both design and manufacture is carried over from the tripod itself to the high-quality padded soft case that it’s supplied in. The case features a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. There’s also a side pocket for additional storage complete with a zippered three-section organizer (the zippers have comfy pullers for easy opening and closing). There’s a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. The hook is ideal for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod after popping a few weighty objects inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE" name="3LT_Wes 2499.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Nicely designed and immaculately finished, the soft case features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Performance</span></h3><p>Travel tripods sometimes get a bad press, not least from me. Sure, I like that they tend to be lightweight to carry and fold down to unfeasibly small dimensions, but I feel that the lack of rigidity and meagre maximum operating height often makes them somewhat unfit for their intended purpose. I’m happy to report that while the maximum operating height of the 3 Legged Thing Wes kit isn’t exactly towering, it’s definitely tall enough for the vast majority of videography shooting scenarios, equating to 134.5cm / 53in complete with its fluid head. That’s actually pretty generous for a videocentric travel tripod that omits a center column.</p><p>Just as important, or maybe more so, is the fact that the Wes supplies firm, solid, and stable support even at its maximum operating height, with all of the leg sections fully extended. That’s no mean feat for a relatively lightweight tripod with 5-section legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3054px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.80%;"><img id="gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE" name="3LT_Wes 2541.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3054" height="5430" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Wes isn’t going to win any prizes in ‘tallest tripod’ competitions but the maximum operating height should prove ample for most video shooting scenarios. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor that I’m happy to include under the ‘performance’ umbrella is that I like a tripod to enable ultra-low-level shooting without too much fuss and bother, or the need to invert the center column and shoot with the camera upside down, which is a bit of a non-starter for videography anyway. With its head in place, the Wes can shoot down to nearly ground level for creative effect, with a minimum operating height of just 21cm / 8.3in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5899px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE" name="3LT_Wes 2537.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5899" height="3315" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height of just over eight inches, with the legs splayed to their widest angles, enables plenty of creative versatility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I found that the multiple leg angles made it easy to work around obstacles like low walls and staircases, as well as catering to rough terrain. Another bonus is that the middle leg angle setting enables a firmer footing when shooting from fairly low operating heights, adding stability and making the tripod less at risk of being knocked over accidentally or falling foul of very windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5886px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE" name="3LT_Wes 2534.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5886" height="3309" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The intermediate leg angle works very well for fairly low-level shooting, adding greater stability. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’m tall at 6ft 5in and found that the Wes was a little short for me in regular monopod mode, at least when using the viewfinder of a camera. Even so, I didn’t have to crouch very much, and like many of us, I’m much more likely to shoot video using the rear screen of a camera rather than putting my eye to the viewfinder. In this configuration, the monopod proved tall enough for me at its maximum height with the head fitted. And if you hanker after a taller monopod, you could connect two or even three legs, top to toe, after removing the feet from two or three of the legs, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE" name="3LT_Wes 2555.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5363" height="3017" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height of the Wes in monopod mode with the head attached should prove adequate, even for tall videographers. And if it isn’t, you could connect two or even three of the legs together, screwing the top of one into the bottom of another with its foot removed. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Verdict</span></h3><p>The 3 Legged Thing Wes ticks all of the boxes on my wish list for a video travel tripod. It folds down small and is very lightweight to carry, yet reaches a decent maximum operating height while being sturdy and resistant to flexing and vibrations. I’m generally wary of tripods with five-section legs because the bottom leg sections are often very thin and spindly, resulting in a drop in rigidity and stability when they’re extended. There was no hint of this when using the Wes, and I found it gave solid support throughout its entire operating range, from just above ground level to its maximum height.</p><p>The premium carbon fiber legs with their aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy are a great buy on their own. However, the recently updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> is such a great match for the legs that I feel the complete kit is the best option. As a complete travel tripod for videographers, it’s hard to beat.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>High-end features include a built-in leveling base, quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, plus monopod and tabletop tripod conversion, the latter as an optional extra.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Designed to be small and lightweight yet hugely versatile, the 3 Legged Thing Wes is cleverly designed, expertly engineered and impeccably turned out.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Travel tripods are often spindly affairs that don’t give solid support, but the Wes is impressively rigid and very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s certainly not cheap for a travel tripod but if you want something that really will go the distance and not let you down, both the legs on their own and the complete kit are star buys.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5202px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.87%;"><img id="VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E" name="3LT_Wes 00 hero 2533.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5202" height="2230" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2744px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB" name="3 Legged Thing Ridley square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2744" height="2744" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ridley</strong></a> is a more full-sized sibling to the Wes, with 3-section legs and a taller 164cm / 64.6in maximum operating height (including the same fluid head). A similar feature set includes the same built-in leveling base, QD weight hook/tool, leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:675px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3" name="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="675" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>If you’re more into stills photography than videography, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</strong></a> is an excellent and similarly pro-grade carbon fiber travel tripod. Like the Wes, it features 5-section legs with twist-locks but instead of a leveling base, the Leo incorporates a 2-section extending center column.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 review: a super-strong set of carbon fiber tripod legs for professional hybrid photography and more besides ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I’ve been reviewing 3 Legged Thing gear for five years and counting, since first encountering the rather epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> from the Pro 2.0 range. Indeed, it’s been my go-to full-sized tripod ever since, and I’m no stranger to the company’s supersized video tripods either, like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review">3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</a>. Over the ensuing years, I’ve also tested and reviewed a bunch of other 3 Legged Thing tripods great and small, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other paraphernalia. The company’s product catalog is nothing if not diverse, ranging from photography and videography kit, through field sports and birding, to shooting and target sports supports and accessories.</p><p>One constant is that I’ve always been impressed by 3 Legged Things’ design flair and the company’s ability to turn its clever design concepts into expertly engineered and beautifully finished products. The set of Ethan 4 tripod legs that I’m reviewing here is a mighty, super-strong set of carbon fiber legs that aims to stick with that tradition, billed as a professional hybrid photography and tactical tripod system for photo, video, shooting, and tactical pursuits. Let’s see if it lives up to its claims, not just as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods,</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, but for a variety of other duties as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4354px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK" name="3LT_E4 01 intro 2442.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4354" height="2450" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Ethan 4 plays a powerful ‘supporting role’ as a character in 3 Legged Thing’s large cast of tripods </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>61cm / 24in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>162cm / 64in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>14cm / 5.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>60kg / 132lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>32mm / 1.26in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Price</span></h3><p>A full-sized tripod with a mighty 60kg / 132lb payload rating and built from premium Japanese carbon fiber and aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, the Ethan 4 doesn’t come cheap. The legs list at $499 / £429 (AU$ TBA), and bear in mind that you’ll have to factor in a head and maybe a leveling base, if you don’t have them already, which will add to the cost. Even so, I think the legs are set at a very fair price, considering their specifications, so long as the build quality and performance stack up. That’s what I’m here to test.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Designed as a ‘tactical’ tripod for shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography, Ethan 4 takes its name from Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em>. As such, it’s ‘engineered for chaos, built for legends’, as 3 Legged Thing likes to say. It’s certainly very tough and endlessly adaptable. In the realm of shooting pictures, I’d say that pro-grade videography is its best fit.</p><p>Suitably hard as nails, Ethan 4 is made from premium 3K weave Japanese carbon fiber with an oversized outer leg section diameter of 32mm. Metal parts are constructed in aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, and fixings are made from corrosion-resistant stainless steel. For the style-conscious, the tripod is available in Darkness (black), Olive Drab Green, and Lava colorways; the last of these with orange accents.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5577px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK" name="3LT_E4 2443.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5577" height="3138" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3K weave carbon fiber leg sections look as good as they feel, with an oversized 32mm diameter top section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With four telescoping sections in each leg, a bonus of the chunky 32mm outer is that even the narrowest bottom sections have an impressive girth to them. The upshot is that the tripod has a super-sturdy payload rating of 60kg / 132lb. Naturally, you’ll be hard-pressed to find a camera and lens combination that weighs anywhere near that much, but the Ethan 4 can also support additional accessories, as I’ll come to later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4933px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK" name="3LT_E4 2446.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4933" height="2776" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even the bottom sections of the four-section legs have a satisfying girth to them, rather than being spindly, thin, and flimsy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s an endless debate over whether twist-locks or flip-locks are better for tripod legs. Personally, I generally prefer twist-locks, especially if they’re the kind featured in this tripod, labelled as ‘Oversized Helical Strake’ leg locks. As such, they’re quick and easy to use with minimal rotation required to loosen or lock each section. As with other elements of the tripod, they have a top-quality look and feel, and are fitted with grippy rubber pads. They’re also designed for quick and easy strip-down and reassembly if and when they need cleaning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K" name="3LT_E4 2447.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3568" height="2008" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Quick and easy to use, and equally so to disassemble and reassemble if they need cleaning, the twist locks incorporate 3 Legged Thing’s usual ‘chicken lips’ or nylon shims. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks are pretty standard fare, the three-position leg-angle locks have a new patented trigger-pull design. The idea is that you can pull out the mechanism in the more time-honored fashion, or simply squeeze a trigger-action release with your finger.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4278px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK" name="3LT_E4 2448.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4278" height="2407" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs can be locked at three alternative angles, namely 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical, using the handy new trigger-action mechanism. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned at the outset, the Ethan 4 is sold as a set of legs, rather than as a complete kit. Especially for videography, to which the tripod legs are ideally suited, you’re best off adding either of 3 Legged Thing’s LevelHed Leveling Base or 75mm Half Bowl, as well as a fluid head. The tripod is supplied with a flat plate for the former, and there’s an optional 75mm bowl mount that you can swap to if you buy it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK" name="3LT_E4 2450.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod is supplied complete with a flat mounting plate, shown here, but you can swap it out to an optional 75mm bowl mount. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, you can attach your camera or whatever else you’re shooting with to the flat plate itself, without using a leveling aid or tripod head. With that in mind, the plate features a dual 1/4in mount with a 3/8in adapter sleeve, catering to both industry-standard threaded sockets.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK" name="3LT_E4 2451.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flat plate includes a dual 1/4in threaded mounting screw with a 3/8in sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Keeping moving parts to a minimum, the bubble level is fixed on the side of the chassis, rather than having a rotating base. Being positioned off to the side, it’s easy to keep an eye on and is large enough to see clearly when leveling the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3860px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK" name="3LT_E4 2452.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3860" height="2172" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is large, easy to see and therefore easy to use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Ethan 4 can support more than just its primary load. A threaded socket on the side of the chassis enables the attachment of a magic arm, LED lamp, microphone mount, monitor screen or just about anything else you might want to add on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK" name="3LT_E4 2454.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The threaded accessory mount on the side of the chassis has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and comes with a 14/in adapter. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going one better than the standard threaded accessory mount, the tripod chassis also includes a QD (Quick-Detach) socket. Compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and all sorts of other gadgets that use this kind of mount, it enables ultra-quick-and-easy mounting and detachment with a simple pushbutton mechanism.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK" name="3LT_E4 2455.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The chassis has an integrated QD socket that’s compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and other like-minded accessories. The connectors also happen to be used by NASA among others, for securing cargo on space rockets. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A ballast hook is featured under the flat mounting plate and also serves as the grab handle for tightening or loosening the main dual 1/4in and 3/8in threaded mounting screw with sleeve. Using the ballast hook enables you to hang a weight off the tripod, again taking advantage of its hefty payload rating and adding stability if you’re shooting in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK" name="3LT_E4 2456.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook is easy to get at, positioned directly under the flat plate and also serves as the finger/thumb grip for the main mounting screw. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When it comes to tripod heads, you can naturally fit pretty much anything that takes your fancy. One that works particularly well for videography with the Ethan 4 is the revamped and revitalized <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve reviewed separately and very favorably in the past. The head has a list price of $249 / £229 and is available in black or grey colorways.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK" name="3LT_E4 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The redesigned AirHed Cine CC is a compact but fully functional and a great performer. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with chunky rubber feet, which give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. They’re not the only choice, however, as alternative footwear is available as optional extras from 3 Legged Thing. Choices include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips), and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4035px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK" name="3LT_E4 2460.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4035" height="2271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. Accepting all sorts, the threaded foot sockets have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In keeping with the multi-talented nature of Ethan 4, you can remove one, two, or all three of the legs. Each of the legs can work independently for monopod duty, and leaving two of the legs attached to the chassis enables use as a bipod. Removing all three legs might sound counterproductive, but I’ll come back to that in a moment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5546px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK" name="3LT_E4 2457.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5546" height="3122" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now, these dual metal spikes with rubber pads can serve up a neat trick. If you unscrew all three legs from the chassis and then screw the Vanz into the empty sockets that are revealed, you can effectively transform the Ethan 4 into a tabletop tripod, stretching its versatility even further.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5441px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK" name="3LT_E4 2503.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5441" height="3062" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s what the Ethan 4 looks like with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, serving as a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with a 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a neat multi-function tool, with a keyring. It acts as two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink when the going gets thirsty.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3230px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK" name="3LT_E4 toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3230" height="1818" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz2 carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It annoys me when some of the most famous tripod manufacturers sell very expensive tripods and don’t bother to bundle a carrying bag of any sort. The situation here is quite the reverse. The Ethan 4 comes with a very high-quality padded soft case and, typical of 3 Legged Thing, it’s not short of crafty design flourishes. There’s an internal mesh pocket and two securing straps, both with Velcro fasteners. You also get a side pocket with additional room and a zippered three-section organizer. The zippers themselves have comfy pullers for easy operation. There’s also a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to the ballast hook on the tripod, after popping a weighty object or two inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK" name="3LT_E4 2458.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The padded soft case follows suit with the tripod itself, being of very high quality and having lots of neat little extras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Performance</span></h3><p>Let’s cut to the chase. Performance of the Ethan 4 is exemplary in every respect. It gives rock-solid support for even the heaviest of cameras and accessories, right up to and including its maximum operating height of 162cm / 64in (without head). The legs and rubber feet combine to give excellent resistance against unwanted flexing and vibrations, even when the leg sections are fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2988px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.78%;"><img id="uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK" name="3LT_E4 2523.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2988" height="5312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod remains very solid and resistant to flexing and vibrations, even at its maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with most video-friendly tripods, there’s no center column, but an upside of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without the center column getting in the way. Again, without an attached head, the minimum operating height is a mere 14cm / 5.5in. The 4-section legs also enable a fairly compact carrying length of 61cm / 24in. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4955px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK" name="3LT_E4 2521.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4955" height="2787" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The largest locking leg angle from the vertical enables ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the maximum payload rating is a huge 60kg / 132lb, the tripod itself is easy on the back for carrying around, weighing in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb. It’s also very easy to live with from an operational perspective. The twist locks work with simple efficiency, requiring minimal rotation to lock and unlock the leg sections. The trigger-action leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. As well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting and working on uneven terrain or around obstacles, the multi-angle legs add stability at their intermediate setting when shooting at low to middling heights.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4892px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK" name="3LT_E4 2519.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4892" height="2752" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For low to middling shooting heights, the interim leg angle adds stability and makes the tripod less prone to toppling over if knocked or in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just a tripod, the Ethan 4 works equally well in bipod mode or with any of the three legs removed for monopod duty. You can attach a camera or anything else to the mounting screw in the flat base, but the addition of a head makes monopod shooting more refined.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5816px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK" name="3LT_E4 2531.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5816" height="3271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As pictured here, I’ve removed one of the legs and transferred the 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head to the top of it for monopod duty. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Verdict</span></h3><p>Ethan Hunt is a very ingenious, versatile, and action-packed (if fictitious) character, giving his namesake tripod, the Ethan 4, a lot to live up to. True to the role, however, this 3 Legged Thing tripod can take on a barrage of different scenarios and win out against seemingly impossible odds, delivering a sure-fire success rate.</p><p>I love that the Ethan 4 tripod is so rock-solid and utterly dependable, and so resistant to any unwanted flexing or vibration. The twist-locks for the leg sections work impeccably, and the new trigger-action leg angle locks are a pleasure to use. Ultimately, this tripod offers wide-ranging versatility while also being entirely intuitive and simple to use, so you can concentrate on your creative flow rather than wrestling with a finicky tripod.</p><p>The fact that it also works flawlessly as a bipod or monopod reinforces its credentials as a ‘tactical’ tripod for photography, videography, shooting, and target sports. Just add a head, and you’re good to go.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top features include quick-action twist-locks and trigger-action leg angle locks, a flat plate mount that can be swapped out for an optional half bowl mount, and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design of the tripod is full of clever tricks and flourishes that make the Ethan 4 immensely versatile yet quick-and-easy to use. The build quality is top-notch as well.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Super-solid and dependable from ground level right up to and including its maximum operating height, the Ethan 4 is a top performer. It’s also very quick to set up and take down again.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s undeniably expensive for a set of tripod legs, with no leveling base or head, but the features, design, build quality and performance make it excellent value for money nonetheless.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5926px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK" name="3LT_E4 00 hero 2516.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5926" height="2540" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2771px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn" name="3 Legged Thing Tommy square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2771" height="2771" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</strong></a> is one of the company’s biggest and strongest video tripods, with three-section legs and an interchangeable flat plate and 75mm bowl mount. It’s also one of the company’s most expensive sets of tripod legs (much pricier than the Ethan 4) and again comes without a bundled head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The  <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</strong></a> is another very robust tripod, this time more ideal for stills rather than video capture. The full kit comes with the latest edition of the company’s top-flight ball head, but you can also buy just the legs (or the head) on their own.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The hugely strong and versatile 3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 bills itself as a pro-grade hybrid photography and tactical tripod system with bipod and monopod conversion. Sounds like a mission improbable… ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">EjXoQi3XS3BdE37U2yzbSS</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UyNcxoXsXmwu7L4fPyKJJK-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 22 Aug 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UyNcxoXsXmwu7L4fPyKJJK-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UyNcxoXsXmwu7L4fPyKJJK-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I’ve been reviewing 3 Legged Thing gear for five years and counting, since first encountering the rather epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> from the Pro 2.0 range. Indeed, it’s been my go-to full-sized tripod ever since, and I’m no stranger to the company’s supersized video tripods either, like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review">3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</a>. Over the ensuing years, I’ve also tested and reviewed a bunch of other 3 Legged Thing tripods great and small, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other paraphernalia. The company’s product catalog is nothing if not diverse, ranging from photography and videography kit, through field sports and birding, to shooting and target sports supports and accessories.</p><p>One constant is that I’ve always been impressed by 3 Legged Things’ design flair and the company’s ability to turn its clever design concepts into expertly engineered and beautifully finished products. The set of Ethan 4 tripod legs that I’m reviewing here is a mighty, super-strong set of carbon fiber legs that aims to stick with that tradition, billed as a professional hybrid photography and tactical tripod system for photo, video, shooting, and tactical pursuits. Let’s see if it lives up to its claims, not just as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods,</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, but for a variety of other duties as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4354px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK" name="3LT_E4 01 intro 2442.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4354" height="2450" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Ethan 4 plays a powerful ‘supporting role’ as a character in 3 Legged Thing’s large cast of tripods </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>61cm / 24in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>162cm / 64in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>14cm / 5.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>60kg / 132lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>32mm / 1.26in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Price</span></h3><p>A full-sized tripod with a mighty 60kg / 132lb payload rating and built from premium Japanese carbon fiber and aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, the Ethan 4 doesn’t come cheap. The legs list at $499 / £429 (AU$ TBA), and bear in mind that you’ll have to factor in a head and maybe a leveling base, if you don’t have them already, which will add to the cost. Even so, I think the legs are set at a very fair price, considering their specifications, so long as the build quality and performance stack up. That’s what I’m here to test.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Designed as a ‘tactical’ tripod for shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography, Ethan 4 takes its name from Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em>. As such, it’s ‘engineered for chaos, built for legends’, as 3 Legged Thing likes to say. It’s certainly very tough and endlessly adaptable. In the realm of shooting pictures, I’d say that pro-grade videography is its best fit.</p><p>Suitably hard as nails, Ethan 4 is made from premium 3K weave Japanese carbon fiber with an oversized outer leg section diameter of 32mm. Metal parts are constructed in aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, and fixings are made from corrosion-resistant stainless steel. For the style-conscious, the tripod is available in Darkness (black), Olive Drab Green, and Lava colorways; the last of these with orange accents.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5577px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK" name="3LT_E4 2443.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5577" height="3138" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3K weave carbon fiber leg sections look as good as they feel, with an oversized 32mm diameter top section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With four telescoping sections in each leg, a bonus of the chunky 32mm outer is that even the narrowest bottom sections have an impressive girth to them. The upshot is that the tripod has a super-sturdy payload rating of 60kg / 132lb. Naturally, you’ll be hard-pressed to find a camera and lens combination that weighs anywhere near that much, but the Ethan 4 can also support additional accessories, as I’ll come to later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4933px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK" name="3LT_E4 2446.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4933" height="2776" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even the bottom sections of the four-section legs have a satisfying girth to them, rather than being spindly, thin, and flimsy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s an endless debate over whether twist-locks or flip-locks are better for tripod legs. Personally, I generally prefer twist-locks, especially if they’re the kind featured in this tripod, labelled as ‘Oversized Helical Strake’ leg locks. As such, they’re quick and easy to use with minimal rotation required to loosen or lock each section. As with other elements of the tripod, they have a top-quality look and feel, and are fitted with grippy rubber pads. They’re also designed for quick and easy strip-down and reassembly if and when they need cleaning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K" name="3LT_E4 2447.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3568" height="2008" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Quick and easy to use, and equally so to disassemble and reassemble if they need cleaning, the twist locks incorporate 3 Legged Thing’s usual ‘chicken lips’ or nylon shims. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks are pretty standard fare, the three-position leg-angle locks have a new patented trigger-pull design. The idea is that you can pull out the mechanism in the more time-honored fashion, or simply squeeze a trigger-action release with your finger.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4278px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK" name="3LT_E4 2448.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4278" height="2407" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs can be locked at three alternative angles, namely 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical, using the handy new trigger-action mechanism. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned at the outset, the Ethan 4 is sold as a set of legs, rather than as a complete kit. Especially for videography, to which the tripod legs are ideally suited, you’re best off adding either of 3 Legged Thing’s LevelHed Leveling Base or 75mm Half Bowl, as well as a fluid head. The tripod is supplied with a flat plate for the former, and there’s an optional 75mm bowl mount that you can swap to if you buy it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK" name="3LT_E4 2450.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod is supplied complete with a flat mounting plate, shown here, but you can swap it out to an optional 75mm bowl mount. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, you can attach your camera or whatever else you’re shooting with to the flat plate itself, without using a leveling aid or tripod head. With that in mind, the plate features a dual 1/4in mount with a 3/8in adapter sleeve, catering to both industry-standard threaded sockets.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK" name="3LT_E4 2451.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flat plate includes a dual 1/4in threaded mounting screw with a 3/8in sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Keeping moving parts to a minimum, the bubble level is fixed on the side of the chassis, rather than having a rotating base. Being positioned off to the side, it’s easy to keep an eye on and is large enough to see clearly when leveling the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3860px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK" name="3LT_E4 2452.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3860" height="2172" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is large, easy to see and therefore easy to use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Ethan 4 can support more than just its primary load. A threaded socket on the side of the chassis enables the attachment of a magic arm, LED lamp, microphone mount, monitor screen or just about anything else you might want to add on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK" name="3LT_E4 2454.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The threaded accessory mount on the side of the chassis has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and comes with a 14/in adapter. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going one better than the standard threaded accessory mount, the tripod chassis also includes a QD (Quick-Detach) socket. Compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and all sorts of other gadgets that use this kind of mount, it enables ultra-quick-and-easy mounting and detachment with a simple pushbutton mechanism.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK" name="3LT_E4 2455.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The chassis has an integrated QD socket that’s compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and other like-minded accessories. The connectors also happen to be used by NASA among others, for securing cargo on space rockets. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A ballast hook is featured under the flat mounting plate and also serves as the grab handle for tightening or loosening the main dual 1/4in and 3/8in threaded mounting screw with sleeve. Using the ballast hook enables you to hang a weight off the tripod, again taking advantage of its hefty payload rating and adding stability if you’re shooting in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK" name="3LT_E4 2456.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook is easy to get at, positioned directly under the flat plate and also serves as the finger/thumb grip for the main mounting screw. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When it comes to tripod heads, you can naturally fit pretty much anything that takes your fancy. One that works particularly well for videography with the Ethan 4 is the revamped and revitalized <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve reviewed separately and very favorably in the past. The head has a list price of $249 / £229 and is available in black or grey colorways.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK" name="3LT_E4 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The redesigned AirHed Cine CC is a compact but fully functional and a great performer. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with chunky rubber feet, which give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. They’re not the only choice, however, as alternative footwear is available as optional extras from 3 Legged Thing. Choices include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips), and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4035px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK" name="3LT_E4 2460.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4035" height="2271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. Accepting all sorts, the threaded foot sockets have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In keeping with the multi-talented nature of Ethan 4, you can remove one, two, or all three of the legs. Each of the legs can work independently for monopod duty, and leaving two of the legs attached to the chassis enables use as a bipod. Removing all three legs might sound counterproductive, but I’ll come back to that in a moment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5546px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK" name="3LT_E4 2457.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5546" height="3122" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now, these dual metal spikes with rubber pads can serve up a neat trick. If you unscrew all three legs from the chassis and then screw the Vanz into the empty sockets that are revealed, you can effectively transform the Ethan 4 into a tabletop tripod, stretching its versatility even further.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5441px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK" name="3LT_E4 2503.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5441" height="3062" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s what the Ethan 4 looks like with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, serving as a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with a 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a neat multi-function tool, with a keyring. It acts as two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink when the going gets thirsty.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3230px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK" name="3LT_E4 toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3230" height="1818" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz2 carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It annoys me when some of the most famous tripod manufacturers sell very expensive tripods and don’t bother to bundle a carrying bag of any sort. The situation here is quite the reverse. The Ethan 4 comes with a very high-quality padded soft case and, typical of 3 Legged Thing, it’s not short of crafty design flourishes. There’s an internal mesh pocket and two securing straps, both with Velcro fasteners. You also get a side pocket with additional room and a zippered three-section organizer. The zippers themselves have comfy pullers for easy operation. There’s also a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to the ballast hook on the tripod, after popping a weighty object or two inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK" name="3LT_E4 2458.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The padded soft case follows suit with the tripod itself, being of very high quality and having lots of neat little extras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Performance</span></h3><p>Let’s cut to the chase. Performance of the Ethan 4 is exemplary in every respect. It gives rock-solid support for even the heaviest of cameras and accessories, right up to and including its maximum operating height of 162cm / 64in (without head). The legs and rubber feet combine to give excellent resistance against unwanted flexing and vibrations, even when the leg sections are fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2988px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.78%;"><img id="uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK" name="3LT_E4 2523.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2988" height="5312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod remains very solid and resistant to flexing and vibrations, even at its maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with most video-friendly tripods, there’s no center column, but an upside of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without the center column getting in the way. Again, without an attached head, the minimum operating height is a mere 14cm / 5.5in. The 4-section legs also enable a fairly compact carrying length of 61cm / 24in. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4955px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK" name="3LT_E4 2521.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4955" height="2787" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The largest locking leg angle from the vertical enables ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the maximum payload rating is a huge 60kg / 132lb, the tripod itself is easy on the back for carrying around, weighing in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb. It’s also very easy to live with from an operational perspective. The twist locks work with simple efficiency, requiring minimal rotation to lock and unlock the leg sections. The trigger-action leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. As well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting and working on uneven terrain or around obstacles, the multi-angle legs add stability at their intermediate setting when shooting at low to middling heights.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4892px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK" name="3LT_E4 2519.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4892" height="2752" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For low to middling shooting heights, the interim leg angle adds stability and makes the tripod less prone to toppling over if knocked or in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just a tripod, the Ethan 4 works equally well in bipod mode or with any of the three legs removed for monopod duty. You can attach a camera or anything else to the mounting screw in the flat base, but the addition of a head makes monopod shooting more refined.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5816px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK" name="3LT_E4 2531.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5816" height="3271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As pictured here, I’ve removed one of the legs and transferred the 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head to the top of it for monopod duty. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Verdict</span></h3><p>Ethan Hunt is a very ingenious, versatile, and action-packed (if fictitious) character, giving his namesake tripod, the Ethan 4, a lot to live up to. True to the role, however, this 3 Legged Thing tripod can take on a barrage of different scenarios and win out against seemingly impossible odds, delivering a sure-fire success rate.</p><p>I love that the Ethan 4 tripod is so rock-solid and utterly dependable, and so resistant to any unwanted flexing or vibration. The twist-locks for the leg sections work impeccably, and the new trigger-action leg angle locks are a pleasure to use. Ultimately, this tripod offers wide-ranging versatility while also being entirely intuitive and simple to use, so you can concentrate on your creative flow rather than wrestling with a finicky tripod.</p><p>The fact that it also works flawlessly as a bipod or monopod reinforces its credentials as a ‘tactical’ tripod for photography, videography, shooting, and target sports. Just add a head, and you’re good to go.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top features include quick-action twist-locks and trigger-action leg angle locks, a flat plate mount that can be swapped out for an optional half bowl mount, and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design of the tripod is full of clever tricks and flourishes that make the Ethan 4 immensely versatile yet quick-and-easy to use. The build quality is top-notch as well.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Super-solid and dependable from ground level right up to and including its maximum operating height, the Ethan 4 is a top performer. It’s also very quick to set up and take down again.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s undeniably expensive for a set of tripod legs, with no leveling base or head, but the features, design, build quality and performance make it excellent value for money nonetheless.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5926px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK" name="3LT_E4 00 hero 2516.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5926" height="2540" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2771px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn" name="3 Legged Thing Tommy square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2771" height="2771" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</strong></a> is one of the company’s biggest and strongest video tripods, with three-section legs and an interchangeable flat plate and 75mm bowl mount. It’s also one of the company’s most expensive sets of tripod legs (much pricier than the Ethan 4) and again comes without a bundled head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The  <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</strong></a> is another very robust tripod, this time more ideal for stills rather than video capture. The full kit comes with the latest edition of the company’s top-flight ball head, but you can also buy just the legs (or the head) on their own.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit review: the real deal, this pro-grade carbon fiber kit for hybrid photographers comes complete with a leveling base and fluid head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>3 Legged Thing is a British company that’s earned a really solid reputation over the years, mostly for making really solid tripods and other supports. The current catalog caters to photography and videography, field sports and birding, and shooting and target sports, covering a very wide remit. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps and other bits and pieces over the years, generally being so impressed that I’ve bought a few myself, and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> that I first encountered five years ago remains my personal full-sized tripod of choice.</p><p>The Ridley I’m reviewing here is from a dynamic duo of new videocentric tripods that take their names from movie directors; this one is named after Ridley Scott, while the smaller sidekick <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-review">Wes</a> is named after Wes Anderson. There’s also a simultaneously launched set of hybrid photography and tactical tripod legs by the name of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review">Ethan 4</a>, after <em>Mission: Impossible</em>’s Ethan Hunt. The Ridley and Wes are both carbon fiber tripods that are available as legs-only or as full kits with a fluid head. Ridley is the larger of the two, with 3-section legs, whereas the Wes is a more travel-friendly option with 5-section legs. Both aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes is also a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers on the move.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn" name="3LT_Rid 01 intro 2464.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Ridley is a superb set of legs, made all the smarter by the clever head that’s included in the complete kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>79cm / 31.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>164cm / 64.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>24.5cm / 9.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>29mm / 1.14in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Price</span></h3><p>Pay your money and take your choice. The complete Ridley kit with fluid video head costs $649 / £619 (AU$ TBA). If you’d rather bring your own head or have one already, you can buy just the Ridley legs with built-in leveling base and padded soft case for $449 / £429. Neither is a cheap option, but I feel that the prices represent great value considering the features, design, and build quality. Ultimately, of course, it all comes down to performance, which I’ll get to later.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ridley"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The sci-fi sensations <em>Alien</em> and <em>Blade Runner</em> absolutely blew me away when they first came out, and have definitely stood the test of time, so the 3 Legged Thing Ridley has a lot to live up to, being named after the movies’ director, Ridley Scott. The tripod is available in gray and black, or all black, the latter looking suitably dark and menacing – that’s the one that I went for. I also went for the complete kit that includes not only the set of legs made from premium Japanese carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy, but also the fittingly epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve recently reviewed as a revamped video head in its own right. But let’s kick off with the legs, which seems only logical.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3342px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm" name="3LT_Rid 2465.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3342" height="1881" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three-section legs have a chunky maximum tube diameter of 29mm and are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a lot to be said for tripods with four or even five sections in each leg, at least in terms of compactness for stowage. I personally don’t mind tripods being a bit longer when carrying them around, and generally prefer three-section legs for ease and speed of setup, with fewer section clamps to contend with. Another bonus is that the bottom section of each leg tends to have a wider diameter and is thus sturdier.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4440px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn" name="3LT_Rid 2467.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4440" height="2499" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With three sections in each leg rather than four or five, the bottom section remains of an impressive girth. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor in the speed and ease of setup and takedown is the efficiency of the section clamps. Some like twist-locks; others prefer flip-locks. I’m in the twist camp, so long as they release smoothly and lock firmly with minimal rotation. That’s certainly the case here, and adjusting the leg sections is a very speedy, smooth, and simple operation. I also like the grippy rubber pads on each twist-lock, making them feel nice to the touch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3266px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n" name="3LT_Rid 2468.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3266" height="1838" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The high-quality twist-locks only require minimal rotation to loosen them and then re-lock them for solid support. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another potential pitfall is that leg angle locks often seem to be more fiddly than they need to be. Again, the Ridley wins out with simple, spring-loaded catches that have a push-to-release action. Like the twist-locks, they have non-slip textured rubber pads for an extra feel-good factor. Three lockable leg angles are available: 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical. The upshot is that it’s easy to adapt to tricky terrain or work around obstacles when you’re setting up the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm" name="3LT_Rid 2469.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2481" height="1396" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Following suit, the spring-loaded leg angle locks are every bit as intuitive and easy to use as the twist-locks for the extending leg sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key element of setting up a video tripod is that you level the platform on which the head sits, rather than making leveling adjustments via the head itself. The latter will result in your horizon going on the slant as soon as you start panning. To ensure accuracy with fast and simple setup, the tripod features a built-in leveling base. A single lock/release screw has a handle that’s mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull it out and reposition it for your preferred fit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn" name="3LT_Rid 2472.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The built-in leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography, as well as for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To further enhance leveling up, the adjustable base comes complete with a bubble level that’s large enough for a clear view. It’s also mounted on a rotating platform, so you can swing it around to whatever angle works best for you, through an entire 360 degrees.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn" name="3LT_Rid 2471.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3481" height="1958" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level can be rotated through an entire circle, making it easy to see from any angle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down below, the leveling base has two weight hooks. These are ideal for adding ballast to steady the tripod if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions. Adding some ballast to the soft case that’s supplied with the tripod is a handy option, but more on that later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn" name="3LT_Rid 2473.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The underneath of the integral leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and there’s more to them than initially meets the eye. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A clever design flourish is that the weight hooks aren’t just weight hooks. They also form the T-section grip of an Allen key that mounts to the bottom of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. As such, you can push the QD button and simply pull out the Allen key to secure your camera to the head’s Arca-Swiss-compatible quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2714px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm" name="3LT_Rid 2474.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2714" height="1528" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A useful allen key fits into the bottom of the leveling plate via a QD mechanism, which you can also use for attaching straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I won’t talk too much about the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> that’s part of the complete kit, as I’ve already created a full, standalone review of it. Suffice it to say that it’s an ideal match for the Ridley, offering wonderfully smooth tilt and pan with excellent all-round performance. The head features an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, plus an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another nice touch is that you can use the QD Allen key that I just mentioned to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90 degrees. This enables the long QR plate to run from side to side instead of from front to back. It can be a more ideal orientation if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>, or one of the camera-specific options in the line-up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn" name="3LT_Rid 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC is a top-class fluid video head in its own right, and a worthy inclusion in the complete Ridley kit. Like the tripod legs, it’s available in gray and black with orange accents, or as an all-black option. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Dropping down from head to toe, the legs feature removable feet. The supplied feet are chunky rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. However, they’re certainly not the only choice. As alternative footwear, 3 Legged Thing offers a range of optional extras. These include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn" name="3LT_Rid 2476.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters to keep all the options open. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve often seen tripods in which one leg can be unscrewed and used on its own as a monopod, either with or without attaching it to the center column. Typical of video tripods, the Ridley doesn’t actually have a center column, but you can use any leg as a monopod, unscrewing it from the canopy and attaching the head directly to it. Moreover, you can unscrew all three legs from the canopy if you wish, but why would you want to? Let’s see…</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn" name="3LT_Rid 2477.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod, and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unscrewing a single leg gives the option of using the tripod as a bipod, or the removed leg as a monopod. However, if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Ridley into a tabletop tripod and adding yet more versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5317px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn" name="3LT_Rid 2502.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5317" height="2993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the Ridley with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A nice little extra included with the tripod is the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a smart multi-function tool, with a keyring attachment. It includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink during thirsty work.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2957px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn" name="3LT_Rid toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2957" height="1664" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>3 Legged Thing generally goes the extra mile, and that’s certainly the case (so to speak) with the Ridley. It comes complete with a high-quality padded soft case that packs plenty of design flourishes, as well as the tripod kit itself. There’s a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. A separate zippered side pocket gives additional storage complete with an internal zippered three-section organizer. There’s a detachable and adjustable shoulder strap as well as a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod, after popping a suitably weighty object inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn" name="3LT_Rid 2480.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dark blue padded soft case is immaculately finished and features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Performance</span></h3><p>The sheer quality of the 3 Legged Thing Ridley is so impressive that I’m happy to just sit and look at it, or play with its cleverly designed features. But naturally, the kit’s performance as a tripod is what really counts. There’s good news all around, as it gives really solid support for even heavyweight cameras, boasting a payload rating of 14kg / 30lb. The tripod retains excellent resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up to its maximum operating height of 164cm / 64.6in (including head). That’s pretty lofty for a three-section tripod, considering that there’s no center column, as is the case for most video tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.83%;"><img id="Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn" name="3LT_Rid 2512.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2900" height="5157" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Resistance to flexing and vibrations is very impressive, even at the tripod’s maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although the built-in leveling base precludes the addition of a center column, a bonus of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without a center column getting in the way. With the fluid head in the mix, the minimum operating height gives you the literal lowdown at just 24.5cm / 9.6in. And despite having 3-section legs, the folded length of the complete kit for stowage is reasonably compact at 79cm / 31.1in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5706px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un" name="3LT_Rid 2510.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5706" height="3207" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Legs akimbo at their maximum 80-degree angles, the Ridley delivers ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The complete kit (including fluid head) weighs in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb, so Ridley is easy to take along for the journey. From a performance standpoint, it’s also very quick and easy to use. The twist locks only require minimal rotation for locking and unlocking the leg sections, and the leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. The multiple leg angles also make it easy to work around obstacles or on very uneven terrain, as well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5241px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn" name="3LT_Rid 2508.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5241" height="2946" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For fairly low rather than ultra-low shooting heights, the intermediate leg angle gives greater stability and lessens the risk of the tripod toppling over if it’s knocked or if you’re shooting in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Remove a leg, and Ridley works well as a monopod with the head attached. I’m 6ft 5in tall and didn’t think that a 3-section leg would extend to a sufficient height for my personal monopod use, without a center column to add into the mix. However, full extension in monopod mode worked out just fine for me. If you’re a complete giant, you could always remove two legs and one of the feet, then screw the top of one leg into the bottom of the other to double the available height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6016px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn" name="3LT_Rid 2514.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6016" height="3381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even without a center column to stretch things out, the use of a single leg and the head delivers a sufficiently high monopod measurement even for tall shooters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Verdict</span></h3><p>I just love the 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod. It’s a first-class, fully pro-grade set of legs that’s easy to live with and genuinely fun to use. The built-in leveling base works a treat for videography and for shooting sequences of stills for stitching into panoramas. The twist-clamps for the extending leg sections and the pushbutton leg angle locks couldn’t be any quicker or easier to use, and everything’s cleverly designed, expertly engineered and immaculately finished.</p><p>So yes, the Ridley is a great set of legs, but I’d definitely go for the complete kit that includes the similarly fabulous <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>. Not only is the head a perfect match in terms of design, features, and performance, it’s also available in the same choice of colorways, satisfying my sense of style (if I actually had one). Sure, neither the legs on their own nor the complete kit come cheap, but they’re both worth every cent of their asking prices and more besides, if you’re in the market for some pro-grade support.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Winning features include quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, a built-in leveling base and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod, plus a great fluid head if you get the full kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>3 Legged Thing excels in clever designs and the Ridley tripod is packed full of clever tricks and design flourishes, making it dependable and versatile yet quick and easy to use. Build quality is also superb.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>There’s excellent rigidity and resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up from ground-level shooting to the maximum operating height. Speed and ease of setup add to the impressive performance and the Ridley works well as monopod too.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Sure, you can buy a fairly decent set of tripod legs or a complete video tripod kit for less money, but the Ridley is still very good value when you take everything into account.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5276px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn" name="3LT_Rid 00 hero 2505.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5276" height="2261" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB" name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4</strong></a> is a properly macho, pro-grade hybrid photography and tactical tripod system with bipod and monopod conversion, catering to shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography. Named after Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em> fame, no escapade is too daring for this super-strong set of legs (head sold separately).</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB" name="3 Legged Thing Wes square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Wes</strong></a> is very much like a ‘travel tripod’ version of the Ridley, with many of the same features, including a built-in leveling base, the same style of leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, and the same ‘kit’ option fluid head. However, its five-section carbon fiber design enables more compact stowage, with a folded length of just 54.8cm / 21.6in (including head) compared with the Ridley’s 79cm / 31.1in.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Strong and sturdy, the 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit makes it easy to level up and go steady, ideal for videographers and content creators ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Rwm7ckb7YroyRdRp6gRyeD</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vJhUdaDdKkbYNC4z92pPMn-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 22 Aug 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vJhUdaDdKkbYNC4z92pPMn-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vJhUdaDdKkbYNC4z92pPMn-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>3 Legged Thing is a British company that’s earned a really solid reputation over the years, mostly for making really solid tripods and other supports. The current catalog caters to photography and videography, field sports and birding, and shooting and target sports, covering a very wide remit. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps and other bits and pieces over the years, generally being so impressed that I’ve bought a few myself, and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> that I first encountered five years ago remains my personal full-sized tripod of choice.</p><p>The Ridley I’m reviewing here is from a dynamic duo of new videocentric tripods that take their names from movie directors; this one is named after Ridley Scott, while the smaller sidekick <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-review">Wes</a> is named after Wes Anderson. There’s also a simultaneously launched set of hybrid photography and tactical tripod legs by the name of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review">Ethan 4</a>, after <em>Mission: Impossible</em>’s Ethan Hunt. The Ridley and Wes are both carbon fiber tripods that are available as legs-only or as full kits with a fluid head. Ridley is the larger of the two, with 3-section legs, whereas the Wes is a more travel-friendly option with 5-section legs. Both aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes is also a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers on the move.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn" name="3LT_Rid 01 intro 2464.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Ridley is a superb set of legs, made all the smarter by the clever head that’s included in the complete kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>79cm / 31.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>164cm / 64.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>24.5cm / 9.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>29mm / 1.14in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Price</span></h3><p>Pay your money and take your choice. The complete Ridley kit with fluid video head costs $649 / £619 (AU$ TBA). If you’d rather bring your own head or have one already, you can buy just the Ridley legs with built-in leveling base and padded soft case for $449 / £429. Neither is a cheap option, but I feel that the prices represent great value considering the features, design, and build quality. Ultimately, of course, it all comes down to performance, which I’ll get to later.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ridley"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The sci-fi sensations <em>Alien</em> and <em>Blade Runner</em> absolutely blew me away when they first came out, and have definitely stood the test of time, so the 3 Legged Thing Ridley has a lot to live up to, being named after the movies’ director, Ridley Scott. The tripod is available in gray and black, or all black, the latter looking suitably dark and menacing – that’s the one that I went for. I also went for the complete kit that includes not only the set of legs made from premium Japanese carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy, but also the fittingly epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve recently reviewed as a revamped video head in its own right. But let’s kick off with the legs, which seems only logical.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3342px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm" name="3LT_Rid 2465.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3342" height="1881" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three-section legs have a chunky maximum tube diameter of 29mm and are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a lot to be said for tripods with four or even five sections in each leg, at least in terms of compactness for stowage. I personally don’t mind tripods being a bit longer when carrying them around, and generally prefer three-section legs for ease and speed of setup, with fewer section clamps to contend with. Another bonus is that the bottom section of each leg tends to have a wider diameter and is thus sturdier.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4440px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn" name="3LT_Rid 2467.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4440" height="2499" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With three sections in each leg rather than four or five, the bottom section remains of an impressive girth. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor in the speed and ease of setup and takedown is the efficiency of the section clamps. Some like twist-locks; others prefer flip-locks. I’m in the twist camp, so long as they release smoothly and lock firmly with minimal rotation. That’s certainly the case here, and adjusting the leg sections is a very speedy, smooth, and simple operation. I also like the grippy rubber pads on each twist-lock, making them feel nice to the touch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3266px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n" name="3LT_Rid 2468.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3266" height="1838" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The high-quality twist-locks only require minimal rotation to loosen them and then re-lock them for solid support. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another potential pitfall is that leg angle locks often seem to be more fiddly than they need to be. Again, the Ridley wins out with simple, spring-loaded catches that have a push-to-release action. Like the twist-locks, they have non-slip textured rubber pads for an extra feel-good factor. Three lockable leg angles are available: 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical. The upshot is that it’s easy to adapt to tricky terrain or work around obstacles when you’re setting up the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm" name="3LT_Rid 2469.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2481" height="1396" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Following suit, the spring-loaded leg angle locks are every bit as intuitive and easy to use as the twist-locks for the extending leg sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key element of setting up a video tripod is that you level the platform on which the head sits, rather than making leveling adjustments via the head itself. The latter will result in your horizon going on the slant as soon as you start panning. To ensure accuracy with fast and simple setup, the tripod features a built-in leveling base. A single lock/release screw has a handle that’s mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull it out and reposition it for your preferred fit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn" name="3LT_Rid 2472.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The built-in leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography, as well as for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To further enhance leveling up, the adjustable base comes complete with a bubble level that’s large enough for a clear view. It’s also mounted on a rotating platform, so you can swing it around to whatever angle works best for you, through an entire 360 degrees.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn" name="3LT_Rid 2471.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3481" height="1958" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level can be rotated through an entire circle, making it easy to see from any angle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down below, the leveling base has two weight hooks. These are ideal for adding ballast to steady the tripod if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions. Adding some ballast to the soft case that’s supplied with the tripod is a handy option, but more on that later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn" name="3LT_Rid 2473.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The underneath of the integral leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and there’s more to them than initially meets the eye. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A clever design flourish is that the weight hooks aren’t just weight hooks. They also form the T-section grip of an Allen key that mounts to the bottom of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. As such, you can push the QD button and simply pull out the Allen key to secure your camera to the head’s Arca-Swiss-compatible quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2714px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm" name="3LT_Rid 2474.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2714" height="1528" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A useful allen key fits into the bottom of the leveling plate via a QD mechanism, which you can also use for attaching straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I won’t talk too much about the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> that’s part of the complete kit, as I’ve already created a full, standalone review of it. Suffice it to say that it’s an ideal match for the Ridley, offering wonderfully smooth tilt and pan with excellent all-round performance. The head features an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, plus an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another nice touch is that you can use the QD Allen key that I just mentioned to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90 degrees. This enables the long QR plate to run from side to side instead of from front to back. It can be a more ideal orientation if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>, or one of the camera-specific options in the line-up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn" name="3LT_Rid 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC is a top-class fluid video head in its own right, and a worthy inclusion in the complete Ridley kit. Like the tripod legs, it’s available in gray and black with orange accents, or as an all-black option. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Dropping down from head to toe, the legs feature removable feet. The supplied feet are chunky rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. However, they’re certainly not the only choice. As alternative footwear, 3 Legged Thing offers a range of optional extras. These include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn" name="3LT_Rid 2476.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters to keep all the options open. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve often seen tripods in which one leg can be unscrewed and used on its own as a monopod, either with or without attaching it to the center column. Typical of video tripods, the Ridley doesn’t actually have a center column, but you can use any leg as a monopod, unscrewing it from the canopy and attaching the head directly to it. Moreover, you can unscrew all three legs from the canopy if you wish, but why would you want to? Let’s see…</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn" name="3LT_Rid 2477.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod, and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unscrewing a single leg gives the option of using the tripod as a bipod, or the removed leg as a monopod. However, if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Ridley into a tabletop tripod and adding yet more versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5317px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn" name="3LT_Rid 2502.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5317" height="2993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the Ridley with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A nice little extra included with the tripod is the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a smart multi-function tool, with a keyring attachment. It includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink during thirsty work.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2957px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn" name="3LT_Rid toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2957" height="1664" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>3 Legged Thing generally goes the extra mile, and that’s certainly the case (so to speak) with the Ridley. It comes complete with a high-quality padded soft case that packs plenty of design flourishes, as well as the tripod kit itself. There’s a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. A separate zippered side pocket gives additional storage complete with an internal zippered three-section organizer. There’s a detachable and adjustable shoulder strap as well as a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod, after popping a suitably weighty object inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn" name="3LT_Rid 2480.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dark blue padded soft case is immaculately finished and features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Performance</span></h3><p>The sheer quality of the 3 Legged Thing Ridley is so impressive that I’m happy to just sit and look at it, or play with its cleverly designed features. But naturally, the kit’s performance as a tripod is what really counts. There’s good news all around, as it gives really solid support for even heavyweight cameras, boasting a payload rating of 14kg / 30lb. The tripod retains excellent resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up to its maximum operating height of 164cm / 64.6in (including head). That’s pretty lofty for a three-section tripod, considering that there’s no center column, as is the case for most video tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.83%;"><img id="Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn" name="3LT_Rid 2512.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2900" height="5157" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Resistance to flexing and vibrations is very impressive, even at the tripod’s maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although the built-in leveling base precludes the addition of a center column, a bonus of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without a center column getting in the way. With the fluid head in the mix, the minimum operating height gives you the literal lowdown at just 24.5cm / 9.6in. And despite having 3-section legs, the folded length of the complete kit for stowage is reasonably compact at 79cm / 31.1in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5706px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un" name="3LT_Rid 2510.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5706" height="3207" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Legs akimbo at their maximum 80-degree angles, the Ridley delivers ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The complete kit (including fluid head) weighs in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb, so Ridley is easy to take along for the journey. From a performance standpoint, it’s also very quick and easy to use. The twist locks only require minimal rotation for locking and unlocking the leg sections, and the leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. The multiple leg angles also make it easy to work around obstacles or on very uneven terrain, as well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5241px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn" name="3LT_Rid 2508.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5241" height="2946" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For fairly low rather than ultra-low shooting heights, the intermediate leg angle gives greater stability and lessens the risk of the tripod toppling over if it’s knocked or if you’re shooting in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Remove a leg, and Ridley works well as a monopod with the head attached. I’m 6ft 5in tall and didn’t think that a 3-section leg would extend to a sufficient height for my personal monopod use, without a center column to add into the mix. However, full extension in monopod mode worked out just fine for me. If you’re a complete giant, you could always remove two legs and one of the feet, then screw the top of one leg into the bottom of the other to double the available height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6016px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn" name="3LT_Rid 2514.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6016" height="3381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even without a center column to stretch things out, the use of a single leg and the head delivers a sufficiently high monopod measurement even for tall shooters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Verdict</span></h3><p>I just love the 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod. It’s a first-class, fully pro-grade set of legs that’s easy to live with and genuinely fun to use. The built-in leveling base works a treat for videography and for shooting sequences of stills for stitching into panoramas. The twist-clamps for the extending leg sections and the pushbutton leg angle locks couldn’t be any quicker or easier to use, and everything’s cleverly designed, expertly engineered and immaculately finished.</p><p>So yes, the Ridley is a great set of legs, but I’d definitely go for the complete kit that includes the similarly fabulous <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>. Not only is the head a perfect match in terms of design, features, and performance, it’s also available in the same choice of colorways, satisfying my sense of style (if I actually had one). Sure, neither the legs on their own nor the complete kit come cheap, but they’re both worth every cent of their asking prices and more besides, if you’re in the market for some pro-grade support.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Winning features include quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, a built-in leveling base and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod, plus a great fluid head if you get the full kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>3 Legged Thing excels in clever designs and the Ridley tripod is packed full of clever tricks and design flourishes, making it dependable and versatile yet quick and easy to use. Build quality is also superb.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>There’s excellent rigidity and resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up from ground-level shooting to the maximum operating height. Speed and ease of setup add to the impressive performance and the Ridley works well as monopod too.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Sure, you can buy a fairly decent set of tripod legs or a complete video tripod kit for less money, but the Ridley is still very good value when you take everything into account.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5276px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn" name="3LT_Rid 00 hero 2505.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5276" height="2261" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB" name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4</strong></a> is a properly macho, pro-grade hybrid photography and tactical tripod system with bipod and monopod conversion, catering to shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography. Named after Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em> fame, no escapade is too daring for this super-strong set of legs (head sold separately).</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB" name="3 Legged Thing Wes square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Wes</strong></a> is very much like a ‘travel tripod’ version of the Ridley, with many of the same features, including a built-in leveling base, the same style of leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, and the same ‘kit’ option fluid head. However, its five-section carbon fiber design enables more compact stowage, with a folded length of just 54.8cm / 21.6in (including head) compared with the Ridley’s 79cm / 31.1in.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Newly launched, this retro photo-video light doesn’t just light the scene. It projects 36,000 colors and creates patterned backdrops ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Most multi-colored lights can only reach maximum brightness on the white color setting, but the brand known for its retro-styled lights has introduced a light that can still hit full power up to 120W at every one of its 36,000 possible colors. The Harlowe Max Spectra is a portable LED video light that is not only built for color but uses a “magic lens” to project moving special effects.</p><p>Harlowe says that no other light in the same class can create such a wide range of colors at full brightness. The difference comes from designing <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-led-light-panels">the LED light</a> so that every color channel has its own power allocation. The light can blend the red, green, blue, cool white, and warm white channels into thousands of different colors, without losing brightness.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ikSiKs9SnErJHWWjUsCoB7.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/47J2yCmSJCb4fEdKw9oJA7.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>While the ability to switch colors without loosing power is key, Harlowe also gave the Max Spectra another unusual feature: a “magic” lens that allows the light to project different patterns. Those patterns can be mixed with the color capabilities to build creative effects, like imitating the look of water ripples. </p><p>Harlowe says the lens attachment can be used to create special effects without a gobo projector or VFX, creating special effects – or custom backdrops from a plain white background – using the light and lens attachment.</p><p>Besides the lens attachment, the lens uses a magnetic mount that supports modifiers, with a barn door, frosted dome, and honeycomb grid included with the light. A fresnel lens attachment will also be available to boost the light’s brightness by four times.</p><p>The light comes in at three different available strengths. The 40W is the lightest and most affordable, the 80W sits in the middle, and the 120W is the most powerful in the lineup. All three lights use the same battery pack, so the 40W can get about 2 hours and 18 minutes at full power, while the 120W can get about 40 minutes at full power.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a4xepcxikVabYkjQSmXbu5.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KCmLfrS3UvZ9zgYQkpSV77.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5ZBSeooC8ffh65WynjSTS5.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The light is built to be used on-site with an aluminum build and an IP65 weather-proof 99.36W battery, but the light is also compatible with AC power for studio use. The light can be controlled from the built-in screen and dials, or using a wireless connection to a smartphone app.</p><p>The Harlowe Max Spectra launches in three different power variations, but each light also comes in either a standard Creator Kit that includes modifiers, a handle, an AC adapter, and a carrying case, while the Magic Kit adds the lens for creating patterned light. The 40W Creator Kit starts at $849 / £649.20 / CA$1,195.</p><p>The light is available <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/max-spectra-rgbcw-led-video-photography-light-kit" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">directly through Harlowe</a>, with pre-orders also open in the US <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1994356-REG/harlowe_1101691us_max_40w_spectra_rgb.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">at B&H Photo</a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-lights">the best video lights</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-led-light-panels">the best LED panels</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-lights/newly-launched-this-retro-photo-video-light-doesnt-just-light-the-scene-it-projects-36-000-colors-and-creates-patterned-backdrops</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Harlowe Max Spectra is an LED light built for color and special effects – and it doesn't lose power with color swaps ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">F2kqHjYi5PYd3qTpP7YTwd</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ghpHP6MRJWP2omWMS7Nax6-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 19 Aug 2026 14:05:13 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Video Lights]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Lights]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ghpHP6MRJWP2omWMS7Nax6-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Harlowe]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ghpHP6MRJWP2omWMS7Nax6-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Most multi-colored lights can only reach maximum brightness on the white color setting, but the brand known for its retro-styled lights has introduced a light that can still hit full power up to 120W at every one of its 36,000 possible colors. The Harlowe Max Spectra is a portable LED video light that is not only built for color but uses a “magic lens” to project moving special effects.</p><p>Harlowe says that no other light in the same class can create such a wide range of colors at full brightness. The difference comes from designing <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-led-light-panels">the LED light</a> so that every color channel has its own power allocation. The light can blend the red, green, blue, cool white, and warm white channels into thousands of different colors, without losing brightness.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ikSiKs9SnErJHWWjUsCoB7.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/47J2yCmSJCb4fEdKw9oJA7.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>While the ability to switch colors without loosing power is key, Harlowe also gave the Max Spectra another unusual feature: a “magic” lens that allows the light to project different patterns. Those patterns can be mixed with the color capabilities to build creative effects, like imitating the look of water ripples. </p><p>Harlowe says the lens attachment can be used to create special effects without a gobo projector or VFX, creating special effects – or custom backdrops from a plain white background – using the light and lens attachment.</p><p>Besides the lens attachment, the lens uses a magnetic mount that supports modifiers, with a barn door, frosted dome, and honeycomb grid included with the light. A fresnel lens attachment will also be available to boost the light’s brightness by four times.</p><p>The light comes in at three different available strengths. The 40W is the lightest and most affordable, the 80W sits in the middle, and the 120W is the most powerful in the lineup. All three lights use the same battery pack, so the 40W can get about 2 hours and 18 minutes at full power, while the 120W can get about 40 minutes at full power.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a4xepcxikVabYkjQSmXbu5.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KCmLfrS3UvZ9zgYQkpSV77.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5ZBSeooC8ffh65WynjSTS5.jpg" alt="The Harlowe Max Spectra LED light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Harlowe</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The light is built to be used on-site with an aluminum build and an IP65 weather-proof 99.36W battery, but the light is also compatible with AC power for studio use. The light can be controlled from the built-in screen and dials, or using a wireless connection to a smartphone app.</p><p>The Harlowe Max Spectra launches in three different power variations, but each light also comes in either a standard Creator Kit that includes modifiers, a handle, an AC adapter, and a carrying case, while the Magic Kit adds the lens for creating patterned light. The 40W Creator Kit starts at $849 / £649.20 / CA$1,195.</p><p>The light is available <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/max-spectra-rgbcw-led-video-photography-light-kit" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">directly through Harlowe</a>, with pre-orders also open in the US <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1994356-REG/harlowe_1101691us_max_40w_spectra_rgb.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">at B&H Photo</a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-lights">the best video lights</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-led-light-panels">the best LED panels</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Thought memory card prices were high? Things could get even worse ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>It's become an all-too-familiar story: the rising cost of memory. Thanks to the insatiable appetite for HBM (High Bandwidth Memory) from AI data centers, memory manufacturers have been diverting their resources to produce this highly lucrative commodity, leaving reduced supply of the NAND flash used in camera memory cards and SSDs. And as we know, when supply is tight, prices rise, which is why we've seen such a relentless increase in the cost of memory cards throughout 2026. </p><p>Many will therefore be hoping for a reprieve, but according to Samsung, one of the world's largest memory manufacturers responsible for around a third of global memory production, the situation is likely to get worse, not better.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1559px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3" name="BalticServers_data_center" alt="Image of an IT data center" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1559" height="877" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0, BalticServers.com)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Samsung has stated that it expects the memory supply to be even tighter in 2027 due to even greater demand from AI companies, and things may not get much better in 2028. It’s not just Samsung that predicts such a dire outlook for memory pricing. SanDisk is another major player in the memory market, and it too has forecast significant supply constraints, while having multi-year contracts with AI clients consuming its manufacturing capacity for the immediate future.</p><p>It's not just memory cards and SSDs that have seen steep price rises in 2026. Any consumer electronics requiring fast NAND flash has been subject to the memory shortage, from camera phones to games consoles. As long as memory producers like Samsung, Micron and SanDisk have their order books filled for years to come by AI companies willing to pay top dollar for HBM, everyday consumers like you and me wanting a new <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-cfexpress-cards" target="_blank">CFexpress card</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers" target="_blank">portable SSD</a> will find a dwindling supply with inflated pricing.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3992px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="bWh8aYFwsqd4N2UyVsegmh" name="SDNK_PRO-CINEMA_CFExpress_Type-A_01-01126v2_Life-9" alt="SanDisk PRO-CINEMA CFexpress Type A card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bWh8aYFwsqd4N2UyVsegmh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3992" height="2246" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The next few years could be less bleak if you're a shareholder in one of the memory giants though. The stock price of Samsung Electronics, SanDisk and Micron have skyrocketed in the last 12 months, and analysts predict they could rise still higher thanks to unprecedented AI demand.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/memory-cards/thought-memory-card-prices-were-high-things-could-get-even-worse</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Samsung predicts further price rises into 2027 and possibly beyond ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">XecDqKxB333AfTTXs45AN8</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 13 Aug 2026 22:13:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Memory Cards]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>It's become an all-too-familiar story: the rising cost of memory. Thanks to the insatiable appetite for HBM (High Bandwidth Memory) from AI data centers, memory manufacturers have been diverting their resources to produce this highly lucrative commodity, leaving reduced supply of the NAND flash used in camera memory cards and SSDs. And as we know, when supply is tight, prices rise, which is why we've seen such a relentless increase in the cost of memory cards throughout 2026. </p><p>Many will therefore be hoping for a reprieve, but according to Samsung, one of the world's largest memory manufacturers responsible for around a third of global memory production, the situation is likely to get worse, not better.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1559px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3" name="BalticServers_data_center" alt="Image of an IT data center" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1559" height="877" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0, BalticServers.com)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Samsung has stated that it expects the memory supply to be even tighter in 2027 due to even greater demand from AI companies, and things may not get much better in 2028. It’s not just Samsung that predicts such a dire outlook for memory pricing. SanDisk is another major player in the memory market, and it too has forecast significant supply constraints, while having multi-year contracts with AI clients consuming its manufacturing capacity for the immediate future.</p><p>It's not just memory cards and SSDs that have seen steep price rises in 2026. Any consumer electronics requiring fast NAND flash has been subject to the memory shortage, from camera phones to games consoles. As long as memory producers like Samsung, Micron and SanDisk have their order books filled for years to come by AI companies willing to pay top dollar for HBM, everyday consumers like you and me wanting a new <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-cfexpress-cards" target="_blank">CFexpress card</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers" target="_blank">portable SSD</a> will find a dwindling supply with inflated pricing.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3992px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="bWh8aYFwsqd4N2UyVsegmh" name="SDNK_PRO-CINEMA_CFExpress_Type-A_01-01126v2_Life-9" alt="SanDisk PRO-CINEMA CFexpress Type A card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bWh8aYFwsqd4N2UyVsegmh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3992" height="2246" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The next few years could be less bleak if you're a shareholder in one of the memory giants though. The stock price of Samsung Electronics, SanDisk and Micron have skyrocketed in the last 12 months, and analysts predict they could rise still higher thanks to unprecedented AI demand.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Chris Burkard put these camera bags through sand, storms and jostling – and now these battle-tested bags start at under $30 in the US ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Pelican is arguably a brand best known for its <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/hard-cases-for-cameras">hard cases for cameras</a>, but the company also has a series of soft-sided <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers">camera bags</a> designed for adventure. The Pelican Aegis series is now as much as half off, steeply discounting <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-sling-bags">slings</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">backpacks</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-roller-bags">rolling camera duffles</a>.</p><p>The sale comes as Pelican recently sent adventure photographer Chris Burkard across sand, storms and even a powered hang glider flight to demonstrate the versatility of the Aegis series. </p><p>As mishaps like a broken-down truck shifted plans, the adventure photographer grabbed a different bag – and kept shooting.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5jxSd2KPjoo" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><strong>ABOVE: Watch Burkard's adventure with Aegis bags</strong></p><p>While the Chris Burkard project is an excellent short film about overcoming challenges, what really caught my eye is that several bags in the series are steeply discounted right now, as much as 22% to 53% off in the US.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qhsLHMuEviDQ63ngSGk5FE" name="260609_VALASEK_05797.JPG" alt="Photographer Chris Burkard in the back of a pickup truck with Pelican camera bags" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qhsLHMuEviDQ63ngSGk5FE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qhsLHMuEviDQ63ngSGk5FE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Pelican)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the Aegis series doesn’t use Pelican’s well-known hard-sided shells, the series still uses the brand’s compression-molded design to help absorb impact to any gear inside.</p><p>Pelican's hard cases aren't meant to be worn, but that's where the Aegis series' soft-sided design comes in with slings and backpacks designed for that purpose.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-save-up-to-53"><span>🇺🇸 Save up to 53%</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6ff55638-9655-11f1-bf85-ed8abc36de24" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension48="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension25="$28.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862487-REG/pelican_sx3_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="5viSWicXsAWEibJhGYaPGe" name="1764598818_1862487" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5viSWicXsAWEibJhGYaPGe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862487-REG/pelican_sx3_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff55638-9655-11f1-bf85-ed8abc36de24" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension48="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension25="$28.95">Aegis Sx3 Access Sling: was $59.95 now $28.95</a></strong><br>Designed for easy access, the Pelican Aegis Sx3 Sling puts compact camera gear within easy reach inside the bag's customizable dividers. The bag uses weather-resistant materials to keep gear protected, while the option to wear as either a waist bag or cross-body helps keep the bag comfortable.</p><p>The Sling comes in two sizes. The Small ($28.95) is a 3L bag designed for compact cameras and small mirrorless setups, while <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862491-REG/pelican_sx5_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">the Large ($49.95)</a> can fit a mirrorless along with an extra lens in the 5L interior space.</p><p>While the sling comes in several colors, only the Sand beige color is part of the discount.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862487-REG/pelican_sx3_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff55638-9655-11f1-bf85-ed8abc36de24" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension48="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension25="$28.95">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6ff556b0-9655-11f1-ab8b-ef9c41a4c593" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension48="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension25="$179.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1977538-REG/pelican_aegis_series_travel_backpack.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DTd6jsFDBF66byyJKGmbhC" name="1737418852_1862475" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DTd6jsFDBF66byyJKGmbhC.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1977538-REG/pelican_aegis_series_travel_backpack.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff556b0-9655-11f1-ab8b-ef9c41a4c593" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension48="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension25="$179.95">Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L: was $229.95 now $179.95</a></strong><br>The Pelican Aegis Backpack uses a compression-molded front for keeping gear protected and a padded, breathable back and shoulder straps for a more comfortable carry. Along with the shoulder straps, the bag also uses a sternum strap, grab handle, and luggage-pass-through to attach to the handle of a rolling suitcase.</p><p>The bag is made with water-resistant materials. Access to gear is from a fully unzipping back panel. The bag requires an insert to be used for camera gear, but this bundle from B&H includes both the bag and insert.</p><p>The steepest discount is for the Sand or beige color, but the black and charcoal are also discounted at $249 with a camera insert. (Don't need an insert? <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862475-REG/pelican_px25_trvl_sand_aegis_series_backpack_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">The bag alone starts at</a> $99.95 for the 18L and $129.95 for the 25L).<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1977538-REG/pelican_aegis_series_travel_backpack.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff556b0-9655-11f1-ab8b-ef9c41a4c593" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension48="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension25="$179.95">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e3ce950e-9657-11f1-8f42-35b5210987cc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension48="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension25="$179.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862449-REG/pelican_hy28_trvl_blk_aegis_series_rolling_duffel.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="K9oVZsP3gTip56TJhRFD3m" name="1765369607_1862449" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K9oVZsP3gTip56TJhRFD3m.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862449-REG/pelican_hy28_trvl_blk_aegis_series_rolling_duffel.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="e3ce950e-9657-11f1-8f42-35b5210987cc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label='Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel' data-dimension48='Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel' data-dimension25="$179.95">Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel: was $379.95 now $179.95</a></strong><br>Pelican says the Aegis Check-In Rolling duffle offers protection, but with more versatility thanks to its soft sides. The bag is a hybrid duffle that also includes a wheeled luggage system. Like the other bags in the Aegis series, the duffle is built with water-resistant materials.</p><p>Multiple colors and sizes are on sale for the hybrid duffle.</p><p>The interior of the Aegis duffle is empty – to use it with camera gear, it's compatible with the <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862420-REG/pelican_avp_d_trvl_sand_aegis_modpak_double_av.html/specs" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Aegis Double ModPak</a> or the <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862424-REG/pelican_avp_s_trvl_sand_aegis_single_modpak_av.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Aegis Single ModPak</a>, which are also on sale in the Sand colorway.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862449-REG/pelican_hy28_trvl_blk_aegis_series_rolling_duffel.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="e3ce950e-9657-11f1-8f42-35b5210987cc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension48="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension25="$179.95">View Deal</a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at our top-tested picks for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">best camera backpacks</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-roller-bags">best rolling camera bags</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/chris-burkard-put-these-camera-bags-through-sand-storms-and-jostling-and-now-these-battle-tested-bags-start-at-under-usd30-in-the-us</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ A recent campaign followed photographer Chris Burkard putting the Pelican Aegis bag series to the test – and right now the sling is under $30 ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">h4Mj4Lca58aWLZNDD3CKZE</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zfk4bdVF9BbwWX8fTMEDdK-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 13 Aug 2026 10:58:26 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Bags and Backpacks]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zfk4bdVF9BbwWX8fTMEDdK-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Pelican]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Pelican Aegis backpack covered in sand]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Pelican Aegis backpack covered in sand]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Pelican Aegis backpack covered in sand]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zfk4bdVF9BbwWX8fTMEDdK-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Pelican is arguably a brand best known for its <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/hard-cases-for-cameras">hard cases for cameras</a>, but the company also has a series of soft-sided <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers">camera bags</a> designed for adventure. The Pelican Aegis series is now as much as half off, steeply discounting <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-sling-bags">slings</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">backpacks</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-roller-bags">rolling camera duffles</a>.</p><p>The sale comes as Pelican recently sent adventure photographer Chris Burkard across sand, storms and even a powered hang glider flight to demonstrate the versatility of the Aegis series. </p><p>As mishaps like a broken-down truck shifted plans, the adventure photographer grabbed a different bag – and kept shooting.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/5jxSd2KPjoo" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><strong>ABOVE: Watch Burkard's adventure with Aegis bags</strong></p><p>While the Chris Burkard project is an excellent short film about overcoming challenges, what really caught my eye is that several bags in the series are steeply discounted right now, as much as 22% to 53% off in the US.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qhsLHMuEviDQ63ngSGk5FE" name="260609_VALASEK_05797.JPG" alt="Photographer Chris Burkard in the back of a pickup truck with Pelican camera bags" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qhsLHMuEviDQ63ngSGk5FE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qhsLHMuEviDQ63ngSGk5FE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Pelican)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the Aegis series doesn’t use Pelican’s well-known hard-sided shells, the series still uses the brand’s compression-molded design to help absorb impact to any gear inside.</p><p>Pelican's hard cases aren't meant to be worn, but that's where the Aegis series' soft-sided design comes in with slings and backpacks designed for that purpose.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-save-up-to-53"><span>🇺🇸 Save up to 53%</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6ff55638-9655-11f1-bf85-ed8abc36de24" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension48="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension25="$28.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862487-REG/pelican_sx3_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="5viSWicXsAWEibJhGYaPGe" name="1764598818_1862487" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5viSWicXsAWEibJhGYaPGe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862487-REG/pelican_sx3_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff55638-9655-11f1-bf85-ed8abc36de24" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension48="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension25="$28.95">Aegis Sx3 Access Sling: was $59.95 now $28.95</a></strong><br>Designed for easy access, the Pelican Aegis Sx3 Sling puts compact camera gear within easy reach inside the bag's customizable dividers. The bag uses weather-resistant materials to keep gear protected, while the option to wear as either a waist bag or cross-body helps keep the bag comfortable.</p><p>The Sling comes in two sizes. The Small ($28.95) is a 3L bag designed for compact cameras and small mirrorless setups, while <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862491-REG/pelican_sx5_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">the Large ($49.95)</a> can fit a mirrorless along with an extra lens in the 5L interior space.</p><p>While the sling comes in several colors, only the Sand beige color is part of the discount.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862487-REG/pelican_sx3_trvl_sand_aegis_cross_body_sling_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff55638-9655-11f1-bf85-ed8abc36de24" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension48="Aegis Sx3 Access Sling" data-dimension25="$28.95">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6ff556b0-9655-11f1-ab8b-ef9c41a4c593" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension48="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension25="$179.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1977538-REG/pelican_aegis_series_travel_backpack.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DTd6jsFDBF66byyJKGmbhC" name="1737418852_1862475" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DTd6jsFDBF66byyJKGmbhC.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1977538-REG/pelican_aegis_series_travel_backpack.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff556b0-9655-11f1-ab8b-ef9c41a4c593" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension48="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension25="$179.95">Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L: was $229.95 now $179.95</a></strong><br>The Pelican Aegis Backpack uses a compression-molded front for keeping gear protected and a padded, breathable back and shoulder straps for a more comfortable carry. Along with the shoulder straps, the bag also uses a sternum strap, grab handle, and luggage-pass-through to attach to the handle of a rolling suitcase.</p><p>The bag is made with water-resistant materials. Access to gear is from a fully unzipping back panel. The bag requires an insert to be used for camera gear, but this bundle from B&H includes both the bag and insert.</p><p>The steepest discount is for the Sand or beige color, but the black and charcoal are also discounted at $249 with a camera insert. (Don't need an insert? <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862475-REG/pelican_px25_trvl_sand_aegis_series_backpack_sand.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">The bag alone starts at</a> $99.95 for the 18L and $129.95 for the 25L).<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1977538-REG/pelican_aegis_series_travel_backpack.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="6ff556b0-9655-11f1-ab8b-ef9c41a4c593" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension48="Aegis Series Backpack and Padded Divider, 25L" data-dimension25="$179.95">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e3ce950e-9657-11f1-8f42-35b5210987cc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension48="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension25="$179.95" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862449-REG/pelican_hy28_trvl_blk_aegis_series_rolling_duffel.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="K9oVZsP3gTip56TJhRFD3m" name="1765369607_1862449" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K9oVZsP3gTip56TJhRFD3m.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862449-REG/pelican_hy28_trvl_blk_aegis_series_rolling_duffel.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="e3ce950e-9657-11f1-8f42-35b5210987cc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label='Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel' data-dimension48='Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel' data-dimension25="$179.95">Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel: was $379.95 now $179.95</a></strong><br>Pelican says the Aegis Check-In Rolling duffle offers protection, but with more versatility thanks to its soft sides. The bag is a hybrid duffle that also includes a wheeled luggage system. Like the other bags in the Aegis series, the duffle is built with water-resistant materials.</p><p>Multiple colors and sizes are on sale for the hybrid duffle.</p><p>The interior of the Aegis duffle is empty – to use it with camera gear, it's compatible with the <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862420-REG/pelican_avp_d_trvl_sand_aegis_modpak_double_av.html/specs" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Aegis Double ModPak</a> or the <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862424-REG/pelican_avp_s_trvl_sand_aegis_single_modpak_av.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Aegis Single ModPak</a>, which are also on sale in the Sand colorway.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1862449-REG/pelican_hy28_trvl_blk_aegis_series_rolling_duffel.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="e3ce950e-9657-11f1-8f42-35b5210987cc" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension48="Aegis 28" Check-In Rolling Hybrid Duffel" data-dimension25="$179.95">View Deal</a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at our top-tested picks for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">best camera backpacks</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-roller-bags">best rolling camera bags</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Billingham’s new Icon Messenger Bag could be the perfect shoot-and-edit companion ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Billingham has introduced the Icon Messenger Bag, a new everyday carry option inspired by the timeless appearance of its much-loved Hadley range. Designed for commuting, travelling and carrying daily essentials, the new bag combines the British manufacturer’s traditional styling and craftsmanship with the practical features expected from a modern messenger bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1800px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="TJymm6CBFvxYisW9irDFKC" name="Inside_Black_FibreNyte_Black_Leather" alt="Billingham Icon messenger bag" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJymm6CBFvxYisW9irDFKC.webp" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1800" height="1012" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJymm6CBFvxYisW9irDFKC.webp' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Billingham)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although Billingham is positioning the Icon primarily as an everyday messenger rather than a dedicated camera bag, there is nothing stopping photographers from turning it into a discreet mobile shooting solution. Add a suitable protective pouch or Billingham’s optional Capsule 1 insert, and there is enough room for anything from a premium compact camera to a Leica M and small lens, while still leaving space for the everyday items you need. Billingham specifically recommends the Capsule 1 for carrying camera equipment inside the Icon without taking over the entire bag.</p><p>The Icon also includes a full-width internal pocket capable of holding a laptop measuring up to 14 inches, although Billingham recommends placing the computer inside its own protective case. Alternatively, that space should comfortably accommodate an iPad or another tablet, making the Icon a tempting choice for photographers who want to shoot, transfer and edit their images while away from home.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1800px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="ETH5zuqMW7EkEaahQ7XnEC" name="Inside_water_bottle_and_laptop_and_book" alt="Billingham Icon messenger bag" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ETH5zuqMW7EkEaahQ7XnEC.webp" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1800" height="1012" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ETH5zuqMW7EkEaahQ7XnEC.webp' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Billingham)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Elsewhere, the bag features a dedicated internal bottle holder, multiple internal slip and mesh pockets, a wide zipped rear pocket and a traditional brass key loop. There is also a discreet compartment for hiding an Apple AirTag, while the luggage retainer strap allows the bag to slide over the handle of a suitcase when travelling. The removable H1 shoulder sling and included SP50 shoulder pad should also make it comfortable to carry during longer days on the move.</p><p>The Icon Messenger Bag has a 12-litre internal capacity and is available in several of the company’s familiar canvas, FibreNyte and leather combinations. It is priced at $377 / £330, placing it firmly within premium <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-messenger-bags-for-photographers">messenger bag</a> territory, but its ability to carry a compact camera setup alongside a laptop or tablet could make it the perfect mobile solution for photographers who want to shoot and edit on the go without carrying an obvious camera bag.</p><p><strong>Check out our full guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers"><strong>best camera bags</strong></a></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/billinghams-new-icon-messenger-bag-could-be-the-perfect-shoot-and-edit-companion</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Billingham’s new messenger bag is made for photographers on the move ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">gQc5xw6weUVQnCsvMTyjGF</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3NVn5W9BC7NZ7CLqg9B8hg-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2026 08:05:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Bags and Backpacks]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ sebastian.oakley@futurenet.com (Sebastian Oakley) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Sebastian Oakley ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bqHjvwvXxSCtJZz3aVgSyn.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3NVn5W9BC7NZ7CLqg9B8hg-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Billingham ]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Billingham Icon messenger bag]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Billingham Icon messenger bag]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Billingham Icon messenger bag]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3NVn5W9BC7NZ7CLqg9B8hg-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Billingham has introduced the Icon Messenger Bag, a new everyday carry option inspired by the timeless appearance of its much-loved Hadley range. Designed for commuting, travelling and carrying daily essentials, the new bag combines the British manufacturer’s traditional styling and craftsmanship with the practical features expected from a modern messenger bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1800px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="TJymm6CBFvxYisW9irDFKC" name="Inside_Black_FibreNyte_Black_Leather" alt="Billingham Icon messenger bag" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJymm6CBFvxYisW9irDFKC.webp" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1800" height="1012" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJymm6CBFvxYisW9irDFKC.webp' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Billingham)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although Billingham is positioning the Icon primarily as an everyday messenger rather than a dedicated camera bag, there is nothing stopping photographers from turning it into a discreet mobile shooting solution. Add a suitable protective pouch or Billingham’s optional Capsule 1 insert, and there is enough room for anything from a premium compact camera to a Leica M and small lens, while still leaving space for the everyday items you need. Billingham specifically recommends the Capsule 1 for carrying camera equipment inside the Icon without taking over the entire bag.</p><p>The Icon also includes a full-width internal pocket capable of holding a laptop measuring up to 14 inches, although Billingham recommends placing the computer inside its own protective case. Alternatively, that space should comfortably accommodate an iPad or another tablet, making the Icon a tempting choice for photographers who want to shoot, transfer and edit their images while away from home.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1800px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="ETH5zuqMW7EkEaahQ7XnEC" name="Inside_water_bottle_and_laptop_and_book" alt="Billingham Icon messenger bag" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ETH5zuqMW7EkEaahQ7XnEC.webp" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1800" height="1012" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ETH5zuqMW7EkEaahQ7XnEC.webp' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Billingham)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Elsewhere, the bag features a dedicated internal bottle holder, multiple internal slip and mesh pockets, a wide zipped rear pocket and a traditional brass key loop. There is also a discreet compartment for hiding an Apple AirTag, while the luggage retainer strap allows the bag to slide over the handle of a suitcase when travelling. The removable H1 shoulder sling and included SP50 shoulder pad should also make it comfortable to carry during longer days on the move.</p><p>The Icon Messenger Bag has a 12-litre internal capacity and is available in several of the company’s familiar canvas, FibreNyte and leather combinations. It is priced at $377 / £330, placing it firmly within premium <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-messenger-bags-for-photographers">messenger bag</a> territory, but its ability to carry a compact camera setup alongside a laptop or tablet could make it the perfect mobile solution for photographers who want to shoot and edit on the go without carrying an obvious camera bag.</p><p><strong>Check out our full guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers"><strong>best camera bags</strong></a></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus review: A quick, smart, and powerful NAS for 4K video editors ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>After a very positive experience with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cloud-storage/ugreen-nasync-dh2300-review-the-perfect-first-nas-for-photographers">UGREEN NASync DH2300</a>, I was keen to find out if there were any reasons to buy the more expensive four-bay DH4300 Plus instead. Other than a greater storage capacity made possible by two extra bays, I wanted to know if the superior chip, extra RAM, and faster Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) rates made a significant difference.</p><p>The DH4300 Plus features a Rockchip A76+A55 processor compared to an A72+A53. In addition to this, there is 8GB LPDDR4X rather than 4GB. And finally, and maybe most importantly for photographers and videographers, are the 2.5 GbE LAN ports compared to just 1 GbE on the DH2300.</p><p>As is the case with the DH2300, the DH4300 Plus is marketed towards users who want a private cloud solution as an alternative to paying monthly subscriptions for either Google One, iCloud, or the like. With better specs, the DH4300 Plus is also a more viable alternative for 4K media streaming, whether that be for editing or viewing.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-specifications"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connection</p></td><td  ><p>1x 2.5GbE LAN, 1x USB-C, 2x USB-A, 4K 60Hz HDMI</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Capacities</p></td><td  ><p>128TB (4x 32TB)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Transmission speed</p></td><td  ><p>2.5 GbE</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Operating Temperature</p></td><td  ><p>0°C to 40°C</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Operating Systems</p></td><td  ><p>MacOS, Windows, iOS, Android</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Size</p></td><td  ><p>155 x 155 x 215.7 mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.57 kg (bare unit)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FP4ucYqZHLAjSojP3BhwVY" name="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus_24" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FP4ucYqZHLAjSojP3BhwVY.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-design-handling"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Following along the same lines as all UGREEN devices that the brand has produced in recent years, the DH4300 Plus is a superbly designed NAS with a classy two-tone grey aesthetic. For the price I would have expected a metal case, but it appears that UGREEN wants to keep the weight down and not overcomplicate the material palette.</p><p>If your idea of NAS is a blocky, archaic-looking box that gathers dust in the corner of a room, then UGREEN is looking to address misconceptions and offer a much more modern alternative. In reality, the DH4300 Plus effortlessly blends into any interior and could even be positioned in a living room without looking out of place.</p><p>The four bay trays are located underneath a removable top hood which easily slides off without any need for a catch which could fail over time. Unfortunately, like the DH2300, the trays are constructed of thin and flimsy plastic, which is far from ideal in terms of longevity. Thankfully, once your storage drives are inserted, you shouldn't need to touch the trays very often at all.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3nbocPXhpXYhCzQ7RZY4cY.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MnKfQSTSUqR96UEFDENzcY.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iDDEbDS4cU5wa5fXD8UsgY.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PyqNfusE5tFPHeBjRzZdbY.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yEzvNt7jHVmKX89cWqm4jY.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>These trays are able to house 3.5-inch or 2.5-inch drives and can be secured using small screws which are provided as part of the package. It's a rudimentary solution that is inferior to alternatives such as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/wd-my-cloud-pro-series-pr2100-review">WD My Cloud Pro Series PR2100</a> that provides a sufficiently snug fit to not require screws.</p><p>All of the status indicator lights are positioned on the front face so you can quickly and easily see if everything is running smoothly or if you're running into problems. At the front you'll find a single USB-C port with all other ports (2x USB-A, 4K HDMI, Ethernet, and power) located at the rear. Unfortunately there's no SD card slot, which isn't ideal for creatives wanting to dump data directly from their shoots.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tVKoZyvEg9ZXHwwD5HWcFW.png" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y5B8noLa3V7xHaLwi9CJDW.png" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UumqBRp4EpKnQgxfTbm8CW.png" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-performance"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Performance</span></h3><p>Having already tested the very similar DH2300, it was no surprise to discover that the NAS was effortless to set up. All I had to do was power up the NAS, connect the Ethernet cable to my router, download the <a href="http://nas.ugreen.com/pages/downloads">UGREEN client</a>, wait a few seconds for the NAS to be found, and walk through the guided setup. In a very short time, with no hiccups, I was ready to use the NAS.</p><p>The primary thing I wanted to know was whether the NAS could handle 4K video editing. So I enabled the SMB service within the UGREEN client, uploaded my 4K footage, and connected to the server on my Mac. From there I was able to import the footage into Premiere Pro. All of this was super simple and straightforward thanks to the user-friendly UGREEN tools.</p><p>I began by streaming the 4K footage directly from the NAS, and I had no problems achieving smooth playback even at full resolution. I then added a few effects, including a blur and distort effect. Again, these played back smoothly.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3942px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="PRX7iXiejYorZa25YQNWdY" name="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus_28" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PRX7iXiejYorZa25YQNWdY.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3942" height="2217" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To take my test up a notch, I added a Lumetri Color effect and performed a number of color corrections using dial adjustments and curves. At this point, I experienced some lag and stutter, which wasn't ideal but far from a game changer. This can be improved by moving the media cache folder locally, but if you'd like to use the NAS exclusively, then I'd say it's still absolutely possible, assuming you can put up with some small delays or drop the viewing resolution.</p><p>As mentioned before, the DH4300 Plus is powered by a Rockchip A76+A55 processor and 8GB LPDDR4X. This all keeps things running smoothly. Transmission tops out at 2.5 GbE, which is sufficient for most workflows, but if you'd like buttery smooth video editing in almost all cases, then a 10 GbE NAS is what you need.</p><p>It goes without saying that backing up photos, videos, and other files is fast, seamless, and absolutely sufficient for the NAS to act as a reliable and usable private cloud. You can even set it up as a dedicated photo storage device so you can see your photo library on your phone.</p><p>If you plan on using the NAS with all your family members or for a small business, then UGREEN provides a number of user features so admins can control who has access to what. These tools are available through the UGREEN Client and are straight forward to use, even for complete NAS beginners.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3994px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="3ZUMfbk28x5Pa8XCrUKpjY" name="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus_18" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3ZUMfbk28x5Pa8XCrUKpjY.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3994" height="2247" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-final-verdict"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Final Verdict</span></h3><p>The UGREEN DH4300 Plus is an ideal solution for anyone who wants reliable photo backup and 4K video editing capabilities. I was able to back up my files quickly and without issue, and when I edited a 4K video directly from the NAS, I ran into very few problems.</p><p>With a reliable 128GB capacity, you'll be able to keep your media safely backed up and access it directly in your workflow. If you choose to use it as a photo management tool, then you'll love the AI-driven photo management app, which automatically sorts images for smart and easy access.</p><p>The design is modern and sleek, looking the part whether placed in an office, studio, or even in a living room. As with the DH2300, the DH4300 Plus is also lacking support for M.2 NVMe drives, Docker, and virtual machines, so it offers very limited scalability, meaning power users may need to look elsewhere.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p><strong>★</strong>★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>A clean and modern aesthetic, but plastic components are a little flimsy.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p><strong>★★★★½</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Excellent performance for photo storage and 4K video editing.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Far from cheap but comparable with its competitors.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>★★★★½</strong></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cloud-storage/ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus is a superb NAS device for backing up files as well as working directly from ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">EKP9ZuhrqmktVsi6u6pRf4</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wAYzJUEKUjCDWHWKyES7UY-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 05 Aug 2026 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Cloud Storage]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ paulo.n.hatton@gmail.com (Paul Hatton) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Paul Hatton ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vrzjBP4CoUBpQxKznZvGXh.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wAYzJUEKUjCDWHWKyES7UY-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future / Paul Hatton]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wAYzJUEKUjCDWHWKyES7UY-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>After a very positive experience with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cloud-storage/ugreen-nasync-dh2300-review-the-perfect-first-nas-for-photographers">UGREEN NASync DH2300</a>, I was keen to find out if there were any reasons to buy the more expensive four-bay DH4300 Plus instead. Other than a greater storage capacity made possible by two extra bays, I wanted to know if the superior chip, extra RAM, and faster Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) rates made a significant difference.</p><p>The DH4300 Plus features a Rockchip A76+A55 processor compared to an A72+A53. In addition to this, there is 8GB LPDDR4X rather than 4GB. And finally, and maybe most importantly for photographers and videographers, are the 2.5 GbE LAN ports compared to just 1 GbE on the DH2300.</p><p>As is the case with the DH2300, the DH4300 Plus is marketed towards users who want a private cloud solution as an alternative to paying monthly subscriptions for either Google One, iCloud, or the like. With better specs, the DH4300 Plus is also a more viable alternative for 4K media streaming, whether that be for editing or viewing.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-specifications"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connection</p></td><td  ><p>1x 2.5GbE LAN, 1x USB-C, 2x USB-A, 4K 60Hz HDMI</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Capacities</p></td><td  ><p>128TB (4x 32TB)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Transmission speed</p></td><td  ><p>2.5 GbE</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Operating Temperature</p></td><td  ><p>0°C to 40°C</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Operating Systems</p></td><td  ><p>MacOS, Windows, iOS, Android</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Size</p></td><td  ><p>155 x 155 x 215.7 mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.57 kg (bare unit)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FP4ucYqZHLAjSojP3BhwVY" name="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus_24" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FP4ucYqZHLAjSojP3BhwVY.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-design-handling"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Following along the same lines as all UGREEN devices that the brand has produced in recent years, the DH4300 Plus is a superbly designed NAS with a classy two-tone grey aesthetic. For the price I would have expected a metal case, but it appears that UGREEN wants to keep the weight down and not overcomplicate the material palette.</p><p>If your idea of NAS is a blocky, archaic-looking box that gathers dust in the corner of a room, then UGREEN is looking to address misconceptions and offer a much more modern alternative. In reality, the DH4300 Plus effortlessly blends into any interior and could even be positioned in a living room without looking out of place.</p><p>The four bay trays are located underneath a removable top hood which easily slides off without any need for a catch which could fail over time. Unfortunately, like the DH2300, the trays are constructed of thin and flimsy plastic, which is far from ideal in terms of longevity. Thankfully, once your storage drives are inserted, you shouldn't need to touch the trays very often at all.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3nbocPXhpXYhCzQ7RZY4cY.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MnKfQSTSUqR96UEFDENzcY.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iDDEbDS4cU5wa5fXD8UsgY.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PyqNfusE5tFPHeBjRzZdbY.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yEzvNt7jHVmKX89cWqm4jY.jpg" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>These trays are able to house 3.5-inch or 2.5-inch drives and can be secured using small screws which are provided as part of the package. It's a rudimentary solution that is inferior to alternatives such as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/wd-my-cloud-pro-series-pr2100-review">WD My Cloud Pro Series PR2100</a> that provides a sufficiently snug fit to not require screws.</p><p>All of the status indicator lights are positioned on the front face so you can quickly and easily see if everything is running smoothly or if you're running into problems. At the front you'll find a single USB-C port with all other ports (2x USB-A, 4K HDMI, Ethernet, and power) located at the rear. Unfortunately there's no SD card slot, which isn't ideal for creatives wanting to dump data directly from their shoots.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tVKoZyvEg9ZXHwwD5HWcFW.png" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y5B8noLa3V7xHaLwi9CJDW.png" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UumqBRp4EpKnQgxfTbm8CW.png" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Paul Hatton</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-performance"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Performance</span></h3><p>Having already tested the very similar DH2300, it was no surprise to discover that the NAS was effortless to set up. All I had to do was power up the NAS, connect the Ethernet cable to my router, download the <a href="http://nas.ugreen.com/pages/downloads">UGREEN client</a>, wait a few seconds for the NAS to be found, and walk through the guided setup. In a very short time, with no hiccups, I was ready to use the NAS.</p><p>The primary thing I wanted to know was whether the NAS could handle 4K video editing. So I enabled the SMB service within the UGREEN client, uploaded my 4K footage, and connected to the server on my Mac. From there I was able to import the footage into Premiere Pro. All of this was super simple and straightforward thanks to the user-friendly UGREEN tools.</p><p>I began by streaming the 4K footage directly from the NAS, and I had no problems achieving smooth playback even at full resolution. I then added a few effects, including a blur and distort effect. Again, these played back smoothly.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3942px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="PRX7iXiejYorZa25YQNWdY" name="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus_28" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PRX7iXiejYorZa25YQNWdY.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3942" height="2217" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To take my test up a notch, I added a Lumetri Color effect and performed a number of color corrections using dial adjustments and curves. At this point, I experienced some lag and stutter, which wasn't ideal but far from a game changer. This can be improved by moving the media cache folder locally, but if you'd like to use the NAS exclusively, then I'd say it's still absolutely possible, assuming you can put up with some small delays or drop the viewing resolution.</p><p>As mentioned before, the DH4300 Plus is powered by a Rockchip A76+A55 processor and 8GB LPDDR4X. This all keeps things running smoothly. Transmission tops out at 2.5 GbE, which is sufficient for most workflows, but if you'd like buttery smooth video editing in almost all cases, then a 10 GbE NAS is what you need.</p><p>It goes without saying that backing up photos, videos, and other files is fast, seamless, and absolutely sufficient for the NAS to act as a reliable and usable private cloud. You can even set it up as a dedicated photo storage device so you can see your photo library on your phone.</p><p>If you plan on using the NAS with all your family members or for a small business, then UGREEN provides a number of user features so admins can control who has access to what. These tools are available through the UGREEN Client and are straight forward to use, even for complete NAS beginners.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3994px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="3ZUMfbk28x5Pa8XCrUKpjY" name="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus_18" alt="UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3ZUMfbk28x5Pa8XCrUKpjY.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3994" height="2247" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ugreen-nasync-dh4300-plus-final-verdict"><span>UGREEN NASync DH4300 Plus: Final Verdict</span></h3><p>The UGREEN DH4300 Plus is an ideal solution for anyone who wants reliable photo backup and 4K video editing capabilities. I was able to back up my files quickly and without issue, and when I edited a 4K video directly from the NAS, I ran into very few problems.</p><p>With a reliable 128GB capacity, you'll be able to keep your media safely backed up and access it directly in your workflow. If you choose to use it as a photo management tool, then you'll love the AI-driven photo management app, which automatically sorts images for smart and easy access.</p><p>The design is modern and sleek, looking the part whether placed in an office, studio, or even in a living room. As with the DH2300, the DH4300 Plus is also lacking support for M.2 NVMe drives, Docker, and virtual machines, so it offers very limited scalability, meaning power users may need to look elsewhere.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p><strong>★</strong>★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>A clean and modern aesthetic, but plastic components are a little flimsy.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p><strong>★★★★½</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Excellent performance for photo storage and 4K video editing.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Far from cheap but comparable with its competitors.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>★★★★½</strong></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ I’ve finally found my perfect travel tripod – and it doesn’t cost Peak Design money ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I hate carrying things. I try to keep my photography kit as light and minimal as possible, but sometimes (well, a lot of the time) I need a tripod. </p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">Travel tripods</a> are usually an exercise in deciding which compromise will annoy me least. The lightest models can feel flimsy, the reassuringly solid ones are too heavy to carry all day, and the clever designs that balance both often come with a price that makes me reconsider whether I really need a tripod at all.</p><p>So when I got a chance to test the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">Heipi 3-in-1 W28S Travel Tripod</a>, I jumped at it. A lightweight <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">carbon fiber tripod</a> with all the bells and whistles, but for half the price of Peak Design’s version – sounds great!</p><p>Its defining feature is the unusual three-pillar center column. Pull it out and it becomes a second, aluminum mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angles and accessory threads. </p><p>The supplied low-profile ball head reveals a spring-loaded smartphone holder hidden beneath its Arca-type plate. And at 1.4kg, it is light enough to travel; it folds to 45cm long and just 7.5cm across, yet reaches 152cm and carries a quoted 20kg payload.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88" name="HTT 00 listing 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3477" height="1956" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">our review</a>, my colleague Matthew Richards called it “very good value for a tricked-up carbon fiber travel tripod,” and that is where the W28S really wins me over. </p><p>It costs $399 / £349, compared with $599 / £599 for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design’s carbon fiber Travel Tripod</a> and $900 / £800 for the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a>. Peak Design’s models remain beautifully engineered and more polished, but the Heipi offers an enormous amount of functionality for considerably less. </p><p>It is not flawless. The 12 fliplocks on the legs are stiff and slower to open individually, while the 5-section legs taper to fairly spindly 14mm lower sections. </p><p>Our tests found some flex and vibration near maximum height, although Matthew still judged it “more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.” The mini tripod can also flex when its legs are spread especially wide.</p><p>However, in my endless quest for something light enough to pack, solid enough to trust and more reasonably priced, the W28S balances all three better than almost anything else I have seen. My travel tripod search might finally be over.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> and see how they compare to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a> across all categories.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/ive-finally-found-my-perfect-travel-tripod-and-it-doesnt-cost-peak-design-money</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Heipi 3-in-1 W28S Travel Tripod ticks all the boxes as a light, clever, easy-to-carry travel tripod that doesn't cost the earth ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">pAmRrGfk3ghJfL57kcjQG4</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 01 Aug 2026 15:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 03 Aug 2026 09:30:49 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ gareth.bevan@futurenet.com (Gareth Bevan) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Gareth Bevan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AsbARYkh4iHozfim2Y2PdC.jpeg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Gareth is a photographer based in London, working as a freelance photographer and videographer for the past several years, having the privilege to shoot for some household names. With work focusing on fashion, portrait and lifestyle content creation, he has developed a range of skills covering everything from editorial shoots to social media videos. Outside of work, he has a personal passion for travel and nature photography, with a devotion to sustainability and environmental causes.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I hate carrying things. I try to keep my photography kit as light and minimal as possible, but sometimes (well, a lot of the time) I need a tripod. </p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">Travel tripods</a> are usually an exercise in deciding which compromise will annoy me least. The lightest models can feel flimsy, the reassuringly solid ones are too heavy to carry all day, and the clever designs that balance both often come with a price that makes me reconsider whether I really need a tripod at all.</p><p>So when I got a chance to test the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">Heipi 3-in-1 W28S Travel Tripod</a>, I jumped at it. A lightweight <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">carbon fiber tripod</a> with all the bells and whistles, but for half the price of Peak Design’s version – sounds great!</p><p>Its defining feature is the unusual three-pillar center column. Pull it out and it becomes a second, aluminum mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angles and accessory threads. </p><p>The supplied low-profile ball head reveals a spring-loaded smartphone holder hidden beneath its Arca-type plate. And at 1.4kg, it is light enough to travel; it folds to 45cm long and just 7.5cm across, yet reaches 152cm and carries a quoted 20kg payload.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88" name="HTT 00 listing 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3477" height="1956" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">our review</a>, my colleague Matthew Richards called it “very good value for a tricked-up carbon fiber travel tripod,” and that is where the W28S really wins me over. </p><p>It costs $399 / £349, compared with $599 / £599 for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design’s carbon fiber Travel Tripod</a> and $900 / £800 for the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a>. Peak Design’s models remain beautifully engineered and more polished, but the Heipi offers an enormous amount of functionality for considerably less. </p><p>It is not flawless. The 12 fliplocks on the legs are stiff and slower to open individually, while the 5-section legs taper to fairly spindly 14mm lower sections. </p><p>Our tests found some flex and vibration near maximum height, although Matthew still judged it “more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.” The mini tripod can also flex when its legs are spread especially wide.</p><p>However, in my endless quest for something light enough to pack, solid enough to trust and more reasonably priced, the W28S balances all three better than almost anything else I have seen. My travel tripod search might finally be over.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> and see how they compare to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a> across all categories.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ People are using this ingenious Pixel 1 hack to exploit unlimited Google Photos storage – and it actually works! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Recently, there’s been a resurgence in interest in the original Google Pixel smartphone, which was released back in 2016 with a modest single rear 12MP camera, a Sony sensor, and 32GB of base storage. However, it’s not for nostalgia or some kind of retro kick.</p><p>In an aggressive marketing bid, the search engine hegemon offered all Pixel 1 customers lifetime unlimited original-resolution, uncompressed photo and video storage. And now, people are buying up Pixel 1 phones – which you can find on <a href="https://www.ebay.com/shop/google-pixel-1?_nkw=google+pixel+1" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">eBay for under $100</a> (approximately £75 / AU$140) – hoping to take advantage of this deal, which Google still honors to this day.</p><p>The only caveat was, and still is, that files need to be uploaded via the Google Photos app from the Pixel 1 device, which isn’t ideal. Still, it means users can get around any current storage plan limits by first transferring files from other devices to the Pixel 1 before uploading them to the cloud.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/I4zRPLgRrx8" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><em><strong>Above: this tutorial shows exactly how people are exploiting the Google Pixel 1 unlimited storage hack</strong></em></p><p>It’s a seemingly fail-safe hack, too. Even though it’s been 10 years since the Pixel 1 was unveiled, if Google decided to revoke the deal, it would likely need to navigate a legal minefield of breach-of-contract clauses. </p><p>I really don't think the tech giant is worried about these storage hackers taking up too much real estate on its servers either.</p><p>While by 2023 an estimated <a href="https://www.statista.com/statistics/1448340/google-smartphone-shipments-worldwide/?srsltid=AfmBOopwqGhBn_dh2BYSv1IjdzppFZYxiEfJ_VS1aE5d8RLZQf93RKEo" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">40 million Pixel units across all generations had sold</a>, the company revoked the unlimited storage benefit from Generation 6 (2021) onwards. In fact, Google had already downgraded the unlimited storage deal to compressed-quality files by the release of Generation 5 the previous year.</p><p>But do I recommend exploiting this hack? Honestly, no. While it can save you money in the long run, transferring all your files to an early-generation Pixel device, either manually or via a syncing app, is a hassle. Plus, the whole scheme relies on an old smartphone that may or may not give out after long. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h2><p>Here’s our expert pick of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-phone">best camera phones</a> and also the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">best portable hard drives and SSDs</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cloud-storage/people-are-using-this-ingenious-pixel-1-hack-to-exploit-unlimited-google-photos-storage-and-it-actually-works</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ People are getting their hands on original Google Pixel smartphones for its lifetime unlimited storage plan, which, to this day, Google still honors ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">dVDWKNZsVgdtGHAVXvm2ad</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z7ufETpbMAVac998zK7fwD-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2026 14:51:16 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 30 Jul 2026 14:51:36 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Cloud Storage]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alan Palazon ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zf7tYsbRE9JKvfVjebG5Cn.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;I’ve been writing professionally since 2021 and joined Digital Camera World as a staff writer in 2026. My previous role was as a junior editor for a careers advice publisher and I’ve freelanced in the sustainability and travel and tourism niches.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In 2025, I became a qualified journalist completing my training remotely while traveling through Latin America. The experience melded my love for words and photography, and expanded my photographic interest into international photojournalism. Capturing the world’s incredible landscapes and cultures through the lens is what most inspires me.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;I started out on a Nikon D3500, which was the ideal entry-level digital camera, but have since upgraded to Sony’s Alpha system. My go-to setup is the A7III (and later A7 models) paired with the 24-105 F4 G lens. In all honesty, cameras are so advanced these days that I don’t think it matters what make or model you use.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z7ufETpbMAVac998zK7fwD-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Getty Images / Google]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Google Pixel 1 against computer-code background.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Google Pixel 1 against computer-code background.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Google Pixel 1 against computer-code background.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z7ufETpbMAVac998zK7fwD-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Recently, there’s been a resurgence in interest in the original Google Pixel smartphone, which was released back in 2016 with a modest single rear 12MP camera, a Sony sensor, and 32GB of base storage. However, it’s not for nostalgia or some kind of retro kick.</p><p>In an aggressive marketing bid, the search engine hegemon offered all Pixel 1 customers lifetime unlimited original-resolution, uncompressed photo and video storage. And now, people are buying up Pixel 1 phones – which you can find on <a href="https://www.ebay.com/shop/google-pixel-1?_nkw=google+pixel+1" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">eBay for under $100</a> (approximately £75 / AU$140) – hoping to take advantage of this deal, which Google still honors to this day.</p><p>The only caveat was, and still is, that files need to be uploaded via the Google Photos app from the Pixel 1 device, which isn’t ideal. Still, it means users can get around any current storage plan limits by first transferring files from other devices to the Pixel 1 before uploading them to the cloud.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/I4zRPLgRrx8" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><em><strong>Above: this tutorial shows exactly how people are exploiting the Google Pixel 1 unlimited storage hack</strong></em></p><p>It’s a seemingly fail-safe hack, too. Even though it’s been 10 years since the Pixel 1 was unveiled, if Google decided to revoke the deal, it would likely need to navigate a legal minefield of breach-of-contract clauses. </p><p>I really don't think the tech giant is worried about these storage hackers taking up too much real estate on its servers either.</p><p>While by 2023 an estimated <a href="https://www.statista.com/statistics/1448340/google-smartphone-shipments-worldwide/?srsltid=AfmBOopwqGhBn_dh2BYSv1IjdzppFZYxiEfJ_VS1aE5d8RLZQf93RKEo" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">40 million Pixel units across all generations had sold</a>, the company revoked the unlimited storage benefit from Generation 6 (2021) onwards. In fact, Google had already downgraded the unlimited storage deal to compressed-quality files by the release of Generation 5 the previous year.</p><p>But do I recommend exploiting this hack? Honestly, no. While it can save you money in the long run, transferring all your files to an early-generation Pixel device, either manually or via a syncing app, is a hassle. Plus, the whole scheme relies on an old smartphone that may or may not give out after long. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h2><p>Here’s our expert pick of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-phone">best camera phones</a> and also the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-portable-hard-drives-for-photographers">best portable hard drives and SSDs</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ An L-Bracket is a simple photography accessory. Peak Design has proved it’s worth more than half a million for one that’s not so simple ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>If there’s something that Peak Design is known for beyond its line of photography accessories and bags, it’s record-breaking Kickstarter campaigns – and the brand’s latest has already surpassed half a million dollars for a modular L-bracket dubbed the Peak Design Field Bracket.</p><p>Peak Design’s crowdfunding approach has been an overwhelmingly successful one. In 2019, the company <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/johngreathouse/2019/07/20/this-company-just-broke-the-record-for-the-most-money-raised-on-kickstarter-over-32-4m/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">broke the Kickstarter record</a> at the time for the most money raised with more than $12 million for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">Travel Tripod</a>. That record no longer stands, but last year, Peak Design raised even more for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/the-future-of-luggage-design-is-here-as-peak-design-launches-kickstarter-for-the-roller-pro">Roller Pro</a> at over $13 million.</p><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket’s half million may seem like pocket change compared to the brand’s record-breaking launches, but the campaign has already surpassed more than ten times the original goal on <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/the-best-camera-accessories-disappear-into-your-workflow-until-you-need-them-todays-creators-need-to-work-both-horizontally-and-vertically-so-peak-design-is-reinventing-the-classic-l-bracket">a campaign that only launched last week</a> – and the pledges start at $125 compared to $415 for the Roller Pro.</p><p>On the surface, the Peak Design Field Bracket is <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">an L-Mount bracket</a>, a longstanding simple camera accessory that allows creators to quickly switch from horizontal to vertical when using a tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3840px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe" name="FieldBracket-03 copy" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3840" height="2160" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But the Field Bracket uses a modular design that aims to offer more than quick horizontal and vertical shots. The base plate hides a Peak-Design-made Bluetooth tracker, aiming to ward off lost or stolen gear by putting a tracker directly on the camera instead of inside a camera bag.</p><p>Peak Design isn’t the first to try <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cases-covers-and-enclosures/secure-your-sony-camera-with-smallrigs-new-dedicated-cage-with-an-apple-airtag-compartment">to hide a Bluetooth tracker directly on the camera</a>, but Peak Design made its own tracker instead of using an existing tracker like an AirTag or Tile (though it still works with both Apple Find My and Google Find Hub). Beyond tracking, the tag powers left-behind alerts. </p><p>The design makes the tracker look like just part of the bracket, Peak Design says, and while the vertical piece of the L-bracket can be removed without tools, the base plate uses a tooled installation in order to prevent thieves from easily removing the tracker.</p><p>The L-bracket uses a modular design that also allows users to swap the vertical piece out for a cheese plate, which can be used to add accessories like mics, lights, and external monitors. While cheese plates tend to be more popular for video rigs, I can see photographers using the set-up to attach an action camera for shooting behind-the-scenes footage as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-47" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The L-bracket also supports a wrist strap and, for the Fujifilm X100Vi and Leica Q3, the L-bracket also gives compact cameras a beefier grip.</p><p>Unlike Peak Design’s popular bags and straps, the L-bracket is camera-specific, which means the accessory has to be matched up with a compatible camera – a list that so far includes several Sony, Canon and Nikon models, as well as two Fujifilms and two Leicas.</p><p>The Field Bracket is Peak Design’s 17th Kickstarter campaign. The crowdfunding closes August 21. A retail launch is planned for March 2027. <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/peak-design/field-bracket-by-peak-design?ref=discover_saved_projects&category_id=28" target="_blank" rel="nofollow sponsored">The Kickstarter</a> has the bracket for a 17 percent discount from the expected retail price at $125 (about £93 / AU$179 / CA$175.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Peak Design Slide,Peak Design Form Leather,Peak Design Roller Pro,Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-widget-title="Today's best Peak Design deals"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">best l-brackets</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">the best travel tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/an-l-bracket-is-a-simple-photography-accessory-peak-design-has-proved-its-worth-more-than-half-a-million-for-one-thats-not-so-simple</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Peak Design's 17th Kickstarter has already raised more than half a million US dollars for a modular L-bracket ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">ShDr9UJ9cacvTy5dtfswWM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2026 14:47:33 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Peak Design]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>If there’s something that Peak Design is known for beyond its line of photography accessories and bags, it’s record-breaking Kickstarter campaigns – and the brand’s latest has already surpassed half a million dollars for a modular L-bracket dubbed the Peak Design Field Bracket.</p><p>Peak Design’s crowdfunding approach has been an overwhelmingly successful one. In 2019, the company <a href="https://www.forbes.com/sites/johngreathouse/2019/07/20/this-company-just-broke-the-record-for-the-most-money-raised-on-kickstarter-over-32-4m/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">broke the Kickstarter record</a> at the time for the most money raised with more than $12 million for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">Travel Tripod</a>. That record no longer stands, but last year, Peak Design raised even more for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/the-future-of-luggage-design-is-here-as-peak-design-launches-kickstarter-for-the-roller-pro">Roller Pro</a> at over $13 million.</p><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket’s half million may seem like pocket change compared to the brand’s record-breaking launches, but the campaign has already surpassed more than ten times the original goal on <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/the-best-camera-accessories-disappear-into-your-workflow-until-you-need-them-todays-creators-need-to-work-both-horizontally-and-vertically-so-peak-design-is-reinventing-the-classic-l-bracket">a campaign that only launched last week</a> – and the pledges start at $125 compared to $415 for the Roller Pro.</p><p>On the surface, the Peak Design Field Bracket is <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">an L-Mount bracket</a>, a longstanding simple camera accessory that allows creators to quickly switch from horizontal to vertical when using a tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3840px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe" name="FieldBracket-03 copy" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3840" height="2160" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But the Field Bracket uses a modular design that aims to offer more than quick horizontal and vertical shots. The base plate hides a Peak-Design-made Bluetooth tracker, aiming to ward off lost or stolen gear by putting a tracker directly on the camera instead of inside a camera bag.</p><p>Peak Design isn’t the first to try <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/cases-covers-and-enclosures/secure-your-sony-camera-with-smallrigs-new-dedicated-cage-with-an-apple-airtag-compartment">to hide a Bluetooth tracker directly on the camera</a>, but Peak Design made its own tracker instead of using an existing tracker like an AirTag or Tile (though it still works with both Apple Find My and Google Find Hub). Beyond tracking, the tag powers left-behind alerts. </p><p>The design makes the tracker look like just part of the bracket, Peak Design says, and while the vertical piece of the L-bracket can be removed without tools, the base plate uses a tooled installation in order to prevent thieves from easily removing the tracker.</p><p>The L-bracket uses a modular design that also allows users to swap the vertical piece out for a cheese plate, which can be used to add accessories like mics, lights, and external monitors. While cheese plates tend to be more popular for video rigs, I can see photographers using the set-up to attach an action camera for shooting behind-the-scenes footage as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-47" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The L-bracket also supports a wrist strap and, for the Fujifilm X100Vi and Leica Q3, the L-bracket also gives compact cameras a beefier grip.</p><p>Unlike Peak Design’s popular bags and straps, the L-bracket is camera-specific, which means the accessory has to be matched up with a compatible camera – a list that so far includes several Sony, Canon and Nikon models, as well as two Fujifilms and two Leicas.</p><p>The Field Bracket is Peak Design’s 17th Kickstarter campaign. The crowdfunding closes August 21. A retail launch is planned for March 2027. <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/peak-design/field-bracket-by-peak-design?ref=discover_saved_projects&category_id=28" target="_blank" rel="nofollow sponsored">The Kickstarter</a> has the bracket for a 17 percent discount from the expected retail price at $125 (about £93 / AU$179 / CA$175.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Peak Design Slide,Peak Design Form Leather,Peak Design Roller Pro,Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-widget-title="Today's best Peak Design deals"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">best l-brackets</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">the best travel tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Andoer L4 Pro motorized dolly review: This mini three-wheeled wonder allows your smartphone or mirrorless camera to make some moves ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p> When I first started making videos for a living back in the late 80s, my video production team used two long, smooth pieces of wood as tracks for the wheeled ‘dolly’ that was attached to the base of our chunky video camera’s tripod. This enabled us to add smooth camera moves to shots, such as dollying forward towards an actor, or tracking (crabbing) left or right to add a bit of motion and life to a static scene. When not in use, we kept the two wooden tracks in a plastic body bag (I’m not sure where my video unit got that from!).</p><p>Fast forward to the 21st century, and I’ve just tested a descendant of my primitive 80s camera tracking system - the Andoer L4 Pro. This device is a small, battery-powered camera slider (or as it says in the manual - an ‘autodolly’) that can dolly, track, or pan the attached camera or smartphone - as long as you find a smooth, flat surface for it to drive on. Lots more about that limitation in the Performance section of this review. </p><p>Andoer produces a wide range of photographic equipment, from green screen backdrops to LEDs and soft boxes. They also produce a large range of affordable compact digital cameras, as well as larger camera dolly rail-based set-ups. Interestingly, I discovered that the Andoer L4 Pro is identical to a Neewer branded three-wheeled tracker - more on that in the Price section. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EC7r8XrbjJbSsEJuF2oygH" name="Calibrate_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EC7r8XrbjJbSsEJuF2oygH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EC7r8XrbjJbSsEJuF2oygH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Andoer L4 Pro isn’t the first electronic camera mover that I’ve tested for Digital Camera World. Back in 2022, I tested the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/joby-swing-complete-kit-review">Joby Swing</a> - an electronic smartphone slider. The tripod-mounted Swing was very limited in the speed and distance that it could move the camera, whereas thanks to its three rubber-clad wheels, the Andoer L4 Pro can keep on tracking until it runs out of a surface (such as the end of a park bench!). </p><p>Some would argue that in the age of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-dslr-gimbals">camera gimbal</a> a camera slider is a relatively inferior solution to making smooth moves. A gimbal enables you to pan, track and dolly your camera manually - adding motion to your footage. You can pop a gimbal on its mini tripod and use its AI tracker to tilt and pan the camera to follow your every move, or use its joystick to perform a smooth pan. So, why and when would you use a slider instead of a gimbal? Is a slider worth buying. The short answer is a firm  ‘yes’, but I’ll clarify and unpack that answer later in this review.  </p><p><strong>Check out our guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-sliders"><strong>best camera sliders.</strong></a><br></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6735px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="V2EKmauAxhay6ykzVXcykH" name="Pan_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/V2EKmauAxhay6ykzVXcykH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6735" height="3788" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/V2EKmauAxhay6ykzVXcykH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-specifications"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p><p> <strong>Speeds</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>1.4 cm/s, 2.4 cm/s, 3.0 cm/s</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>296g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions</strong></p></td><td  ><p> 3.8 x 10.6 x 3.8 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Payload </strong></p></td><td  ><p> 3kg / 6.6 lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material </strong></p></td><td  ><p>Plastic</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Remote Control Range</strong></p></td><td  ><p> 6m / 19.7ft</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery life</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6 hours</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong> Connectivity </strong></p></td><td  ><p> 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch tripod threads</p><p>  </p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-price"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Price</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3740px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="E9sRAez6FrJJJkrFm2urWK" name="img_0102-169" alt="Andoer L4 PRO" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E9sRAez6FrJJJkrFm2urWK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3740" height="2104" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E9sRAez6FrJJJkrFm2urWK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><p> The Andoer L4 Pro retails at £75.29 on the UK Amazon Store. You can see the Andoer L4 Pro. In the USA, this model is most easily found being sold under the Neewer brand for $73.89 on the Amazon US Store – but this doesn’t include a ball-head. The Neewer branded version of the tracker is also available on the UK Amazon store for £78.99.</p><p>On the UK Andoer store the Andoer L4 Pro is pictured wearing an Andoer branded ball-head camera mount, though the version that I tested didn’t include this rather useful ball-head accessory.  I could pick up a compatible 1/4” thread ball head from Andoer for under a tenner. To attach my iPhone 17 Pro to the Andoer L4 Pro I used a Joby-branded smartphone holder that I already owned. </p><p>The Andoer L4 Pro won’t blow your budget, and even if you already own a gimbal, it could still come in handy when you want to capture a quick pan, tracking shot or dolly move without the faff of unpacking and setting up a large stabiliser. It could also be a useful tool for stock videographers, enabling them to add movement, life and energy to otherwise static scenes, such as landscapes where there is little action within the frame.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-design-handling"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Design & Handling</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EmyxFVG93cDdZxkfTUVoQH" name="Editorial_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmyxFVG93cDdZxkfTUVoQH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmyxFVG93cDdZxkfTUVoQH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p> The Andoer L4 Pro autodolly is a compact, three-wheeled device that fits comfortably in the hand when folded. It also takes up very little space in a kit bag, which is a big plus for me as I prefer to travel light.</p><p>The specifications state that the autodolly is made from “high-quality plastic”, although it also contains several metal components. Its two folding legs (with wheels attached) are metal and are connected to a metal bracket that secures them to the rectangular plastic body. At the opposite end is a third wheel, which is the only motor-driven wheel. As it rotates, it propels the autodolly along on all three wheels. The metal components make the L4 Pro feel satisfyingly solid and heavy, though it still weighs in under 300g.</p><p>By adjusting the angle of the two hinged rear wheel legs, you can make the dolly travel in a straight line for a tracking or “crab” move, or follow a curved path to create a pan. The legs can be adjusted in increments to produce a tighter or wider curve, resulting in a faster or slower pan. Helpfully, each hinge is marked with a small protractor graphic, making it easy to set both legs to the same angle and achieve a smooth tracking move, pan or even a full rotation. Each of the three wheels has a rubber ‘tyre’ that enables them to have traction on a variety of surfaces.</p><p>On one side of the rectangular body you’ll find the on/off switch and a USB-C port for charging the internal battery. On the opposite side are two plastic buttons. One, helpfully labelled “Speed”, lets you cycle through three settings. The selected speed is indicated by one green light for 1.4cm/s, two lights for 2.4cm/s and three lights for 3.0cm/s. I’ll discuss speed in more detail in the Performance section, as there are ways to make the attached camera travel faster. There’s also a button that enables you to make the motorized wheel rotate the opposite way, so this lets you change the direction of travel. The motorized wheel does make a little whirr  which can be picked up by a smartphone’s mic, but on the whole the whirr is negligible, as you’ll hear from see my supporting video.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xvtQMHtiXpEA36qGXBLehH" name="Straight_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xvtQMHtiXpEA36qGXBLehH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xvtQMHtiXpEA36qGXBLehH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Speaking of cameras, the top of the L4 Pro features both 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch mounting threads. The device also comes with a circular mounting attachment, so it was a simple matter to screw a smartphone holder onto it and clip my iPhone 17 Pro into place. You can also attach a compact or mirrorless camera to the Andoer L4 Pro, but as my colleague Chris George says in the best camera sliders buying guide - “While it’s definitely best suited to smaller cameras – it won’t take a C500 cine camera with a 70-200mm lens – you’ll still be able to get a mirrorless camera on it with a 50mm lens onboard if the need arises.”</p><p>The Andoer L4 Pro’s orange wheels and mounting attachment are remarkably similar in colour to the iPhone 17 Pro’s Cosmic Orange finish, making it an especially attractive accessory for owners of that model. The complementary colour scheme is entirely coincidental, however, as the L4 Pro has been on the market for several years. </p><p>Oh, one last design point to mention is the inclusion of a remote control unit. This small plastic unit is designed to let you toggle between the L4 Pro’s three speeds and change its direction from a distance of up to 6m. I confess that although the light on the remote showed that the battery was active, I couldn’t get it to control the L4, which did make testing it a bit trickier as you’ll see in the Performance section (and in the supporting video).</p><p> </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-performance"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Performance</span></h3><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/ra6Trmzi.html" id="ra6Trmzi" title="Andoer L4 Pro Video" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p><strong>Above: watch my video showing the Andoer L4 Pro in action in the City of London</strong></p><p>To test the Andoer L4 Pro, I popped it and my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tech/iphones/iphone-17-pro-max-review">iPhone 17 Pro</a> into my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/mckinnon-camera-sling-8l-review">McKinnon 8L Camera Sling</a> bag and headed into the city to capture some photogenic clips. I occasionally shoot editorial-style footage to sell on stock video sites such as Storyblocks.com, so I was keen to see whether the L4 Pro was fast enough to add sufficient movement to my clips. A slight pan or tracking move is a great way to bring extra life to a shot, especially when there isn’t much movement happening within the frame. I only earn around $50-60 per month from my stock video clips but that’s a regular passive income from clips I’ve uploaded over the years. </p><p>To be honest, I wasn’t expecting too much from this autodolly, although its maximum speed of 3cm/s is at least a little faster than the snail-like 1cm/s pace of the Joby Swing slider. But the more I used it, the more impressed I became with it.</p><p>As you’ll see in this section’s supporting video (above), my first test location was a scenic city park. This immediately presented a challenge: finding a surface that was sufficiently flat and smooth for the L4 Pro’s small, rubber-clad wheels to move freely.</p><p>I placed the L4 Pro on a park bench, adjusted the two hinged legs so that their wheels ran parallel with the motorized wheel, and flipped the power switch to On. I couldn’t get the supplied remote control to communicate with the L4 Pro, but it was a simple matter to press the direction button on the L4 Pro itself to set it in motion, having first started recording on the dolly-mounted iPhone 17 Pro.</p><p>When the L4 was travelling in a straight line, I didn’t notice much difference between the first and third speed settings, so I generally left it at its maximum speed of 3cm/s, as indicated by three green lights. I then walked into shot and admired the Art Deco building in the distance while the autodolly carried my iPhone through a tracking move.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bub5mGCgxoYdBidoZKFmZG" name="Speed_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bub5mGCgxoYdBidoZKFmZG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bub5mGCgxoYdBidoZKFmZG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Because I was looking towards the building, I was slightly concerned that the autodolly might roll off the end of the bench behind me and fall to the ground, so I kept each take relatively short. One of the L4 Pro’s wheels also had a tendency to drop into the gaps between the bench’s wooden slats, causing a small bump in the footage. This resulted in a few retakes and, as you’ll see in the supporting video, the camera movement in my first test clip was subtle because of the distance between the autodolly and the subject.</p><p>As I discovered when using the Joby Swing, camera movement becomes more noticeable when you place an object close to the lens. A nearby foreground object appears to move across the frame more quickly than subjects in the distance, creating a stronger sense of motion.</p><p>By positioning a bollard between myself and the iPhone 17 Pro mounted on the Andoer L4 Pro, I was able to capture a much more noticeable tracking effect. I then angled the two hinged legs slightly so that the device travelled in a gentle curve. This enabled me to track past a foreground railing and reveal the Art Deco building in the background with a more cinematic camera move, as you can see in the supporting video.</p><p>This is the kind of movement I couldn’t easily capture while filming myself with a gimbal. A gimbal can pan and tilt to follow me as I walk through the frame, but when mounted on mini tripod legs it remains in a fixed position. The Andoer L4 Pro, by contrast, physically travels across the ground, enabling a different and more dynamic type of tracking shot.</p><p>My third test location was the Barbican Centre, with its towering Brutalist architecture. Unfortunately, it wasn’t especially friendly terrain for the Andoer L4 Pro’s small rubber wheels, as almost every available surface was heavily textured. The floors were covered in chunky tiles, while the broad tops of the walkway walls were clad in rough, pebble-dashed concrete.</p><p>After some wandering, I eventually found a flat metal air-duct cover that was smooth enough for the L4 Pro’s small rubber wheels to traverse. I tilted my Joby smartphone mount upwards, switched the iPhone 17 Pro to its ultra-wide camera and angled the adjustable wheels to create a tight curve. This enabled me to capture a dramatic, low-angle circular move past  the Barbican’s tall towers, while long plant stems swept more quickly through the foreground and enhanced the sense of motion.</p><p>While wandering through London, I enjoyed being able to quickly pull out the Andoer L4 Pro whenever I spotted an opportunity to add movement to a short stock video clip. I particularly enjoyed using it at the top of the Sky Garden, which offers panoramic views across London.  By angling the L4 Pro’s two unmotorized wheels closer together, I made the device travel in a tight, fast circle. With the smartphone mount tilted upwards, this enabled me to capture dramatic and slightly dizzying low-angle footage of the building’s curved glass roof. I must thank fellow photographer Shaughn Malcom for filming me setting up and using the Andoer L4 Pro for this review’s supping video</p><p>Finally, I found myself on the banks of the Thames, where I wanted to capture tracking shots that followed the movement of passing boats — an ideal subject for stock video. However, as the Andoer L4 Pro trundled across the rough, gritty surface I had placed it on, I could see in the iPhone’s viewfinder that the footage looked rather bumpy. To my surprise, however, the recorded footage played back remarkably smoothly. This was thanks to the iPhone 17 Pro’s combination of electronic stabilisation and sensor-shift optical image stabilisation, which physically moves the sensor to compensate for camera shake. This gave me the freedom to use the L4 Pro on surfaces that weren’t perfectly smooth, greatly increasing the number of locations in which it could be used. Check out the supporting video to see the results for yourself.</p><p></p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-verdict"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Verdict</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rFFEqg8Uuj9qzz3m2j7ahH" name="Bumpy_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rFFEqg8Uuj9qzz3m2j7ahH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rFFEqg8Uuj9qzz3m2j7ahH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p> I initially approached the task of reviewing the Andoer L4 Pro as something of a chore, as I couldn’t see how it would add much to my smartphone footage. However, within half an hour of testing, I began to appreciate its potential for bringing stock-footage subjects to life. It works particularly well when you compose a shot with objects in the foreground, as these move more noticeably across the frame and create a stronger sense of motion.</p><p>I can also recommend the Andoer L4 Pro to smartphone filmmakers who want to add a gentle tracking or panning movement to a shot. On the downside, it is dependent on a reasonably smooth surface if you want to produce a smooth track, dolly move or pan. Even so, I was pleasantly surprised by how well I could use it on slightly uneven surfaces, with the iPhone 17 Pro’s stabilisation ironing out the resulting bumps and wobbles during my test.</p><p>For smartphone filmmakers, the Andoer L4 Pro could prove to be a handy and affordable accessory - and it looks particularly smart when paired with the similarly coloured Cosmic Orange iPhone 17 Pro. In fact, it is such an eye-catching little device that two people stopped to chat to me while I was testing it, so hello to you chaps if you’re reading this!</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★☆☆</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>Button to choose between three tracking speeds and reverse button to change direction. Remote control unit. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>Hinges on wheels enable you to adjust the movement of the Andoer L4 Pro so that it will track, can, pan or rotate on the spot. Two different threads make it easy to attach various camera mounts.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>Ideally the Andoer L4 Pro needs a smooth flat surface to run on, limiting your compositional choices. The three speed settings aren’t vastly different. But it can add visual variety to clips.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>This is relatively affordable, and its so small that you may as well keep it in your kit bag until the right video opportunity arises.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p>★★★★☆</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6c4a7ade-8b58-11f1-b6db-435d9248c3f8" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Joby Swing" data-dimension48="Joby Swing" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/uk/reviews" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="nTDaVC24q9Z7kssuxAr4Vh" name="Swing_Timelapse.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nTDaVC24q9Z7kssuxAr4Vh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/joby-swing-complete-kit-review" data-dimension112="6c4a7ade-8b58-11f1-b6db-435d9248c3f8" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Joby Swing" data-dimension48="Joby Swing" data-dimension25=""><strong>Joby Swing</strong></a> is an app-controlled slider that enables you to add precisely controlled tracking moves to your smartphone clips. Unlike the Andeor L4 Pro you can repeat the same moves with precision. It’s also better at moving the smartphone slowly for adding movement to timelapse footage.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6c4a7b42-8b58-11f1-a084-2974e280f371" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Accsoon Toprig S60" data-dimension48="Accsoon Toprig S60" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/uk/reviews" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1494px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.07%;"><img id="Y4vRRU6fSCYeon8GNWz66a" name="C_SL1500_ copy_169.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y4vRRU6fSCYeon8GNWz66a.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1494" height="1495" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/accsoon-toprig-s60-review" data-dimension112="6c4a7b42-8b58-11f1-a084-2974e280f371" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Accsoon Toprig S60" data-dimension48="Accsoon Toprig S60" data-dimension25=""><strong>Accsoon Toprig S60</strong></a> is deceptively simple slider. Just a few controls can bring a number of different motions to your projects, and it has good load capacity. If you need repeatable camera motion, this is the place to start.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/andoer-l4-pro-motorized-dolly-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Andoer L4 Pro is a motorized camera dolly that lets you slide your camera forwards, backwards or sideways, or send it around a curve to perform a smooth pan ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Wgx9p5fPqt2JfDWR6AJcHM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wgudp3HDMSQtGnz2Js9DRH-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jul 2026 14:43:41 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 29 Jul 2026 14:47:21 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ George Cairns ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Se4df8ceTntcYUdPVeRK4o.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wgudp3HDMSQtGnz2Js9DRH-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[George Cairns]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Andoer L4 Pro dolly]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Andoer L4 Pro dolly]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Andoer L4 Pro dolly]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wgudp3HDMSQtGnz2Js9DRH-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p> When I first started making videos for a living back in the late 80s, my video production team used two long, smooth pieces of wood as tracks for the wheeled ‘dolly’ that was attached to the base of our chunky video camera’s tripod. This enabled us to add smooth camera moves to shots, such as dollying forward towards an actor, or tracking (crabbing) left or right to add a bit of motion and life to a static scene. When not in use, we kept the two wooden tracks in a plastic body bag (I’m not sure where my video unit got that from!).</p><p>Fast forward to the 21st century, and I’ve just tested a descendant of my primitive 80s camera tracking system - the Andoer L4 Pro. This device is a small, battery-powered camera slider (or as it says in the manual - an ‘autodolly’) that can dolly, track, or pan the attached camera or smartphone - as long as you find a smooth, flat surface for it to drive on. Lots more about that limitation in the Performance section of this review. </p><p>Andoer produces a wide range of photographic equipment, from green screen backdrops to LEDs and soft boxes. They also produce a large range of affordable compact digital cameras, as well as larger camera dolly rail-based set-ups. Interestingly, I discovered that the Andoer L4 Pro is identical to a Neewer branded three-wheeled tracker - more on that in the Price section. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EC7r8XrbjJbSsEJuF2oygH" name="Calibrate_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EC7r8XrbjJbSsEJuF2oygH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EC7r8XrbjJbSsEJuF2oygH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Andoer L4 Pro isn’t the first electronic camera mover that I’ve tested for Digital Camera World. Back in 2022, I tested the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/joby-swing-complete-kit-review">Joby Swing</a> - an electronic smartphone slider. The tripod-mounted Swing was very limited in the speed and distance that it could move the camera, whereas thanks to its three rubber-clad wheels, the Andoer L4 Pro can keep on tracking until it runs out of a surface (such as the end of a park bench!). </p><p>Some would argue that in the age of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-dslr-gimbals">camera gimbal</a> a camera slider is a relatively inferior solution to making smooth moves. A gimbal enables you to pan, track and dolly your camera manually - adding motion to your footage. You can pop a gimbal on its mini tripod and use its AI tracker to tilt and pan the camera to follow your every move, or use its joystick to perform a smooth pan. So, why and when would you use a slider instead of a gimbal? Is a slider worth buying. The short answer is a firm  ‘yes’, but I’ll clarify and unpack that answer later in this review.  </p><p><strong>Check out our guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-sliders"><strong>best camera sliders.</strong></a><br></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6735px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="V2EKmauAxhay6ykzVXcykH" name="Pan_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/V2EKmauAxhay6ykzVXcykH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6735" height="3788" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/V2EKmauAxhay6ykzVXcykH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-specifications"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p><p> <strong>Speeds</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>1.4 cm/s, 2.4 cm/s, 3.0 cm/s</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>296g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions</strong></p></td><td  ><p> 3.8 x 10.6 x 3.8 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Payload </strong></p></td><td  ><p> 3kg / 6.6 lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material </strong></p></td><td  ><p>Plastic</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Remote Control Range</strong></p></td><td  ><p> 6m / 19.7ft</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery life</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6 hours</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong> Connectivity </strong></p></td><td  ><p> 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch tripod threads</p><p>  </p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-price"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Price</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3740px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="E9sRAez6FrJJJkrFm2urWK" name="img_0102-169" alt="Andoer L4 PRO" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E9sRAez6FrJJJkrFm2urWK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3740" height="2104" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E9sRAez6FrJJJkrFm2urWK.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><p> The Andoer L4 Pro retails at £75.29 on the UK Amazon Store. You can see the Andoer L4 Pro. In the USA, this model is most easily found being sold under the Neewer brand for $73.89 on the Amazon US Store – but this doesn’t include a ball-head. The Neewer branded version of the tracker is also available on the UK Amazon store for £78.99.</p><p>On the UK Andoer store the Andoer L4 Pro is pictured wearing an Andoer branded ball-head camera mount, though the version that I tested didn’t include this rather useful ball-head accessory.  I could pick up a compatible 1/4” thread ball head from Andoer for under a tenner. To attach my iPhone 17 Pro to the Andoer L4 Pro I used a Joby-branded smartphone holder that I already owned. </p><p>The Andoer L4 Pro won’t blow your budget, and even if you already own a gimbal, it could still come in handy when you want to capture a quick pan, tracking shot or dolly move without the faff of unpacking and setting up a large stabiliser. It could also be a useful tool for stock videographers, enabling them to add movement, life and energy to otherwise static scenes, such as landscapes where there is little action within the frame.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-design-handling"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Design & Handling</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EmyxFVG93cDdZxkfTUVoQH" name="Editorial_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmyxFVG93cDdZxkfTUVoQH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmyxFVG93cDdZxkfTUVoQH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p> The Andoer L4 Pro autodolly is a compact, three-wheeled device that fits comfortably in the hand when folded. It also takes up very little space in a kit bag, which is a big plus for me as I prefer to travel light.</p><p>The specifications state that the autodolly is made from “high-quality plastic”, although it also contains several metal components. Its two folding legs (with wheels attached) are metal and are connected to a metal bracket that secures them to the rectangular plastic body. At the opposite end is a third wheel, which is the only motor-driven wheel. As it rotates, it propels the autodolly along on all three wheels. The metal components make the L4 Pro feel satisfyingly solid and heavy, though it still weighs in under 300g.</p><p>By adjusting the angle of the two hinged rear wheel legs, you can make the dolly travel in a straight line for a tracking or “crab” move, or follow a curved path to create a pan. The legs can be adjusted in increments to produce a tighter or wider curve, resulting in a faster or slower pan. Helpfully, each hinge is marked with a small protractor graphic, making it easy to set both legs to the same angle and achieve a smooth tracking move, pan or even a full rotation. Each of the three wheels has a rubber ‘tyre’ that enables them to have traction on a variety of surfaces.</p><p>On one side of the rectangular body you’ll find the on/off switch and a USB-C port for charging the internal battery. On the opposite side are two plastic buttons. One, helpfully labelled “Speed”, lets you cycle through three settings. The selected speed is indicated by one green light for 1.4cm/s, two lights for 2.4cm/s and three lights for 3.0cm/s. I’ll discuss speed in more detail in the Performance section, as there are ways to make the attached camera travel faster. There’s also a button that enables you to make the motorized wheel rotate the opposite way, so this lets you change the direction of travel. The motorized wheel does make a little whirr  which can be picked up by a smartphone’s mic, but on the whole the whirr is negligible, as you’ll hear from see my supporting video.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xvtQMHtiXpEA36qGXBLehH" name="Straight_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xvtQMHtiXpEA36qGXBLehH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xvtQMHtiXpEA36qGXBLehH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Speaking of cameras, the top of the L4 Pro features both 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch mounting threads. The device also comes with a circular mounting attachment, so it was a simple matter to screw a smartphone holder onto it and clip my iPhone 17 Pro into place. You can also attach a compact or mirrorless camera to the Andoer L4 Pro, but as my colleague Chris George says in the best camera sliders buying guide - “While it’s definitely best suited to smaller cameras – it won’t take a C500 cine camera with a 70-200mm lens – you’ll still be able to get a mirrorless camera on it with a 50mm lens onboard if the need arises.”</p><p>The Andoer L4 Pro’s orange wheels and mounting attachment are remarkably similar in colour to the iPhone 17 Pro’s Cosmic Orange finish, making it an especially attractive accessory for owners of that model. The complementary colour scheme is entirely coincidental, however, as the L4 Pro has been on the market for several years. </p><p>Oh, one last design point to mention is the inclusion of a remote control unit. This small plastic unit is designed to let you toggle between the L4 Pro’s three speeds and change its direction from a distance of up to 6m. I confess that although the light on the remote showed that the battery was active, I couldn’t get it to control the L4, which did make testing it a bit trickier as you’ll see in the Performance section (and in the supporting video).</p><p> </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-performance"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Performance</span></h3><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/ra6Trmzi.html" id="ra6Trmzi" title="Andoer L4 Pro Video" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p><strong>Above: watch my video showing the Andoer L4 Pro in action in the City of London</strong></p><p>To test the Andoer L4 Pro, I popped it and my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tech/iphones/iphone-17-pro-max-review">iPhone 17 Pro</a> into my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/mckinnon-camera-sling-8l-review">McKinnon 8L Camera Sling</a> bag and headed into the city to capture some photogenic clips. I occasionally shoot editorial-style footage to sell on stock video sites such as Storyblocks.com, so I was keen to see whether the L4 Pro was fast enough to add sufficient movement to my clips. A slight pan or tracking move is a great way to bring extra life to a shot, especially when there isn’t much movement happening within the frame. I only earn around $50-60 per month from my stock video clips but that’s a regular passive income from clips I’ve uploaded over the years. </p><p>To be honest, I wasn’t expecting too much from this autodolly, although its maximum speed of 3cm/s is at least a little faster than the snail-like 1cm/s pace of the Joby Swing slider. But the more I used it, the more impressed I became with it.</p><p>As you’ll see in this section’s supporting video (above), my first test location was a scenic city park. This immediately presented a challenge: finding a surface that was sufficiently flat and smooth for the L4 Pro’s small, rubber-clad wheels to move freely.</p><p>I placed the L4 Pro on a park bench, adjusted the two hinged legs so that their wheels ran parallel with the motorized wheel, and flipped the power switch to On. I couldn’t get the supplied remote control to communicate with the L4 Pro, but it was a simple matter to press the direction button on the L4 Pro itself to set it in motion, having first started recording on the dolly-mounted iPhone 17 Pro.</p><p>When the L4 was travelling in a straight line, I didn’t notice much difference between the first and third speed settings, so I generally left it at its maximum speed of 3cm/s, as indicated by three green lights. I then walked into shot and admired the Art Deco building in the distance while the autodolly carried my iPhone through a tracking move.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bub5mGCgxoYdBidoZKFmZG" name="Speed_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bub5mGCgxoYdBidoZKFmZG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bub5mGCgxoYdBidoZKFmZG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Because I was looking towards the building, I was slightly concerned that the autodolly might roll off the end of the bench behind me and fall to the ground, so I kept each take relatively short. One of the L4 Pro’s wheels also had a tendency to drop into the gaps between the bench’s wooden slats, causing a small bump in the footage. This resulted in a few retakes and, as you’ll see in the supporting video, the camera movement in my first test clip was subtle because of the distance between the autodolly and the subject.</p><p>As I discovered when using the Joby Swing, camera movement becomes more noticeable when you place an object close to the lens. A nearby foreground object appears to move across the frame more quickly than subjects in the distance, creating a stronger sense of motion.</p><p>By positioning a bollard between myself and the iPhone 17 Pro mounted on the Andoer L4 Pro, I was able to capture a much more noticeable tracking effect. I then angled the two hinged legs slightly so that the device travelled in a gentle curve. This enabled me to track past a foreground railing and reveal the Art Deco building in the background with a more cinematic camera move, as you can see in the supporting video.</p><p>This is the kind of movement I couldn’t easily capture while filming myself with a gimbal. A gimbal can pan and tilt to follow me as I walk through the frame, but when mounted on mini tripod legs it remains in a fixed position. The Andoer L4 Pro, by contrast, physically travels across the ground, enabling a different and more dynamic type of tracking shot.</p><p>My third test location was the Barbican Centre, with its towering Brutalist architecture. Unfortunately, it wasn’t especially friendly terrain for the Andoer L4 Pro’s small rubber wheels, as almost every available surface was heavily textured. The floors were covered in chunky tiles, while the broad tops of the walkway walls were clad in rough, pebble-dashed concrete.</p><p>After some wandering, I eventually found a flat metal air-duct cover that was smooth enough for the L4 Pro’s small rubber wheels to traverse. I tilted my Joby smartphone mount upwards, switched the iPhone 17 Pro to its ultra-wide camera and angled the adjustable wheels to create a tight curve. This enabled me to capture a dramatic, low-angle circular move past  the Barbican’s tall towers, while long plant stems swept more quickly through the foreground and enhanced the sense of motion.</p><p>While wandering through London, I enjoyed being able to quickly pull out the Andoer L4 Pro whenever I spotted an opportunity to add movement to a short stock video clip. I particularly enjoyed using it at the top of the Sky Garden, which offers panoramic views across London.  By angling the L4 Pro’s two unmotorized wheels closer together, I made the device travel in a tight, fast circle. With the smartphone mount tilted upwards, this enabled me to capture dramatic and slightly dizzying low-angle footage of the building’s curved glass roof. I must thank fellow photographer Shaughn Malcom for filming me setting up and using the Andoer L4 Pro for this review’s supping video</p><p>Finally, I found myself on the banks of the Thames, where I wanted to capture tracking shots that followed the movement of passing boats — an ideal subject for stock video. However, as the Andoer L4 Pro trundled across the rough, gritty surface I had placed it on, I could see in the iPhone’s viewfinder that the footage looked rather bumpy. To my surprise, however, the recorded footage played back remarkably smoothly. This was thanks to the iPhone 17 Pro’s combination of electronic stabilisation and sensor-shift optical image stabilisation, which physically moves the sensor to compensate for camera shake. This gave me the freedom to use the L4 Pro on surfaces that weren’t perfectly smooth, greatly increasing the number of locations in which it could be used. Check out the supporting video to see the results for yourself.</p><p></p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-andoer-l4-pro-verdict"><span>Andoer L4 Pro: Verdict</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rFFEqg8Uuj9qzz3m2j7ahH" name="Bumpy_169" alt="Andoer L4 Pro dolly" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rFFEqg8Uuj9qzz3m2j7ahH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rFFEqg8Uuj9qzz3m2j7ahH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p> I initially approached the task of reviewing the Andoer L4 Pro as something of a chore, as I couldn’t see how it would add much to my smartphone footage. However, within half an hour of testing, I began to appreciate its potential for bringing stock-footage subjects to life. It works particularly well when you compose a shot with objects in the foreground, as these move more noticeably across the frame and create a stronger sense of motion.</p><p>I can also recommend the Andoer L4 Pro to smartphone filmmakers who want to add a gentle tracking or panning movement to a shot. On the downside, it is dependent on a reasonably smooth surface if you want to produce a smooth track, dolly move or pan. Even so, I was pleasantly surprised by how well I could use it on slightly uneven surfaces, with the iPhone 17 Pro’s stabilisation ironing out the resulting bumps and wobbles during my test.</p><p>For smartphone filmmakers, the Andoer L4 Pro could prove to be a handy and affordable accessory - and it looks particularly smart when paired with the similarly coloured Cosmic Orange iPhone 17 Pro. In fact, it is such an eye-catching little device that two people stopped to chat to me while I was testing it, so hello to you chaps if you’re reading this!</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★☆☆</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>Button to choose between three tracking speeds and reverse button to change direction. Remote control unit. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>Hinges on wheels enable you to adjust the movement of the Andoer L4 Pro so that it will track, can, pan or rotate on the spot. Two different threads make it easy to attach various camera mounts.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>Ideally the Andoer L4 Pro needs a smooth flat surface to run on, limiting your compositional choices. The three speed settings aren’t vastly different. But it can add visual variety to clips.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p> </p><p>This is relatively affordable, and its so small that you may as well keep it in your kit bag until the right video opportunity arises.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p>★★★★☆</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6c4a7ade-8b58-11f1-b6db-435d9248c3f8" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Joby Swing" data-dimension48="Joby Swing" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/uk/reviews" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="nTDaVC24q9Z7kssuxAr4Vh" name="Swing_Timelapse.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nTDaVC24q9Z7kssuxAr4Vh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/joby-swing-complete-kit-review" data-dimension112="6c4a7ade-8b58-11f1-b6db-435d9248c3f8" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Joby Swing" data-dimension48="Joby Swing" data-dimension25=""><strong>Joby Swing</strong></a> is an app-controlled slider that enables you to add precisely controlled tracking moves to your smartphone clips. Unlike the Andeor L4 Pro you can repeat the same moves with precision. It’s also better at moving the smartphone slowly for adding movement to timelapse footage.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6c4a7b42-8b58-11f1-a084-2974e280f371" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Accsoon Toprig S60" data-dimension48="Accsoon Toprig S60" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/uk/reviews" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1494px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.07%;"><img id="Y4vRRU6fSCYeon8GNWz66a" name="C_SL1500_ copy_169.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y4vRRU6fSCYeon8GNWz66a.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1494" height="1495" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/accsoon-toprig-s60-review" data-dimension112="6c4a7b42-8b58-11f1-a084-2974e280f371" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Accsoon Toprig S60" data-dimension48="Accsoon Toprig S60" data-dimension25=""><strong>Accsoon Toprig S60</strong></a> is deceptively simple slider. Just a few controls can bring a number of different motions to your projects, and it has good load capacity. If you need repeatable camera motion, this is the place to start.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This could be the ultimate solution for video storage and back-ups ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>If you need an absolutely gargantuan amount of storage space for saving huge uncompressed 8K video files or similar, TerraMaster has the solution for you. The new D8 Hybrid 2 can combine up to 4 SATA HDDs/SSDs and 4 M.2 NVMe SSDs in a single enclosure. This design claims to provide a flexible, high-performance platform for video editing and media libraries, with support for up to 152 terabytes of total capacity, depending on drive configuration. Just remember that the D8 Hybrid 2 is a drive enclosure - you need to choose and purchase the HDDs and/or SSDs to fit inside it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:802px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="4gucxiEeLUfsc2pagK69yE" name="2" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4gucxiEeLUfsc2pagK69yE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="802" height="451" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure your data can be accessed quickly, the D8 Hybrid 2 uses a USB 3.2 Gen 2 interface, enabling read speeds of up to 1020MB/s with a single NVMe SSD. Equip the enclosure with four HDDs and read speeds could top out at 980MB/s, depending on RAID configuration. This performance translates to a 5GB HD movie transferring in around five seconds.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:815px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="LSXDhE3quN6Jv9vPYxnm2F" name="4" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LSXDhE3quN6Jv9vPYxnm2F.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="815" height="458" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The D8 Hybrid 2 features TerraMaster Power Management technology to improve energy efficiency, enhance reliability, and deliver faster drive wake-up times. The enclosure also benefits from improved internal airflow, with active cooling coming from an intelligent temperature-controlled fluid dynamic bearing fan rated for over 50,000 hours operation. Tool-free drive trays permit simple and secure installation of HDDs and SSDs: M.2 NVMe SSDs can be installed using a side sliding cover and hand-tightened screws.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:561px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.33%;"><img id="Yf8Ax5FVDiNcb4ScfJbF2F" name="1" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yf8Ax5FVDiNcb4ScfJbF2F.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="561" height="316" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Designed for modern hybrid workflows, the D8 Hybrid 2 supports hot and cold data separation. This allows users to store frequently accessed 'hot' data on NVMe SSDs for high-speed access, while archival data can be stored on high-capacity hard disk drives for cost-effective backup. This two-tier arrangement makes the enclosure ideal for studios, photographers and videographers that manage large volumes of mixed-use data.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3840px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jaxDyXkgBfUMgoKaYJDuSF" name="02" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jaxDyXkgBfUMgoKaYJDuSF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3840" height="2160" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The D8 Hybrid 2 is compatible with Windows, macOS, Linux, NAS systems, and a wide range of file systems. It can connect directly to computers, servers, TVs, set-top boxes, as well as Thunderbolt devices. TerraMaster also includes its complimentary TPC Backupper software for Windows backups, and it works with Apple Time Machine.</p><p>The TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2 is available now at <a href="https://www.amazon.com/TERRAMASTER-D8-Hybrid-NVMe-Enclosure/dp/B0GXX9W1LM" target="_blank">Amazon US</a> for $299.99 (currently $239.99 with 20% coupon) and at <a href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/TERRAMASTER-Hybrid-Enclosure-Swappable-Diskless-Black/dp/B0GXXQH72Y" target="_blank">Amazon UK</a> for £299.99.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/storage/this-could-be-the-ultimate-solution-for-video-storage-and-back-ups</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Behold, an enclosure with space for up to 8 drives, and 152 TERRABYTES of capacity! ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">XpabnuxrSg9o5LSnTjKKDZ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aDNSBiYPHnj7M6utxgvXSF-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2026 22:56:04 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aDNSBiYPHnj7M6utxgvXSF-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[TerraMaster]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aDNSBiYPHnj7M6utxgvXSF-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>If you need an absolutely gargantuan amount of storage space for saving huge uncompressed 8K video files or similar, TerraMaster has the solution for you. The new D8 Hybrid 2 can combine up to 4 SATA HDDs/SSDs and 4 M.2 NVMe SSDs in a single enclosure. This design claims to provide a flexible, high-performance platform for video editing and media libraries, with support for up to 152 terabytes of total capacity, depending on drive configuration. Just remember that the D8 Hybrid 2 is a drive enclosure - you need to choose and purchase the HDDs and/or SSDs to fit inside it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:802px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="4gucxiEeLUfsc2pagK69yE" name="2" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4gucxiEeLUfsc2pagK69yE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="802" height="451" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure your data can be accessed quickly, the D8 Hybrid 2 uses a USB 3.2 Gen 2 interface, enabling read speeds of up to 1020MB/s with a single NVMe SSD. Equip the enclosure with four HDDs and read speeds could top out at 980MB/s, depending on RAID configuration. This performance translates to a 5GB HD movie transferring in around five seconds.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:815px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="LSXDhE3quN6Jv9vPYxnm2F" name="4" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LSXDhE3quN6Jv9vPYxnm2F.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="815" height="458" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The D8 Hybrid 2 features TerraMaster Power Management technology to improve energy efficiency, enhance reliability, and deliver faster drive wake-up times. The enclosure also benefits from improved internal airflow, with active cooling coming from an intelligent temperature-controlled fluid dynamic bearing fan rated for over 50,000 hours operation. Tool-free drive trays permit simple and secure installation of HDDs and SSDs: M.2 NVMe SSDs can be installed using a side sliding cover and hand-tightened screws.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:561px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.33%;"><img id="Yf8Ax5FVDiNcb4ScfJbF2F" name="1" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yf8Ax5FVDiNcb4ScfJbF2F.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="561" height="316" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Designed for modern hybrid workflows, the D8 Hybrid 2 supports hot and cold data separation. This allows users to store frequently accessed 'hot' data on NVMe SSDs for high-speed access, while archival data can be stored on high-capacity hard disk drives for cost-effective backup. This two-tier arrangement makes the enclosure ideal for studios, photographers and videographers that manage large volumes of mixed-use data.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3840px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jaxDyXkgBfUMgoKaYJDuSF" name="02" alt="TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jaxDyXkgBfUMgoKaYJDuSF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3840" height="2160" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TerraMaster)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The D8 Hybrid 2 is compatible with Windows, macOS, Linux, NAS systems, and a wide range of file systems. It can connect directly to computers, servers, TVs, set-top boxes, as well as Thunderbolt devices. TerraMaster also includes its complimentary TPC Backupper software for Windows backups, and it works with Apple Time Machine.</p><p>The TerraMaster D8 Hybrid 2 is available now at <a href="https://www.amazon.com/TERRAMASTER-D8-Hybrid-NVMe-Enclosure/dp/B0GXX9W1LM" target="_blank">Amazon US</a> for $299.99 (currently $239.99 with 20% coupon) and at <a href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/TERRAMASTER-Hybrid-Enclosure-Swappable-Diskless-Black/dp/B0GXXQH72Y" target="_blank">Amazon UK</a> for £299.99.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Peak Design Form Rope review: get your camera roped in and wear it in three different ways, maybe even more ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>One of the best manufacturers of camera bags and accessories, along with the likes of Manfrotto and Tenba, Peak Design started life in a similar way, with a man on a mission. In this case, it was Peter Dering, who toured the world back in 2010 with a large camera kit and a disappointing way of carting it around. He promptly quit his job, designed his own way of carrying a camera, launched it on Kickstarter and hasn’t looked back. Peak Design has gone from strength to strength in the following years, following the same crowdfunding principles, so they can create products on their own terms with no interference from investors.</p><p>With a diverse product range, Peak Design makes and sells camera bags and straps, general travel luggage, outdoor gear, phone cases, wallets and even mounting systems for attaching gadgets to cars and motorcycles. Then there are tripods, including the groundbreaking <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</a>. I’ve recently been particularly impressed with the new and improved <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod range</a>.</p><p>Getting back to camera straps, one of the best on the market is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design Slide Lite</a>, to which my colleague awarded a perfect 5/5 rating in his review. I personally wasn’t so completely won over, as I found the large overlapping loops of wide strap and chunky buckles a bit of a hindrance. There’s no such problem with the more minimalist Peak Design Form Rope, which is available as a basic ‘Neck’ version and three alternative lengths of Crossbody options, all of them aiming to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-straps">best camera straps</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="WyCKeFASQiV349yUS6x4qE" name="PDFR 01 intro 0197.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WyCKeFASQiV349yUS6x4qE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WyCKeFASQiV349yUS6x4qE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Not just a ‘rope’, there’s actually a lengthy list of components that make up the Peak Design Form Rope Crossbody editions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-specifications"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Nylon, polyester, aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Colors</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Black, Kelp, Ocean</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Includes</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Rope strap, anchors, pouch, split rings</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rope length</strong></p></td><td  ><p>119cm / 46.7in (Crossbody – Standard)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rope diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10mm / 0.39in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rope weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>62g / 2.2oz (Crossbody – Standard)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>82kg / 180lbs</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-price"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Price</span></h3><p>The Peak Design Form Rope comes in three alternative Crossbody – Short, Standard and Long Crossbody editions, all of them listing at $50 / £45 / AU$100. That might sound a bit on the pricey side for a camera strap, but each edition is actually a comprehensive kit of parts. The more basic Form Rope Neck edition costs a little less at £45 / £40 / AU$90. For further price comparison, the popular <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design Slide Lite</a> is more costly at around $70 / £60 / AU$135.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Peak Design Form Rope"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-design-handling"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>How do you like to wear your camera? Going back to basics, the whole concept of ‘wearing’ a camera might seem strange to the uninitiated, but most photographers that I know wear their cameras around their necks. Indeed, a neck strap is generally included in the box of bits when you buy a camera, although just like with ‘kit lenses’, they’re not always of the best quality and generally lack any innovative extras or clever design flourishes.</p><p>I’m also not a fan of own-brand camera straps that have the make and model emblazoned in large print along them, which I often think loosely translates as ‘mug me right now’. The Peak Design Form Rope is very much the opposite, which it kind of needs to be if it’s going to tempt you to upgrade from your basic ‘free’ camera strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="yuse5fsCELBy5oTARrDWiE" name="PDFR 0200.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuse5fsCELBy5oTARrDWiE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuse5fsCELBy5oTARrDWiE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I went for the ‘Crossbody – Standard’ edition of the Form Rope. Like the others in the range, it’s neatly packaged with a photo on the front that shows it being worn in suitably crossbody style. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The picture on the front of the retail box shown above tells it like it is – it’s a crossbody camera strap. But there’s more. Flip the box around and you get visual pointers to alternative ways that you can wear your camera using the Form Rope and its accessories. The most basic ‘Neck’ edition comes in one length of strap (78.5cm / 30.9in) with two anchors, a microfiber pouch and two oval split rings. The Crossbody editions come in short (103.5cm / 40.75in), standard (118.5cm / 46.65in) and long (134cm / 52.75in) editions. In each case, the ‘rope’ itself is 10mm / 0.39in in diameter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ymVeyYyq9x9RYSdcGbzWjE" name="PDFR 0201.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ymVeyYyq9x9RYSdcGbzWjE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ymVeyYyq9x9RYSdcGbzWjE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You don’t have to stick to one method of wearing your camera. As well as the crossbody option, you can hang it around your neck, sling it over one shoulder, and attach the rope in different ways, some of which are shown on the back of the retail box. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Each of the three editions of the Crossbody Form Rope doubles up on anchors, so you get four rather than the two that are supplied with the Neck edition. The extras enable you to make the most of how you attach the rope to your camera and other accessories, and how you wear them. One thing that’s held in common is the rope itself, and it’s not just any old rope. Instead of rough and ready rope that can feel quite abrasive, the specialist basket-woven, nylon/poly rope was specifically designed to combine the strength, padding and stretch needed for a comfortable camera-carrying experience. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kvE6nj7NVXgVqqAnzHTtpE" name="PDFR 0202.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvE6nj7NVXgVqqAnzHTtpE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvE6nj7NVXgVqqAnzHTtpE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rope itself and the quick-release anchors are the main attractions of all the kits, whereas the Crossbody editions also have a couple of extras, including an anodized, CNC-machined accessory loop around the rope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Color options include black, ocean, and kelp. I went for the last of these, and I like the way that the colorway extends to the anchors as well as the rope. The anchors themselves are made from glass-reinforced nylon and are the latest V5 edition of Peak Design’s low-profile design of quick-release connectors. Not only quick and easy to connect to the rope, the anchors each have a mighty individual payload rating of 90+kg / 200+lb. The attachment cord might look like a weak link, but it’s really not, and I like the three-layer design so that in the unlikely event of the cord getting damaged or worn, there are clearly visible yellow and red warning signs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="SPGvctvjNkm7nCxMsnkgqE" name="PDFR 0205.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SPGvctvjNkm7nCxMsnkgqE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SPGvctvjNkm7nCxMsnkgqE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The attachment cords for the quick-release anchors have concentric red and yellow inners, so you can readily see the danger signs of damage or wear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I had no problem threading the anchor cords through the attachment rings on my cameras, but some camera bodies and other accessories might have eyelets that are simply too small to accommodate the cord. That potential problem is neatly solved by each of the kits including a pair of split rings with specially shaped covers and a little tool for making it easy to attach the split rings to your camera’s eyelets.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="iJ53NuK55A4RJb57NsZspE" name="PDFR 0206.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iJ53NuK55A4RJb57NsZspE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iJ53NuK55A4RJb57NsZspE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">If the fixing eyelets on your camera are too small to accommodate the quick-release anchor cords, you can fit the split rings that are supplied in the kit, using the specialist tool and shaped covers. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Most cameras have ‘proper’ strap attachment rings, so it’s simply a case of threading the cord through, looping it over the anchor, and you’re ready to roll. I really like the quick-release system. The circular anchors are very secure but quick and easy to remove from the rope, with a press-and-slide mechanism. The system has been widely adopted by many manufacturers, because it simply works and works simply.</p><p>The only occasional criticism that I’ve heard is that if you’re using them with the strap removed, for example on a tripod in a stiff breeze, the anchors can knock against the side of the camera and the noise can be recorded by the camera’s microphone when you’re shooting video. I’ve not encountered that particular problem myself.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3523px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="Ff4jdGhXHUUywHqEjgbFiE" name="PDFR 2205.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ff4jdGhXHUUywHqEjgbFiE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3523" height="1981" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ff4jdGhXHUUywHqEjgbFiE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It only takes a few seconds to attach the quick-release anchors to the rings on either side of most cameras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Again, I like that the color scheme is maintained between the rope and the anchors, so the whole kit looks entirely consistent. The image below shows how the connection looks when the rope is attached to an anchor. As I’ve mentioned, the quick-release action is simply a case of pressing the circular anchor downwards and sliding it towards the center of the receptacle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4533px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="AUJmCzGzk96xjY4KsejcnE" name="PDFR 2206.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AUJmCzGzk96xjY4KsejcnE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4533" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AUJmCzGzk96xjY4KsejcnE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Everything is neat, tidy and color-matched when the rope is attached to its anchors. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whether with or without split rings, you don’t actually have to attach anchors to your camera’s strap rings or eyelets at all. Another option is to attach an anchor to the tripod socket on the base of the camera. A screw-in plate and additional anchor are supplied for just this purpose, as shown below. It also gives a useful extra option if you want to use one rope with two different cameras.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3377px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="EsgrFTkQf4BoB58uAkKsmE" name="PDFR 0204.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EsgrFTkQf4BoB58uAkKsmE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3377" height="1899" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EsgrFTkQf4BoB58uAkKsmE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Don’t want to use your camera’s strap rings? An alternative is to attach the anchor plate that screws into your camera’s tripod mounting socket. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The screw-in plate can also be used on other accessories that have a standard 1/4in threaded socket, as well as lenses that have the same kind of mounting thread on a tripod mounting collar. For a secure connection, the screw has a hex head, and there’s a companion hex key that’s also provided as part of the kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2ejGcyHyXU68P3jyVfwMrE" name="PDFR 0203.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2ejGcyHyXU68P3jyVfwMrE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2ejGcyHyXU68P3jyVfwMrE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">To ensure a secure connection, the tripod mount plate comes with a hex key. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-performance"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Performance</span></h3><p>One of my concerns about the Peak Design Form Rope was that it would be uncomfortable to wear with heavier camera and lens combinations, at least compared with relatively wide flat straps. I needn’t have worried, however, as I found the specially woven rope wonderfully comfy, even with heavy loads. Speaking of which, the rope is very lightweight, ranging from 42.5g / 1.5oz to 68g / 2.4oz depending on length, yet has a huge payload rating of 82kg / 180lb (90+kg / 200+lb for the anchors).</p><p>You’re somewhat spoilt for choice when it comes to how to wear your camera, but I started with my Crossbody – Standard kit by wearing it as a basic neck strap. I found that the length of the rope was ideal for this, and that the camera rested at the same height that I normally set when using an adjustable strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2561px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="qSXLyzbbJKM9tZFV3u8CqE" name="PDFR 2208.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qSXLyzbbJKM9tZFV3u8CqE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2561" height="2561" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qSXLyzbbJKM9tZFV3u8CqE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s how the Crossbody – Standard edition measures up when hanging a camera around your neck in time-honored tradition. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Taking my cue from the product name, I next tried the Crossbody – Standard edition by wearing it messenger-style, across my body. Again, the length was spot on for my preferences. If you’re not of the same opinion, short and long versions are also available.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2525px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="D3zGGe7rQqPJN7NS8b6dnE" name="PDFR 2209.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D3zGGe7rQqPJN7NS8b6dnE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2525" height="2525" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D3zGGe7rQqPJN7NS8b6dnE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Crossbody – Standard proved a good fit for me when wearing my camera messenger-style, across my body. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another option is to secure the rope to a single anchor on one side of your camera, and use another of the four supplied anchors in the accessory loop that’s fixed around the rope. I say ‘fixed', but it’s perfectly sized so that you can easily move it along the rope to adjust the overall length, without it sliding up and down of its own accord. You could also use the loop separately, for attaching other accessories via one of the additional supplied anchors.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2473px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="N3YcSoMd8CpF5gFyYB4GoE" name="PDFR 2210.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3YcSoMd8CpF5gFyYB4GoE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2473" height="2473" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3YcSoMd8CpF5gFyYB4GoE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using one attachment point on the camera and the sliding accessory loop on the rope enables you to adjust the effective overall length. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A twist on the attachment method shown above is to leave the camera’s strap rings out of the equation altogether and to use the tripod mounting socket as the sole attachment point, as shown below. This can also work well with telephoto lenses that have a 1/4in threaded socket on a tripod mounting collar, and a variety of other accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1417px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.93%;"><img id="DSzGDLZB6euiS55WeA8shE" name="PDFR 2211.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DSzGDLZB6euiS55WeA8shE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1417" height="1416" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DSzGDLZB6euiS55WeA8shE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the tripod socket plate being used as a sole anchoring point. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-verdict"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’m a fussy customer when it comes to camera straps, and the ones that are supplied with cameras rarely satisfy my cravings. I usually go for fairly wide, flat straps with a bit of padding, so that they’re comfortable for long periods of time, for example when I’m shooting weddings, sporting events, wildlife, or just pounding city streets. My initial concern was that the Peak Design Form Rope would be relatively uncomfortable and tend to cut into my neck or shoulder, but I actually found it to be as comfortable and practical as it is stylish, and I do think it’s very stylish.</p><p>Plus points are that the Crossbody editions can be worn in a whole variety of ways, around the neck, over the shoulder, or crossbody, complete with an equally generous range of attachment options for your camera and/or other accessories. The quick-release anchors work blissfully well, and all the components of the kit are robust and durable yet beautifully finished, in an attractive range of color options. Sure, it’s relatively expensive for a camera strap, but your camera is worth it, and so are you.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Comprehensive features include specially designed rope, quick-release anchors (four of them), an accessory loop around the rope, split rings, a tripod mount-style plate and tools.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design looks great and works even better, enabling wide-ranging options for how you wear your camera and how you attach it to the strap. The quality of construction is superb throughout, and the variety of color options is a bonus.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>In terms of performance, the Form Rope is safe and secure to use with all kinds of camera kit, from the smallest and lightest to the biggest and heaviest, complete with speedy quick-release anchors and supreme comfort.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s pricey for a camera strap, but considering the many and varied parts in the Crossbody editions, they’re great value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE" name="PDFR 00 hero 2213.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="1714" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="933a332a-8421-11f1-89c9-5105ce6c37e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Slide Lite" data-dimension48="Peak Design Slide Lite" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:823px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="NEBFNyV6Vqn3DcMdAJXgKP" name="Peak Design Slide Lite square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NEBFNyV6Vqn3DcMdAJXgKP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="823" height="823" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review" data-dimension112="933a332a-8421-11f1-89c9-5105ce6c37e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Slide Lite" data-dimension48="Peak Design Slide Lite" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Slide Lite</strong></a> is somewhat similar to the Form Rope Crossbody editions in that it can be used as a sling, neck or shoulder strap, but it’s based on an adjustable flat strap rather than a circular-profile rope.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="933a3410-8421-11f1-a730-416d6f0717e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" data-dimension48="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-blackline-i-right-and-left-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1067px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="uEQvNyknNAFtjv5n7s7NFP" name="BlackRapid Blackline I square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uEQvNyknNAFtjv5n7s7NFP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1067" height="1067" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-blackline-i-right-and-left-review" data-dimension112="933a3410-8421-11f1-a730-416d6f0717e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" data-dimension48="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" data-dimension25=""><strong>BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left</strong></a> is a properly tricked-up camera harness that’s available to suit preferences for carrying to the left or right. The series also includes a double harness so that you can wear two cameras on either side of your body, but even the single option costs nearly three times as much as the Form Rope.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/peak-design-form-rope-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Peak Design Form Rope is a lash-up, but in a good way, with multiple attachment options, different ways of wearing it, and alternative kits in a variety of colorways ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">mkUqPCH5p47ZtVTy8tVDDU</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VdABas6KmJGrVcrDPeUzgE-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 16:18:04 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VdABas6KmJGrVcrDPeUzgE-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Peak Design Form Rope]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Peak Design Form Rope]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Peak Design Form Rope]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VdABas6KmJGrVcrDPeUzgE-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>One of the best manufacturers of camera bags and accessories, along with the likes of Manfrotto and Tenba, Peak Design started life in a similar way, with a man on a mission. In this case, it was Peter Dering, who toured the world back in 2010 with a large camera kit and a disappointing way of carting it around. He promptly quit his job, designed his own way of carrying a camera, launched it on Kickstarter and hasn’t looked back. Peak Design has gone from strength to strength in the following years, following the same crowdfunding principles, so they can create products on their own terms with no interference from investors.</p><p>With a diverse product range, Peak Design makes and sells camera bags and straps, general travel luggage, outdoor gear, phone cases, wallets and even mounting systems for attaching gadgets to cars and motorcycles. Then there are tripods, including the groundbreaking <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</a>. I’ve recently been particularly impressed with the new and improved <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod range</a>.</p><p>Getting back to camera straps, one of the best on the market is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design Slide Lite</a>, to which my colleague awarded a perfect 5/5 rating in his review. I personally wasn’t so completely won over, as I found the large overlapping loops of wide strap and chunky buckles a bit of a hindrance. There’s no such problem with the more minimalist Peak Design Form Rope, which is available as a basic ‘Neck’ version and three alternative lengths of Crossbody options, all of them aiming to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-straps">best camera straps</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="WyCKeFASQiV349yUS6x4qE" name="PDFR 01 intro 0197.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WyCKeFASQiV349yUS6x4qE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WyCKeFASQiV349yUS6x4qE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Not just a ‘rope’, there’s actually a lengthy list of components that make up the Peak Design Form Rope Crossbody editions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-specifications"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Nylon, polyester, aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Colors</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Black, Kelp, Ocean</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Includes</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Rope strap, anchors, pouch, split rings</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rope length</strong></p></td><td  ><p>119cm / 46.7in (Crossbody – Standard)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rope diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10mm / 0.39in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rope weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>62g / 2.2oz (Crossbody – Standard)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max load</strong></p></td><td  ><p>82kg / 180lbs</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-price"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Price</span></h3><p>The Peak Design Form Rope comes in three alternative Crossbody – Short, Standard and Long Crossbody editions, all of them listing at $50 / £45 / AU$100. That might sound a bit on the pricey side for a camera strap, but each edition is actually a comprehensive kit of parts. The more basic Form Rope Neck edition costs a little less at £45 / £40 / AU$90. For further price comparison, the popular <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design Slide Lite</a> is more costly at around $70 / £60 / AU$135.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Peak Design Form Rope"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-design-handling"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>How do you like to wear your camera? Going back to basics, the whole concept of ‘wearing’ a camera might seem strange to the uninitiated, but most photographers that I know wear their cameras around their necks. Indeed, a neck strap is generally included in the box of bits when you buy a camera, although just like with ‘kit lenses’, they’re not always of the best quality and generally lack any innovative extras or clever design flourishes.</p><p>I’m also not a fan of own-brand camera straps that have the make and model emblazoned in large print along them, which I often think loosely translates as ‘mug me right now’. The Peak Design Form Rope is very much the opposite, which it kind of needs to be if it’s going to tempt you to upgrade from your basic ‘free’ camera strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="yuse5fsCELBy5oTARrDWiE" name="PDFR 0200.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuse5fsCELBy5oTARrDWiE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yuse5fsCELBy5oTARrDWiE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I went for the ‘Crossbody – Standard’ edition of the Form Rope. Like the others in the range, it’s neatly packaged with a photo on the front that shows it being worn in suitably crossbody style. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The picture on the front of the retail box shown above tells it like it is – it’s a crossbody camera strap. But there’s more. Flip the box around and you get visual pointers to alternative ways that you can wear your camera using the Form Rope and its accessories. The most basic ‘Neck’ edition comes in one length of strap (78.5cm / 30.9in) with two anchors, a microfiber pouch and two oval split rings. The Crossbody editions come in short (103.5cm / 40.75in), standard (118.5cm / 46.65in) and long (134cm / 52.75in) editions. In each case, the ‘rope’ itself is 10mm / 0.39in in diameter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ymVeyYyq9x9RYSdcGbzWjE" name="PDFR 0201.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ymVeyYyq9x9RYSdcGbzWjE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ymVeyYyq9x9RYSdcGbzWjE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You don’t have to stick to one method of wearing your camera. As well as the crossbody option, you can hang it around your neck, sling it over one shoulder, and attach the rope in different ways, some of which are shown on the back of the retail box. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Each of the three editions of the Crossbody Form Rope doubles up on anchors, so you get four rather than the two that are supplied with the Neck edition. The extras enable you to make the most of how you attach the rope to your camera and other accessories, and how you wear them. One thing that’s held in common is the rope itself, and it’s not just any old rope. Instead of rough and ready rope that can feel quite abrasive, the specialist basket-woven, nylon/poly rope was specifically designed to combine the strength, padding and stretch needed for a comfortable camera-carrying experience. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kvE6nj7NVXgVqqAnzHTtpE" name="PDFR 0202.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvE6nj7NVXgVqqAnzHTtpE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvE6nj7NVXgVqqAnzHTtpE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rope itself and the quick-release anchors are the main attractions of all the kits, whereas the Crossbody editions also have a couple of extras, including an anodized, CNC-machined accessory loop around the rope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Color options include black, ocean, and kelp. I went for the last of these, and I like the way that the colorway extends to the anchors as well as the rope. The anchors themselves are made from glass-reinforced nylon and are the latest V5 edition of Peak Design’s low-profile design of quick-release connectors. Not only quick and easy to connect to the rope, the anchors each have a mighty individual payload rating of 90+kg / 200+lb. The attachment cord might look like a weak link, but it’s really not, and I like the three-layer design so that in the unlikely event of the cord getting damaged or worn, there are clearly visible yellow and red warning signs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="SPGvctvjNkm7nCxMsnkgqE" name="PDFR 0205.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SPGvctvjNkm7nCxMsnkgqE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SPGvctvjNkm7nCxMsnkgqE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The attachment cords for the quick-release anchors have concentric red and yellow inners, so you can readily see the danger signs of damage or wear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I had no problem threading the anchor cords through the attachment rings on my cameras, but some camera bodies and other accessories might have eyelets that are simply too small to accommodate the cord. That potential problem is neatly solved by each of the kits including a pair of split rings with specially shaped covers and a little tool for making it easy to attach the split rings to your camera’s eyelets.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="iJ53NuK55A4RJb57NsZspE" name="PDFR 0206.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iJ53NuK55A4RJb57NsZspE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iJ53NuK55A4RJb57NsZspE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">If the fixing eyelets on your camera are too small to accommodate the quick-release anchor cords, you can fit the split rings that are supplied in the kit, using the specialist tool and shaped covers. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Most cameras have ‘proper’ strap attachment rings, so it’s simply a case of threading the cord through, looping it over the anchor, and you’re ready to roll. I really like the quick-release system. The circular anchors are very secure but quick and easy to remove from the rope, with a press-and-slide mechanism. The system has been widely adopted by many manufacturers, because it simply works and works simply.</p><p>The only occasional criticism that I’ve heard is that if you’re using them with the strap removed, for example on a tripod in a stiff breeze, the anchors can knock against the side of the camera and the noise can be recorded by the camera’s microphone when you’re shooting video. I’ve not encountered that particular problem myself.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3523px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="Ff4jdGhXHUUywHqEjgbFiE" name="PDFR 2205.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ff4jdGhXHUUywHqEjgbFiE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3523" height="1981" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ff4jdGhXHUUywHqEjgbFiE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It only takes a few seconds to attach the quick-release anchors to the rings on either side of most cameras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Again, I like that the color scheme is maintained between the rope and the anchors, so the whole kit looks entirely consistent. The image below shows how the connection looks when the rope is attached to an anchor. As I’ve mentioned, the quick-release action is simply a case of pressing the circular anchor downwards and sliding it towards the center of the receptacle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4533px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="AUJmCzGzk96xjY4KsejcnE" name="PDFR 2206.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AUJmCzGzk96xjY4KsejcnE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4533" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AUJmCzGzk96xjY4KsejcnE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Everything is neat, tidy and color-matched when the rope is attached to its anchors. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whether with or without split rings, you don’t actually have to attach anchors to your camera’s strap rings or eyelets at all. Another option is to attach an anchor to the tripod socket on the base of the camera. A screw-in plate and additional anchor are supplied for just this purpose, as shown below. It also gives a useful extra option if you want to use one rope with two different cameras.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3377px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="EsgrFTkQf4BoB58uAkKsmE" name="PDFR 0204.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EsgrFTkQf4BoB58uAkKsmE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3377" height="1899" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EsgrFTkQf4BoB58uAkKsmE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Don’t want to use your camera’s strap rings? An alternative is to attach the anchor plate that screws into your camera’s tripod mounting socket. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The screw-in plate can also be used on other accessories that have a standard 1/4in threaded socket, as well as lenses that have the same kind of mounting thread on a tripod mounting collar. For a secure connection, the screw has a hex head, and there’s a companion hex key that’s also provided as part of the kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2ejGcyHyXU68P3jyVfwMrE" name="PDFR 0203.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2ejGcyHyXU68P3jyVfwMrE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2ejGcyHyXU68P3jyVfwMrE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">To ensure a secure connection, the tripod mount plate comes with a hex key. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-performance"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Performance</span></h3><p>One of my concerns about the Peak Design Form Rope was that it would be uncomfortable to wear with heavier camera and lens combinations, at least compared with relatively wide flat straps. I needn’t have worried, however, as I found the specially woven rope wonderfully comfy, even with heavy loads. Speaking of which, the rope is very lightweight, ranging from 42.5g / 1.5oz to 68g / 2.4oz depending on length, yet has a huge payload rating of 82kg / 180lb (90+kg / 200+lb for the anchors).</p><p>You’re somewhat spoilt for choice when it comes to how to wear your camera, but I started with my Crossbody – Standard kit by wearing it as a basic neck strap. I found that the length of the rope was ideal for this, and that the camera rested at the same height that I normally set when using an adjustable strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2561px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="qSXLyzbbJKM9tZFV3u8CqE" name="PDFR 2208.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qSXLyzbbJKM9tZFV3u8CqE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2561" height="2561" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qSXLyzbbJKM9tZFV3u8CqE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s how the Crossbody – Standard edition measures up when hanging a camera around your neck in time-honored tradition. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Taking my cue from the product name, I next tried the Crossbody – Standard edition by wearing it messenger-style, across my body. Again, the length was spot on for my preferences. If you’re not of the same opinion, short and long versions are also available.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2525px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="D3zGGe7rQqPJN7NS8b6dnE" name="PDFR 2209.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D3zGGe7rQqPJN7NS8b6dnE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2525" height="2525" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D3zGGe7rQqPJN7NS8b6dnE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Crossbody – Standard proved a good fit for me when wearing my camera messenger-style, across my body. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another option is to secure the rope to a single anchor on one side of your camera, and use another of the four supplied anchors in the accessory loop that’s fixed around the rope. I say ‘fixed', but it’s perfectly sized so that you can easily move it along the rope to adjust the overall length, without it sliding up and down of its own accord. You could also use the loop separately, for attaching other accessories via one of the additional supplied anchors.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2473px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="N3YcSoMd8CpF5gFyYB4GoE" name="PDFR 2210.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3YcSoMd8CpF5gFyYB4GoE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2473" height="2473" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N3YcSoMd8CpF5gFyYB4GoE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using one attachment point on the camera and the sliding accessory loop on the rope enables you to adjust the effective overall length. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A twist on the attachment method shown above is to leave the camera’s strap rings out of the equation altogether and to use the tripod mounting socket as the sole attachment point, as shown below. This can also work well with telephoto lenses that have a 1/4in threaded socket on a tripod mounting collar, and a variety of other accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1417px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.93%;"><img id="DSzGDLZB6euiS55WeA8shE" name="PDFR 2211.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DSzGDLZB6euiS55WeA8shE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1417" height="1416" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DSzGDLZB6euiS55WeA8shE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the tripod socket plate being used as a sole anchoring point. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-form-rope-verdict"><span>Peak Design Form Rope: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’m a fussy customer when it comes to camera straps, and the ones that are supplied with cameras rarely satisfy my cravings. I usually go for fairly wide, flat straps with a bit of padding, so that they’re comfortable for long periods of time, for example when I’m shooting weddings, sporting events, wildlife, or just pounding city streets. My initial concern was that the Peak Design Form Rope would be relatively uncomfortable and tend to cut into my neck or shoulder, but I actually found it to be as comfortable and practical as it is stylish, and I do think it’s very stylish.</p><p>Plus points are that the Crossbody editions can be worn in a whole variety of ways, around the neck, over the shoulder, or crossbody, complete with an equally generous range of attachment options for your camera and/or other accessories. The quick-release anchors work blissfully well, and all the components of the kit are robust and durable yet beautifully finished, in an attractive range of color options. Sure, it’s relatively expensive for a camera strap, but your camera is worth it, and so are you.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Comprehensive features include specially designed rope, quick-release anchors (four of them), an accessory loop around the rope, split rings, a tripod mount-style plate and tools.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design looks great and works even better, enabling wide-ranging options for how you wear your camera and how you attach it to the strap. The quality of construction is superb throughout, and the variety of color options is a bonus.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>In terms of performance, the Form Rope is safe and secure to use with all kinds of camera kit, from the smallest and lightest to the biggest and heaviest, complete with speedy quick-release anchors and supreme comfort.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s pricey for a camera strap, but considering the many and varied parts in the Crossbody editions, they’re great value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE" name="PDFR 00 hero 2213.JPG" alt="Peak Design Form Rope" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="1714" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJb7i75abvtuUh6wBhW9iE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="933a332a-8421-11f1-89c9-5105ce6c37e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Slide Lite" data-dimension48="Peak Design Slide Lite" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:823px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="NEBFNyV6Vqn3DcMdAJXgKP" name="Peak Design Slide Lite square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NEBFNyV6Vqn3DcMdAJXgKP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="823" height="823" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review" data-dimension112="933a332a-8421-11f1-89c9-5105ce6c37e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Slide Lite" data-dimension48="Peak Design Slide Lite" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Slide Lite</strong></a> is somewhat similar to the Form Rope Crossbody editions in that it can be used as a sling, neck or shoulder strap, but it’s based on an adjustable flat strap rather than a circular-profile rope.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="933a3410-8421-11f1-a730-416d6f0717e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" data-dimension48="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-blackline-i-right-and-left-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1067px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="uEQvNyknNAFtjv5n7s7NFP" name="BlackRapid Blackline I square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uEQvNyknNAFtjv5n7s7NFP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1067" height="1067" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/blackrapid-blackline-i-right-and-left-review" data-dimension112="933a3410-8421-11f1-a730-416d6f0717e5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" data-dimension48="BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left" data-dimension25=""><strong>BlackRapid Blackline I Right and Left</strong></a> is a properly tricked-up camera harness that’s available to suit preferences for carrying to the left or right. The series also includes a double harness so that you can wear two cameras on either side of your body, but even the single option costs nearly three times as much as the Form Rope.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S review: a trick stick that works in three different ways, for both cameras and smartphones ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I’ve been using tripods for about 50 years but just when I thought I knew them inside out, something new has taken me by surprise. Based in Shenzhen, China, Heipi isn’t a company that’s really been on my radar but they’re now celebrating their 7<sup>th</sup> anniversary. The brand is the brainchild of an engineer who’s also a passionate wildlife photographer. Combining these two facets of his skills set, he launched his first tripod launch in 2019, and the company made a big splash three years later with a 3-in-1 travel tripod, based on a Kickstarter campaign that raised a million dollars in a mere 30 days, from 3,000 backers.</p><p>The new Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S that I’m reviewing here is the company’s new, updated and upgraded flagship tripod kit, joining the other tripods, tripod heads, clamps, mounts, magic arms and accessories already in the Heipi catalog. Innovative, cleverly designed and nicely built with impressive attention to detail, the W28S aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> on the market, or perhaps I should say that it aims to be two of the best travel tripods plus a selfie stick, all rolled into one travel-friendly package.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2930px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48" name="HTT 01 intro 2216.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2930" height="1649" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">If twice as much is twice as good, the Heipi is a winner. The center column pulls out to become a complete second set of tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-specifications"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber / Aluminum </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>45cm / 17.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>152cm / 59.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6cm / 2.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7.5cm / 3.0in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.4kg / 3.0lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg</strong></p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Leg section diameters (main)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>26, 23, 20, 17, 14mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-price"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Price</span></h3><p>What price a pair of travel tripods plus a selfie stick and a low-profile ball head, all bundled into a single product and wrapped up in a stylish travel bag? The Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S lists at $399 / £349 / AU$649, which is very reasonable for just one carbon fiber tripod (the smaller one in the dual-tripod design is actually aluminum), especially considering that it’s such a comprehensive kit with such a rich feature set.</p><p>A comparably compact carbon tripod is available in the space-saving shape of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, which costs $599 / £599 / AU$1,169, and the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a> which is even pricier at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500. On the face of it, the Heipi looks a proper bargain.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-design-handling"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The 2-in-1 or even 3-in-1 design, depending on which way you look at it, isn’t the only crafty concept behind the Heipi’s build. When I said I thought it was reminiscent of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, it’s not just because both are made from carbon fiber, but because they both have a similar space-saving design element.</p><p>For a while now, the travel tripod trend has been to have swing-up legs, which save space if you fully extend the center column and then invert the legs so that the feet encompass the head. It takes a bit off the stowage height but makes setup and takedown more of a time-consuming chore. Like the Peak Design, the Heipi doesn’t have swing-up legs but does have center column that uses the space between the legs, but in a different way. The Peak Design has a triangular section center column and specially shaped legs that wrap around it, thus filling the gaps.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8" name="HTT 2221.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three triangular legs of the mini tripod that acts as a center column sit between the outers of the three circular legs of the main tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Heipi doesn’t really have a center column as such. Instead of a central column that sits between the tripod legs, it has three triangular profile blades (for want of a better term), that take up the spaces between the legs, but on the outside. The net results is pretty much the same, in that all of the available space is used and nothing goes to waste in the pursuit of compactness.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8" name="HTT 2222.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the center column extended, you naturally add extra height to the main tripod. The leg angle locks for the mini tripod become visible and the 1/4-inch threaded accessory sockets on each leg are available with the center column raised or at its lowest position, just not with only a slight extension. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>From an operational perspective, the 3-pillar column works like any other center column, in that you can loosen a locking mechanism (this time a rotary dial at the top) and extend the column upwards. Just pay attention to the warning line at the bottom of each mini tripod leg, indicating the maximum safe extension height. Go beyond this and you can pull the center column out altogether and transform it into a mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angle locks and a 1/4-inch threaded socket on each leg for attaching a accessories or a magic arm (Heipi can sell you one of those as well).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8" name="HTT 2223.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">In this image, I’ve removed the 3-pillar column completely so I’ve now got two tripods on the go. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just for doubling up on tripods, removing the 3-pillar column has the advantage that you can invert it and slide it back in to the main tripod again, from underneath. This enables shooting right down to ground level, with the usual caveat that the camera is inverted. More on low-level shooting later but for now, I’ll reiterate that while the main tripod has carbon fiber legs, those of the 3-pillar column / mini tripod are made from aluminum.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8" name="HTT 2224.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the main tripod with the 3-pillar column removed and refitted in inverted orientation, useful for ground-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Some like to twist, others prefer to flip. Again like the Peak Design travel tripod, the Heipi has slim profile flip locks which take up very little space and only stick out from the legs by a tiny amount, thanks to the way they’re shaped. A key difference is that they’re quite stiff to operate and it’s a real struggle to grasp them all in one hand and open them with a single gesture. You’re more likely to settle on working them one by one, which can take a while as there are no less than 12 of them altogether.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8" name="HTT 2225.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4629" height="2604" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">They’re stiff to operate but the flip locks work well and give a secure locking action. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An upgrade to Heipi’s original flip lock design is that the new and improved version gives a stronger locking force with uniform pressure applied around the entire circumference of the leg sections. The new locks are also easier to detach for cleaning and maintenance. The leg sections themselves start with a reasonably sizeable 26mm diameter at the top, working downwards in 3mm increments to a relatively spindly 14mm at the bottom. The bottom sections do look and feel a little flimsy but that’s the price you usually pay for space-saving 5-section legs, compared with 3-section or 4-section legs. To be fair, I’ve seen thinner bottom leg sections on some up-market travel tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8" name="HTT 2226.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 5-section legs have diameters of 26, 23, 20, 17 and 14mm, the bottom ones looking a bit on the skinny side. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Most tripods have three separate locking angles for each leg, which can help if you’re working around obstacles or setting up on tricky terrain. Many of them use spring-loaded locking mechanisms that you either pull out or press in. The Heipi adopts a mix and match approach, with locks that pull out for the main tripod and push in for the mini tripod. It makes sense as you can’t have anything that sticks out in the mini tripod legs, or they wouldn’t be able to slide all the way into the platform on the main tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8" name="HTT 2227.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">To operate the leg angle locks on the main tripod legs, it’s easiest to pull them out, swing the legs up as far as they’ll go, and then they automatically spring in to each of the alternative locking positions on the way back down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Many tripods feature a weight hook, which is useful for hanging ballast and reducing the risk of them swaying in a breeze. The Heipi has a variation on the theme in that it has a loop of weight rope instead. That’s all well and good if you’ve got a carabiner or some other method of attaching a weight but is arguably less convenient than just having a simple hook to hang something on. Naturally, the normal practice of fixing a weight hook on the bottom of a tripod’s center column wouldn’t work with the Heipi’s 3-pillar design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8" name="HTT 2228.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight rope, as its called, is a loop that hangs down from the main tripod’s platform at the top. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Switching from top to bottom, the feet are formed from removable rubber pads. Unscrewing the feet reveals 30mm metal spikes which you can again unscrew and invert, so that they stick out from the bottom of the foot instead of from the top. This effectively transforms the feet from pads to spikes, the latter giving a firmer footing on loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8" name="HTT 2229.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Each of the three rubber pad feet feature metal spikes which you can remove and refit so that they stick out at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The metal hooks have eyelets in them for inserting a tool and twisting them around to unscrew them from the top or bottom of the feet and reinsert them in the other.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88" name="HTT 2230.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s one of the metal spikes in its concealed orientation, only visible when you remove the rubber pad foot from the tripod leg. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Enough talk of legs, let’s move onto the head. It’s a rather clever one, after all. It can attach directly to either the main legs or small legs but in the normal configuration of the tripod, it’ll fit to the small legs which are then inserted into the main legs to form the 3-pillar column. Naturally, the only thing you can’t do is to attach the head to both sets of legs at the same time, as you only get one head in the kit and not two, unless you buy a second one separately. That said, pretty much any tripod head should be compatible with the kit, so long as it has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and its mounting disk fits within the 60mm diameter of the center column locking ring.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8" name="HTT 2231.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head has a standard 3/8in mounting thread and a smart low-profile design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The low-profile ball head looks right at home when fitted to either tripod, as well as to the smaller when used in center column mode. In case you’re wondering, the platform of the main tripod has a spring-loaded, retractable mounting screw that neatly moves out of the way when the 3-pillar column is inserted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5308px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8" name="HTT 2232.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5308" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the ball head mounted on the smaller tripod, which in turn is fitted to the larger one as a 3-pillar column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The lock/release mechanism for the Arca type quick-release plate relies on twisting the upper section of the head. A protrusion on either side helps to enable a firm grip but there’s no additional security lock to avoid accidental release. The camera platform of the head also features a bubble level, to aid accurate leveling.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4830px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8" name="HTT 2233.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4830" height="2717" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate’s lock/release mechanism is twist-action, and the platform also features a bubble level, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The underside of the QR plate reveals the attachment screw for the camera. It can be tightened or released with a hex key (supplied) or a coin, but there’s no D-ring for fastening it or undoing it with just a finger and thumb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78" name="HTT 2234.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4132" height="2324" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You’ll need a hex key, coin or flat blade to operate the screw in the QR plate. Fingers and thumbs alone won’t suffice. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another hidden gem of the design is that the ball head features a pull-out smartphone mount. Like other elements of the tripod, it’s spring-loaded for convenience. One thing that’s less convenient about it is that if you have even a thin cover on the back of your phone, you might need to remove it as there’s only a narrow gap to push it through. Even so, it adds credibility to the Heipi’s claim of working as a selfie stick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5005px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8" name="HTT 2235.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5005" height="2815" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This is the smart phone mount that pulls out of the ball head’s camera platform when the QR plate is removed. The metal pillars that you can see have spring-loaded inners, enabling further extension and a firm grip of your phone. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main ball action of the head relies on a single twist-clamp lever for loosening and locking it. The usual cutout in the ball socket enables 90-degree rotation of the camera for portrait orientation shooting, in the absence of an L-bracket. Slight negative points are that there’s no independent friction adjuster to tailor the action to alternative lightweight and heavy camera combos, and the locking lever needs to be fairly precisely positioned. You might well find that you need to pull it out, slip it over its splines and re-engage it again to avoid it fouling on other parts of the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8" name="HTT 2236.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main locking lever for the ball and socket action of the head can pull out and be reoriented on its splines, which you might well need to do to avoid it coming into contact with other parts of the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing that I always like to see, and that’s present and correct in the Heipi ball head, is a separate pan-only lock. Not only does it have one, but it comes complete with a 360-degree scale marked in 5-degree increments. What’s more, a secondary screw with a hex head enables you to swap between smooth panning and high-precision 10-degree click steps. It’s a bit like using the aperture control ring on a lens that has a click/de-click switch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8" name="HTT 2237.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning mechanism comes with a locking screw and an additional screw that enables a click/de-click facility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of my pet hates is instruction leaflets for all manner of gadgets, that have such tiny print that you can’t actually read them. I’m happy that the guide supplied with the Heipi is not only entirely legible, but includes color photos of various parts, functions and facilities, enabling a better understanding of the various features and facilities on offer.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5758px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8" name="HTT 2239.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5758" height="3236" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The instruction leaflet is unusual in this day and age, in having sufficiently large print to make it entirely legible and even featuring color photos for visual reference. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tools supplied with the tripod comprise hex keys in three different sizes, as shown below. That’s really all you need for any operational or maintenance task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3661px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8" name="HTT 2240.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3661" height="2059" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Three hex keys of different sizes are supplied in the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Everything wraps up safe and sound in a weather-proofed bag that’s supplied with the tripod. It’s a snug fit, so there’s no wasted space and the carrying size is as small as possible. It also has an adjustable, detachable shoulder strap that fastens to loops at either end of the bag with Velco strips.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8" name="HTT 2242.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The supplied weather-proof carrying bag (complete with weather-proof zipper) is of good quality and features a small internal pocket for carrying the hex keys. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-performance"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Performance</span></h3><p>I like my tripods to be big and small in equal measure. I want them to be tall enough at their maximum height for comfortable shooting (and I’m 6ft 5in), but nice and small when folded down so that they’re compact travelling companions. The Heipi serves mostly well on both counts. The maximum operating height with the 3-pillar center column fully extended is a fairly modest 152cm / 59.8in, but that’s still taller than a number of travel tripods that I can think of. Meanwhile, the folded height of just 45cm / 17.7in enables it to stow away in tight spaces, as does the 7.5cm / 3.0in diameter, courtesy of the space-saving leg/3-pillar column design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5491px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8" name="HTT 2247" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5491" height="3089" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The  multi-angle legs for both main and mini tripods enables a wider footing and greater stability for low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key performance benefit is the whole ‘dual tripods’ thing. The main tripod works well as a regular, go-to tripod for all sorts of shooting scenarios, while the mini tripod is great for tabletop use, ultra-low-level shooting (without inverting the center column) and for selfie stick action. In its regular configuration as one complete tripod with a 3-pillar center column, the Heipi has a hefty payload rating of 20kg / 44lb. That seems a bit ‘optimistic’ to my mind, given the relatively thin bottom leg sections, but I’m never likely to put that much load on it anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4885px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8" name="HTT 2249" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4885" height="2748" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There used to be a British comedy act duo called ‘Little and Large’. You could apply the title to the dual tripods in this kit but they’re deadly serious when it comes to performance. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The maximum height of a tripod is one consideration, but the minimum shooting height can be equally important from a creative perspective. Both of the main and mini tripods that make up the kit can shoot very close to the ground, with a minimum operating height of just 6cm / 2.4in. That’s thanks to the adjustable locking leg angles and the removable nature of the center column / mini tripod. However, I found that the mini tripod was quite prone to unwanted flexing and sagging when the legs were splayed to wider operating angles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5857px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8" name="HTT 2251" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5857" height="3292" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height is very low for both the main and mini tripods in the kit, but there can be some unwanted flexing in the legs of the mini tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head (or heads if you buy and use an extra one) can attach to both the main and mini tripods. The platform in the main tripod features a large bubble level to aid with leveling, and it’s a lot more useful than the miniscule bubble levels featured in some tripods. Correctly leveling the legs ensures that panning will also be on the level, rather than the camera going on the slant during the panning process. That’s an important consideration when shooting video, or a sequence of stills to stitch into a panorama. </p><p>The only slight issue with the large bubble level is that you have to raise the 3-pillar column a little to get a really clear view of it. Back on the plus side, both platforms in the main and mini tripods feature a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. This can be very useful as it effectively guards against the head coming unscrewed on its main mounting screw if and when you’re panning in an anti-clockwise direction.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4316px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8" name="HTT 2252" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4316" height="2428" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main tripod’s platform features a bubble level and they both have a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve saved arguably the most crucial performance factor until last, and that’s the rigidity of the tripod and its resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations. I’ve touched on this for the small mini tripod, which is made from aluminum, but the main carbon fiber legs have their own story to tell. And that story is that they’re made from a mix of T700 high-tensile fibers and T400 impact-resistant fibers, designed to enhance stability and weight loss. However, there’s no getting away from the fact that 5-section legs result in spindly bottom sections and I found that at or near its maximum operating height, the tripod was a little prone to flexing and vibration. However, it’s still more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3737px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:115.92%;"><img id="eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8" name="HTT 2254" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3737" height="4332" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">That’s not quite the whole story because the general rule of tripod usage is that you extend the fat leg sections first and only use the bottom ones if you really need to. After that, you only extend the center column as a last resort. The Heipi goes against this perceived wisdom, because the 3-pillar center column is particularly rigid and resistant to flexing, more so than the bottom leg sections. Ultimately, you might want to reconsider the natural order of things. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-verdict"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to love about the Heipe 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S, and top of the list is that there’s not a lot of it. I like that it folds down nice and small, making it an ideal travel companion for the journey, which is mainly what travel tripods are all about. Thanks to the 5-section legs, it reaches a decent if modest maximum operating height, in conjunction with the 3-pillar extending center column, which itself is what sets the Heipe apart from the crowd of its 3-legged cronies. I’m so impressed that you can remove the center column and use it as a whole other mini tripod or selfie stick, that I’m frankly amazed the design isn’t featured far and wide in other tripods.</p><p>I’m not going to give the Heipe a completely glowing report, however. Little niggles include spindly bottom leg sections that impair rigidity at or near maximum operating height. Those 5-section legs also equate to a lot of flip locks to contend with, each of which is surprisingly stiff and unyielding. The Heipe also doesn’t conveniently convert into a monopod, although that’s certainly not unusual amongst travel tripods rather than full-sized sticks. All in all, this tripod, or perhaps collection of tripods, is a crafty design that’s very well implemented, and very good value at the price.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top of the features list is the 3-in-1 collection of large and small tripods, plus a selfie stick with smartphone mount, coupled with a clever ball head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The 3-pillar column is a genuinely innovative piece of design that works really well in practice, and build quality is impressive for all parts of the kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s very good overall but the main tripod isn’t immune to flexing at or near its maximum operating height. That’s certainly not unusual among travel tripods.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Considering its comprehensive set of features, clever design and quality carbon fiber build, the Heipe is standout value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7" name="HTT 00 hero 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3477" height="1490" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:603px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.33%;"><img id="VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg" name="Peak Design Travel Tripod Carbon Fiber square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="603" height="605" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</strong></a> was a genuinely revolutionary tripod when it was launched, due to its space-saving triangular center column and wrap-around legs. It’s very pricey at around $599 / £599 / AU$1,169 but the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review"><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</strong></a> is more affordable at $399 / £379 / AU$689.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2168px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.32%;"><img id="zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h" name="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0 camera square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2168" height="2175" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0</strong></a> folds down really small to a height of just 36.1cm / 14.2in, thanks to 5-section swing-up legs and a 2-section center column. It’s made from sturdy aerospace grade magnesium alloy rather than carbon fiber, but is good value for money at around $199 / £179 / AU$299 complete with AirHed Neo 2.0 ball head.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S is the quality carbon realization of a rather revolutionary and very clever idea, putting a new twist on tripod design ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">veSSbZS4vvHTmcsUHUQfvB</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I’ve been using tripods for about 50 years but just when I thought I knew them inside out, something new has taken me by surprise. Based in Shenzhen, China, Heipi isn’t a company that’s really been on my radar but they’re now celebrating their 7<sup>th</sup> anniversary. The brand is the brainchild of an engineer who’s also a passionate wildlife photographer. Combining these two facets of his skills set, he launched his first tripod launch in 2019, and the company made a big splash three years later with a 3-in-1 travel tripod, based on a Kickstarter campaign that raised a million dollars in a mere 30 days, from 3,000 backers.</p><p>The new Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S that I’m reviewing here is the company’s new, updated and upgraded flagship tripod kit, joining the other tripods, tripod heads, clamps, mounts, magic arms and accessories already in the Heipi catalog. Innovative, cleverly designed and nicely built with impressive attention to detail, the W28S aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> on the market, or perhaps I should say that it aims to be two of the best travel tripods plus a selfie stick, all rolled into one travel-friendly package.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2930px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48" name="HTT 01 intro 2216.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2930" height="1649" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">If twice as much is twice as good, the Heipi is a winner. The center column pulls out to become a complete second set of tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-specifications"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber / Aluminum </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>45cm / 17.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>152cm / 59.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6cm / 2.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7.5cm / 3.0in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.4kg / 3.0lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg</strong></p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Leg section diameters (main)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>26, 23, 20, 17, 14mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-price"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Price</span></h3><p>What price a pair of travel tripods plus a selfie stick and a low-profile ball head, all bundled into a single product and wrapped up in a stylish travel bag? The Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S lists at $399 / £349 / AU$649, which is very reasonable for just one carbon fiber tripod (the smaller one in the dual-tripod design is actually aluminum), especially considering that it’s such a comprehensive kit with such a rich feature set.</p><p>A comparably compact carbon tripod is available in the space-saving shape of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, which costs $599 / £599 / AU$1,169, and the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a> which is even pricier at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500. On the face of it, the Heipi looks a proper bargain.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-design-handling"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The 2-in-1 or even 3-in-1 design, depending on which way you look at it, isn’t the only crafty concept behind the Heipi’s build. When I said I thought it was reminiscent of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, it’s not just because both are made from carbon fiber, but because they both have a similar space-saving design element.</p><p>For a while now, the travel tripod trend has been to have swing-up legs, which save space if you fully extend the center column and then invert the legs so that the feet encompass the head. It takes a bit off the stowage height but makes setup and takedown more of a time-consuming chore. Like the Peak Design, the Heipi doesn’t have swing-up legs but does have center column that uses the space between the legs, but in a different way. The Peak Design has a triangular section center column and specially shaped legs that wrap around it, thus filling the gaps.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8" name="HTT 2221.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three triangular legs of the mini tripod that acts as a center column sit between the outers of the three circular legs of the main tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Heipi doesn’t really have a center column as such. Instead of a central column that sits between the tripod legs, it has three triangular profile blades (for want of a better term), that take up the spaces between the legs, but on the outside. The net results is pretty much the same, in that all of the available space is used and nothing goes to waste in the pursuit of compactness.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8" name="HTT 2222.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the center column extended, you naturally add extra height to the main tripod. The leg angle locks for the mini tripod become visible and the 1/4-inch threaded accessory sockets on each leg are available with the center column raised or at its lowest position, just not with only a slight extension. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>From an operational perspective, the 3-pillar column works like any other center column, in that you can loosen a locking mechanism (this time a rotary dial at the top) and extend the column upwards. Just pay attention to the warning line at the bottom of each mini tripod leg, indicating the maximum safe extension height. Go beyond this and you can pull the center column out altogether and transform it into a mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angle locks and a 1/4-inch threaded socket on each leg for attaching a accessories or a magic arm (Heipi can sell you one of those as well).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8" name="HTT 2223.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">In this image, I’ve removed the 3-pillar column completely so I’ve now got two tripods on the go. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just for doubling up on tripods, removing the 3-pillar column has the advantage that you can invert it and slide it back in to the main tripod again, from underneath. This enables shooting right down to ground level, with the usual caveat that the camera is inverted. More on low-level shooting later but for now, I’ll reiterate that while the main tripod has carbon fiber legs, those of the 3-pillar column / mini tripod are made from aluminum.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8" name="HTT 2224.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the main tripod with the 3-pillar column removed and refitted in inverted orientation, useful for ground-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Some like to twist, others prefer to flip. Again like the Peak Design travel tripod, the Heipi has slim profile flip locks which take up very little space and only stick out from the legs by a tiny amount, thanks to the way they’re shaped. A key difference is that they’re quite stiff to operate and it’s a real struggle to grasp them all in one hand and open them with a single gesture. You’re more likely to settle on working them one by one, which can take a while as there are no less than 12 of them altogether.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8" name="HTT 2225.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4629" height="2604" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">They’re stiff to operate but the flip locks work well and give a secure locking action. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An upgrade to Heipi’s original flip lock design is that the new and improved version gives a stronger locking force with uniform pressure applied around the entire circumference of the leg sections. The new locks are also easier to detach for cleaning and maintenance. The leg sections themselves start with a reasonably sizeable 26mm diameter at the top, working downwards in 3mm increments to a relatively spindly 14mm at the bottom. The bottom sections do look and feel a little flimsy but that’s the price you usually pay for space-saving 5-section legs, compared with 3-section or 4-section legs. To be fair, I’ve seen thinner bottom leg sections on some up-market travel tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8" name="HTT 2226.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 5-section legs have diameters of 26, 23, 20, 17 and 14mm, the bottom ones looking a bit on the skinny side. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Most tripods have three separate locking angles for each leg, which can help if you’re working around obstacles or setting up on tricky terrain. Many of them use spring-loaded locking mechanisms that you either pull out or press in. The Heipi adopts a mix and match approach, with locks that pull out for the main tripod and push in for the mini tripod. It makes sense as you can’t have anything that sticks out in the mini tripod legs, or they wouldn’t be able to slide all the way into the platform on the main tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8" name="HTT 2227.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">To operate the leg angle locks on the main tripod legs, it’s easiest to pull them out, swing the legs up as far as they’ll go, and then they automatically spring in to each of the alternative locking positions on the way back down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Many tripods feature a weight hook, which is useful for hanging ballast and reducing the risk of them swaying in a breeze. The Heipi has a variation on the theme in that it has a loop of weight rope instead. That’s all well and good if you’ve got a carabiner or some other method of attaching a weight but is arguably less convenient than just having a simple hook to hang something on. Naturally, the normal practice of fixing a weight hook on the bottom of a tripod’s center column wouldn’t work with the Heipi’s 3-pillar design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8" name="HTT 2228.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight rope, as its called, is a loop that hangs down from the main tripod’s platform at the top. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Switching from top to bottom, the feet are formed from removable rubber pads. Unscrewing the feet reveals 30mm metal spikes which you can again unscrew and invert, so that they stick out from the bottom of the foot instead of from the top. This effectively transforms the feet from pads to spikes, the latter giving a firmer footing on loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8" name="HTT 2229.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Each of the three rubber pad feet feature metal spikes which you can remove and refit so that they stick out at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The metal hooks have eyelets in them for inserting a tool and twisting them around to unscrew them from the top or bottom of the feet and reinsert them in the other.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88" name="HTT 2230.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s one of the metal spikes in its concealed orientation, only visible when you remove the rubber pad foot from the tripod leg. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Enough talk of legs, let’s move onto the head. It’s a rather clever one, after all. It can attach directly to either the main legs or small legs but in the normal configuration of the tripod, it’ll fit to the small legs which are then inserted into the main legs to form the 3-pillar column. Naturally, the only thing you can’t do is to attach the head to both sets of legs at the same time, as you only get one head in the kit and not two, unless you buy a second one separately. That said, pretty much any tripod head should be compatible with the kit, so long as it has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and its mounting disk fits within the 60mm diameter of the center column locking ring.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8" name="HTT 2231.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head has a standard 3/8in mounting thread and a smart low-profile design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The low-profile ball head looks right at home when fitted to either tripod, as well as to the smaller when used in center column mode. In case you’re wondering, the platform of the main tripod has a spring-loaded, retractable mounting screw that neatly moves out of the way when the 3-pillar column is inserted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5308px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8" name="HTT 2232.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5308" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the ball head mounted on the smaller tripod, which in turn is fitted to the larger one as a 3-pillar column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The lock/release mechanism for the Arca type quick-release plate relies on twisting the upper section of the head. A protrusion on either side helps to enable a firm grip but there’s no additional security lock to avoid accidental release. The camera platform of the head also features a bubble level, to aid accurate leveling.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4830px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8" name="HTT 2233.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4830" height="2717" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate’s lock/release mechanism is twist-action, and the platform also features a bubble level, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The underside of the QR plate reveals the attachment screw for the camera. It can be tightened or released with a hex key (supplied) or a coin, but there’s no D-ring for fastening it or undoing it with just a finger and thumb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78" name="HTT 2234.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4132" height="2324" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You’ll need a hex key, coin or flat blade to operate the screw in the QR plate. Fingers and thumbs alone won’t suffice. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another hidden gem of the design is that the ball head features a pull-out smartphone mount. Like other elements of the tripod, it’s spring-loaded for convenience. One thing that’s less convenient about it is that if you have even a thin cover on the back of your phone, you might need to remove it as there’s only a narrow gap to push it through. Even so, it adds credibility to the Heipi’s claim of working as a selfie stick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5005px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8" name="HTT 2235.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5005" height="2815" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This is the smart phone mount that pulls out of the ball head’s camera platform when the QR plate is removed. The metal pillars that you can see have spring-loaded inners, enabling further extension and a firm grip of your phone. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main ball action of the head relies on a single twist-clamp lever for loosening and locking it. The usual cutout in the ball socket enables 90-degree rotation of the camera for portrait orientation shooting, in the absence of an L-bracket. Slight negative points are that there’s no independent friction adjuster to tailor the action to alternative lightweight and heavy camera combos, and the locking lever needs to be fairly precisely positioned. You might well find that you need to pull it out, slip it over its splines and re-engage it again to avoid it fouling on other parts of the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8" name="HTT 2236.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main locking lever for the ball and socket action of the head can pull out and be reoriented on its splines, which you might well need to do to avoid it coming into contact with other parts of the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing that I always like to see, and that’s present and correct in the Heipi ball head, is a separate pan-only lock. Not only does it have one, but it comes complete with a 360-degree scale marked in 5-degree increments. What’s more, a secondary screw with a hex head enables you to swap between smooth panning and high-precision 10-degree click steps. It’s a bit like using the aperture control ring on a lens that has a click/de-click switch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8" name="HTT 2237.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning mechanism comes with a locking screw and an additional screw that enables a click/de-click facility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of my pet hates is instruction leaflets for all manner of gadgets, that have such tiny print that you can’t actually read them. I’m happy that the guide supplied with the Heipi is not only entirely legible, but includes color photos of various parts, functions and facilities, enabling a better understanding of the various features and facilities on offer.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5758px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8" name="HTT 2239.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5758" height="3236" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The instruction leaflet is unusual in this day and age, in having sufficiently large print to make it entirely legible and even featuring color photos for visual reference. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tools supplied with the tripod comprise hex keys in three different sizes, as shown below. That’s really all you need for any operational or maintenance task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3661px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8" name="HTT 2240.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3661" height="2059" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Three hex keys of different sizes are supplied in the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Everything wraps up safe and sound in a weather-proofed bag that’s supplied with the tripod. It’s a snug fit, so there’s no wasted space and the carrying size is as small as possible. It also has an adjustable, detachable shoulder strap that fastens to loops at either end of the bag with Velco strips.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8" name="HTT 2242.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The supplied weather-proof carrying bag (complete with weather-proof zipper) is of good quality and features a small internal pocket for carrying the hex keys. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-performance"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Performance</span></h3><p>I like my tripods to be big and small in equal measure. I want them to be tall enough at their maximum height for comfortable shooting (and I’m 6ft 5in), but nice and small when folded down so that they’re compact travelling companions. The Heipi serves mostly well on both counts. The maximum operating height with the 3-pillar center column fully extended is a fairly modest 152cm / 59.8in, but that’s still taller than a number of travel tripods that I can think of. Meanwhile, the folded height of just 45cm / 17.7in enables it to stow away in tight spaces, as does the 7.5cm / 3.0in diameter, courtesy of the space-saving leg/3-pillar column design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5491px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8" name="HTT 2247" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5491" height="3089" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The  multi-angle legs for both main and mini tripods enables a wider footing and greater stability for low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key performance benefit is the whole ‘dual tripods’ thing. The main tripod works well as a regular, go-to tripod for all sorts of shooting scenarios, while the mini tripod is great for tabletop use, ultra-low-level shooting (without inverting the center column) and for selfie stick action. In its regular configuration as one complete tripod with a 3-pillar center column, the Heipi has a hefty payload rating of 20kg / 44lb. That seems a bit ‘optimistic’ to my mind, given the relatively thin bottom leg sections, but I’m never likely to put that much load on it anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4885px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8" name="HTT 2249" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4885" height="2748" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There used to be a British comedy act duo called ‘Little and Large’. You could apply the title to the dual tripods in this kit but they’re deadly serious when it comes to performance. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The maximum height of a tripod is one consideration, but the minimum shooting height can be equally important from a creative perspective. Both of the main and mini tripods that make up the kit can shoot very close to the ground, with a minimum operating height of just 6cm / 2.4in. That’s thanks to the adjustable locking leg angles and the removable nature of the center column / mini tripod. However, I found that the mini tripod was quite prone to unwanted flexing and sagging when the legs were splayed to wider operating angles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5857px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8" name="HTT 2251" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5857" height="3292" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height is very low for both the main and mini tripods in the kit, but there can be some unwanted flexing in the legs of the mini tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head (or heads if you buy and use an extra one) can attach to both the main and mini tripods. The platform in the main tripod features a large bubble level to aid with leveling, and it’s a lot more useful than the miniscule bubble levels featured in some tripods. Correctly leveling the legs ensures that panning will also be on the level, rather than the camera going on the slant during the panning process. That’s an important consideration when shooting video, or a sequence of stills to stitch into a panorama. </p><p>The only slight issue with the large bubble level is that you have to raise the 3-pillar column a little to get a really clear view of it. Back on the plus side, both platforms in the main and mini tripods feature a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. This can be very useful as it effectively guards against the head coming unscrewed on its main mounting screw if and when you’re panning in an anti-clockwise direction.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4316px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8" name="HTT 2252" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4316" height="2428" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main tripod’s platform features a bubble level and they both have a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve saved arguably the most crucial performance factor until last, and that’s the rigidity of the tripod and its resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations. I’ve touched on this for the small mini tripod, which is made from aluminum, but the main carbon fiber legs have their own story to tell. And that story is that they’re made from a mix of T700 high-tensile fibers and T400 impact-resistant fibers, designed to enhance stability and weight loss. However, there’s no getting away from the fact that 5-section legs result in spindly bottom sections and I found that at or near its maximum operating height, the tripod was a little prone to flexing and vibration. However, it’s still more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3737px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:115.92%;"><img id="eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8" name="HTT 2254" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3737" height="4332" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">That’s not quite the whole story because the general rule of tripod usage is that you extend the fat leg sections first and only use the bottom ones if you really need to. After that, you only extend the center column as a last resort. The Heipi goes against this perceived wisdom, because the 3-pillar center column is particularly rigid and resistant to flexing, more so than the bottom leg sections. Ultimately, you might want to reconsider the natural order of things. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-verdict"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to love about the Heipe 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S, and top of the list is that there’s not a lot of it. I like that it folds down nice and small, making it an ideal travel companion for the journey, which is mainly what travel tripods are all about. Thanks to the 5-section legs, it reaches a decent if modest maximum operating height, in conjunction with the 3-pillar extending center column, which itself is what sets the Heipe apart from the crowd of its 3-legged cronies. I’m so impressed that you can remove the center column and use it as a whole other mini tripod or selfie stick, that I’m frankly amazed the design isn’t featured far and wide in other tripods.</p><p>I’m not going to give the Heipe a completely glowing report, however. Little niggles include spindly bottom leg sections that impair rigidity at or near maximum operating height. Those 5-section legs also equate to a lot of flip locks to contend with, each of which is surprisingly stiff and unyielding. The Heipe also doesn’t conveniently convert into a monopod, although that’s certainly not unusual amongst travel tripods rather than full-sized sticks. All in all, this tripod, or perhaps collection of tripods, is a crafty design that’s very well implemented, and very good value at the price.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top of the features list is the 3-in-1 collection of large and small tripods, plus a selfie stick with smartphone mount, coupled with a clever ball head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The 3-pillar column is a genuinely innovative piece of design that works really well in practice, and build quality is impressive for all parts of the kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s very good overall but the main tripod isn’t immune to flexing at or near its maximum operating height. That’s certainly not unusual among travel tripods.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Considering its comprehensive set of features, clever design and quality carbon fiber build, the Heipe is standout value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7" name="HTT 00 hero 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3477" height="1490" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:603px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.33%;"><img id="VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg" name="Peak Design Travel Tripod Carbon Fiber square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="603" height="605" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</strong></a> was a genuinely revolutionary tripod when it was launched, due to its space-saving triangular center column and wrap-around legs. It’s very pricey at around $599 / £599 / AU$1,169 but the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review"><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</strong></a> is more affordable at $399 / £379 / AU$689.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2168px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.32%;"><img id="zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h" name="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0 camera square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2168" height="2175" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0</strong></a> folds down really small to a height of just 36.1cm / 14.2in, thanks to 5-section swing-up legs and a 2-section center column. It’s made from sturdy aerospace grade magnesium alloy rather than carbon fiber, but is good value for money at around $199 / £179 / AU$299 complete with AirHed Neo 2.0 ball head.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Neewer FS60B 60W Compact Pocket Bi-Color LED Light review: powerful lighting in a highly portable package ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>As a regular reviewer for Digital Camera World, I tend to test gadgets such as smartphone and mirrorless camera gimbals, wireless microphones, webcams, and continuous LED light sources like the Neewer FS60B. LEDs are among my favorite products to review, as they give me an excuse to leave the office, hire a model, and demonstrate the different looks that a portable continuous light can add to both stills and video. After all, a well-lit model portrait makes for a far more appealing review image than a shot of me staring into a webcam!</p><p>The FS60B is a 60W LED light from Chinese manufacturer Neewer. As well as manufacturing continuous LEDs, Neewer produces a wide range of kit including on-camera flashes, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/neewer-teleprompter-x14-iii-review">teleprompters</a>, and V-mount batteries.</p><p>LED stands for light-emitting diode, so the light is produced by an array of small beads rather than a traditional bulb. Having grown up using old-school bulb lights during my career, I much prefer LEDs. There are no bulbs to keep replacing, and as they tend to run cooler than traditional lamps, you don’t have to wait around for the light to cool down before you can pack it away (though I did feel the heat on one occasion with this particular LED, as I’ll explain in the performance section).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2jCNNb48Zziam9RhYVoP7m" name="SetUp" alt="A female model inspects the FS60B while it rests on a mini tripod on the concrete floor of a narrow street. Her face is illuminated by the LED’s warm output." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2jCNNb48Zziam9RhYVoP7m.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2jCNNb48Zziam9RhYVoP7m.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s our lighting setup. I needed to use a battery and a USB-C cable to power the FS60B. The short cable meant I had to place the light on a short tripod, limiting me to low-angle lighting, which is great for drama, but not so handy for conventional flattering portrait lighting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Neewer FS60B is a bi-color light, which means it contains a mix of 'warm' and 'cool LEDs that can be blended to produce color temperatures ranging from a warm 2700K to a cooler 6500K. This gives you the flexibility to mimic the glow of a sunset or add fill light that matches a cooler midday key light.</p><p>In addition to bi-color lights, Neewer also makes RGB lights, such as the flat-panel <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-lights/neewer-pl60c-review">PL60C</a>. These use a broader mix of colored LEDs to produce thousands of creative hues. Bi-color lights such as the FS60B are less versatile when it comes to producing color effects, but they tend to emit a brighter output because more of their similarly colored diodes can be illuminated at the same time.</p><p>Both the Neewer PL60C and the Neewer FS60B are 60W lights that are among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-lights">best LED lights for filmmaking and vlogging</a>, but the latter is much lighter and smaller, so it will suit 'run and gun' photographers/videographers who need to fit a powerful yet portable light source in their kit bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dNfG9hgBFfLnruuLH8sivk" name="Lantern" alt="Shot of a female model holding the larger softbox section of a Neewer lantern that is attached to the FS60B via the light’s Neewer mini-mount slots." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dNfG9hgBFfLnruuLH8sivk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dNfG9hgBFfLnruuLH8sivk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The FS60B has a Neewer mini-mount connector, so you can attach a range of additional Neewer accessories, such as this Neewer Lantern (not supplied with the FS60B kit). </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-specifications"><span>Neewer FS60B: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Power</p></td><td  ><p>60W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>0.66lb (298g)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>5.9x3.5x1.3in (15x8.9x3.3cm)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Color Temperature Range</p></td><td  ><p>2700-6500K</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Max Illuminance</p></td><td  ><p>34,300 lux @ 3.3ft (1m) (6500K, with reflector)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>CRI/TLCI</p></td><td  ><p>96+/98+ (white light)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery Life</p></td><td  ><p>N/A (no built-in battery)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Lighting Effects</p></td><td  ><p>12</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-price"><span>Neewer FS60B: Price</span></h3><p>The Neewer FS60B 60W Compact Pocket Bi-Color LED Light officially retails at $119.99 (around £100). Given the portability offered by its pocket-sized build and its astonishingly powerful 34,300 lux output (with supplied reflector attached), this is a small price to pay for such a portable and powerful LED. </p><p>The FS60B ships with a 20V DC power supply that you can plug into the mains. However, if, like me, you want to shoot in a location without access to a mains socket (such as a city street), then you’ll need to provide a portable power source such as the Neewer PS099E V-mount battery, which will add $179.99 to the price. You can link the battery to the FS60B via a USB-C cable, which is what I did when testing the light on location. The FS60B is also compatible with the Neewer PH99E Battery Grip, which attaches to the FS60B’s 1/4-inch threads – though that costs as much as the FS60B itself!</p><p>If you need a bi-color LED that ships with a supplied chargeable battery, then check out the Godox ML80Bi (see Alternatives section below). However, at $299, the Godox LED does cost a lot more than the Neewer FS60B, though you don’t have the inconvenience of having a separate battery attached to the LED via a USB-C cable.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Neewer FS60B 60W Compact Pocket Bi-Color LED Light"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-design-handling"><span>Neewer FS60B: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>My first impression on opening the Neewer FS60B’s box was, "where’s the light!?" For a second or two, I thought that someone must have pinched it while the package was in transit. Then I realized that a thin, silver-colored rectangular plastic unit inside the packaging was actually the LED itself. It was much slimmer than the usual box-shaped LEDs that I test (such as the Godox ML80Bi). The FS60B was also very light – weighing in at just under 0.66lb (300g).</p><p>Neewer describes the FS60B as a "pocket" light, and at 5.9x3.5x1.3in (15x8.9x3.3cm), it did indeed fit into the pocket of my shorts – I’m writing this during a heatwave! However, it isn’t the most comfortable pocket-dwelling gadget, as two chunky plastic control knobs protrude from the rear.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Kpe7o52XxWiMBPTbLgyAKk" name="Knobs" alt="Rear panel of the gray pocket-sized FS60B. A hand is twiddles a knob on the right to adjust color temperature. A brightness display shows a value of 100. The color temperature shows a value of 2700K." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Kpe7o52XxWiMBPTbLgyAKk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Kpe7o52XxWiMBPTbLgyAKk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">When in CCT mode, you can rotate the left knob to adjust brightness (or press the knob as a button to jump up in increments of 20). The right knob lets you dial in a color temperature between 2700K and 6500K. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>These two knobs let you adjust lighting properties such as brightness and color temperature, as we’ll explore in the Performance section. They also double as buttons. Press the brightness control on the left, for example, and you can jump through the intensity range in 20% increments from 0 to 100, rather than turning the dial manually. The right-hand knob can be pressed to cycle through settings when using the light’s animated effects, such as the frequency of a simulated lightning flash, for example.</p><p>On the opposite side of the unit is a slightly raised circular metal housing containing the LEDs. This section needs to be made from metal because the LEDs can generate a considerable amount of heat (see Performance section). Surrounding the LEDs is a circular plastic grille through which you can see the unit’s essential cooling fan.</p><p>Set into the metal housing around the LEDs are three Neewer Mini Mount slots, enabling you to attach compatible accessories, including the reflector supplied with the light. Standard Bowens-mount modifiers can also be fitted, although this requires Neewer’s optional CHB1 Mini-to-Bowens adapter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3vQ5b82PXPKCH2SmAbf7kk" name="Threads" alt="A shot of the plastic rectangular FS60B mounted vertically on a mini Joby GorillaPod tripod, sitting on the ground." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vQ5b82PXPKCH2SmAbf7kk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vQ5b82PXPKCH2SmAbf7kk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Neewer FS60B has two 1/4-inch threads – one on the base and one on the side – so you can mount it vertically or horizontally on a tripod. I mounted it vertically so I could read the brightness and color temperature values on the LED screen on the rear more easily. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-performance"><span>Neewer FS60B: Performance</span></h3><p>Because the Neewer FS60B provides a continuous light source, I decided to hire a model and film some footage of her using my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tech/iphones/iphone-17-pro-max-review">iPhone 17 Pro</a> in the atmospheric (but gloomy) corridors of London’s Barbican Centre. The LED’s powerful 34,300 lux output was more than bright enough to capture footage free from high-ISO artifacts, and it also added drama to the clips by casting a strong shadow of the model on the location’s textured concrete walls.</p><p>As I also planned to shoot portraits with my iPhone, I used the FS60B as a key light (and sometimes a fill light, depending on available light sources). By positioning the LED to one side of my model, I was able to create a more sculpted, three-dimensional illumination in much the same way as I would with a DSLR’s external flash – but with the advantage of seeing the lighting effect on the model before pressing the shutter. I found it easy to use the FS60B’s two knobs/buttons to adjust brightness and choose a color temperature that complemented the warm interior available light in the location.</p><p>Before meeting Maddy, my model, I sat down on the location’s carpeted floor to check my kit. The FS60B was resting face down on my leg while I used the Neewer Studio app on my iPhone 17 Pro to switch on the LEDs. I soon felt their heat against my bare skin, as I was wearing shorts for this heatwave test shoot! I was surprised by just how hot the LEDs felt, as I hadn’t noticed much heat from other continuous lights that I’ve tested. Then again, I’d never placed one directly against my skin before. Lesson learned.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk" name="Surface" alt="Shot of a female model looking into the light produced by the FS60B. The light is mounted on a mini tripod which is resting on a high concrete surface to get it at eye level with the model." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The shortness of the battery cable meant that I had to rest the FS60B on available surfaces to get it at a more flattering head height. The Joby GorillaPod’s flexible legs enabled me to wrap the light around rails or poles where available. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As the shoot was taking place on location, I didn’t want to rely on the kit’s supplied mains adapter to power the light, as this would limit me to staying close to wall-mounted power sockets. Instead, I carried a Neewer PS099E V-mount battery in my backpack, along with the longest USB-C cable I could find. The cable connecting the battery to the LED was only a couple of feet long, so I decided against bringing a standard (and tall) lighting stand along for the ride. I didn’t want the chunky PS099E battery dangling by its cable from a light mounted on a tall stand. </p><p>Instead, I packed a small Joby GorillaPod, whose flexible legs can be used as a miniature tripod or wrapped around a railing. The Barbican has plenty of raised surfaces where I could position the light securely and rest the battery nearby, without putting pressure on the power cable.</p><p>The Neewer FS60B has 1/4-inch threads on both its base and side, so I was able to mount it on the GorillaPod with ease. As the LED weighs less than 0.66lb (300g), it remained stable despite the GorillaPod’s relatively short legs. Check out the supporting video to see the FS60B in action.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/KoKjDPPx.html" id="KoKjDPPx" title="Neewer FS60B Video" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>The FS60B ships with a small reflector that attaches to its Neewer Mini Mount slots with a push and a twist, boosting the light’s output to an impressive 34,300 lux. As this more-focused beam could cast harsh shadows on my model, I attached the supplied rubber diffuser to the front of the reflector to soften the light.</p><p>The LED’s Neewer Mini Mount slots also enabled me to attach a larger Neewer lantern softbox. This created a broad yet powerful studio-style light source that worked particularly well for some of my model portraits, as you’ll see from the portraits accompanying this review.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4959px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="hRvtF9SVnsMiFWoZ53vHwj" name="SoftBox" alt="Shot of the FS60B sporting the white rubber softbox that sits on the end of the reflector." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hRvtF9SVnsMiFWoZ53vHwj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4959" height="2790" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hRvtF9SVnsMiFWoZ53vHwj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Neewer FS60B ships with a white rubber softbox that pops onto the reflector. This helps soften the harsh shadows boosted by the extra illumination provided by the reflector. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5712px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.00%;"><img id="XfyYNznUSocU6Z6cycDjZk" name="SoftBoxExample" alt="Shot taken with the FS60B sporting the white rubber softbox that sits on the end of the reflector." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XfyYNznUSocU6Z6cycDjZk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5712" height="4284" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XfyYNznUSocU6Z6cycDjZk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here is a shot taken with the FS60B sporting the white rubber softbox that sits on the end of the reflector, softening the shadows. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as providing continuous illumination, the Neewer FS60B can produce intermittent lighting patterns at color temperatures ranging from 2700K to 6500K. Its 12 lighting presets include effects such as flashes of lightning and a flickering broken bulb.</p><p>As I had both a model and a long, dark, suitably spooky corridor at my disposal, I used the control knobs and Mode button to select the Broken Bulb effect. The FS60B was powerful enough to illuminate my model from a distance (see video), while also revealing plenty of detail in the surrounding architecture. Each time the simulated bulb flickered out, the corridor was momentarily plunged into gloomy shadow, making this preset particularly effective for adding drama and atmosphere to my mini-thriller sequence.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5760px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YqorCcGdhve9K5p4dTXN9k" name="Location01" alt="A shot of the FS60B resting on its mini tripod on the ground in a narrow street. The model poses and the photographer kneels to capture dramatic low-angle shots." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YqorCcGdhve9K5p4dTXN9k.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5760" height="3240" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YqorCcGdhve9K5p4dTXN9k.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Despite shooting outdoors, the Neewer FS60B’s reflector-boosted illumination was bright enough to add a creative mix of light and shade to our portrait shoot. The low angle added drama! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>On a previous test shoot with the Neewer PS099E V-mount battery as a power source, I ran out of power in one hour. This was because I was testing the much more power-hungry <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review">Godox ML150Bi</a>, which is a 150W light compared to the FS60B's 60W. As a result, I had plenty of juice left in the battery after filming and shooting portraits for the first hour of the shoot. </p><p>I used this extra power to set up a shoot in a nearby alley adjacent to the Barbican Centre. Despite strong sun overhead, the alley was in shadow, so the FS60B became a key light. Given the GorillaPod’s short legs, I illuminated Maddy from a low angle. This added a mix of dramatic highlights and shadows to her face that suited the grungy urban alley. The low-angle light from the floor-mounted FS60B created a mean and moody look that suited my model’s dramatic location and streetwise look. </p><p>I did take the light along to a more conventional model shoot, and it was very useful when I could shoot the model with the light at head height. However, due to the short cable between the light and the battery, I often had to shoot from a low angle, and the resulting shadows didn’t flatter my other model’s face, emphasizing features such as eye bags.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DaccnRVgMUd3edL4XnWnYj.jpg" alt="The low side key light from the FS60B adds drama and gives the model a more three-dimensional look (rather than a flat look produced by an on-camera light source)." /><figcaption>The powerful low-angle illumination provided by the FS60B helped add drama to my street shots. From an angle, the light also helped make the model stand out from her shadowy background.<small role="credit">George Carins</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cPsJRk57Wups2tbBBMNs5j.jpg" alt="Example shot showing low-angle views of the dynamically posing model. The low side key light from the FS60B adds drama and gives the model a more three-dimensional look." /><figcaption>The powerful low-angle illumination provided by the FS60B helped add drama to my street shots. From an angle, the light also helped make the model stand out from her shadowy background.<small role="credit">George Carins</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Eif8ZGqLf8iyp28WSuvznk.jpg" alt="Example shot showing low-angle views of the dynamically posing model. The low side key light from the FS60B adds drama and gives the model a more three-dimensional look." /><figcaption>The powerful low-angle illumination provided by the FS60B helped add drama to my street shots. From an angle, the light also helped make the model stand out from her shadowy background.<small role="credit">George Carins</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-verdict"><span>Neewer FS60B: Verdict</span></h3><p>I thoroughly enjoyed using the Neewer FS60B on my urban model test shoot. Its compact size meant that I could travel light, while its 60W output and supplied reflector provided enough power to capture clean video footage in relatively gloomy interiors without excessive high-ISO noise. The animated effects, such as Broken Bulb, also helped me capture an atmospheric mini-thriller sequence, which made the test shoot even more enjoyable. The FS60B also worked well as a powerful, dramatic key light in shady outdoor alleys, enabling me to capture some suitably edgy street portraits.</p><p>Its main drawback is the lack of a built-in rechargeable battery. An internal battery would have made it easier to mount the light on a tall stand and position it at a more flattering side angle. Because the FS60B was connected to a V-mount battery by a relatively short USB-C cable, I often had to find a raised surface that could support both the light and its power source (or pop the light and its mini tripod on the floor). </p><p>I enjoyed shooting from lower angles, as this added drama to my portraits, but for illuminating more conventional lifestyle images, I would have preferred the flexibility to position the light higher, without being constrained by a battery attached via a cable. I appreciate that you could power the FS60B from the mains using its supplied power unit, which has a cable long enough for you to mount the light at head height on a stand. However, I like to shoot on location, so I had to use a battery-powered solution.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Two 1/4-inch threads make it easy to attach the Neewer FS60B to a mini tripod. The supplied reflector boosts the 60W output to a super-bright 34,300 lux.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Its small stature means you can pop it in your pocket (though the supplied reflector, mains power supply, and rubber softbox will have to go in your kit bag!). Two knobs/buttons make it a simple job to adjust brightness and color temperature.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>As a 60W LED, it produced a bright light source without draining my Neewer PS099E V-mount battery during a two-hour shoot. The animated effects were also fun to use when shooting video.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>$120 will buy you a powerful mains-powered LED, but for battery-powered portability, you can double that price, especially if buying the compatible Neewer PH99E Battery Grip.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e74f3268-84f7-11f1-99ba-91e25960d551" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension48="Godox ML150Bi" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:987px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:91.19%;"><img id="szK4xr4c2Wq8RaoCbRnfdF" name="ML150Bi_Alternative" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/szK4xr4c2Wq8RaoCbRnfdF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="987" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review" data-dimension112="e74f3268-84f7-11f1-99ba-91e25960d551" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension48="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension25=""><strong>Godox ML150Bi</strong><br><strong></strong></a>Like the Neewer FS60B, the Godox ML150Bi is a continuous bi-color light source. At a 150W output, it is more powerful than the 60W FS60B, but the main attraction is the rechargeable, dockable battery unit that slots straight into the body of the light, so there are no dangling power cables required.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e74f3312-84f7-11f1-9b48-5de01b9602ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" data-dimension48="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-lights/neewer-hb80c-80w-rgb-and-bi-color-led-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:675px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="pjvwoEVADukZCtLVeSPnbh" name="HB80C_alternative" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pjvwoEVADukZCtLVeSPnbh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="675" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-lights/neewer-hb80c-80w-rgb-and-bi-color-led-review" data-dimension112="e74f3312-84f7-11f1-9b48-5de01b9602ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" data-dimension48="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" data-dimension25=""><strong>Neewer HB80C 80W RGB</strong><br></a>The Neewer FS60B is a bi-color light, but for a more colorful alternative, I recommend the HB80C. It can produce thousands of creative colors that enable it to produce more creative animated lighting effects, such as the red, white, and blue flashes of emergency services vehicles. Best of all, it has a rechargeable internal battery so you don’t need a mains-connected power source.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/neewer-fs60b-60w-compact-pocket-bi-color-led-light-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Despite its compact dimensions, the FS60B delivers an impressive amount of light, although its need for an external power source adds extra weight and bulk to your kit bag ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">nNVZi6pov7wp2PbxDf22Bj</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 14:31:50 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Video Lights]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Lights]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ George Cairns ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Se4df8ceTntcYUdPVeRK4o.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[George Carins]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Shot of a female model looking into the light produced by the FS60B. The light is mounted on a mini tripod which is resting on a high concrete surface to get it at eye level with the model.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Shot of a female model looking into the light produced by the FS60B. The light is mounted on a mini tripod which is resting on a high concrete surface to get it at eye level with the model.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Shot of a female model looking into the light produced by the FS60B. The light is mounted on a mini tripod which is resting on a high concrete surface to get it at eye level with the model.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>As a regular reviewer for Digital Camera World, I tend to test gadgets such as smartphone and mirrorless camera gimbals, wireless microphones, webcams, and continuous LED light sources like the Neewer FS60B. LEDs are among my favorite products to review, as they give me an excuse to leave the office, hire a model, and demonstrate the different looks that a portable continuous light can add to both stills and video. After all, a well-lit model portrait makes for a far more appealing review image than a shot of me staring into a webcam!</p><p>The FS60B is a 60W LED light from Chinese manufacturer Neewer. As well as manufacturing continuous LEDs, Neewer produces a wide range of kit including on-camera flashes, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/neewer-teleprompter-x14-iii-review">teleprompters</a>, and V-mount batteries.</p><p>LED stands for light-emitting diode, so the light is produced by an array of small beads rather than a traditional bulb. Having grown up using old-school bulb lights during my career, I much prefer LEDs. There are no bulbs to keep replacing, and as they tend to run cooler than traditional lamps, you don’t have to wait around for the light to cool down before you can pack it away (though I did feel the heat on one occasion with this particular LED, as I’ll explain in the performance section).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2jCNNb48Zziam9RhYVoP7m" name="SetUp" alt="A female model inspects the FS60B while it rests on a mini tripod on the concrete floor of a narrow street. Her face is illuminated by the LED’s warm output." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2jCNNb48Zziam9RhYVoP7m.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2jCNNb48Zziam9RhYVoP7m.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s our lighting setup. I needed to use a battery and a USB-C cable to power the FS60B. The short cable meant I had to place the light on a short tripod, limiting me to low-angle lighting, which is great for drama, but not so handy for conventional flattering portrait lighting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Neewer FS60B is a bi-color light, which means it contains a mix of 'warm' and 'cool LEDs that can be blended to produce color temperatures ranging from a warm 2700K to a cooler 6500K. This gives you the flexibility to mimic the glow of a sunset or add fill light that matches a cooler midday key light.</p><p>In addition to bi-color lights, Neewer also makes RGB lights, such as the flat-panel <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-lights/neewer-pl60c-review">PL60C</a>. These use a broader mix of colored LEDs to produce thousands of creative hues. Bi-color lights such as the FS60B are less versatile when it comes to producing color effects, but they tend to emit a brighter output because more of their similarly colored diodes can be illuminated at the same time.</p><p>Both the Neewer PL60C and the Neewer FS60B are 60W lights that are among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-lights">best LED lights for filmmaking and vlogging</a>, but the latter is much lighter and smaller, so it will suit 'run and gun' photographers/videographers who need to fit a powerful yet portable light source in their kit bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dNfG9hgBFfLnruuLH8sivk" name="Lantern" alt="Shot of a female model holding the larger softbox section of a Neewer lantern that is attached to the FS60B via the light’s Neewer mini-mount slots." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dNfG9hgBFfLnruuLH8sivk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dNfG9hgBFfLnruuLH8sivk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The FS60B has a Neewer mini-mount connector, so you can attach a range of additional Neewer accessories, such as this Neewer Lantern (not supplied with the FS60B kit). </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-specifications"><span>Neewer FS60B: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Power</p></td><td  ><p>60W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>0.66lb (298g)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>5.9x3.5x1.3in (15x8.9x3.3cm)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Color Temperature Range</p></td><td  ><p>2700-6500K</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Max Illuminance</p></td><td  ><p>34,300 lux @ 3.3ft (1m) (6500K, with reflector)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>CRI/TLCI</p></td><td  ><p>96+/98+ (white light)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery Life</p></td><td  ><p>N/A (no built-in battery)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Lighting Effects</p></td><td  ><p>12</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-price"><span>Neewer FS60B: Price</span></h3><p>The Neewer FS60B 60W Compact Pocket Bi-Color LED Light officially retails at $119.99 (around £100). Given the portability offered by its pocket-sized build and its astonishingly powerful 34,300 lux output (with supplied reflector attached), this is a small price to pay for such a portable and powerful LED. </p><p>The FS60B ships with a 20V DC power supply that you can plug into the mains. However, if, like me, you want to shoot in a location without access to a mains socket (such as a city street), then you’ll need to provide a portable power source such as the Neewer PS099E V-mount battery, which will add $179.99 to the price. You can link the battery to the FS60B via a USB-C cable, which is what I did when testing the light on location. The FS60B is also compatible with the Neewer PH99E Battery Grip, which attaches to the FS60B’s 1/4-inch threads – though that costs as much as the FS60B itself!</p><p>If you need a bi-color LED that ships with a supplied chargeable battery, then check out the Godox ML80Bi (see Alternatives section below). However, at $299, the Godox LED does cost a lot more than the Neewer FS60B, though you don’t have the inconvenience of having a separate battery attached to the LED via a USB-C cable.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Neewer FS60B 60W Compact Pocket Bi-Color LED Light"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-design-handling"><span>Neewer FS60B: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>My first impression on opening the Neewer FS60B’s box was, "where’s the light!?" For a second or two, I thought that someone must have pinched it while the package was in transit. Then I realized that a thin, silver-colored rectangular plastic unit inside the packaging was actually the LED itself. It was much slimmer than the usual box-shaped LEDs that I test (such as the Godox ML80Bi). The FS60B was also very light – weighing in at just under 0.66lb (300g).</p><p>Neewer describes the FS60B as a "pocket" light, and at 5.9x3.5x1.3in (15x8.9x3.3cm), it did indeed fit into the pocket of my shorts – I’m writing this during a heatwave! However, it isn’t the most comfortable pocket-dwelling gadget, as two chunky plastic control knobs protrude from the rear.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Kpe7o52XxWiMBPTbLgyAKk" name="Knobs" alt="Rear panel of the gray pocket-sized FS60B. A hand is twiddles a knob on the right to adjust color temperature. A brightness display shows a value of 100. The color temperature shows a value of 2700K." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Kpe7o52XxWiMBPTbLgyAKk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Kpe7o52XxWiMBPTbLgyAKk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">When in CCT mode, you can rotate the left knob to adjust brightness (or press the knob as a button to jump up in increments of 20). The right knob lets you dial in a color temperature between 2700K and 6500K. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>These two knobs let you adjust lighting properties such as brightness and color temperature, as we’ll explore in the Performance section. They also double as buttons. Press the brightness control on the left, for example, and you can jump through the intensity range in 20% increments from 0 to 100, rather than turning the dial manually. The right-hand knob can be pressed to cycle through settings when using the light’s animated effects, such as the frequency of a simulated lightning flash, for example.</p><p>On the opposite side of the unit is a slightly raised circular metal housing containing the LEDs. This section needs to be made from metal because the LEDs can generate a considerable amount of heat (see Performance section). Surrounding the LEDs is a circular plastic grille through which you can see the unit’s essential cooling fan.</p><p>Set into the metal housing around the LEDs are three Neewer Mini Mount slots, enabling you to attach compatible accessories, including the reflector supplied with the light. Standard Bowens-mount modifiers can also be fitted, although this requires Neewer’s optional CHB1 Mini-to-Bowens adapter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3vQ5b82PXPKCH2SmAbf7kk" name="Threads" alt="A shot of the plastic rectangular FS60B mounted vertically on a mini Joby GorillaPod tripod, sitting on the ground." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vQ5b82PXPKCH2SmAbf7kk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3vQ5b82PXPKCH2SmAbf7kk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Neewer FS60B has two 1/4-inch threads – one on the base and one on the side – so you can mount it vertically or horizontally on a tripod. I mounted it vertically so I could read the brightness and color temperature values on the LED screen on the rear more easily. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-performance"><span>Neewer FS60B: Performance</span></h3><p>Because the Neewer FS60B provides a continuous light source, I decided to hire a model and film some footage of her using my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tech/iphones/iphone-17-pro-max-review">iPhone 17 Pro</a> in the atmospheric (but gloomy) corridors of London’s Barbican Centre. The LED’s powerful 34,300 lux output was more than bright enough to capture footage free from high-ISO artifacts, and it also added drama to the clips by casting a strong shadow of the model on the location’s textured concrete walls.</p><p>As I also planned to shoot portraits with my iPhone, I used the FS60B as a key light (and sometimes a fill light, depending on available light sources). By positioning the LED to one side of my model, I was able to create a more sculpted, three-dimensional illumination in much the same way as I would with a DSLR’s external flash – but with the advantage of seeing the lighting effect on the model before pressing the shutter. I found it easy to use the FS60B’s two knobs/buttons to adjust brightness and choose a color temperature that complemented the warm interior available light in the location.</p><p>Before meeting Maddy, my model, I sat down on the location’s carpeted floor to check my kit. The FS60B was resting face down on my leg while I used the Neewer Studio app on my iPhone 17 Pro to switch on the LEDs. I soon felt their heat against my bare skin, as I was wearing shorts for this heatwave test shoot! I was surprised by just how hot the LEDs felt, as I hadn’t noticed much heat from other continuous lights that I’ve tested. Then again, I’d never placed one directly against my skin before. Lesson learned.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk" name="Surface" alt="Shot of a female model looking into the light produced by the FS60B. The light is mounted on a mini tripod which is resting on a high concrete surface to get it at eye level with the model." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZWa9PrQpdinbbEF2xzyJxk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The shortness of the battery cable meant that I had to rest the FS60B on available surfaces to get it at a more flattering head height. The Joby GorillaPod’s flexible legs enabled me to wrap the light around rails or poles where available. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As the shoot was taking place on location, I didn’t want to rely on the kit’s supplied mains adapter to power the light, as this would limit me to staying close to wall-mounted power sockets. Instead, I carried a Neewer PS099E V-mount battery in my backpack, along with the longest USB-C cable I could find. The cable connecting the battery to the LED was only a couple of feet long, so I decided against bringing a standard (and tall) lighting stand along for the ride. I didn’t want the chunky PS099E battery dangling by its cable from a light mounted on a tall stand. </p><p>Instead, I packed a small Joby GorillaPod, whose flexible legs can be used as a miniature tripod or wrapped around a railing. The Barbican has plenty of raised surfaces where I could position the light securely and rest the battery nearby, without putting pressure on the power cable.</p><p>The Neewer FS60B has 1/4-inch threads on both its base and side, so I was able to mount it on the GorillaPod with ease. As the LED weighs less than 0.66lb (300g), it remained stable despite the GorillaPod’s relatively short legs. Check out the supporting video to see the FS60B in action.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/KoKjDPPx.html" id="KoKjDPPx" title="Neewer FS60B Video" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>The FS60B ships with a small reflector that attaches to its Neewer Mini Mount slots with a push and a twist, boosting the light’s output to an impressive 34,300 lux. As this more-focused beam could cast harsh shadows on my model, I attached the supplied rubber diffuser to the front of the reflector to soften the light.</p><p>The LED’s Neewer Mini Mount slots also enabled me to attach a larger Neewer lantern softbox. This created a broad yet powerful studio-style light source that worked particularly well for some of my model portraits, as you’ll see from the portraits accompanying this review.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4959px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="hRvtF9SVnsMiFWoZ53vHwj" name="SoftBox" alt="Shot of the FS60B sporting the white rubber softbox that sits on the end of the reflector." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hRvtF9SVnsMiFWoZ53vHwj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4959" height="2790" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hRvtF9SVnsMiFWoZ53vHwj.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Neewer FS60B ships with a white rubber softbox that pops onto the reflector. This helps soften the harsh shadows boosted by the extra illumination provided by the reflector. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5712px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:75.00%;"><img id="XfyYNznUSocU6Z6cycDjZk" name="SoftBoxExample" alt="Shot taken with the FS60B sporting the white rubber softbox that sits on the end of the reflector." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XfyYNznUSocU6Z6cycDjZk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5712" height="4284" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XfyYNznUSocU6Z6cycDjZk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here is a shot taken with the FS60B sporting the white rubber softbox that sits on the end of the reflector, softening the shadows. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as providing continuous illumination, the Neewer FS60B can produce intermittent lighting patterns at color temperatures ranging from 2700K to 6500K. Its 12 lighting presets include effects such as flashes of lightning and a flickering broken bulb.</p><p>As I had both a model and a long, dark, suitably spooky corridor at my disposal, I used the control knobs and Mode button to select the Broken Bulb effect. The FS60B was powerful enough to illuminate my model from a distance (see video), while also revealing plenty of detail in the surrounding architecture. Each time the simulated bulb flickered out, the corridor was momentarily plunged into gloomy shadow, making this preset particularly effective for adding drama and atmosphere to my mini-thriller sequence.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5760px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YqorCcGdhve9K5p4dTXN9k" name="Location01" alt="A shot of the FS60B resting on its mini tripod on the ground in a narrow street. The model poses and the photographer kneels to capture dramatic low-angle shots." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YqorCcGdhve9K5p4dTXN9k.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5760" height="3240" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YqorCcGdhve9K5p4dTXN9k.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Despite shooting outdoors, the Neewer FS60B’s reflector-boosted illumination was bright enough to add a creative mix of light and shade to our portrait shoot. The low angle added drama! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Carins)</span></figcaption></figure><p>On a previous test shoot with the Neewer PS099E V-mount battery as a power source, I ran out of power in one hour. This was because I was testing the much more power-hungry <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review">Godox ML150Bi</a>, which is a 150W light compared to the FS60B's 60W. As a result, I had plenty of juice left in the battery after filming and shooting portraits for the first hour of the shoot. </p><p>I used this extra power to set up a shoot in a nearby alley adjacent to the Barbican Centre. Despite strong sun overhead, the alley was in shadow, so the FS60B became a key light. Given the GorillaPod’s short legs, I illuminated Maddy from a low angle. This added a mix of dramatic highlights and shadows to her face that suited the grungy urban alley. The low-angle light from the floor-mounted FS60B created a mean and moody look that suited my model’s dramatic location and streetwise look. </p><p>I did take the light along to a more conventional model shoot, and it was very useful when I could shoot the model with the light at head height. However, due to the short cable between the light and the battery, I often had to shoot from a low angle, and the resulting shadows didn’t flatter my other model’s face, emphasizing features such as eye bags.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DaccnRVgMUd3edL4XnWnYj.jpg" alt="The low side key light from the FS60B adds drama and gives the model a more three-dimensional look (rather than a flat look produced by an on-camera light source)." /><figcaption>The powerful low-angle illumination provided by the FS60B helped add drama to my street shots. From an angle, the light also helped make the model stand out from her shadowy background.<small role="credit">George Carins</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cPsJRk57Wups2tbBBMNs5j.jpg" alt="Example shot showing low-angle views of the dynamically posing model. The low side key light from the FS60B adds drama and gives the model a more three-dimensional look." /><figcaption>The powerful low-angle illumination provided by the FS60B helped add drama to my street shots. From an angle, the light also helped make the model stand out from her shadowy background.<small role="credit">George Carins</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Eif8ZGqLf8iyp28WSuvznk.jpg" alt="Example shot showing low-angle views of the dynamically posing model. The low side key light from the FS60B adds drama and gives the model a more three-dimensional look." /><figcaption>The powerful low-angle illumination provided by the FS60B helped add drama to my street shots. From an angle, the light also helped make the model stand out from her shadowy background.<small role="credit">George Carins</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-neewer-fs60b-verdict"><span>Neewer FS60B: Verdict</span></h3><p>I thoroughly enjoyed using the Neewer FS60B on my urban model test shoot. Its compact size meant that I could travel light, while its 60W output and supplied reflector provided enough power to capture clean video footage in relatively gloomy interiors without excessive high-ISO noise. The animated effects, such as Broken Bulb, also helped me capture an atmospheric mini-thriller sequence, which made the test shoot even more enjoyable. The FS60B also worked well as a powerful, dramatic key light in shady outdoor alleys, enabling me to capture some suitably edgy street portraits.</p><p>Its main drawback is the lack of a built-in rechargeable battery. An internal battery would have made it easier to mount the light on a tall stand and position it at a more flattering side angle. Because the FS60B was connected to a V-mount battery by a relatively short USB-C cable, I often had to find a raised surface that could support both the light and its power source (or pop the light and its mini tripod on the floor). </p><p>I enjoyed shooting from lower angles, as this added drama to my portraits, but for illuminating more conventional lifestyle images, I would have preferred the flexibility to position the light higher, without being constrained by a battery attached via a cable. I appreciate that you could power the FS60B from the mains using its supplied power unit, which has a cable long enough for you to mount the light at head height on a stand. However, I like to shoot on location, so I had to use a battery-powered solution.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Two 1/4-inch threads make it easy to attach the Neewer FS60B to a mini tripod. The supplied reflector boosts the 60W output to a super-bright 34,300 lux.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Its small stature means you can pop it in your pocket (though the supplied reflector, mains power supply, and rubber softbox will have to go in your kit bag!). Two knobs/buttons make it a simple job to adjust brightness and color temperature.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>As a 60W LED, it produced a bright light source without draining my Neewer PS099E V-mount battery during a two-hour shoot. The animated effects were also fun to use when shooting video.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>$120 will buy you a powerful mains-powered LED, but for battery-powered portability, you can double that price, especially if buying the compatible Neewer PH99E Battery Grip.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e74f3268-84f7-11f1-99ba-91e25960d551" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension48="Godox ML150Bi" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:987px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:91.19%;"><img id="szK4xr4c2Wq8RaoCbRnfdF" name="ML150Bi_Alternative" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/szK4xr4c2Wq8RaoCbRnfdF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="987" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review" data-dimension112="e74f3268-84f7-11f1-99ba-91e25960d551" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension48="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension25=""><strong>Godox ML150Bi</strong><br><strong></strong></a>Like the Neewer FS60B, the Godox ML150Bi is a continuous bi-color light source. At a 150W output, it is more powerful than the 60W FS60B, but the main attraction is the rechargeable, dockable battery unit that slots straight into the body of the light, so there are no dangling power cables required.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e74f3312-84f7-11f1-9b48-5de01b9602ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" data-dimension48="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-lights/neewer-hb80c-80w-rgb-and-bi-color-led-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:675px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="pjvwoEVADukZCtLVeSPnbh" name="HB80C_alternative" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pjvwoEVADukZCtLVeSPnbh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="675" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-lights/neewer-hb80c-80w-rgb-and-bi-color-led-review" data-dimension112="e74f3312-84f7-11f1-9b48-5de01b9602ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" data-dimension48="Neewer HB80C 80W RGB" data-dimension25=""><strong>Neewer HB80C 80W RGB</strong><br></a>The Neewer FS60B is a bi-color light, but for a more colorful alternative, I recommend the HB80C. It can produce thousands of creative colors that enable it to produce more creative animated lighting effects, such as the red, white, and blue flashes of emergency services vehicles. Best of all, it has a rechargeable internal battery so you don’t need a mains-connected power source.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ “The best camera accessories disappear into your workflow until you need them.” Today’s creators need to work both horizontally and vertically, so Peak Design is reinventing the classic L-Bracket ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">camera L-bracket</a> is a longstanding accessory that allows photographers to quickly swap from horizontal to vertical shots on a tripod – but photo accessory brand favorite Peak Design is bringing the standard accessory into 2026 – and making it a bit less boring. The Peak Design Field Bracket is a modular L-mount bracket that goes beyond fast tripod orientation swaps by allowing creators to customize their rig with anything from lights to a camera tracker.</p><p>The Field Bracket starts with a camera-specific baseplate that needs to be matched to the right camera body in order to hug the camera body. While the base plate is specific to each camera model, it has a latch that allows it to connect to the more universal Field Latch, creating the traditional L-shape. The upright portion of the L can also be adjusted to allow access to the camera’s ports at the side.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="mrfkF4SRAYY8Fkmxb9mpQE" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-04" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrfkF4SRAYY8Fkmxb9mpQE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrfkF4SRAYY8Fkmxb9mpQE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But perhaps what’s more unusual about the Field Bracket is that the design is modular, allowing creators to customize their camera setup. The upright bracket can be swapped with a Cheese Plate instead, which has multiple mounting points and a cold shoe to attach lights, mics, and other accessories.</p><p>Another option is the new Beacon Finder Tag, which puts a Bluetooth tracker inside an Acra-compatible camera plate that fits most tripods. Peak Design says this is a discrete way to attach a tracker to a camera itself, rather than leaving a tracker in a camera bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="EkfGcpMVifbSFAjoLB2WiE" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-44" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EkfGcpMVifbSFAjoLB2WiE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2251" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modular system also supports a hand strap. Peak Design says the design is meant to allow photographers to continue to use a variety of accessories, including access to side ports.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-47" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>“The best camera accessories disappear into your workflow until you need them. That idea shaped every decision we made with Field Bracket,” said Peter Dering, Peak Design’s Founder and CEO. “Instead of asking photographers to permanently attach functionality they only use some of the time, we built a system that can transform in seconds while remaining just as rigid and dependable as a traditional L-bracket.”</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ko3STdbLtNjQnR2AvGRRae.jpg" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Peak Design</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe.jpg" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Peak Design</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/naq9fWMqSpJ5fUPogzF2Re.jpg" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Peak Design</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket<a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/peak-design/field-bracket-by-peak-design" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"> is the brand’s 17th Kickstarter campaign</a>, which opened on July 21. The crowdfunding comes with an early pre-order discount before the system launches in retail stores. The Field Bracket is expected to list for $149.95 (about £112 / AU$214 / CA$211), with the modular pieces beginning at $39.95 (about £30 / AU$57 / CA$56).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="5xmVEUn4kudVshHRAf7HGF" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-35" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5xmVEUn4kudVshHRAf7HGF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2251" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The system launches with plates designed to custom fit with several cameras, including several full-frame Sony models and most <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r5-review">Canon EOS R5 and R6</a> series bodies (excluding the R6 V). For Nikon, the bracket fits with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/nikon-z5-ii-vs-nikon-z5-is-it-worth-the-extra">Nikon Z5 II</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z6-iii-review-a-dream-camera-for-content-creators-through-to-enthusiast-and-pro-photographers">Z6 II and III</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z7-ii-review">Z7 II</a> cameras as well as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z8-review">Z8</a>. The system will also support the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/fujifilm-x100vi-review-dont-mess-with-a-winner">Fujifilm X100VI</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/fujifilm-x-t5-review">X-T5</a> as well as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/leica-q3-review">Leica Q3</a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">the best L-mount brackets</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/the-best-camera-accessories-disappear-into-your-workflow-until-you-need-them-todays-creators-need-to-work-both-horizontally-and-vertically-so-peak-design-is-reinventing-the-classic-l-bracket</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Peak Design’s newest photo accessory is a tool for fast tripod swaps, housing accessories, and even tracking a lost camera ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">kRjGHVueypx9GHEhDYjzV3</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5xmVEUn4kudVshHRAf7HGF-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 20:12:29 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5xmVEUn4kudVshHRAf7HGF-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Peak Design]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5xmVEUn4kudVshHRAf7HGF-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">camera L-bracket</a> is a longstanding accessory that allows photographers to quickly swap from horizontal to vertical shots on a tripod – but photo accessory brand favorite Peak Design is bringing the standard accessory into 2026 – and making it a bit less boring. The Peak Design Field Bracket is a modular L-mount bracket that goes beyond fast tripod orientation swaps by allowing creators to customize their rig with anything from lights to a camera tracker.</p><p>The Field Bracket starts with a camera-specific baseplate that needs to be matched to the right camera body in order to hug the camera body. While the base plate is specific to each camera model, it has a latch that allows it to connect to the more universal Field Latch, creating the traditional L-shape. The upright portion of the L can also be adjusted to allow access to the camera’s ports at the side.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="mrfkF4SRAYY8Fkmxb9mpQE" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-04" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrfkF4SRAYY8Fkmxb9mpQE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2249" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrfkF4SRAYY8Fkmxb9mpQE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But perhaps what’s more unusual about the Field Bracket is that the design is modular, allowing creators to customize their camera setup. The upright bracket can be swapped with a Cheese Plate instead, which has multiple mounting points and a cold shoe to attach lights, mics, and other accessories.</p><p>Another option is the new Beacon Finder Tag, which puts a Bluetooth tracker inside an Acra-compatible camera plate that fits most tripods. Peak Design says this is a discrete way to attach a tracker to a camera itself, rather than leaving a tracker in a camera bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="EkfGcpMVifbSFAjoLB2WiE" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-44" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EkfGcpMVifbSFAjoLB2WiE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2251" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modular system also supports a hand strap. Peak Design says the design is meant to allow photographers to continue to use a variety of accessories, including access to side ports.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-47" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Xkv24ibWJpBFMS9z7PEbN.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>“The best camera accessories disappear into your workflow until you need them. That idea shaped every decision we made with Field Bracket,” said Peter Dering, Peak Design’s Founder and CEO. “Instead of asking photographers to permanently attach functionality they only use some of the time, we built a system that can transform in seconds while remaining just as rigid and dependable as a traditional L-bracket.”</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ko3STdbLtNjQnR2AvGRRae.jpg" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Peak Design</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PevkX5ZrCG2wJnnBUMpAKe.jpg" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Peak Design</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/naq9fWMqSpJ5fUPogzF2Re.jpg" alt="The Peak Design modular Field Bracket opn a gray background" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Peak Design</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The Peak Design Field Bracket<a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/peak-design/field-bracket-by-peak-design" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"> is the brand’s 17th Kickstarter campaign</a>, which opened on July 21. The crowdfunding comes with an early pre-order discount before the system launches in retail stores. The Field Bracket is expected to list for $149.95 (about £112 / AU$214 / CA$211), with the modular pieces beginning at $39.95 (about £30 / AU$57 / CA$56).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="5xmVEUn4kudVshHRAf7HGF" name="FieldBracket-Lifestryle-35" alt="The Peak Design Field Bracket being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5xmVEUn4kudVshHRAf7HGF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2251" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Peak Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The system launches with plates designed to custom fit with several cameras, including several full-frame Sony models and most <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/canon-eos-r5-review">Canon EOS R5 and R6</a> series bodies (excluding the R6 V). For Nikon, the bracket fits with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/nikon-z5-ii-vs-nikon-z5-is-it-worth-the-extra">Nikon Z5 II</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z6-iii-review-a-dream-camera-for-content-creators-through-to-enthusiast-and-pro-photographers">Z6 II and III</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z7-ii-review">Z7 II</a> cameras as well as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z8-review">Z8</a>. The system will also support the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/fujifilm-x100vi-review-dont-mess-with-a-winner">Fujifilm X100VI</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/fujifilm-x-t5-review">X-T5</a> as well as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/leica-q3-review">Leica Q3</a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">the best L-mount brackets</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Tamron-Link review: this tiny Bluetooth adapter brings smart features to most current Tamron lenses, for shooting both stills and video ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>A lot of recent lenses for mirrorless cameras are pretty clever but they’re not exactly ‘smart’ by the current popular definition of the word. That all changes if you plug in the Tamron-Link to the USB-C port featured in most recent Tamron lenses. I say ‘most’ because Fujifilm X-mount versions of Tamron lenses don’t feature a USB port, making them incompatible with the adapter, and it doesn’t really work with Canon RF versions of Tamron lenses, at least not as yet. However, you can still update the firmware of Canon RF mount Tamron lenses that feature a USB port, using the Desktop version of the free Tamron Lens Utility program for Apple and Windows computers.</p><p>It’s much better news for most (but not all) recent Tamron lenses for Nikon Z and Sony E mount cameras, although some might need a firmware update to be applied via the desktop app before you can use the Bluetooth adapter. The end result is that you can add a whole bunch of smart features for customization and remote control of compatible Tamron lenses, via the Tamron Lens Utility app, offered as a free download for Apple and Android smartphones. Understandably, you have to buy the actual Tamron-Link Bluetooth adapter itself, but I think it’s well worth the outlay as it brings a whole new, enriched experience to using compatible Tamron lenses.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5139px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="FzpsTne3RTfBVpPkWKAPz3" name="TL 01 intro 0191.JPG" alt="Tamron-Link product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FzpsTne3RTfBVpPkWKAPz3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5139" height="2891" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FzpsTne3RTfBVpPkWKAPz3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Tamron-Link comes in a blister pack, complete with supporting literature and an all-important code number for Bluetooth pairing. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-tamron-link-specifications"><span>Tamron-Link: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Bluetooth Version</p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth 5.4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Bluetooth Class</p></td><td  ><p>Class 2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Communication Range</p></td><td  ><p>5m / 16.4ft</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions (excl connector)</p></td><td  ><p>25x7x7mm / 1.0x0.28x0.28in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2g / 0.07oz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Operating Temperature</p></td><td  ><p>0-40℃ / 32-104℉</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Operating Humidity</p></td><td  ><p>85% or less</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-tamron-link-price"><span>Tamron-Link: Price</span></h3><p>The Tamron-Link Bluetooth adapter costs around $50 / £59 / AU$80. I think that’s very good value for money, considering the electronics that it features and the comprehensive, companion smartphone app that’s available as a free download. Ultimately, you get the adapter plus the app for less than the price of some plastic lens hoods that Canon & Co sell as ‘optional extras’ for all but its exotic L-series lenses, and they’re just bits of dumb molded plastic. Bring on the smartness.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Tamron Tamron-Link TL-01"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-tamron-link-design-handling"><span>Tamron-Link: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>It’s tiny and weighs next to nothing. Taking miniaturized, minimalistic design to a new level, the Tamron-Link is only an inch long and about a quarter of an inch high and wide, excluding the USB plug that hides itself away within the lens. And it tips the scales at an almost imperceptible 2g or 0.07oz. The upshot is that when you plug it into a lens, you won’t notice any difference in size or weight.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="PZXUyqU56sZVW4Rp9u35q3" name="TL 0196.JPG" alt="Tamron-Link product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PZXUyqU56sZVW4Rp9u35q3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PZXUyqU56sZVW4Rp9u35q3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s called the Tamron-Link but ‘Discrete’ could be its middle name. See here how it adds barely any size or weight to a Tamron 35-100mm f/2.8 Di III VXD lens, which is quite a compact and lightweight lens in its own right. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Considering its lack of size and heft, there’s a lot packed into this tiny gadget. Actually, to be fair, the physical part of the Tamron-Link is only a Bluetooth adapter, so I’d expect it to be small and light. All the clever stuff is built into the software that runs in the lens that it’s plugged into, and the companion mobile app for iOS and Android.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1080px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:222.22%;"><img id="ZofZbA84iqPKx4nFZVzzh8" name="TLG 01" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZofZbA84iqPKx4nFZVzzh8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1080" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZofZbA84iqPKx4nFZVzzh8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Take a guided tour. The info section of the free app gives you all the gen on products for consumers and business, plus access to Tamron news, support and a quick rundown of company history. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tamron)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Tamron Lens Utility mobile app is free to download and to use, so there’s nothing to pay for apart from the Tamron-Link Bluetooth adapter itself, and of course the Tamron lenses with which you wish to use it. After downloading it, the first step in setting it up is to pair it with your smartphone, which follows typical Bluetooth protocols.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1080px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:222.22%;"><img id="paR4yYug2wYQDvJwiEuQu7" name="TLG 02" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/paR4yYug2wYQDvJwiEuQu7.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1080" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/paR4yYug2wYQDvJwiEuQu7.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using a code number that’s printed on the retail literature and stamped on the physical device itself (in case you lose the paperwork) it’s quick and easy to pair it with your smartphone via Bluetooth. You can add extra Tamron-Link adapters if you want to use more than one of them with different lenses, instead of sharing the adapter between them. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tamron)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The app itself is based on four main sections. Apart from the Info section that I’ve already mentioned above, there’s Lens, Remote and DFF (Digital Follow Focus). Let’s take them in order. The ‘Lens’ section is sub-divided into separate menus for Custom Switch and Focus Ring, correlating with the physical switch and control ring on the lens itself.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1080px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:222.22%;"><img id="LNBAGaJCk6dYMsu6a4Ghh8" name="TLG 03" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LNBAGaJCk6dYMsu6a4Ghh8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1080" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LNBAGaJCk6dYMsu6a4Ghh8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s a grab of the Lens > Custom Switch screen, showing the options that I’ve selected from an extensive list and assigned to the three different positions of the Custom switch on the lens itself. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tamron)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a long list of custom settings that you can assign to the Custom switch of compatible lenses. The options range from helpful tools for shooting extreme close-ups, to infinity and beyond (almost). To put that into perspective, Focus Time Lapse is great for focus stacking in macro shooting, whereas Astro Focus & Fine Adjustment takes in a panoply of stars when shooting the heavens in the dead of night. There’s even a Night Mode that adapts the screen for more comfortably taking a shot in the dark. For the screengrab above, I’ve selected three options for the Custom switch, including Focus Time Lapse, Focus Preset and Linear/Non-Linear Switching.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xjMZHNmQbFgBqmQjgSPXx7.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>To set up the Time Lapse function for the Custom Switch 1, you first need to select it from the available options.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CwSQmMxmP824NDiD9bAk58.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>Next you can choose how many fames to skip focus adjustment for, and how many frames will be captured in total.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7uyb3VAUqwVobd8hk9nyh8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>If anything’s not clear, there’s a useful Help section complete with how-to videos and step-by-step guides.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>For the second position on the Custom switch, I selected the option of Focus Preset. This assigns a specific focus distance, which you can switch to by pressing the Function button on the lens. Better still, the option comes complete with the option to set up a delay timer, so that you can define whether the focus transition starts immediately when pressing the button, or activates after a set time. On top of that, you can also set the duration of the transition between the starting point of the focus position and its assigned end point.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WFRU97ro77SSKk3vaMSfD8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>I assigned Focus Preset to the second position on the Custom switch, which comes complete with options for setting a timer delay and transition speed.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U8tQBW5mvDhwqnHfJVGtX8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>Again, there’s a Help section to hand if anything’s not clear.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Can’t decide between Linear and Non-linear manual focusing? I’ve assigned both options to the third position of the Custom switch. This time around the supplementary options include whether the change in the action of the lens’s manual focus ring is immediate when pressing the Function button, or that you have to press and hold the button for a second for the change to be applied. The latter helps to avoid accidental mode swaps. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MipoKr6itUXQYfhhRLvHD8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>You can choose between Linear and Non-linear manual focusing.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LPLegqJj9k9uKBBsLTwpg8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>Choices for switching include immediate and press-and-hold action of the Function button. <small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>There’s more fun and games when moving from Custom Switch to Focus Ring in the Lens section of the app. You’re rewarded by a comprehensive range of options for how the ring operates, including Default or Reverse for the direction of rotation, Linear and Non-linear manual focus modes, plus overall manual focus rotation angles of 90, 180, 270 or 360 degrees, and overall rotation angles for using the ring to adjust the lens aperture, this time with options of 45, 60, 75 or 90 degrees.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1080px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:222.22%;"><img id="Frnp2inveE8Gge2HGV9Vh8" name="TLG 09" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Frnp2inveE8Gge2HGV9Vh8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1080" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Frnp2inveE8Gge2HGV9Vh8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Sticking within the Lens section of the app, I’ve switched from the Custom Switch sub-section to Focus Ring options, shown in this grab. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tamron)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Tamron-Link has a lot to offer videographers, with a range of helpful options on its Remote and DFF (Digital Follow Focus) menus. Starting off with remote focusing, you can set multiple focus points and arrange their sequential order, the delay between each change, and the speed with which the lens transitions between preset focus points. This enables you to configure focus pulls on a fully automated and easily repeatable basis. Simplified A-B focus transitioning is also available in the app.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w5GMqV5xi4rGREp3JQL7h8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>The ‘Remote’ section enables you to define multiple focus distances and set up a sequence with specified delays and transition speeds between each of them.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zwgm6qjLptj3NYjkJpMpD8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>There’s a full range of options for configuring the Remote Set Button Selection.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>For shooting video, the app really comes into its own with ‘Digital Follow Focus’. In essence, the feature turns your smartphone into a pocket controller for both focusing and aperture. The system enables you to set up precise parameters for both focusing and aperture control, complete with adjustable transitions on an individual basis. You can operate it on the fly during a take, as well as setting limits for both functions, so you don’t overstep the mark accidentally. However, aperture control via DFF including the Iris Marker and Ring Stopper functions isn’t available for Tamron’s Nikon Z-mount lenses, which is a pretty major upset.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g3wf8iyesqLVogz5XqUaG8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>There’s a range of options for fine-tuning DFF, if and when supported by the lens, laid out in a scrolling menu.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qPBdUcnBvPxHsKVtzXvbJ8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>You can set focus distance measurements to meters or feet, reverse the ring direction for aperture control and select Smooth, 1/3 EV or 1/2 EV increments.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-tamron-link-performance"><span>Tamron-Link: Performance</span></h3><p>When it comes to performance, the Tamron-Link simply works and just as importantly, it works simply. It’s quick and easy to set up, being just a matter of plugging it into a compatible Tamron lens and downloading the companion app on your mobile phone. From then on, everything is plain sailing for customizing your lens and controlling it remotely. And if anything’s not clear, there are plenty of help sections along the way.</p><p>That said, nothing is entirely perfect and there are certain limitations. First up, it doesn’t work with Tamron’s Fujifilm X-mount and Canon RF-mount lenses, the former lacking a USB socket and the latter not featuring the requisite software compatibility. Some of the features available for Sony E-mount lenses are also lacking in their Nikon Z-mount counterparts.</p><p>Furthermore, not all of Tamron’s lenses that feature USB sockets are compatible with Tamron-Link Bluetooth adapter, so it pays to check first before purchasing. Last but not least, you’re limited by the usual 5m / 16.4ft range of Bluetooth wireless connectivity and if you’re camera goes into standby mode, the Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the lens is severed. These factors aside, the system works very well indeed and performance is excellent.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-tamron-link-verdict"><span>Tamron-Link: Verdict</span></h3><p>It’s often said that the best things come in small packages, and they don’t come much smaller than this. I love the tiny yet solid build of the Tamron-Link, and that it barely weighs anything at all. Simply plug it into a compatible Tamron lens, download the smartphone app and you’re good to go.</p><p>I’m less happy that it only fires on all cylinders with compatible Sony E-mount versions of current Tamron lenses. Tamron’s Nikon Z-mount lenses lose a couple of features in translation, and the adapter is of little or no use on Canon RF and Fujifilm X versions of Tamron lenses, the latter not even having a USB port for attaching it.</p><p>Back on the upside, the interface is clear and intuitive, yet fun to use, almost turning customization and remote control of your Tamron lenses into a kind of computer game. But the mobile app definitely has a serious side as well, enabling complex focus and aperture transitions easy to achieve, both on the fly and as programmable and precisely repeatable operations. All in all, I think it’s a worthy add-on for Nikon Z-mount Tamron lenses, and a no-brainer for Sony E-mount editions.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>There are plenty of customization and remote control features but the full set of what’s on offer only really works with compatible Sony E-mount Tamron lenses.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design is flawless. The Bluetooth adapter is tiny and weighs almost nothing at all, while the supporting app is comprehensive but intuitive and engaging.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is very convincing overall but there’s a bit of a hit on your camera battery for powering the Bluetooth adapter and the link is severed if you let your camera go into standby mode.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>It’s great value for money, considering the purchase cost enables you to buy into the free supporting app as well as the Bluetooth adapter itself.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.87%;"><img id="kwqBnpxWdEcqksoE5D6Vk3" name="TL 00 hero 0193.JPG" alt="Tamron-Link product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kwqBnpxWdEcqksoE5D6Vk3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1286" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kwqBnpxWdEcqksoE5D6Vk3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="1d330c40-80db-11f1-9072-df3bacabc82f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Yongnuo BR-L1" data-dimension48="Yongnuo BR-L1" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/yongnuo-yn33mm-f14-da-dsm-wl-pro-review-not-just-an-autofocus-lens-its-got-built-in-rf-wireless-too" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1350px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="qLa9tu23yFtc5xHfa8Uay5" name="Yongnuo BR-L1 remote control square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qLa9tu23yFtc5xHfa8Uay5.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1350" height="1350" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/yongnuo-yn33mm-f14-da-dsm-wl-pro-review-not-just-an-autofocus-lens-its-got-built-in-rf-wireless-too" data-dimension112="1d330c40-80db-11f1-9072-df3bacabc82f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Yongnuo BR-L1" data-dimension48="Yongnuo BR-L1" data-dimension25=""><strong>Yongnuo BR-L1</strong></a> remote control works with a variety of Yongnuo lenses. Sold separately, it’s has RF wireless connectivity, an on/off switch, Fn button, A and B buttons, a rotary dial and a little mono LCD screen. It enables wireless remote control for adjusting the lens’s aperture and for manual focusing, as well as for A-B focusing.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="1d330cea-80db-11f1-8033-f948388f76f4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Nikon ML-L7" data-dimension48="Nikon ML-L7" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-remotes#section-nikon-ml-l7" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:513px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DkxTaR6kek8jcVKeED8zYW" name="Nikon ML-L7.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DkxTaR6kek8jcVKeED8zYW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="513" height="513" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-remotes#section-nikon-ml-l7" data-dimension112="1d330cea-80db-11f1-8033-f948388f76f4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Nikon ML-L7" data-dimension48="Nikon ML-L7" data-dimension25=""><strong>Nikon ML-L7</strong></a> is a handy little remote controller that works with Z-series cameras as well as some of the Coolpix range. Communicating via wireless Bluetooth, the remote enables you to control shutter release, video start/stop and some customizable functions including zooming for cameras and lenses that feature motorized zoom.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/tamron-link-review-this-tiny-bluetooth-adapter-brings-smart-features-to-most-current-tamron-lenses-for-shooting-both-stills-and-video</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Plug the Tamron-Link into the USB-C socket of many current Tamron lenses for Nikon and Sony mirrorless cameras and you can enjoy a new feast of features ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">esneXULjigvBdVpLC48ED7</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WLuPhyhPJX43Zd8SNyGKh3-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2026 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WLuPhyhPJX43Zd8SNyGKh3-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Tamron-Link product image]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Tamron-Link product image]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Tamron-Link product image]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WLuPhyhPJX43Zd8SNyGKh3-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>A lot of recent lenses for mirrorless cameras are pretty clever but they’re not exactly ‘smart’ by the current popular definition of the word. That all changes if you plug in the Tamron-Link to the USB-C port featured in most recent Tamron lenses. I say ‘most’ because Fujifilm X-mount versions of Tamron lenses don’t feature a USB port, making them incompatible with the adapter, and it doesn’t really work with Canon RF versions of Tamron lenses, at least not as yet. However, you can still update the firmware of Canon RF mount Tamron lenses that feature a USB port, using the Desktop version of the free Tamron Lens Utility program for Apple and Windows computers.</p><p>It’s much better news for most (but not all) recent Tamron lenses for Nikon Z and Sony E mount cameras, although some might need a firmware update to be applied via the desktop app before you can use the Bluetooth adapter. The end result is that you can add a whole bunch of smart features for customization and remote control of compatible Tamron lenses, via the Tamron Lens Utility app, offered as a free download for Apple and Android smartphones. Understandably, you have to buy the actual Tamron-Link Bluetooth adapter itself, but I think it’s well worth the outlay as it brings a whole new, enriched experience to using compatible Tamron lenses.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5139px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="FzpsTne3RTfBVpPkWKAPz3" name="TL 01 intro 0191.JPG" alt="Tamron-Link product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FzpsTne3RTfBVpPkWKAPz3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5139" height="2891" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FzpsTne3RTfBVpPkWKAPz3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Tamron-Link comes in a blister pack, complete with supporting literature and an all-important code number for Bluetooth pairing. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-tamron-link-specifications"><span>Tamron-Link: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Bluetooth Version</p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth 5.4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Bluetooth Class</p></td><td  ><p>Class 2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Communication Range</p></td><td  ><p>5m / 16.4ft</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions (excl connector)</p></td><td  ><p>25x7x7mm / 1.0x0.28x0.28in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2g / 0.07oz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Operating Temperature</p></td><td  ><p>0-40℃ / 32-104℉</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Operating Humidity</p></td><td  ><p>85% or less</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-tamron-link-price"><span>Tamron-Link: Price</span></h3><p>The Tamron-Link Bluetooth adapter costs around $50 / £59 / AU$80. I think that’s very good value for money, considering the electronics that it features and the comprehensive, companion smartphone app that’s available as a free download. Ultimately, you get the adapter plus the app for less than the price of some plastic lens hoods that Canon & Co sell as ‘optional extras’ for all but its exotic L-series lenses, and they’re just bits of dumb molded plastic. Bring on the smartness.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Tamron Tamron-Link TL-01"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-tamron-link-design-handling"><span>Tamron-Link: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>It’s tiny and weighs next to nothing. Taking miniaturized, minimalistic design to a new level, the Tamron-Link is only an inch long and about a quarter of an inch high and wide, excluding the USB plug that hides itself away within the lens. And it tips the scales at an almost imperceptible 2g or 0.07oz. The upshot is that when you plug it into a lens, you won’t notice any difference in size or weight.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="PZXUyqU56sZVW4Rp9u35q3" name="TL 0196.JPG" alt="Tamron-Link product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PZXUyqU56sZVW4Rp9u35q3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PZXUyqU56sZVW4Rp9u35q3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s called the Tamron-Link but ‘Discrete’ could be its middle name. See here how it adds barely any size or weight to a Tamron 35-100mm f/2.8 Di III VXD lens, which is quite a compact and lightweight lens in its own right. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Considering its lack of size and heft, there’s a lot packed into this tiny gadget. Actually, to be fair, the physical part of the Tamron-Link is only a Bluetooth adapter, so I’d expect it to be small and light. All the clever stuff is built into the software that runs in the lens that it’s plugged into, and the companion mobile app for iOS and Android.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1080px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:222.22%;"><img id="ZofZbA84iqPKx4nFZVzzh8" name="TLG 01" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZofZbA84iqPKx4nFZVzzh8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1080" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZofZbA84iqPKx4nFZVzzh8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Take a guided tour. The info section of the free app gives you all the gen on products for consumers and business, plus access to Tamron news, support and a quick rundown of company history. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tamron)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Tamron Lens Utility mobile app is free to download and to use, so there’s nothing to pay for apart from the Tamron-Link Bluetooth adapter itself, and of course the Tamron lenses with which you wish to use it. After downloading it, the first step in setting it up is to pair it with your smartphone, which follows typical Bluetooth protocols.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1080px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:222.22%;"><img id="paR4yYug2wYQDvJwiEuQu7" name="TLG 02" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/paR4yYug2wYQDvJwiEuQu7.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1080" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/paR4yYug2wYQDvJwiEuQu7.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using a code number that’s printed on the retail literature and stamped on the physical device itself (in case you lose the paperwork) it’s quick and easy to pair it with your smartphone via Bluetooth. You can add extra Tamron-Link adapters if you want to use more than one of them with different lenses, instead of sharing the adapter between them. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tamron)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The app itself is based on four main sections. Apart from the Info section that I’ve already mentioned above, there’s Lens, Remote and DFF (Digital Follow Focus). Let’s take them in order. The ‘Lens’ section is sub-divided into separate menus for Custom Switch and Focus Ring, correlating with the physical switch and control ring on the lens itself.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1080px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:222.22%;"><img id="LNBAGaJCk6dYMsu6a4Ghh8" name="TLG 03" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LNBAGaJCk6dYMsu6a4Ghh8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1080" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LNBAGaJCk6dYMsu6a4Ghh8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s a grab of the Lens > Custom Switch screen, showing the options that I’ve selected from an extensive list and assigned to the three different positions of the Custom switch on the lens itself. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tamron)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a long list of custom settings that you can assign to the Custom switch of compatible lenses. The options range from helpful tools for shooting extreme close-ups, to infinity and beyond (almost). To put that into perspective, Focus Time Lapse is great for focus stacking in macro shooting, whereas Astro Focus & Fine Adjustment takes in a panoply of stars when shooting the heavens in the dead of night. There’s even a Night Mode that adapts the screen for more comfortably taking a shot in the dark. For the screengrab above, I’ve selected three options for the Custom switch, including Focus Time Lapse, Focus Preset and Linear/Non-Linear Switching.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xjMZHNmQbFgBqmQjgSPXx7.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>To set up the Time Lapse function for the Custom Switch 1, you first need to select it from the available options.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CwSQmMxmP824NDiD9bAk58.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>Next you can choose how many fames to skip focus adjustment for, and how many frames will be captured in total.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7uyb3VAUqwVobd8hk9nyh8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>If anything’s not clear, there’s a useful Help section complete with how-to videos and step-by-step guides.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>For the second position on the Custom switch, I selected the option of Focus Preset. This assigns a specific focus distance, which you can switch to by pressing the Function button on the lens. Better still, the option comes complete with the option to set up a delay timer, so that you can define whether the focus transition starts immediately when pressing the button, or activates after a set time. On top of that, you can also set the duration of the transition between the starting point of the focus position and its assigned end point.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WFRU97ro77SSKk3vaMSfD8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>I assigned Focus Preset to the second position on the Custom switch, which comes complete with options for setting a timer delay and transition speed.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U8tQBW5mvDhwqnHfJVGtX8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>Again, there’s a Help section to hand if anything’s not clear.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Can’t decide between Linear and Non-linear manual focusing? I’ve assigned both options to the third position of the Custom switch. This time around the supplementary options include whether the change in the action of the lens’s manual focus ring is immediate when pressing the Function button, or that you have to press and hold the button for a second for the change to be applied. The latter helps to avoid accidental mode swaps. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MipoKr6itUXQYfhhRLvHD8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>You can choose between Linear and Non-linear manual focusing.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LPLegqJj9k9uKBBsLTwpg8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>Choices for switching include immediate and press-and-hold action of the Function button. <small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>There’s more fun and games when moving from Custom Switch to Focus Ring in the Lens section of the app. You’re rewarded by a comprehensive range of options for how the ring operates, including Default or Reverse for the direction of rotation, Linear and Non-linear manual focus modes, plus overall manual focus rotation angles of 90, 180, 270 or 360 degrees, and overall rotation angles for using the ring to adjust the lens aperture, this time with options of 45, 60, 75 or 90 degrees.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1080px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:222.22%;"><img id="Frnp2inveE8Gge2HGV9Vh8" name="TLG 09" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Frnp2inveE8Gge2HGV9Vh8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1080" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Frnp2inveE8Gge2HGV9Vh8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Sticking within the Lens section of the app, I’ve switched from the Custom Switch sub-section to Focus Ring options, shown in this grab. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tamron)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Tamron-Link has a lot to offer videographers, with a range of helpful options on its Remote and DFF (Digital Follow Focus) menus. Starting off with remote focusing, you can set multiple focus points and arrange their sequential order, the delay between each change, and the speed with which the lens transitions between preset focus points. This enables you to configure focus pulls on a fully automated and easily repeatable basis. Simplified A-B focus transitioning is also available in the app.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w5GMqV5xi4rGREp3JQL7h8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>The ‘Remote’ section enables you to define multiple focus distances and set up a sequence with specified delays and transition speeds between each of them.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zwgm6qjLptj3NYjkJpMpD8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>There’s a full range of options for configuring the Remote Set Button Selection.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>For shooting video, the app really comes into its own with ‘Digital Follow Focus’. In essence, the feature turns your smartphone into a pocket controller for both focusing and aperture. The system enables you to set up precise parameters for both focusing and aperture control, complete with adjustable transitions on an individual basis. You can operate it on the fly during a take, as well as setting limits for both functions, so you don’t overstep the mark accidentally. However, aperture control via DFF including the Iris Marker and Ring Stopper functions isn’t available for Tamron’s Nikon Z-mount lenses, which is a pretty major upset.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g3wf8iyesqLVogz5XqUaG8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>There’s a range of options for fine-tuning DFF, if and when supported by the lens, laid out in a scrolling menu.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qPBdUcnBvPxHsKVtzXvbJ8.jpg" alt="Tamron-Link smartphone app screengrab" /><figcaption>You can set focus distance measurements to meters or feet, reverse the ring direction for aperture control and select Smooth, 1/3 EV or 1/2 EV increments.<small role="credit">Tamron</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-tamron-link-performance"><span>Tamron-Link: Performance</span></h3><p>When it comes to performance, the Tamron-Link simply works and just as importantly, it works simply. It’s quick and easy to set up, being just a matter of plugging it into a compatible Tamron lens and downloading the companion app on your mobile phone. From then on, everything is plain sailing for customizing your lens and controlling it remotely. And if anything’s not clear, there are plenty of help sections along the way.</p><p>That said, nothing is entirely perfect and there are certain limitations. First up, it doesn’t work with Tamron’s Fujifilm X-mount and Canon RF-mount lenses, the former lacking a USB socket and the latter not featuring the requisite software compatibility. Some of the features available for Sony E-mount lenses are also lacking in their Nikon Z-mount counterparts.</p><p>Furthermore, not all of Tamron’s lenses that feature USB sockets are compatible with Tamron-Link Bluetooth adapter, so it pays to check first before purchasing. Last but not least, you’re limited by the usual 5m / 16.4ft range of Bluetooth wireless connectivity and if you’re camera goes into standby mode, the Bluetooth connection between your smartphone and the lens is severed. These factors aside, the system works very well indeed and performance is excellent.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-tamron-link-verdict"><span>Tamron-Link: Verdict</span></h3><p>It’s often said that the best things come in small packages, and they don’t come much smaller than this. I love the tiny yet solid build of the Tamron-Link, and that it barely weighs anything at all. Simply plug it into a compatible Tamron lens, download the smartphone app and you’re good to go.</p><p>I’m less happy that it only fires on all cylinders with compatible Sony E-mount versions of current Tamron lenses. Tamron’s Nikon Z-mount lenses lose a couple of features in translation, and the adapter is of little or no use on Canon RF and Fujifilm X versions of Tamron lenses, the latter not even having a USB port for attaching it.</p><p>Back on the upside, the interface is clear and intuitive, yet fun to use, almost turning customization and remote control of your Tamron lenses into a kind of computer game. But the mobile app definitely has a serious side as well, enabling complex focus and aperture transitions easy to achieve, both on the fly and as programmable and precisely repeatable operations. All in all, I think it’s a worthy add-on for Nikon Z-mount Tamron lenses, and a no-brainer for Sony E-mount editions.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>There are plenty of customization and remote control features but the full set of what’s on offer only really works with compatible Sony E-mount Tamron lenses.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design is flawless. The Bluetooth adapter is tiny and weighs almost nothing at all, while the supporting app is comprehensive but intuitive and engaging.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is very convincing overall but there’s a bit of a hit on your camera battery for powering the Bluetooth adapter and the link is severed if you let your camera go into standby mode.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>It’s great value for money, considering the purchase cost enables you to buy into the free supporting app as well as the Bluetooth adapter itself.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.87%;"><img id="kwqBnpxWdEcqksoE5D6Vk3" name="TL 00 hero 0193.JPG" alt="Tamron-Link product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kwqBnpxWdEcqksoE5D6Vk3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1286" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kwqBnpxWdEcqksoE5D6Vk3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="1d330c40-80db-11f1-9072-df3bacabc82f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Yongnuo BR-L1" data-dimension48="Yongnuo BR-L1" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/yongnuo-yn33mm-f14-da-dsm-wl-pro-review-not-just-an-autofocus-lens-its-got-built-in-rf-wireless-too" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1350px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="qLa9tu23yFtc5xHfa8Uay5" name="Yongnuo BR-L1 remote control square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qLa9tu23yFtc5xHfa8Uay5.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1350" height="1350" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/yongnuo-yn33mm-f14-da-dsm-wl-pro-review-not-just-an-autofocus-lens-its-got-built-in-rf-wireless-too" data-dimension112="1d330c40-80db-11f1-9072-df3bacabc82f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Yongnuo BR-L1" data-dimension48="Yongnuo BR-L1" data-dimension25=""><strong>Yongnuo BR-L1</strong></a> remote control works with a variety of Yongnuo lenses. Sold separately, it’s has RF wireless connectivity, an on/off switch, Fn button, A and B buttons, a rotary dial and a little mono LCD screen. It enables wireless remote control for adjusting the lens’s aperture and for manual focusing, as well as for A-B focusing.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="1d330cea-80db-11f1-8033-f948388f76f4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Nikon ML-L7" data-dimension48="Nikon ML-L7" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-remotes#section-nikon-ml-l7" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:513px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DkxTaR6kek8jcVKeED8zYW" name="Nikon ML-L7.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DkxTaR6kek8jcVKeED8zYW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="513" height="513" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-remotes#section-nikon-ml-l7" data-dimension112="1d330cea-80db-11f1-8033-f948388f76f4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Nikon ML-L7" data-dimension48="Nikon ML-L7" data-dimension25=""><strong>Nikon ML-L7</strong></a> is a handy little remote controller that works with Z-series cameras as well as some of the Coolpix range. Communicating via wireless Bluetooth, the remote enables you to control shutter release, video start/stop and some customizable functions including zooming for cameras and lenses that feature motorized zoom.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling review: expandable and adaptable for camera gear and daily life, with smaller and larger options to choose from ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Say ‘Manfrotto’ and the word ‘tripod’ almost inevitably follows. The company has made some of my all-time <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">favorite tripods</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">tripod heads</a>, and goes all the way back to the 1960s when the Italian photojournalist Lino Manfrotto started selling light stands. In more recent times, the company has gone large on camera backpacks, bags, and roller cases, with several product lines becoming available. The latest of these is the ‘Uncover’ collection, which so far features a pair of backpacks and a pair of messenger / sling bags.</p><p>The idea behind all four Uncover bags and backpacks is that they can adapt to your needs on a day-to-day or even minute-by-minute basis. That’s thanks to two crucial design elements. Firstly, they all have a removable camera insert, which you can fill with a camera, lenses, and other photo accessories, or ditch altogether so that you can use the outers as general-purpose backpacks and bags. Secondly, they all have a roll-top facility, so they can expand to carry more stuff, or shrink to smaller sizes to suit the journey and the load.</p><p>Focusing on the messenger bags, there’s the smaller Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L and the larger Uncover Messenger 12L. The 7L has a capacity range of 7.5L to 9.5L, and includes a small camera insert that can accommodate a camera body and one or two lenses. The 12L has a larger 10.5L to 14.5L capacity and a bigger camera insert that can hold a camera body with up to three lenses or a mini drone. Both aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-messenger-bags-for-photographers">best messenger bags for photographers</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="BGrWs6kzsDZZxLLdEJSKM" name="MUM 01 intro 0095.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BGrWs6kzsDZZxLLdEJSKM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BGrWs6kzsDZZxLLdEJSKM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s how the bags measure up, with the front of the Uncover Messenger 12L on the left and the back of the smaller Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L on the right. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-specifications"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Messenger 12L</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7.5L to 9.5L expandable</p></td><td  ><p>10.5L to 14.5L expandable</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>External dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>39x13x22-29cm / 15.4x5.1x8.7-11.4in</p></td><td  ><p>42x15x23-33.5cm / 16.5x5.9x9.1-13.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Internal dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>34x12x19-26cm / 13.4x4.7x7.5-10.2in</p></td><td  ><p>34x14x20-30cm / 13.4x5.5x7.9-11.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Bag type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Messenger bag with camera insert</p></td><td  ><p>Messenger bag with camera insert</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Camera access</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Top</p></td><td  ><p>Top</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Laptop/tablet compartment</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8.5-inch tablet</p></td><td  ><p>11-inch tablet</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Tripod fastener</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Side pockets</strong></p></td><td  ><p>None</p></td><td  ><p>2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Baggage trolley strap</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rain-proof cover</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>0.7kg / 1.5lb</p></td><td  ><p>1kg / 2.2lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-price"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Price</span></h3><p>There’s no shortage of manufacturers making photo-friendly messenger bags these days. Big names that spring to mind include Billingham, Lowepro, Vanguard, Tenba, and Peak Design, to name but a few, and of course Manfrotto. The price range kicks off from bargain-basement buys to luxury bags at premium prices. </p><p>The new Manfrotto bags occupy the middle ground, with the smaller Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L costing $139 / £99 / AU$199 and the larger Uncover Messenger 12L priced at $179 / £129 / AU$269. But more than just camera bags, these are bags for life, adapting to varying needs with or without carrying a camera, potentially making them good value for money, as you’ll get maximum use out of them.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger 12L,Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L" data-widget-title="Today's best Manfrotto Uncover Messenger 12L & 7L deals"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>There are some clever design touches sprinkled throughout these messenger bags, more so with the larger 12L one than the smaller 7L version, but I’ll start at the top with something they both have in common. That’s the expandable roll-top section, which enables the bags to grow to meet your needs when you have more stuff to carry. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="Yo3J6nvSXiNzk7GwwFJwP" name="MUM 0146.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yo3J6nvSXiNzk7GwwFJwP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yo3J6nvSXiNzk7GwwFJwP.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The roll-top section is very neat and tidy, folding down with hidden magnetic inserts to keep it in place. There’s also a grab handle on the front of the bags </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The roll-top concept is a neat idea but one thing I’ve found less ‘neat’ about them in the past is that they can tend to look a bit messy when rolled up for compactness. There’s no hint of that here. Instead of rolling up, the expanding section simply folds over and is held in place by hidden magnets. It’s an elegant solution that gives a more elegant look to the bags.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="grw8ufdtNuo6KcSvGpMLT" name="MUM 0149.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/grw8ufdtNuo6KcSvGpMLT.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/grw8ufdtNuo6KcSvGpMLT.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s a generous increase in the amount of storage space when you extend the roll-top section. In the 12L bag shown here, the capacity grows from 10.5 to 14.5 liters, thus giving you no less than four extra liters to play with. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another potential problem area is the placement of the shoulder strap. If it’s ideally positioned for when the bag is compacted, it’s often less than ideal when it’s expanded. Again, Manfrotto has come up with a clever solution in that the bags feature two pairs of strap attachment loops, while the strap itself has spring-loaded metal catches at each end. The upshot is that you can quickly and easily snap the strap onto whichever pair of loops fit the bill.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="9JyNfXeSg9NjMv58THedN" name="MUM 0150.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9JyNfXeSg9NjMv58THedN.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9JyNfXeSg9NjMv58THedN.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s a pair of upper and lower strap attachment loops on each side of the bag, so you can ideally position the strap for both rolled-up and expanded configurations. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modern, stylish look of the bags extend to the straps, which I’d describe as being made from seatbelt-like material, wrapped in a padded outer. They’re as good as they look, with a generous range of adjustability and being very comfortable to wear. They’re also quite resistant to unwantedly slipping off your shoulder, so you can safely wear the bags as shoulder bags as well as in cross-body messenger style.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="aFCsSWFrE3PKNDkzGqejM" name="MUM 0152.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aFCsSWFrE3PKNDkzGqejM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aFCsSWFrE3PKNDkzGqejM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A little design flourish is that the ‘Uncover’ printed shoulder strap lies within a comfortably padded outer sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing I always like to see is a grab handle, so I can conveniently pick up the bag with one hand as an alternative to hanging it off a shoulder. The larger version comes complete with a long rope-style grab handle on the back (in addition to the front grab handle) which is comfortable and dependable, and there’s also a small loop just above it. There’s also a flat pass-through strap just below, for securely attaching the bag to the handle of a luggage trolley. The scaled-down 7L bag has neither the rear grab handle nor the trolley pass-through – just the small upper loop.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="Fc6eqskv8zAcntnF7C2pQ" name="MUM 0153.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fc6eqskv8zAcntnF7C2pQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fc6eqskv8zAcntnF7C2pQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 12L version has a full complement of rope-style grab handle, top loop and lower baggage trolley pass-through. The 7L bag only has the small loop up top. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to things featured in both bags, the ‘FlexGrid’ front panel is made from tough, dual-laminated Cordura with laser-cut holes. Another neat idea, this enables you to hang all sorts of bits, bobs and accessories off the front of the bag, simply by attaching them or tying them to the FlexGrid.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="vPjKzxgYuHzk7ijoK9GnR" name="MUM 0154.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vPjKzxgYuHzk7ijoK9GnR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vPjKzxgYuHzk7ijoK9GnR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The FlexGrid front panel enables you to hang extra items onto the bag, using carabiners or just tying them on, using the laser-cut holes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s an additional slim pocket on side of the 12L bag, and a larger expandable pocket on the other side. The latter is big enough to take a drinks bottle or other similarly sized extra, putting it within easy reach and without taking up precious room inside the main compartment of the bag. However, both of these are omitted in the 7L bag, which has no side pockets at all.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="UyRSuf6sem9wr3HeTMu2P" name="MUM 0156.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UyRSuf6sem9wr3HeTMu2P.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UyRSuf6sem9wr3HeTMu2P.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The larger of the two side pockets featured in the 12L version can hold a drinks bottle or something of a similar size. The 7L bag has no side pockets at all. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I personally find a slim rear pocket very useful in any shoulder/messenger bag and this is very much present and correct in both of the 7L and 12L Uncover bags. It’s great for keeping paperwork, travel documents and other thin stuff in a self-contained area, out of harm’s way.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="pbaYR2mZsjZxT9zgo5MiQ" name="MUM 0157.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pbaYR2mZsjZxT9zgo5MiQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pbaYR2mZsjZxT9zgo5MiQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Both bags feature a full-width, slimline zippered pocket at the rear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A quick look underneath the 12L bag reveals a pair of adjustable straps with fasteners. You could use these for attaching a wide variety of things, like a short umbrella, but in a photographic context, I’d use them for attaching a travel tripod. Again, you don’t get this facility with the 7L bag, which is strapless underneath.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="w4445PBSpPrAjWw5FJjDS" name="MUM 0158.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w4445PBSpPrAjWw5FJjDS.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w4445PBSpPrAjWw5FJjDS.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 12L bag has adjustable straps on the underside, ideal for attaching a travel tripod. They’re not featured in the 7L bag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s not really a problem but you can’t actually get into the main zippered compartment of the bags without first lifting up the expanding section to its full height. The quick-action folding design with magnetic attraction again comes to the fore. Once opened, the camera insert can seem a little buried away, far down inside the compartment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="jpxyDCD9Xzag4DJW77VDM" name="MUM 0159.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jpxyDCD9Xzag4DJW77VDM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jpxyDCD9Xzag4DJW77VDM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera insert lies low in the bag, as you have to extend the roll-top to its full height to get into the main zippered compartment. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned earlier, one of the things I like most about the Uncover design is that you can remove the camera insert altogether when you’re not carrying your camera, and use the entire main compartment for daily or travel essentials. The removable camera insert itself has a fully zippered top flap and a carrying handle, enabling it to work as a camera bag of sorts in its own right.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="csKMVntrpxNvZXrbjQ4wP" name="MUM 0161.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/csKMVntrpxNvZXrbjQ4wP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/csKMVntrpxNvZXrbjQ4wP.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the camera insert removed and as you’ll notice, it comes complete with a zippered lid and carry handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera insert comes complete with adjustable dividers that you can fold and bend into the ideal configuration for your kit, as well as placing them in the best locations thanks to Velcro strip fasteners. Folding one or two of the dividers can work well if you have thin lenses or other accessories and don’t mind double-stacking them.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="73nphV3HXK38gxGYj9gtL" name="MUM 0163.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/73nphV3HXK38gxGYj9gtL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/73nphV3HXK38gxGYj9gtL.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the inside of the 12L bag, with its three adjustable dividers inserted. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 12L bag comes with three dividers in total, that have differing designs. The two darker grey dividers are just crying out to be folded into specialist shapes, and even the light grey ‘flat’ one can be folded over to make an elongated cube, as shown above.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="mGhj5NT8w62EAW6A5x6zL" name="MUM 0164.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mGhj5NT8w62EAW6A5x6zL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mGhj5NT8w62EAW6A5x6zL.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">These are the three dividers that are supplied with the 12L bag. The 7L bags comes with one dark grey ‘M-Guard’ divider and one flat light grey divider. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Carrying a bag around with an expensive camera kit inside it can be a nerve-wracking experience. To give a little peace of mind, both bags feature a small hidden pocket, designed to hold an AirTag or similar tracking device.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="3fo9jbfEYVwNi94wJhoSM" name="MUM 0165.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3fo9jbfEYVwNi94wJhoSM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3fo9jbfEYVwNi94wJhoSM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s a small hidden pocket for holding an AirTag or alternative tracking device, to help you keep tabs on your bag’s location. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main compartment of both bags also features a tablet sleeve with its own secure closure. Only the size differs, the 12L bag accommodating an 11-inch tablet and the 7L bag being able to hold an 8.5-inch tablet, like an iPad mini. However, a major drawback for some prospective buyers is that neither of the bags features a laptop sleeve.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="zVzD5ee6sz6YEHWvxhZLD" name="MUM 0166.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zVzD5ee6sz6YEHWvxhZLD.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zVzD5ee6sz6YEHWvxhZLD.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 7L and 12L bags feature 8.5-inch and 11-inch tablet sleeves respectively, but neither has a laptop sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least, there’s a mesh pocket that runs full width along the inside front of the main compartment. It’s zippered and offers a dedicated area for keeping small but sensitive or precious items.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="icpwEYggT8tQ9GBLP2F9J" name="MUM 0167.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/icpwEYggT8tQ9GBLP2F9J.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/icpwEYggT8tQ9GBLP2F9J.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The zippered mesh pocket runs the full length of the front of the main internal compartment. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-performance"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Performance</span></h3><p>There’s always a feel-good factor in having a bag that you like the look of, and I think the Manfrotto Uncover bags do look attractive. However, they’re only available in a single black/grey colorway option, which might not be to everyone’s taste. From a performance perspective, a more vital aspect is that the bags are robust, resilient, and give good protection to whatever you're carrying inside them. That’s especially true for carrying camera kit.</p><p>Toughness is ensured by Manfrotto’s custom ‘TriTex’ three-layer fabric, from which the bags are constructed. The material is designed to be highly durable and water-resistant, and the bags also feature weather-sealed YKK zippers. The net result is that you don’t need an additional slip-over weather-proof cover, as supplied with many bags, which can take up space and be a chore to use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="VMgz5vLncJTJUL8zHL6QM" name="MUM 0170.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VMgz5vLncJTJUL8zHL6QM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VMgz5vLncJTJUL8zHL6QM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even with the larger 12L version of the Uncover Messenger, you can find yourself running out of room in the camera insert sooner rather than later. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An upside of the ‘bag within a bag’ design is that camera kit gets double the protective padding in its dedicated insert. However it also means that kit isn’t quite as immediately accessible and that precious room is used up by basically stowing one bag inside another one.</p><p>I was a little disappointed that even with the larger 12L bag, I packed my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z6-iii-review-a-dream-camera-for-content-creators-through-to-enthusiast-and-pro-photographers">Nikon Z6III</a> camera with mounted <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-nikkor-z-24-70mm-f4-s-review">Z 24-70mm f/4 S</a> lens in its retracted state, along with a second similarly sized lens, and pretty much all of the space in the camera insert was used up, as shown in the image above. Sure, you could squeeze in a few more items if you had a more compact camera and smaller lenses but let’s face it, the Z6III and its retractable kit lens isn’t exactly a big camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="n3oaUgtiwLUG9drvKtWNR" name="MUM 0169.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n3oaUgtiwLUG9drvKtWNR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n3oaUgtiwLUG9drvKtWNR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Stashing a tripod on the 12L version of the bag is quick and easy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I don’t have one of those super-small ‘travel tripods’ with swing-up legs, which would be an ideal fit for attaching to the 12L bag, courtesy of the adjustable bottom straps. Even so, my not overly large <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-190go-tripod-review">Manfrotto 190go! Tripod</a> doesn’t look entirely out of place. Either way, the 7L omits the tripod straps.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-verdict"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’m all for versatility and adaptability. I like that the roll-top design of the Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling bags enables them to grow and shrink on demand, accommodating different amounts of daily paraphernalia. I also like that the camera inserts, which are a bit like camera bags in their own right, are easily removable in just a few seconds. The bags, therefore, convert from photo bags to regular, general-use bags on the fly. Further plus points are that the bags are very durable, attractively styled, and comfortable to carry.</p><p>It’s not all great news. The ‘bag within a bag’ design eats into the available space, and even the larger 12L version has relatively little room for photo gear in its camera insert. Naturally, the 7L bag has even less. The 7L bag also lacks side pockets, a rear grab handle, a baggage trolley pass-through, and tripod tethers. Unless you’re desperate for the smallest bag you can get away with, the 12L has a lot more to offer. Even so, I feel that the fairly small amount of camera kit that it can carry is a limiting factor.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>There’s a good range of features, especially in the 12L version. Both feature a roll-top, removable camera insert and FlexGrid front panel, but the 7L lacks a few extras.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Stylish Italian design is backed up by high-grade materials and impressive build quality, but camera space is limited and they’re only available in a single black/grey colorway. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Both 7L and 12L bags are robust, durable and weather-resistant but performance in the context of carrying camera kit is limited by the relatively small available space.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>For messenger / sling bags of high quality, pricing is reasonable for both size options but they’re not standout value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2843px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.88%;"><img id="E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN" name="MUM 00 hero 0083.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2843" height="1219" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="12821698-7c70-11f1-a11c-a3a61c75d12f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" data-dimension48="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-range-36m38m-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:823px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="wVwo6vLHWNXQYCUYpLtr5U" name="Vanguard Veo Range 36M 38M square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wVwo6vLHWNXQYCUYpLtr5U.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="823" height="823" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-range-36m38m-review" data-dimension112="12821698-7c70-11f1-a11c-a3a61c75d12f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" data-dimension48="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M</strong></a> is one of my favorite pairs of messenger bags, available in 14L and 17L sizes respectively. They have a space-saving, double-deck configuration, integrated tripod compartment, and can hold a surprisingly large collection of kit, all for a very affordable price.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="12821706-7c70-11f1-8e1a-2bf6e73f3797" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" data-dimension48="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-everyday-messenger-13-inch-v2" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:823px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="VLBRkcDnaCduprow2uQB8U" name="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLBRkcDnaCduprow2uQB8U.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="823" height="823" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-everyday-messenger-13-inch-v2" data-dimension112="12821706-7c70-11f1-8e1a-2bf6e73f3797" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" data-dimension48="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2</strong></a> is a really smart-looking, high-quality bag that’s beautifully made and impeccably turned out. It can hold a lot of kit, more so than you might think when just looking at it, and features lots of extra pockets and cubbyholes, as well as having flexible internal organization.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Manfrotto Uncover Messenger bags aim to cater to ‘life in motion’ and come in 7L and 12L options, both with removable camera inserts and roll-top expandability ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Up6oYJSxXhVGPA7TY6noJ5</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VGeopFRNvsShEAM7vc7yN-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 19 Jul 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Bags and Backpacks]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VGeopFRNvsShEAM7vc7yN-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VGeopFRNvsShEAM7vc7yN-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Say ‘Manfrotto’ and the word ‘tripod’ almost inevitably follows. The company has made some of my all-time <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">favorite tripods</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">tripod heads</a>, and goes all the way back to the 1960s when the Italian photojournalist Lino Manfrotto started selling light stands. In more recent times, the company has gone large on camera backpacks, bags, and roller cases, with several product lines becoming available. The latest of these is the ‘Uncover’ collection, which so far features a pair of backpacks and a pair of messenger / sling bags.</p><p>The idea behind all four Uncover bags and backpacks is that they can adapt to your needs on a day-to-day or even minute-by-minute basis. That’s thanks to two crucial design elements. Firstly, they all have a removable camera insert, which you can fill with a camera, lenses, and other photo accessories, or ditch altogether so that you can use the outers as general-purpose backpacks and bags. Secondly, they all have a roll-top facility, so they can expand to carry more stuff, or shrink to smaller sizes to suit the journey and the load.</p><p>Focusing on the messenger bags, there’s the smaller Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L and the larger Uncover Messenger 12L. The 7L has a capacity range of 7.5L to 9.5L, and includes a small camera insert that can accommodate a camera body and one or two lenses. The 12L has a larger 10.5L to 14.5L capacity and a bigger camera insert that can hold a camera body with up to three lenses or a mini drone. Both aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-messenger-bags-for-photographers">best messenger bags for photographers</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="BGrWs6kzsDZZxLLdEJSKM" name="MUM 01 intro 0095.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BGrWs6kzsDZZxLLdEJSKM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BGrWs6kzsDZZxLLdEJSKM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s how the bags measure up, with the front of the Uncover Messenger 12L on the left and the back of the smaller Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L on the right. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-specifications"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Messenger 12L</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7.5L to 9.5L expandable</p></td><td  ><p>10.5L to 14.5L expandable</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>External dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>39x13x22-29cm / 15.4x5.1x8.7-11.4in</p></td><td  ><p>42x15x23-33.5cm / 16.5x5.9x9.1-13.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Internal dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>34x12x19-26cm / 13.4x4.7x7.5-10.2in</p></td><td  ><p>34x14x20-30cm / 13.4x5.5x7.9-11.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Bag type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Messenger bag with camera insert</p></td><td  ><p>Messenger bag with camera insert</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Camera access</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Top</p></td><td  ><p>Top</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Laptop/tablet compartment</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8.5-inch tablet</p></td><td  ><p>11-inch tablet</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Tripod fastener</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Side pockets</strong></p></td><td  ><p>None</p></td><td  ><p>2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Baggage trolley strap</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rain-proof cover</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>0.7kg / 1.5lb</p></td><td  ><p>1kg / 2.2lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-price"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Price</span></h3><p>There’s no shortage of manufacturers making photo-friendly messenger bags these days. Big names that spring to mind include Billingham, Lowepro, Vanguard, Tenba, and Peak Design, to name but a few, and of course Manfrotto. The price range kicks off from bargain-basement buys to luxury bags at premium prices. </p><p>The new Manfrotto bags occupy the middle ground, with the smaller Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L costing $139 / £99 / AU$199 and the larger Uncover Messenger 12L priced at $179 / £129 / AU$269. But more than just camera bags, these are bags for life, adapting to varying needs with or without carrying a camera, potentially making them good value for money, as you’ll get maximum use out of them.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger 12L,Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling 7L" data-widget-title="Today's best Manfrotto Uncover Messenger 12L & 7L deals"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>There are some clever design touches sprinkled throughout these messenger bags, more so with the larger 12L one than the smaller 7L version, but I’ll start at the top with something they both have in common. That’s the expandable roll-top section, which enables the bags to grow to meet your needs when you have more stuff to carry. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="Yo3J6nvSXiNzk7GwwFJwP" name="MUM 0146.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yo3J6nvSXiNzk7GwwFJwP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yo3J6nvSXiNzk7GwwFJwP.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The roll-top section is very neat and tidy, folding down with hidden magnetic inserts to keep it in place. There’s also a grab handle on the front of the bags </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The roll-top concept is a neat idea but one thing I’ve found less ‘neat’ about them in the past is that they can tend to look a bit messy when rolled up for compactness. There’s no hint of that here. Instead of rolling up, the expanding section simply folds over and is held in place by hidden magnets. It’s an elegant solution that gives a more elegant look to the bags.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="grw8ufdtNuo6KcSvGpMLT" name="MUM 0149.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/grw8ufdtNuo6KcSvGpMLT.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/grw8ufdtNuo6KcSvGpMLT.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s a generous increase in the amount of storage space when you extend the roll-top section. In the 12L bag shown here, the capacity grows from 10.5 to 14.5 liters, thus giving you no less than four extra liters to play with. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another potential problem area is the placement of the shoulder strap. If it’s ideally positioned for when the bag is compacted, it’s often less than ideal when it’s expanded. Again, Manfrotto has come up with a clever solution in that the bags feature two pairs of strap attachment loops, while the strap itself has spring-loaded metal catches at each end. The upshot is that you can quickly and easily snap the strap onto whichever pair of loops fit the bill.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="9JyNfXeSg9NjMv58THedN" name="MUM 0150.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9JyNfXeSg9NjMv58THedN.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9JyNfXeSg9NjMv58THedN.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s a pair of upper and lower strap attachment loops on each side of the bag, so you can ideally position the strap for both rolled-up and expanded configurations. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modern, stylish look of the bags extend to the straps, which I’d describe as being made from seatbelt-like material, wrapped in a padded outer. They’re as good as they look, with a generous range of adjustability and being very comfortable to wear. They’re also quite resistant to unwantedly slipping off your shoulder, so you can safely wear the bags as shoulder bags as well as in cross-body messenger style.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="aFCsSWFrE3PKNDkzGqejM" name="MUM 0152.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aFCsSWFrE3PKNDkzGqejM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aFCsSWFrE3PKNDkzGqejM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A little design flourish is that the ‘Uncover’ printed shoulder strap lies within a comfortably padded outer sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing I always like to see is a grab handle, so I can conveniently pick up the bag with one hand as an alternative to hanging it off a shoulder. The larger version comes complete with a long rope-style grab handle on the back (in addition to the front grab handle) which is comfortable and dependable, and there’s also a small loop just above it. There’s also a flat pass-through strap just below, for securely attaching the bag to the handle of a luggage trolley. The scaled-down 7L bag has neither the rear grab handle nor the trolley pass-through – just the small upper loop.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="Fc6eqskv8zAcntnF7C2pQ" name="MUM 0153.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fc6eqskv8zAcntnF7C2pQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fc6eqskv8zAcntnF7C2pQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 12L version has a full complement of rope-style grab handle, top loop and lower baggage trolley pass-through. The 7L bag only has the small loop up top. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to things featured in both bags, the ‘FlexGrid’ front panel is made from tough, dual-laminated Cordura with laser-cut holes. Another neat idea, this enables you to hang all sorts of bits, bobs and accessories off the front of the bag, simply by attaching them or tying them to the FlexGrid.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="vPjKzxgYuHzk7ijoK9GnR" name="MUM 0154.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vPjKzxgYuHzk7ijoK9GnR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vPjKzxgYuHzk7ijoK9GnR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The FlexGrid front panel enables you to hang extra items onto the bag, using carabiners or just tying them on, using the laser-cut holes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s an additional slim pocket on side of the 12L bag, and a larger expandable pocket on the other side. The latter is big enough to take a drinks bottle or other similarly sized extra, putting it within easy reach and without taking up precious room inside the main compartment of the bag. However, both of these are omitted in the 7L bag, which has no side pockets at all.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="UyRSuf6sem9wr3HeTMu2P" name="MUM 0156.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UyRSuf6sem9wr3HeTMu2P.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UyRSuf6sem9wr3HeTMu2P.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The larger of the two side pockets featured in the 12L version can hold a drinks bottle or something of a similar size. The 7L bag has no side pockets at all. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I personally find a slim rear pocket very useful in any shoulder/messenger bag and this is very much present and correct in both of the 7L and 12L Uncover bags. It’s great for keeping paperwork, travel documents and other thin stuff in a self-contained area, out of harm’s way.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="pbaYR2mZsjZxT9zgo5MiQ" name="MUM 0157.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pbaYR2mZsjZxT9zgo5MiQ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pbaYR2mZsjZxT9zgo5MiQ.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Both bags feature a full-width, slimline zippered pocket at the rear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A quick look underneath the 12L bag reveals a pair of adjustable straps with fasteners. You could use these for attaching a wide variety of things, like a short umbrella, but in a photographic context, I’d use them for attaching a travel tripod. Again, you don’t get this facility with the 7L bag, which is strapless underneath.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="w4445PBSpPrAjWw5FJjDS" name="MUM 0158.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w4445PBSpPrAjWw5FJjDS.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w4445PBSpPrAjWw5FJjDS.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 12L bag has adjustable straps on the underside, ideal for attaching a travel tripod. They’re not featured in the 7L bag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s not really a problem but you can’t actually get into the main zippered compartment of the bags without first lifting up the expanding section to its full height. The quick-action folding design with magnetic attraction again comes to the fore. Once opened, the camera insert can seem a little buried away, far down inside the compartment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="jpxyDCD9Xzag4DJW77VDM" name="MUM 0159.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jpxyDCD9Xzag4DJW77VDM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jpxyDCD9Xzag4DJW77VDM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera insert lies low in the bag, as you have to extend the roll-top to its full height to get into the main zippered compartment. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned earlier, one of the things I like most about the Uncover design is that you can remove the camera insert altogether when you’re not carrying your camera, and use the entire main compartment for daily or travel essentials. The removable camera insert itself has a fully zippered top flap and a carrying handle, enabling it to work as a camera bag of sorts in its own right.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="csKMVntrpxNvZXrbjQ4wP" name="MUM 0161.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/csKMVntrpxNvZXrbjQ4wP.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/csKMVntrpxNvZXrbjQ4wP.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the camera insert removed and as you’ll notice, it comes complete with a zippered lid and carry handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera insert comes complete with adjustable dividers that you can fold and bend into the ideal configuration for your kit, as well as placing them in the best locations thanks to Velcro strip fasteners. Folding one or two of the dividers can work well if you have thin lenses or other accessories and don’t mind double-stacking them.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="73nphV3HXK38gxGYj9gtL" name="MUM 0163.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/73nphV3HXK38gxGYj9gtL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/73nphV3HXK38gxGYj9gtL.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the inside of the 12L bag, with its three adjustable dividers inserted. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 12L bag comes with three dividers in total, that have differing designs. The two darker grey dividers are just crying out to be folded into specialist shapes, and even the light grey ‘flat’ one can be folded over to make an elongated cube, as shown above.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="mGhj5NT8w62EAW6A5x6zL" name="MUM 0164.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mGhj5NT8w62EAW6A5x6zL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mGhj5NT8w62EAW6A5x6zL.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">These are the three dividers that are supplied with the 12L bag. The 7L bags comes with one dark grey ‘M-Guard’ divider and one flat light grey divider. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Carrying a bag around with an expensive camera kit inside it can be a nerve-wracking experience. To give a little peace of mind, both bags feature a small hidden pocket, designed to hold an AirTag or similar tracking device.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="3fo9jbfEYVwNi94wJhoSM" name="MUM 0165.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3fo9jbfEYVwNi94wJhoSM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3fo9jbfEYVwNi94wJhoSM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s a small hidden pocket for holding an AirTag or alternative tracking device, to help you keep tabs on your bag’s location. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main compartment of both bags also features a tablet sleeve with its own secure closure. Only the size differs, the 12L bag accommodating an 11-inch tablet and the 7L bag being able to hold an 8.5-inch tablet, like an iPad mini. However, a major drawback for some prospective buyers is that neither of the bags features a laptop sleeve.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="zVzD5ee6sz6YEHWvxhZLD" name="MUM 0166.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zVzD5ee6sz6YEHWvxhZLD.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zVzD5ee6sz6YEHWvxhZLD.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 7L and 12L bags feature 8.5-inch and 11-inch tablet sleeves respectively, but neither has a laptop sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least, there’s a mesh pocket that runs full width along the inside front of the main compartment. It’s zippered and offers a dedicated area for keeping small but sensitive or precious items.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="icpwEYggT8tQ9GBLP2F9J" name="MUM 0167.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/icpwEYggT8tQ9GBLP2F9J.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/icpwEYggT8tQ9GBLP2F9J.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The zippered mesh pocket runs the full length of the front of the main internal compartment. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-performance"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Performance</span></h3><p>There’s always a feel-good factor in having a bag that you like the look of, and I think the Manfrotto Uncover bags do look attractive. However, they’re only available in a single black/grey colorway option, which might not be to everyone’s taste. From a performance perspective, a more vital aspect is that the bags are robust, resilient, and give good protection to whatever you're carrying inside them. That’s especially true for carrying camera kit.</p><p>Toughness is ensured by Manfrotto’s custom ‘TriTex’ three-layer fabric, from which the bags are constructed. The material is designed to be highly durable and water-resistant, and the bags also feature weather-sealed YKK zippers. The net result is that you don’t need an additional slip-over weather-proof cover, as supplied with many bags, which can take up space and be a chore to use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="VMgz5vLncJTJUL8zHL6QM" name="MUM 0170.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VMgz5vLncJTJUL8zHL6QM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VMgz5vLncJTJUL8zHL6QM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even with the larger 12L version of the Uncover Messenger, you can find yourself running out of room in the camera insert sooner rather than later. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An upside of the ‘bag within a bag’ design is that camera kit gets double the protective padding in its dedicated insert. However it also means that kit isn’t quite as immediately accessible and that precious room is used up by basically stowing one bag inside another one.</p><p>I was a little disappointed that even with the larger 12L bag, I packed my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z6-iii-review-a-dream-camera-for-content-creators-through-to-enthusiast-and-pro-photographers">Nikon Z6III</a> camera with mounted <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-nikkor-z-24-70mm-f4-s-review">Z 24-70mm f/4 S</a> lens in its retracted state, along with a second similarly sized lens, and pretty much all of the space in the camera insert was used up, as shown in the image above. Sure, you could squeeze in a few more items if you had a more compact camera and smaller lenses but let’s face it, the Z6III and its retractable kit lens isn’t exactly a big camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="n3oaUgtiwLUG9drvKtWNR" name="MUM 0169.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n3oaUgtiwLUG9drvKtWNR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n3oaUgtiwLUG9drvKtWNR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Stashing a tripod on the 12L version of the bag is quick and easy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I don’t have one of those super-small ‘travel tripods’ with swing-up legs, which would be an ideal fit for attaching to the 12L bag, courtesy of the adjustable bottom straps. Even so, my not overly large <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-190go-tripod-review">Manfrotto 190go! Tripod</a> doesn’t look entirely out of place. Either way, the 7L omits the tripod straps.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-messenger-sling-verdict"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’m all for versatility and adaptability. I like that the roll-top design of the Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling bags enables them to grow and shrink on demand, accommodating different amounts of daily paraphernalia. I also like that the camera inserts, which are a bit like camera bags in their own right, are easily removable in just a few seconds. The bags, therefore, convert from photo bags to regular, general-use bags on the fly. Further plus points are that the bags are very durable, attractively styled, and comfortable to carry.</p><p>It’s not all great news. The ‘bag within a bag’ design eats into the available space, and even the larger 12L version has relatively little room for photo gear in its camera insert. Naturally, the 7L bag has even less. The 7L bag also lacks side pockets, a rear grab handle, a baggage trolley pass-through, and tripod tethers. Unless you’re desperate for the smallest bag you can get away with, the 12L has a lot more to offer. Even so, I feel that the fairly small amount of camera kit that it can carry is a limiting factor.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>There’s a good range of features, especially in the 12L version. Both feature a roll-top, removable camera insert and FlexGrid front panel, but the 7L lacks a few extras.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Stylish Italian design is backed up by high-grade materials and impressive build quality, but camera space is limited and they’re only available in a single black/grey colorway. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Both 7L and 12L bags are robust, durable and weather-resistant but performance in the context of carrying camera kit is limited by the relatively small available space.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>For messenger / sling bags of high quality, pricing is reasonable for both size options but they’re not standout value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2843px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.88%;"><img id="E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN" name="MUM 00 hero 0083.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Messenger / Sling product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2843" height="1219" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/E8sSJeonfctDXK7JYCBMN.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="12821698-7c70-11f1-a11c-a3a61c75d12f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" data-dimension48="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-range-36m38m-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:823px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="wVwo6vLHWNXQYCUYpLtr5U" name="Vanguard Veo Range 36M 38M square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wVwo6vLHWNXQYCUYpLtr5U.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="823" height="823" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-range-36m38m-review" data-dimension112="12821698-7c70-11f1-a11c-a3a61c75d12f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" data-dimension48="Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard Veo Range 36M/38M</strong></a> is one of my favorite pairs of messenger bags, available in 14L and 17L sizes respectively. They have a space-saving, double-deck configuration, integrated tripod compartment, and can hold a surprisingly large collection of kit, all for a very affordable price.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="12821706-7c70-11f1-8e1a-2bf6e73f3797" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" data-dimension48="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-everyday-messenger-13-inch-v2" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:823px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="VLBRkcDnaCduprow2uQB8U" name="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLBRkcDnaCduprow2uQB8U.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="823" height="823" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-everyday-messenger-13-inch-v2" data-dimension112="12821706-7c70-11f1-8e1a-2bf6e73f3797" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" data-dimension48="Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Everyday Messenger 13-inch V2</strong></a> is a really smart-looking, high-quality bag that’s beautifully made and impeccably turned out. It can hold a lot of kit, more so than you might think when just looking at it, and features lots of extra pockets and cubbyholes, as well as having flexible internal organization.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ High memory card prices might not fall until after 2030 ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>It's become an all-too familiar story: the global memory chip shortage causing the price of memory cards and SSDs to skyrocket. This situation has been ongoing for almost a year now, and the latest <a href="https://www.newsbytesapp.com/news/science/ai-driven-memory-chip-shortage-to-peak-in-2027-sk-hynix/story" target="_blank">news</a> suggests prices might not fall for some time.</p><p>According to Kwak Noh-jung, CEO of Korean chip giant SK Hynix, the global memory chip market "will face unprecedented supply shortages in 2027". Furthermore, Kwak predicts that the chip shortage is likely to continue past 2030. Other analysts agree that the chip shortage won't be over soon: UBS predicts the global DRAM market will remain undersupplied until at least Q2 2028, while Bank of America estimates that datacenter capital expenditure will hit $851 billion this year and rise to around $1.15 trillion next year – in other words, the demand for memory will rise over the next 12 months.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1559px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3" name="BalticServers_data_center" alt="Image of an IT data center" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1559" height="877" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0, BalticServers.com)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The chip shortage is due to the unprecedented demand for HBM (high bandwidth memory) chips, which are being voraciously consumed by AI datacenters. SK Hynix produces around 58% of the global HBM chip supply and is investing heavily in in new semiconductor production facilities, with $4 billion allocated to build an advanced chip packaging plant in Indiana.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4456px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="XxoXA68txq4AuV9Cwnd2oh" name="SDNK_PRO-CINEMA_CFExpress_Type-A_01-00999v2_Life-8" alt="SanDisk PRO-CINEMA CFexpress Type A card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XxoXA68txq4AuV9Cwnd2oh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4456" height="2507" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It should be noted that high bandwidth memory isn't actually used in products like consumer memory cards and SSDs, yet these products have still seen huge price rises as a direct result of the HBM chip shortage. The reason for this is likely due to chip manufacturers diverting manufacturing capacity to the more lucrative HBM sector, and away from the NAND flash used in memory cards. And it's this reduced supply of NAND chips that has caused the price of SD and CFexpress cards to increase so dramatically.</p><p>So if you’re in need of a new memory card, check out what we rate as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card" target="_blank"><strong>best memory cards for your camera</strong></a>, with the best prices available right now.</p><p><strong>Story credit:</strong> <a href="https://www.newsbytesapp.com/news/science/ai-driven-memory-chip-shortage-to-peak-in-2027-sk-hynix/story" target="_blank">NewsBytes</a></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/memory-cards/memory-card-prices-might-not-fall-until-after-2030</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ AI expansion is expected to place continued demand on the global memory supply for years to come, and photographers will pay for it ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">t7ciUaiR24nGUAAvTV6Rjb</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 18 Jul 2026 22:48:05 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 20 Jul 2026 07:54:52 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Memory Cards]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Photo of a collection of SD cards with dollar signs]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXjKKT6attc75E8jB6SqPc-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>It's become an all-too familiar story: the global memory chip shortage causing the price of memory cards and SSDs to skyrocket. This situation has been ongoing for almost a year now, and the latest <a href="https://www.newsbytesapp.com/news/science/ai-driven-memory-chip-shortage-to-peak-in-2027-sk-hynix/story" target="_blank">news</a> suggests prices might not fall for some time.</p><p>According to Kwak Noh-jung, CEO of Korean chip giant SK Hynix, the global memory chip market "will face unprecedented supply shortages in 2027". Furthermore, Kwak predicts that the chip shortage is likely to continue past 2030. Other analysts agree that the chip shortage won't be over soon: UBS predicts the global DRAM market will remain undersupplied until at least Q2 2028, while Bank of America estimates that datacenter capital expenditure will hit $851 billion this year and rise to around $1.15 trillion next year – in other words, the demand for memory will rise over the next 12 months.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1559px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3" name="BalticServers_data_center" alt="Image of an IT data center" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yrXCcDyNxZAJPB5tGFKAs3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1559" height="877" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0, BalticServers.com)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The chip shortage is due to the unprecedented demand for HBM (high bandwidth memory) chips, which are being voraciously consumed by AI datacenters. SK Hynix produces around 58% of the global HBM chip supply and is investing heavily in in new semiconductor production facilities, with $4 billion allocated to build an advanced chip packaging plant in Indiana.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4456px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="XxoXA68txq4AuV9Cwnd2oh" name="SDNK_PRO-CINEMA_CFExpress_Type-A_01-00999v2_Life-8" alt="SanDisk PRO-CINEMA CFexpress Type A card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XxoXA68txq4AuV9Cwnd2oh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4456" height="2507" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SanDisk)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It should be noted that high bandwidth memory isn't actually used in products like consumer memory cards and SSDs, yet these products have still seen huge price rises as a direct result of the HBM chip shortage. The reason for this is likely due to chip manufacturers diverting manufacturing capacity to the more lucrative HBM sector, and away from the NAND flash used in memory cards. And it's this reduced supply of NAND chips that has caused the price of SD and CFexpress cards to increase so dramatically.</p><p>So if you’re in need of a new memory card, check out what we rate as the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card" target="_blank"><strong>best memory cards for your camera</strong></a>, with the best prices available right now.</p><p><strong>Story credit:</strong> <a href="https://www.newsbytesapp.com/news/science/ai-driven-memory-chip-shortage-to-peak-in-2027-sk-hynix/story" target="_blank">NewsBytes</a></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Manfrotto Uncover Backpack review: these adaptable camera / daypacks come in two expandable size options ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Think Manfrotto and you’re probably thinking tripods, ranging from budget-friendly sticks right up to top-flight professional options. However, the Italian outfit has been operating since the 1960s, so it’s no surprise that it’s diversified along the way. There are light stands and accessories, which is also no surprise as the photojournalist Lino Manfrotto originally started the business by selling light stands. More recently, Manfrotto has designed and manufactured a wide range of camera bags, backpacks, and roller cases. The latest and arguably greatest of these are from the new ‘Uncover’ collection.</p><p>Typical of Manfrotto, there’s some snazzy Italian design flair and quality construction behind the Uncover range of backpacks and messenger / sling bags. The backpack that I’m majoring on here is the Manfrotto Uncover Backpack 30L, while also checking out the smaller 24L version. Both are very similar in terms of design, features, and construction; it’s just that one’s bigger than the other. That filters down to the camera inserts themselves.</p><p>The camera compartment of the 30L is designed to accommodate a mirrorless camera body or compact DSLR, along with three to five lenses, or a small drone kit. The 24L can take a compact camera body and up to three lenses, or a small drone. Both also serve as a daypack for your daily essentials, with an expanding roll-top design, and you can convert them to full-sized, general-purpose backpacks by quickly and easily removing the camera inserts. All in all, they aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">best backpacks for photographers</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="8zBd3ZcGWGyEARX45NiNqk" name="MUB 01 intro 0077" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8zBd3ZcGWGyEARX45NiNqk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the front of the 30L on the left and the rear of the 24L on the right, both at their most compact height with their roll-tops rolled down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-specifications"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Backpack 24L</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Backpack 30L</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20.5L to 28.5L expandable</p></td><td  ><p>25L to 33L expandable </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>External   dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>36x20x40.5-62cm / 14.2x7.9x15.9-24.4in </p></td><td  ><p>40x21x44-64.5cm / 15.8x8.3x17.3-25.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Internal   dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>23x13x40-57cm / 9.1x5.1x15.8-22.4in </p></td><td  ><p>28x16x41-60cm / 11x5.3x16.1-23.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Backpack type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Removable camera insert / daypack</p></td><td  ><p>Removable camera insert / daypack</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Camera   access</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Rear / side</p></td><td  ><p>Rear / side</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Laptop   compartment</strong></p></td><td  ><p>14-inch laptop + tablet</p></td><td  ><p>16-inch laptop + tablet</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Tripod   fastener</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Chest /   Waist strap</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Chest</p></td><td  ><p>Chest</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Baggage trolley strap</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rain-proof cover</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.6kg / 3.53lb</p></td><td  ><p>1.8kg / 3.97lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-price"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Price</span></h3><p>The Uncover Backpack 24L launched with a price of $300 / £229 / AU$429, while its bigger sibling, the Uncover Backpack 30L, came in at $330 / £239 / AU$439, so there’s not much difference between the two in terms of cost. </p><p>For the sake of comparison, one of the biggest names in the camera backpack market is Lowepro, and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/lowepro-protactic-bp-350-aw-iii-review">Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III</a> (one of my favorite camera backpacks) costs around $300 / £211 / AU$530, which is pretty similar in most world regions but rather pricier in Australia.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>When you want to pack a camera kit and all the stuff you need for a day out into one backpack, you can soon find yourself running out of space. On the other hand, you don’t want to be lugging around a backpack that’s bigger than you need it to be. The Manfrotto Uncover grows or shrinks to order, accommodating larger or smaller collections of kit and caboodle for any particular journey. That’s thanks to a roll-top design, enabling you to unclasp the top section and roll it out to a greater height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="focxGa5Ki6GvUcd3xGmipk" name="MUB 0118.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/focxGa5Ki6GvUcd3xGmipk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/focxGa5Ki6GvUcd3xGmipk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The roll-top design features an adjustable strap and metal clasp, shown at the top of this picture, underneath which is a front grab handle labelled ‘Uncover’. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The height range on offer equates to 40.5-62cm / 15.9-24.4in for the 24L, and 44-64.5cm / 17.3-25.4in for the 30L. In terms of capacity, the range is 20.5L to 28.5L for the smaller backpack and 25L to 33L for the larger one. In practice, the amount of extension feels considerable, allowing you to pack quite a bit of extra stuff when you need to, and to save space with a smaller backpack when you don’t.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="RZ2q4q3zzDzzV6St7Bs8pk" name="MUB 0121.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RZ2q4q3zzDzzV6St7Bs8pk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RZ2q4q3zzDzzV6St7Bs8pk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the roll-top section at the top of the backpack at its full extension, which gives you a fair chunk of extra stowage space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s only natural to think of any backpack as something you wear on your back, but I do like a grab handle to be featured in the design. This makes it easy to pick up the bag with one hand and move it around when the need arises. Sure enough, the Manfrotto features a rope-style strap at the top of its back, underneath which there’s also a handy small loop.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="TMbMprgzFk5FYQFQ4WSTmk" name="MUB 0122.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TMbMprgzFk5FYQFQ4WSTmk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TMbMprgzFk5FYQFQ4WSTmk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The sturdy rope-style grab handle on the top rear of the bag makes it easy to pick it up and move it around, and there’s a small loop just beneath it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For longer journeys that involve airports and other travel terminals, a luggage trolley can help take the strain. The backpack can conveniently attach to the handles of these trolleys, thanks to a trolley pass-through which doubles as a padded back panel for when you’re actually wearing the backpack.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="WHuxMdfuNhtQqwiBrVWnkk" name="MUB 0123.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WHuxMdfuNhtQqwiBrVWnkk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WHuxMdfuNhtQqwiBrVWnkk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I’ve put my hand through the entire back panel for this image, demonstrating how it works as a pass-through for a luggage trolley handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Like the back panel, the shoulder straps are generously padded to enhance comfort. They’re also durable, the backpack in general being based on Manfrotto’s custom ‘TriTex’ three-layer fabric, which is designed to be highly durable and water-resistant, along with weather-sealed YKK zippers and a PU-coated base, thus avoiding the need for an additional slip-over weatherproof cover. Getting back to the shoulder straps, I like that they have a big range of adjustment and that both feature a handy attachment loop.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="mDS7HGHBpEbWm2ehR8w7kk" name="MUB 0124.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDS7HGHBpEbWm2ehR8w7kk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDS7HGHBpEbWm2ehR8w7kk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main shoulder straps are nicely padded, generously adjustable, and both feature an attachment loop with ‘Uncover’ written across them. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When the going gets tough, and you’re trekking across rough terrain or generally making life difficult for yourself, you can find that backpacks tend to slide around, and the straps can slip off your shoulders. To help avoid this particular problem, the Manfrotto has a chest strap, which makes the backpack feel more secure, as well as keeping the shoulder straps in place. Like the shoulder straps, it has a wide range of adjustment and this time features an elasticated section to enhance comfort. However, unlike many camera backpacks, there’s no waist strap for keeping it in place, for example, when you’re climbing over obstacles. Ideally, I’d have liked a removable waist strap to be included, giving the option of using it or not, as needs dictate.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="YBioYkX4VjyncH4PpNBCkk" name="MUB 0125.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YBioYkX4VjyncH4PpNBCkk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YBioYkX4VjyncH4PpNBCkk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The backpack features an adjustable, elasticated chest strap but no waist strap. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve often seen webbing and attachment loops featured extensively on backpacks and think they’re a great idea. It’s really useful to be able to add extra pouches and various paraphernalia, fastening them securely to the outside of the bag. Manfrotto’s take on it for the Uncover range is to construct the front panel from ‘FlexGrid’, made from dual-laminated Cordura with laser-cut holes. This gives the option of attaching carabiners, tools, accessories, and pretty much anything else you can tie on or attach to it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="DJhT72HPxJyJUAyUuDRQnk" name="MUB 0126.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DJhT72HPxJyJUAyUuDRQnk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DJhT72HPxJyJUAyUuDRQnk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Laser-cut holes in the Cordura FlexGrid front panel enable the easy attachment of tools and other accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a slim pocket featured on one side of the bag. The reason that it’s so slim is that it’s actually integrated into a larger zippered flap that enables access through the side of the backpack, right through to the camera compartment. As has become popular in many camera backpacks of late, the side flap gives the advantage that you can grab your camera with attached lens in double-quick time, without having to open the whole backpack and dig it out.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="S9MsAqMQeNZdwQGZb3cNqk" name="MUB 0127.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9MsAqMQeNZdwQGZb3cNqk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9MsAqMQeNZdwQGZb3cNqk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The slimmer of the two side pockets is integrated in the side-access camera flap. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The side pocket on the other side of the backpack has relatively generous dimensions, expanding to accommodate the likes of a drinks bottle or tripod. Again, it’s opened and closed with a weather-sealed YKK zipper, just like all the other zippers featured around the bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="tCGUCBZ5rKdb5xT4kNVxmk" name="MUB 0129.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCGUCBZ5rKdb5xT4kNVxmk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCGUCBZ5rKdb5xT4kNVxmk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The larger of the two side pockets can play host to a drinks bottle or similarly chunky extra. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main compartment of the backpack that holds the camera insert opens from the rear. I like this arrangement, as it means that I don’t need to lay the rear of the backpack (that I’m subsequently going to wear against my back) on mucky ground to get at my camera kit. What I’m less keen on is that this sort of design often demands that you rotate the shoulder straps around to the front of the backpack before you can open the zipper. There’s no need for that here, as the shoulder straps don’t interfere with the path of the zipper track.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="fzGQeAxxT8pNJ4Wf28LMmk" name="MUB 0130.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fzGQeAxxT8pNJ4Wf28LMmk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fzGQeAxxT8pNJ4Wf28LMmk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Access to the whole camera insert is via the rear of the backpack, through a full-length zipper. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Opening the rear zipper also reveals the upper compartment with its mesh lid, as shown in the image above. Undoing an additional zipper gives access to this compartment, typically used for daily essentials. As I’d expect, you can also get into the upper compartment through a zipper on the top of the outer shell. Manfrotto’s ‘SmartLift’ system enables you to adjust the placement of the floor of the upper compartment, in conjunction with altering the roll-top height, as well as converting it into a full-height backpack with the camera insert removed.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="JfeeB4yB2YbkDrDRqwqAmk" name="MUB 0131.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JfeeB4yB2YbkDrDRqwqAmk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JfeeB4yB2YbkDrDRqwqAmk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The upper compartment is adjustable both in the position of its base and its height, thanks to the ‘SmartLift’ design and roll-top facility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera insert is quickly and easily removed, its lid slotting in and out of a receptacle built into the backpack. I’ve removed the insert for the image shown below, and you’ll notice that the lid folds over and has a zipper to close it, coming complete with a carrying handle. As such, it serves as a camera bag of sorts in its own right.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="9VYktiC3H5yiYKEzw7KBmk" name="MUB 0132.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9VYktiC3H5yiYKEzw7KBmk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9VYktiC3H5yiYKEzw7KBmk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera insert features its own zippered lid and carrying handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whether fitted in the backpack or in standalone mode, the camera insert is supplied with a number of adjustable dividers, using the time-honored method of Velcro strip fasteners to keep them in place. They’re smartly designed and well-made.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="6Ex6c9JivNgyykMUAFWajk" name="MUB 0133.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6Ex6c9JivNgyykMUAFWajk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6Ex6c9JivNgyykMUAFWajk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The supplied camera insert dividers are endlessly adjustable, thanks to Velcro strip fasteners. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The organizer section is built into the inside of the main flap of the backpack, utilizing its full height. As such, it offers a fairly generous amount of space but only has three sub-sections. These comprise a full-width pocket at the bottom, and a pocket that’s divided into two halves up top, opened with a single zipper. It works okay, but I think it could have been better with dedicated pockets for the likes of a wallet, smartphone, key fob, pen, and so on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="nq2GVAqjjbA6JoJXjvJxjk" name="MUB 0134.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nq2GVAqjjbA6JoJXjvJxjk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nq2GVAqjjbA6JoJXjvJxjk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The organizer section is fairly basic, comprising three sections with two zippers. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-performance"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Performance</span></h3><p>As I said at the outset, I’m majoring on the larger 30L edition of the Manfrotto Uncover Backpack, and that’s the one that’s featured in all of my individual product images. Performance is very good in terms of robustness, durability, and weather-resistance. The backpack is also comfortable to wear, with nicely padded contact areas for the back and shoulders. However, a waist strap would have given extra stability, but is omitted in the design. On the upside, another performance plus point is that it’s quick and easy to get to your camera kit when you need it in a hurry.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="3UwxhXA9H9xk7AB5DigZok" name="MUB 0136.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3UwxhXA9H9xk7AB5DigZok.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3UwxhXA9H9xk7AB5DigZok.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Opening the full-length zipper on the rear of the backpack gives access to the entire camera insert. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>My only real disappointment, considering that I was using the larger version of the backpack, is that I filled pretty much the whole camera insert with relatively little kit. As you’ll see above, I’ve managed to pack my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z6-iii-review-a-dream-camera-for-content-creators-through-to-enthusiast-and-pro-photographers">Nikon Z6 III</a> camera with a mounted <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-nikkor-z-24-70mm-f4-s-review">Z 24-70mm f/4 S</a> lens in its retracted state, along with three other similarly sized lenses. There’s a bit of space left over for spare batteries and another small accessory, but that’s pretty much it. If I needed to carry bigger lenses or more of them, I’d have to use lens wraps or pop them into pouches, and eat into the general daypack compartment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="DqxR62wkkzaNST9RYy5wnk" name="MUB 0137.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DqxR62wkkzaNST9RYy5wnk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DqxR62wkkzaNST9RYy5wnk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the camera insert removed from the backpack. It still acts as a secure bag for holding photo kit. And speaking of security, the backpack features a small hidden pocket for holding an AirTag or similar tracking device. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are times when I definitely want to just grab my camera with its mounted lens in a hurry, before a photo opportunity passes me by. I like that the Manfrotto has a zippered side access flap, which enables me to get hold of my camera with minimum fuss and bother, and maximum speed.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="PsEDtJrJCUyT5XFdWYBojk" name="MUB 0139.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PsEDtJrJCUyT5XFdWYBojk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PsEDtJrJCUyT5XFdWYBojk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Opening the zippered flap on one side gives you quick and easy access to your camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Increasingly, photographers and people in general need to carry laptops and tablets with them, whether they’re at work, rest, or play. The smaller 24L version of the backpack has an integral sleeve that can hold a laptop of up to 14-inch size, whereas the 30L can accommodate up to a 16-inch laptop. Both versions also have an additional tablet sleeve.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="m82eapWr7j3gLgbmJKLunk" name="MUB 0140.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m82eapWr7j3gLgbmJKLunk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m82eapWr7j3gLgbmJKLunk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The larger 30L edition of the backpack can hold a laptop of up to 16-inch size. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unlike laptops and tablets, a tripod is a more camera-specific accessory. Again, the backpack accommodates, this time with the larger of the two side pockets. You can simply pop the tripod in feet-first, and there’s a hidden strap that you can pull out of a receptacle near the top of the backpack to secure the tripod in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="xxzGeGVvCAdRdRVVDjSJqk" name="MUB 0142.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xxzGeGVvCAdRdRVVDjSJqk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xxzGeGVvCAdRdRVVDjSJqk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The strap for securing the tripod can be hidden away when it’s not in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-verdict"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Verdict</span></h3><p>I don’t think there’s any such thing as the perfect camera backpack. There’s always room for improvement, but more importantly, a lot of how ‘good’ a bag is comes down to personal requirements and taste. I like the expandable roll-top design of the Manfrotto, and that it can so easily convert between a split camera backpack / daypack and a full general-purpose backpack. However, I feel the versatility comes at the expense of the camera insert being relatively small, even in the larger 30L version of the backpack.</p><p>In other areas, I like the speedy side-access flap for grabbing my camera in a hurry, and the full-height rear zipper that gives easy access to everything else. The quality of the bag is also excellent, both in terms of its construction materials and how they’re put together. All in all, it’s an excellent backpack that serves its purpose very well, but I’d like a few extra dedicated accessory pockets, a better organizer section, and a waist strap, the last of these preferably being removable.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Smart features include roll-top expandability with SmartLift system, a removable camera insert and FlexGrid front panel for attaching accessories.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The design is clever and stylish with high-grade materials and very good build quality, but there’s no waist strap and the backpack is only available in one black/grey colorway. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The backpack is robust, durable and very weather-resistant but even the larger version has relatively little camera storage space.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Pricing is reasonable for both size options of the 24L and 30L backpacks but they’re not particularly great value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.87%;"><img id="3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk" name="MUB 00 hero 0069" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1286" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="72328cea-7c24-11f1-9734-71405bf26d8a" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" data-dimension48="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/lowepro-protactic-bp-350-aw-iii-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:514px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="5Lagr8uRYy6kgUB95EbQmd" name="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Lagr8uRYy6kgUB95EbQmd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="514" height="514" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/lowepro-protactic-bp-350-aw-iii-review" data-dimension112="72328cea-7c24-11f1-9734-71405bf26d8a" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" data-dimension48="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" data-dimension25=""><strong>Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III</strong></a> is a full photo backpack rather than a split camera/daypack, priced at $300 / £211 / AU$530. However, its modular design enables the easy addition of extra pouches and accessories, and it comes complete with a removable waist strap.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="72328d58-7c24-11f1-a2b0-7f5052ed540f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" data-dimension48="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/tenba-dna-16-dslr-photo-backpack-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:896px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.89%;"><img id="TeqsmbweL2qaxE2HjzQyrd" name="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TeqsmbweL2qaxE2HjzQyrd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="896" height="895" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/tenba-dna-16-dslr-photo-backpack-review" data-dimension112="72328d58-7c24-11f1-a2b0-7f5052ed540f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" data-dimension48="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" data-dimension25=""><strong>Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack</strong></a> is a direct competitor to the Manfrotto, a split camera/daypack with an expandable roll-top design and a removable camera insert. Available in black or blue, it’s very well made, a good performer, and sells for around $229 / £199 / AU$299.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/manfrotto-uncover-backpack-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Manfrotto Uncover Backpack 24L and 30L editions share the same feast of features, including removable camera inserts and an expanding roll-top design ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">bKqqCWPLKWM62iuMvBJDLN</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38tUDvhQDkZXLYPLVR4ipk-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 18 Jul 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Bags and Backpacks]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38tUDvhQDkZXLYPLVR4ipk-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38tUDvhQDkZXLYPLVR4ipk-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Think Manfrotto and you’re probably thinking tripods, ranging from budget-friendly sticks right up to top-flight professional options. However, the Italian outfit has been operating since the 1960s, so it’s no surprise that it’s diversified along the way. There are light stands and accessories, which is also no surprise as the photojournalist Lino Manfrotto originally started the business by selling light stands. More recently, Manfrotto has designed and manufactured a wide range of camera bags, backpacks, and roller cases. The latest and arguably greatest of these are from the new ‘Uncover’ collection.</p><p>Typical of Manfrotto, there’s some snazzy Italian design flair and quality construction behind the Uncover range of backpacks and messenger / sling bags. The backpack that I’m majoring on here is the Manfrotto Uncover Backpack 30L, while also checking out the smaller 24L version. Both are very similar in terms of design, features, and construction; it’s just that one’s bigger than the other. That filters down to the camera inserts themselves.</p><p>The camera compartment of the 30L is designed to accommodate a mirrorless camera body or compact DSLR, along with three to five lenses, or a small drone kit. The 24L can take a compact camera body and up to three lenses, or a small drone. Both also serve as a daypack for your daily essentials, with an expanding roll-top design, and you can convert them to full-sized, general-purpose backpacks by quickly and easily removing the camera inserts. All in all, they aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">best backpacks for photographers</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="8zBd3ZcGWGyEARX45NiNqk" name="MUB 01 intro 0077" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8zBd3ZcGWGyEARX45NiNqk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3000" height="1687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the front of the 30L on the left and the rear of the 24L on the right, both at their most compact height with their roll-tops rolled down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-specifications"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Backpack 24L</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Uncover Backpack 30L</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20.5L to 28.5L expandable</p></td><td  ><p>25L to 33L expandable </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>External   dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>36x20x40.5-62cm / 14.2x7.9x15.9-24.4in </p></td><td  ><p>40x21x44-64.5cm / 15.8x8.3x17.3-25.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Internal   dimensions (WxDxH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>23x13x40-57cm / 9.1x5.1x15.8-22.4in </p></td><td  ><p>28x16x41-60cm / 11x5.3x16.1-23.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Backpack type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Removable camera insert / daypack</p></td><td  ><p>Removable camera insert / daypack</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Camera   access</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Rear / side</p></td><td  ><p>Rear / side</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Laptop   compartment</strong></p></td><td  ><p>14-inch laptop + tablet</p></td><td  ><p>16-inch laptop + tablet</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Tripod   fastener</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Chest /   Waist strap</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Chest</p></td><td  ><p>Chest</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Baggage trolley strap</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rain-proof cover</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.6kg / 3.53lb</p></td><td  ><p>1.8kg / 3.97lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-price"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Price</span></h3><p>The Uncover Backpack 24L launched with a price of $300 / £229 / AU$429, while its bigger sibling, the Uncover Backpack 30L, came in at $330 / £239 / AU$439, so there’s not much difference between the two in terms of cost. </p><p>For the sake of comparison, one of the biggest names in the camera backpack market is Lowepro, and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/lowepro-protactic-bp-350-aw-iii-review">Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III</a> (one of my favorite camera backpacks) costs around $300 / £211 / AU$530, which is pretty similar in most world regions but rather pricier in Australia.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>When you want to pack a camera kit and all the stuff you need for a day out into one backpack, you can soon find yourself running out of space. On the other hand, you don’t want to be lugging around a backpack that’s bigger than you need it to be. The Manfrotto Uncover grows or shrinks to order, accommodating larger or smaller collections of kit and caboodle for any particular journey. That’s thanks to a roll-top design, enabling you to unclasp the top section and roll it out to a greater height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="focxGa5Ki6GvUcd3xGmipk" name="MUB 0118.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/focxGa5Ki6GvUcd3xGmipk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/focxGa5Ki6GvUcd3xGmipk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The roll-top design features an adjustable strap and metal clasp, shown at the top of this picture, underneath which is a front grab handle labelled ‘Uncover’. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The height range on offer equates to 40.5-62cm / 15.9-24.4in for the 24L, and 44-64.5cm / 17.3-25.4in for the 30L. In terms of capacity, the range is 20.5L to 28.5L for the smaller backpack and 25L to 33L for the larger one. In practice, the amount of extension feels considerable, allowing you to pack quite a bit of extra stuff when you need to, and to save space with a smaller backpack when you don’t.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="RZ2q4q3zzDzzV6St7Bs8pk" name="MUB 0121.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RZ2q4q3zzDzzV6St7Bs8pk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RZ2q4q3zzDzzV6St7Bs8pk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the roll-top section at the top of the backpack at its full extension, which gives you a fair chunk of extra stowage space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s only natural to think of any backpack as something you wear on your back, but I do like a grab handle to be featured in the design. This makes it easy to pick up the bag with one hand and move it around when the need arises. Sure enough, the Manfrotto features a rope-style strap at the top of its back, underneath which there’s also a handy small loop.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="TMbMprgzFk5FYQFQ4WSTmk" name="MUB 0122.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TMbMprgzFk5FYQFQ4WSTmk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TMbMprgzFk5FYQFQ4WSTmk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The sturdy rope-style grab handle on the top rear of the bag makes it easy to pick it up and move it around, and there’s a small loop just beneath it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For longer journeys that involve airports and other travel terminals, a luggage trolley can help take the strain. The backpack can conveniently attach to the handles of these trolleys, thanks to a trolley pass-through which doubles as a padded back panel for when you’re actually wearing the backpack.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="WHuxMdfuNhtQqwiBrVWnkk" name="MUB 0123.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WHuxMdfuNhtQqwiBrVWnkk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WHuxMdfuNhtQqwiBrVWnkk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I’ve put my hand through the entire back panel for this image, demonstrating how it works as a pass-through for a luggage trolley handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Like the back panel, the shoulder straps are generously padded to enhance comfort. They’re also durable, the backpack in general being based on Manfrotto’s custom ‘TriTex’ three-layer fabric, which is designed to be highly durable and water-resistant, along with weather-sealed YKK zippers and a PU-coated base, thus avoiding the need for an additional slip-over weatherproof cover. Getting back to the shoulder straps, I like that they have a big range of adjustment and that both feature a handy attachment loop.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="mDS7HGHBpEbWm2ehR8w7kk" name="MUB 0124.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDS7HGHBpEbWm2ehR8w7kk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDS7HGHBpEbWm2ehR8w7kk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main shoulder straps are nicely padded, generously adjustable, and both feature an attachment loop with ‘Uncover’ written across them. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When the going gets tough, and you’re trekking across rough terrain or generally making life difficult for yourself, you can find that backpacks tend to slide around, and the straps can slip off your shoulders. To help avoid this particular problem, the Manfrotto has a chest strap, which makes the backpack feel more secure, as well as keeping the shoulder straps in place. Like the shoulder straps, it has a wide range of adjustment and this time features an elasticated section to enhance comfort. However, unlike many camera backpacks, there’s no waist strap for keeping it in place, for example, when you’re climbing over obstacles. Ideally, I’d have liked a removable waist strap to be included, giving the option of using it or not, as needs dictate.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="YBioYkX4VjyncH4PpNBCkk" name="MUB 0125.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YBioYkX4VjyncH4PpNBCkk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YBioYkX4VjyncH4PpNBCkk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The backpack features an adjustable, elasticated chest strap but no waist strap. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve often seen webbing and attachment loops featured extensively on backpacks and think they’re a great idea. It’s really useful to be able to add extra pouches and various paraphernalia, fastening them securely to the outside of the bag. Manfrotto’s take on it for the Uncover range is to construct the front panel from ‘FlexGrid’, made from dual-laminated Cordura with laser-cut holes. This gives the option of attaching carabiners, tools, accessories, and pretty much anything else you can tie on or attach to it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="DJhT72HPxJyJUAyUuDRQnk" name="MUB 0126.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DJhT72HPxJyJUAyUuDRQnk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DJhT72HPxJyJUAyUuDRQnk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Laser-cut holes in the Cordura FlexGrid front panel enable the easy attachment of tools and other accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a slim pocket featured on one side of the bag. The reason that it’s so slim is that it’s actually integrated into a larger zippered flap that enables access through the side of the backpack, right through to the camera compartment. As has become popular in many camera backpacks of late, the side flap gives the advantage that you can grab your camera with attached lens in double-quick time, without having to open the whole backpack and dig it out.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="S9MsAqMQeNZdwQGZb3cNqk" name="MUB 0127.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9MsAqMQeNZdwQGZb3cNqk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9MsAqMQeNZdwQGZb3cNqk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The slimmer of the two side pockets is integrated in the side-access camera flap. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The side pocket on the other side of the backpack has relatively generous dimensions, expanding to accommodate the likes of a drinks bottle or tripod. Again, it’s opened and closed with a weather-sealed YKK zipper, just like all the other zippers featured around the bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="tCGUCBZ5rKdb5xT4kNVxmk" name="MUB 0129.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCGUCBZ5rKdb5xT4kNVxmk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCGUCBZ5rKdb5xT4kNVxmk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The larger of the two side pockets can play host to a drinks bottle or similarly chunky extra. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main compartment of the backpack that holds the camera insert opens from the rear. I like this arrangement, as it means that I don’t need to lay the rear of the backpack (that I’m subsequently going to wear against my back) on mucky ground to get at my camera kit. What I’m less keen on is that this sort of design often demands that you rotate the shoulder straps around to the front of the backpack before you can open the zipper. There’s no need for that here, as the shoulder straps don’t interfere with the path of the zipper track.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="fzGQeAxxT8pNJ4Wf28LMmk" name="MUB 0130.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fzGQeAxxT8pNJ4Wf28LMmk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fzGQeAxxT8pNJ4Wf28LMmk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Access to the whole camera insert is via the rear of the backpack, through a full-length zipper. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Opening the rear zipper also reveals the upper compartment with its mesh lid, as shown in the image above. Undoing an additional zipper gives access to this compartment, typically used for daily essentials. As I’d expect, you can also get into the upper compartment through a zipper on the top of the outer shell. Manfrotto’s ‘SmartLift’ system enables you to adjust the placement of the floor of the upper compartment, in conjunction with altering the roll-top height, as well as converting it into a full-height backpack with the camera insert removed.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="JfeeB4yB2YbkDrDRqwqAmk" name="MUB 0131.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JfeeB4yB2YbkDrDRqwqAmk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JfeeB4yB2YbkDrDRqwqAmk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The upper compartment is adjustable both in the position of its base and its height, thanks to the ‘SmartLift’ design and roll-top facility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera insert is quickly and easily removed, its lid slotting in and out of a receptacle built into the backpack. I’ve removed the insert for the image shown below, and you’ll notice that the lid folds over and has a zipper to close it, coming complete with a carrying handle. As such, it serves as a camera bag of sorts in its own right.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="9VYktiC3H5yiYKEzw7KBmk" name="MUB 0132.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9VYktiC3H5yiYKEzw7KBmk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9VYktiC3H5yiYKEzw7KBmk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera insert features its own zippered lid and carrying handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whether fitted in the backpack or in standalone mode, the camera insert is supplied with a number of adjustable dividers, using the time-honored method of Velcro strip fasteners to keep them in place. They’re smartly designed and well-made.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="6Ex6c9JivNgyykMUAFWajk" name="MUB 0133.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6Ex6c9JivNgyykMUAFWajk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6Ex6c9JivNgyykMUAFWajk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The supplied camera insert dividers are endlessly adjustable, thanks to Velcro strip fasteners. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The organizer section is built into the inside of the main flap of the backpack, utilizing its full height. As such, it offers a fairly generous amount of space but only has three sub-sections. These comprise a full-width pocket at the bottom, and a pocket that’s divided into two halves up top, opened with a single zipper. It works okay, but I think it could have been better with dedicated pockets for the likes of a wallet, smartphone, key fob, pen, and so on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="nq2GVAqjjbA6JoJXjvJxjk" name="MUB 0134.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nq2GVAqjjbA6JoJXjvJxjk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nq2GVAqjjbA6JoJXjvJxjk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The organizer section is fairly basic, comprising three sections with two zippers. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-performance"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Performance</span></h3><p>As I said at the outset, I’m majoring on the larger 30L edition of the Manfrotto Uncover Backpack, and that’s the one that’s featured in all of my individual product images. Performance is very good in terms of robustness, durability, and weather-resistance. The backpack is also comfortable to wear, with nicely padded contact areas for the back and shoulders. However, a waist strap would have given extra stability, but is omitted in the design. On the upside, another performance plus point is that it’s quick and easy to get to your camera kit when you need it in a hurry.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="3UwxhXA9H9xk7AB5DigZok" name="MUB 0136.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3UwxhXA9H9xk7AB5DigZok.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3UwxhXA9H9xk7AB5DigZok.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Opening the full-length zipper on the rear of the backpack gives access to the entire camera insert. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>My only real disappointment, considering that I was using the larger version of the backpack, is that I filled pretty much the whole camera insert with relatively little kit. As you’ll see above, I’ve managed to pack my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-z6-iii-review-a-dream-camera-for-content-creators-through-to-enthusiast-and-pro-photographers">Nikon Z6 III</a> camera with a mounted <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-nikkor-z-24-70mm-f4-s-review">Z 24-70mm f/4 S</a> lens in its retracted state, along with three other similarly sized lenses. There’s a bit of space left over for spare batteries and another small accessory, but that’s pretty much it. If I needed to carry bigger lenses or more of them, I’d have to use lens wraps or pop them into pouches, and eat into the general daypack compartment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="DqxR62wkkzaNST9RYy5wnk" name="MUB 0137.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DqxR62wkkzaNST9RYy5wnk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DqxR62wkkzaNST9RYy5wnk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the camera insert removed from the backpack. It still acts as a secure bag for holding photo kit. And speaking of security, the backpack features a small hidden pocket for holding an AirTag or similar tracking device. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are times when I definitely want to just grab my camera with its mounted lens in a hurry, before a photo opportunity passes me by. I like that the Manfrotto has a zippered side access flap, which enables me to get hold of my camera with minimum fuss and bother, and maximum speed.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="PsEDtJrJCUyT5XFdWYBojk" name="MUB 0139.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PsEDtJrJCUyT5XFdWYBojk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PsEDtJrJCUyT5XFdWYBojk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Opening the zippered flap on one side gives you quick and easy access to your camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Increasingly, photographers and people in general need to carry laptops and tablets with them, whether they’re at work, rest, or play. The smaller 24L version of the backpack has an integral sleeve that can hold a laptop of up to 14-inch size, whereas the 30L can accommodate up to a 16-inch laptop. Both versions also have an additional tablet sleeve.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="m82eapWr7j3gLgbmJKLunk" name="MUB 0140.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m82eapWr7j3gLgbmJKLunk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m82eapWr7j3gLgbmJKLunk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The larger 30L edition of the backpack can hold a laptop of up to 16-inch size. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unlike laptops and tablets, a tripod is a more camera-specific accessory. Again, the backpack accommodates, this time with the larger of the two side pockets. You can simply pop the tripod in feet-first, and there’s a hidden strap that you can pull out of a receptacle near the top of the backpack to secure the tripod in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="xxzGeGVvCAdRdRVVDjSJqk" name="MUB 0142.JPG" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xxzGeGVvCAdRdRVVDjSJqk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1686" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xxzGeGVvCAdRdRVVDjSJqk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The strap for securing the tripod can be hidden away when it’s not in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-uncover-backpack-verdict"><span>Manfrotto Uncover Backpack: Verdict</span></h3><p>I don’t think there’s any such thing as the perfect camera backpack. There’s always room for improvement, but more importantly, a lot of how ‘good’ a bag is comes down to personal requirements and taste. I like the expandable roll-top design of the Manfrotto, and that it can so easily convert between a split camera backpack / daypack and a full general-purpose backpack. However, I feel the versatility comes at the expense of the camera insert being relatively small, even in the larger 30L version of the backpack.</p><p>In other areas, I like the speedy side-access flap for grabbing my camera in a hurry, and the full-height rear zipper that gives easy access to everything else. The quality of the bag is also excellent, both in terms of its construction materials and how they’re put together. All in all, it’s an excellent backpack that serves its purpose very well, but I’d like a few extra dedicated accessory pockets, a better organizer section, and a waist strap, the last of these preferably being removable.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Smart features include roll-top expandability with SmartLift system, a removable camera insert and FlexGrid front panel for attaching accessories.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The design is clever and stylish with high-grade materials and very good build quality, but there’s no waist strap and the backpack is only available in one black/grey colorway. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The backpack is robust, durable and very weather-resistant but even the larger version has relatively little camera storage space.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Pricing is reasonable for both size options of the 24L and 30L backpacks but they’re not particularly great value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.87%;"><img id="3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk" name="MUB 00 hero 0069" alt="Manfrotto Uncover Backpack product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1286" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3G7WpkuUQCnGj4GswCvKmk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="72328cea-7c24-11f1-9734-71405bf26d8a" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" data-dimension48="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/lowepro-protactic-bp-350-aw-iii-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:514px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="5Lagr8uRYy6kgUB95EbQmd" name="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Lagr8uRYy6kgUB95EbQmd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="514" height="514" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/lowepro-protactic-bp-350-aw-iii-review" data-dimension112="72328cea-7c24-11f1-9734-71405bf26d8a" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" data-dimension48="Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III" data-dimension25=""><strong>Lowepro ProTactic BP 350 AW III</strong></a> is a full photo backpack rather than a split camera/daypack, priced at $300 / £211 / AU$530. However, its modular design enables the easy addition of extra pouches and accessories, and it comes complete with a removable waist strap.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="72328d58-7c24-11f1-a2b0-7f5052ed540f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" data-dimension48="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/tenba-dna-16-dslr-photo-backpack-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:896px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.89%;"><img id="TeqsmbweL2qaxE2HjzQyrd" name="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TeqsmbweL2qaxE2HjzQyrd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="896" height="895" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/tenba-dna-16-dslr-photo-backpack-review" data-dimension112="72328d58-7c24-11f1-a2b0-7f5052ed540f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" data-dimension48="Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack" data-dimension25=""><strong>Tenba DNA 16 DSLR Backpack</strong></a> is a direct competitor to the Manfrotto, a split camera/daypack with an expandable roll-top design and a removable camera insert. Available in black or blue, it’s very well made, a good performer, and sells for around $229 / £199 / AU$299.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Using magnets, Wandrd’s new camera strap system switches from wrist to your neck with just one hand ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Popular camera bag maker Wandrd says the camera strap is “one of photography’s most overlooked pieces of gear,” but the brand’s new strap system uses magnets to swap from wrist to neck straps and back again.</p><p>The new Wandrd Magnetic Camera Straps use anchors meant to remain on the camera, but can be removed one-handed to swap to a different type of strap, use the same strap with multiple cameras, or prevent a dangerous dangle when shooting on a tripod. </p><p>The magnets in the system aren’t what’s holding the camera in place. Instead, the magnet allows the strap link to center automatically inside a new dual-sided, spring-loaded lock dubbed the Wandrd Magnetic CoreLock. The spring-loaded lock clamps down once any weight is applied, Wandrd says. The locking system requires a pinch to open the lock and remove the strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="u7HhTZdSfFNhYW8LQYTbQX" name="MagneticCameraStrap30mm_WANDRD_Red_Corelock&TorusLink" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u7HhTZdSfFNhYW8LQYTbQX.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1350" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u7HhTZdSfFNhYW8LQYTbQX.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Wandrd)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The link system isn’t made with metal – Wandrd instead went with a fiberglass-reinforced nylon due to the risk of metal scratching up a camera. The company says the material is strong while being softer to the touch. The strap itself is made with what Wandrd describes as “liquid” nylon.</p><p>The magnetic Torus Links center inside the strap attachment automatically, which Wandrd says allows photographers to put the strap on or off with one hand.</p><p>The strap system is launching with a full-size 30mm-wide strap, a narrower 15mm strap for smaller camera setups, and a wrist strap. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/C8FeFXUggXVu5EKaoMveoW.jpg" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Wandrd</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tPjMfB3ikGuxYsofgS8bnW.jpg" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Wandrd</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PUZwTsAa338xwy2whazktX.jpg" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Wandrd</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Both neck straps can be worn traditionally or cross-body using a loop that connects one end back to the strap instead of the camera, so it also works with compact cameras that have only one strap attachment point. A quick adjustment slider allows creators to adjust the length of those neck straps.</p><p>Four links are included with each neck strap, so the same strap can be used on two camera bodies. The wrist strap, which only requires one anchor, includes two Torus links to use with two cameras as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:150.00%;"><img id="Ccq8eQDPRQXz8UFTafMyzW" name="MagneticCameraStrap30mm_Crossbody" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ccq8eQDPRQXz8UFTafMyzW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1600" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ccq8eQDPRQXz8UFTafMyzW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Wandrd)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the magnetic approach feels unique, the link and separate strap remind me of the popular <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design strap system</a> that uses links that slide into place on the strap. Wandrd even uses colored cording inside the attachment system – if the black wears to yellow, it's time to replace the links, with red being dangerous wear and tear.</p><p>The new Wandrd Magnetic Straps are <a href="https://www.wandrd.com/pages/magneticcamerastrap" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">launching first on Kickstarter and the Wandrd website</a>, with the company expecting a retail launch to follow on November 7.</p><p>The standard neck strap is expected to retail for $69, the narrower strap for $49, and the wrist strap for $39. Wandrd will also sell a DIY kit that converts an existing strap to the magnetic system for $29, as well as a bundle of all three straps for $157. The Kickstarter price will have a 25 percent discount.</p><p>International pricing has not yet been announced, but that converts to about £52-£29, CA$97-55, AU$99-56 for the standard to wrist straps.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-straps">the best camera straps</a>, tested by real pro photographers.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/using-magnets-wandrds-new-camera-strap-system-switches-from-wrist-to-your-neck-with-just-one-hand</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Wandrd Magnetic Camera Strap system uses a magnetic, dual-locking attachment for quick strap swaps ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">MGX5h95ScWyawQGvwmLciH</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tPjMfB3ikGuxYsofgS8bnW-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tPjMfB3ikGuxYsofgS8bnW-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Wandrd]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tPjMfB3ikGuxYsofgS8bnW-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Popular camera bag maker Wandrd says the camera strap is “one of photography’s most overlooked pieces of gear,” but the brand’s new strap system uses magnets to swap from wrist to neck straps and back again.</p><p>The new Wandrd Magnetic Camera Straps use anchors meant to remain on the camera, but can be removed one-handed to swap to a different type of strap, use the same strap with multiple cameras, or prevent a dangerous dangle when shooting on a tripod. </p><p>The magnets in the system aren’t what’s holding the camera in place. Instead, the magnet allows the strap link to center automatically inside a new dual-sided, spring-loaded lock dubbed the Wandrd Magnetic CoreLock. The spring-loaded lock clamps down once any weight is applied, Wandrd says. The locking system requires a pinch to open the lock and remove the strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="u7HhTZdSfFNhYW8LQYTbQX" name="MagneticCameraStrap30mm_WANDRD_Red_Corelock&TorusLink" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u7HhTZdSfFNhYW8LQYTbQX.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2400" height="1350" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u7HhTZdSfFNhYW8LQYTbQX.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Wandrd)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The link system isn’t made with metal – Wandrd instead went with a fiberglass-reinforced nylon due to the risk of metal scratching up a camera. The company says the material is strong while being softer to the touch. The strap itself is made with what Wandrd describes as “liquid” nylon.</p><p>The magnetic Torus Links center inside the strap attachment automatically, which Wandrd says allows photographers to put the strap on or off with one hand.</p><p>The strap system is launching with a full-size 30mm-wide strap, a narrower 15mm strap for smaller camera setups, and a wrist strap. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/C8FeFXUggXVu5EKaoMveoW.jpg" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Wandrd</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tPjMfB3ikGuxYsofgS8bnW.jpg" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Wandrd</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PUZwTsAa338xwy2whazktX.jpg" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Wandrd</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Both neck straps can be worn traditionally or cross-body using a loop that connects one end back to the strap instead of the camera, so it also works with compact cameras that have only one strap attachment point. A quick adjustment slider allows creators to adjust the length of those neck straps.</p><p>Four links are included with each neck strap, so the same strap can be used on two camera bodies. The wrist strap, which only requires one anchor, includes two Torus links to use with two cameras as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:150.00%;"><img id="Ccq8eQDPRQXz8UFTafMyzW" name="MagneticCameraStrap30mm_Crossbody" alt="The Wandrd Magnetic Camera strap being used by a photographer" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ccq8eQDPRQXz8UFTafMyzW.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1600" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ccq8eQDPRQXz8UFTafMyzW.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Wandrd)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the magnetic approach feels unique, the link and separate strap remind me of the popular <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design strap system</a> that uses links that slide into place on the strap. Wandrd even uses colored cording inside the attachment system – if the black wears to yellow, it's time to replace the links, with red being dangerous wear and tear.</p><p>The new Wandrd Magnetic Straps are <a href="https://www.wandrd.com/pages/magneticcamerastrap" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">launching first on Kickstarter and the Wandrd website</a>, with the company expecting a retail launch to follow on November 7.</p><p>The standard neck strap is expected to retail for $69, the narrower strap for $49, and the wrist strap for $39. Wandrd will also sell a DIY kit that converts an existing strap to the magnetic system for $29, as well as a bundle of all three straps for $157. The Kickstarter price will have a 25 percent discount.</p><p>International pricing has not yet been announced, but that converts to about £52-£29, CA$97-55, AU$99-56 for the standard to wrist straps.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-straps">the best camera straps</a>, tested by real pro photographers.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ In an industry first, Insta360 opens up its designs so you can 3D print your own accessories –and I think every camera company should follow ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Insta360 has invited creators to design new accessories for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-cameras/new-8k-insta360-luna-ultra-lands-early-after-global-leaks-can-it-conquer-the-dji-dominated-pocket-gimbal-camera-market">Luna Ultra</a>, sharing 3D designs of its new camera with the wider community and offering $11,000 (approximately £8,200 / AU$15,900) prizes – and the chance to have their design become a real product. </p><p>The competition, being run with 3D printer company Bambu Lab, opened on July 10 and has already seen a number of <a href="https://makerworld.com/en/contests/153#tab-Entries" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">entrants on the host platform MakerWorld</a>.</p><div class="instagram-embed"><blockquote class="instagram-media"  data-instgrm-version="6" style="width:99.375%; width:-webkit-calc(100% - 2px); width:calc(100% - 2px);"><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/DanJG0UDqH6/" target="_blank">A post shared by Bambu Lab (@bambulab_official)</a></p><p>A photo posted by </p></blockquote></div><p>When I first held the Insta360 Luna Ultra at the pre-release event, I could tell that the design was a bit special – and seemed likely to provoke the attention of creatives not just because of its function but its form. </p><p>Why? I think, especially, the side-by-side arrangement of the "eyes" which reminded me of Johnny 5 from the movie <em>Short Circuit</em>. It also evokes Pixar's <em>WALL•E</em>. Certainly, the designer of the Luna Buddy,<a href="https://makerworld.com/en/models/3034532-luna-buddy#profileId-3411254" target="_blank"> 3dLabItaly</a>, pictured, seems to have got that!</p><p>This is perhaps why Insta360 has opted for two competition categories: 'Creative mods' and 'Practical add-ons'. The former can include "custom looks, playful concepts and aesthetic upgrades". You will not be at all surprised to know that assorted stylized cat's ears have already appeared in the first 40 entries!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="ToUPB8oSzcvip45mvbwRB4" name="DSC06435.JPG" alt="Insta360 Luna Ultra in hand at Leica Campus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ToUPB8oSzcvip45mvbwRB4.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One wonders whether the second category – in which Insta360 calls for things like stability mounts, expanded functionality, filming accessories, creator rigs – might be more likely to win the overall prize of a production run, but perhaps not for a playful device like this. </p><p>If you don't yet have a 3D printer, you're still welcome to enter. Indeed, there are 3D printers in the $11,000 prize pool – so this might be your chance to pick one up, but don't delay as the competition closes on August 09.</p><p>Whether you are entering or not, I do think this competition sets a great precedent – and it'll be interesting to see whether other camera manufacturers are enthused by it. </p><p>Insta360 is known for engaging with its community, with many of the company's existing accessories coming from that engagement (that and the enthusiasm of its CEO, who takes a personal interest in projects like the Luna <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-cameras/insta360s-ceo-reveals-another-unique-hidden-feature-of-the-new-luna-camera-on-his-social-media-channel-first-person-view-with-head-tracking">head-tracking device</a>).</p><p>Personally, I have a lot of faith in the camera community to know what it needs – and it's great to see the connection to product creators get closer. I can't imagine it will always have this kind of budget, though, so it's probably a great chance to try your skills.</p><p>I wonder if the guy who made the<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/the-most-pistol-grip-ever-is-this-luna-camera-accessory-cool-or-will-it-get-you-arrested"> most pistol grip ever</a> is going to enter?</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Insta360 Luna Ultra"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-360-cameras">best 360 cameras</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-action-cameras">best action cameras</a>. </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/in-an-industry-first-insta360-opens-up-its-designs-so-you-can-3d-print-your-own-accessories-and-i-think-every-camera-company-should-follow</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Insta360 has released detailed design specs of the Luna Ultra as part of an $11,000 competition for users to design accessories.Is this a whole new game? ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">38KsPjxPZFSK6XxZo8QP95</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AQE6bPKQdQfnG3Wrg6LWX9-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 17:24:48 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AQE6bPKQdQfnG3Wrg6LWX9-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[3dLabItaly / Makerworld]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna in design by 3dLabItaly ]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna in design by 3dLabItaly ]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna in design by 3dLabItaly ]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AQE6bPKQdQfnG3Wrg6LWX9-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Insta360 has invited creators to design new accessories for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-cameras/new-8k-insta360-luna-ultra-lands-early-after-global-leaks-can-it-conquer-the-dji-dominated-pocket-gimbal-camera-market">Luna Ultra</a>, sharing 3D designs of its new camera with the wider community and offering $11,000 (approximately £8,200 / AU$15,900) prizes – and the chance to have their design become a real product. </p><p>The competition, being run with 3D printer company Bambu Lab, opened on July 10 and has already seen a number of <a href="https://makerworld.com/en/contests/153#tab-Entries" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">entrants on the host platform MakerWorld</a>.</p><div class="instagram-embed"><blockquote class="instagram-media"  data-instgrm-version="6" style="width:99.375%; width:-webkit-calc(100% - 2px); width:calc(100% - 2px);"><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/DanJG0UDqH6/" target="_blank">A post shared by Bambu Lab (@bambulab_official)</a></p><p>A photo posted by </p></blockquote></div><p>When I first held the Insta360 Luna Ultra at the pre-release event, I could tell that the design was a bit special – and seemed likely to provoke the attention of creatives not just because of its function but its form. </p><p>Why? I think, especially, the side-by-side arrangement of the "eyes" which reminded me of Johnny 5 from the movie <em>Short Circuit</em>. It also evokes Pixar's <em>WALL•E</em>. Certainly, the designer of the Luna Buddy,<a href="https://makerworld.com/en/models/3034532-luna-buddy#profileId-3411254" target="_blank"> 3dLabItaly</a>, pictured, seems to have got that!</p><p>This is perhaps why Insta360 has opted for two competition categories: 'Creative mods' and 'Practical add-ons'. The former can include "custom looks, playful concepts and aesthetic upgrades". You will not be at all surprised to know that assorted stylized cat's ears have already appeared in the first 40 entries!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="ToUPB8oSzcvip45mvbwRB4" name="DSC06435.JPG" alt="Insta360 Luna Ultra in hand at Leica Campus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ToUPB8oSzcvip45mvbwRB4.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One wonders whether the second category – in which Insta360 calls for things like stability mounts, expanded functionality, filming accessories, creator rigs – might be more likely to win the overall prize of a production run, but perhaps not for a playful device like this. </p><p>If you don't yet have a 3D printer, you're still welcome to enter. Indeed, there are 3D printers in the $11,000 prize pool – so this might be your chance to pick one up, but don't delay as the competition closes on August 09.</p><p>Whether you are entering or not, I do think this competition sets a great precedent – and it'll be interesting to see whether other camera manufacturers are enthused by it. </p><p>Insta360 is known for engaging with its community, with many of the company's existing accessories coming from that engagement (that and the enthusiasm of its CEO, who takes a personal interest in projects like the Luna <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-cameras/insta360s-ceo-reveals-another-unique-hidden-feature-of-the-new-luna-camera-on-his-social-media-channel-first-person-view-with-head-tracking">head-tracking device</a>).</p><p>Personally, I have a lot of faith in the camera community to know what it needs – and it's great to see the connection to product creators get closer. I can't imagine it will always have this kind of budget, though, so it's probably a great chance to try your skills.</p><p>I wonder if the guy who made the<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/the-most-pistol-grip-ever-is-this-luna-camera-accessory-cool-or-will-it-get-you-arrested"> most pistol grip ever</a> is going to enter?</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Insta360 Luna Ultra"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-360-cameras">best 360 cameras</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-action-cameras">best action cameras</a>. </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ World's first 8TB SD and 4TB microSD cards are coming soon! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Back in <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/sandisk-announces-worlds-first-8tb-sd-and-4tb-microsd-cards" target="_blank">August 2024</a> SanDisk announced that it had produced the first-ever 8 terabyte SD card and the world's first 4TB MicroSD card. Retail availability was set for 2025, but that came and went. However, it's now been <a href="https://photorumors.com/2026/07/08/sandisks-first-8tb-sduc-memory-cards-confirmed-massive-storage-but-new-readers-required/" target="_blank">confirmed</a> at Computex 2026 that samples are almost ready to ship.</p><p><strong>Read more:</strong><br><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card"><strong>The best memory cards</strong></a><strong> for your camera </strong><br><strong>The </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-cfexpress-cards"><strong>best CF express cards</strong></a><strong> in 2026</strong></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1340px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="XiGgFNjvBEUDsmUNgCEMQZ" name="backwards-compatibility.png" alt="SD Association SD classes table" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XiGgFNjvBEUDsmUNgCEMQZ.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1340" height="753" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XiGgFNjvBEUDsmUNgCEMQZ.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">SDUC memory cards must only be used with SDUC Host Devices </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SD Association)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Both cards will receive the SDUC designation. This is a new SD class exclusively for cards over 2TB in capacity (which is the current limit for existing SDXC cards). Sounds impressive, but the reality could be more inconvenient. SDUC cards can only be used in devices that specifically support SDUC memory cards, so you won't be able to stick an SDUC card into any old camera with an SD slot. We had the same situation around 15 years ago when SDXC replaced SDHC cards with their 32GB capacity limit.</p><p>And just because these new SDUC cards boast a huge capacity, don't expect them to set any speed records. Both new cards will use the UHS-I standard, meaning they’ll have a theoretical maximum transfer speed of around 104 MB/s.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4898px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YmRdu6E2TcZM4TydfcajB7" name="CFexpressB.jpg" alt="CFexpress Type B memory cards" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YmRdu6E2TcZM4TydfcajB7.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4898" height="2755" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YmRdu6E2TcZM4TydfcajB7.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">CFexpress Type B cards: a more suitable memory format for an 8TB capacity </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: James Artaius)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There's also the issue of whether anyone actually needs such a high data capacity on a single SD card. SD is no longer the format of choice for high-performance cameras, as CFexpress has now far surpassed it for read and write speed. SanDisk's 8TB SD card being UHS-I further impedes its real-world utility, rendering it only practical for mid-range cameras topping out at high bit rate 1080p video, which itself doesn't demand a card as big as 8 terabytes.</p><p>All this then begs the question: who's actually going to buy a mega-capacity SD or microSD card right now? With today's hyper-inflated memory pricing, such cards are guaranteed to be incredibly expensive, yet few - if any - cameras will currently support them.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/storage/worlds-first-8tb-sd-and-4tb-microsd-cards-are-coming-soon</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Expect them to cost an arm, leg, and most other body parts ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">87qSue3i77DtZeCQsZVfQV</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gWFG8GhBmFrRXcTTc6oME3-1280-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 08:34:02 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gWFG8GhBmFrRXcTTc6oME3-1280-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future, SanDisk, www.vecteezy.com]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[SanDisk 8TB SDUC card mockup]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[SanDisk 8TB SDUC card mockup]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[SanDisk 8TB SDUC card mockup]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gWFG8GhBmFrRXcTTc6oME3-1280-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Back in <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/sandisk-announces-worlds-first-8tb-sd-and-4tb-microsd-cards" target="_blank">August 2024</a> SanDisk announced that it had produced the first-ever 8 terabyte SD card and the world's first 4TB MicroSD card. Retail availability was set for 2025, but that came and went. However, it's now been <a href="https://photorumors.com/2026/07/08/sandisks-first-8tb-sduc-memory-cards-confirmed-massive-storage-but-new-readers-required/" target="_blank">confirmed</a> at Computex 2026 that samples are almost ready to ship.</p><p><strong>Read more:</strong><br><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card"><strong>The best memory cards</strong></a><strong> for your camera </strong><br><strong>The </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-cfexpress-cards"><strong>best CF express cards</strong></a><strong> in 2026</strong></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1340px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="XiGgFNjvBEUDsmUNgCEMQZ" name="backwards-compatibility.png" alt="SD Association SD classes table" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XiGgFNjvBEUDsmUNgCEMQZ.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1340" height="753" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XiGgFNjvBEUDsmUNgCEMQZ.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">SDUC memory cards must only be used with SDUC Host Devices </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: SD Association)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Both cards will receive the SDUC designation. This is a new SD class exclusively for cards over 2TB in capacity (which is the current limit for existing SDXC cards). Sounds impressive, but the reality could be more inconvenient. SDUC cards can only be used in devices that specifically support SDUC memory cards, so you won't be able to stick an SDUC card into any old camera with an SD slot. We had the same situation around 15 years ago when SDXC replaced SDHC cards with their 32GB capacity limit.</p><p>And just because these new SDUC cards boast a huge capacity, don't expect them to set any speed records. Both new cards will use the UHS-I standard, meaning they’ll have a theoretical maximum transfer speed of around 104 MB/s.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4898px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YmRdu6E2TcZM4TydfcajB7" name="CFexpressB.jpg" alt="CFexpress Type B memory cards" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YmRdu6E2TcZM4TydfcajB7.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4898" height="2755" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YmRdu6E2TcZM4TydfcajB7.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">CFexpress Type B cards: a more suitable memory format for an 8TB capacity </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: James Artaius)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There's also the issue of whether anyone actually needs such a high data capacity on a single SD card. SD is no longer the format of choice for high-performance cameras, as CFexpress has now far surpassed it for read and write speed. SanDisk's 8TB SD card being UHS-I further impedes its real-world utility, rendering it only practical for mid-range cameras topping out at high bit rate 1080p video, which itself doesn't demand a card as big as 8 terabytes.</p><p>All this then begs the question: who's actually going to buy a mega-capacity SD or microSD card right now? With today's hyper-inflated memory pricing, such cards are guaranteed to be incredibly expensive, yet few - if any - cameras will currently support them.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Nikon launches ingenious Nikon Zf bottle holder among other camera-related swag– but they're only available in Japan ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Nikon Japan has added a boatload of new merchandise to its <a href="https://nij.nikon.com/shop/e/end-limited-goods/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Nikon Direct storefront</a>, including t-shirts, tote bags and towels. Sadly, worldwide shipping isn’t available, so Western-based Nikon lovers will have to hold out hope that some of these goodies make it across the pond – although that’s doubtful. </p><p>Still, really cool camera swag is few and far between, so it’s fun to look at what’s available. Something that really stands out is a Nikon Zf-themed <a href="https://nij.nikon.com/shop/g/g4955478187981/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">bottle holder</a>, which will be available on July 16. </p><p>This enables you to attach a standard plastic bottle (500ml PET) to your camera bag or belt via a Nikon-branded carabiner, which is attached to a PVC mount that can accommodate the neck of the bottle. The mount is designed to look like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-zf-review">Nikon Zf</a>, and when attached the bottle looks like a large telephoto lens. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1998px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.31%;"><img id="5g2Z6afWQzS6PakZa2TVEe" name="Screenshot 2026-07-09 at 12.42.04" alt="Nikon FM2 and Zf t-shirt" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5g2Z6afWQzS6PakZa2TVEe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1998" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s not often you see a really good camera t-shirt, so if you’re a Nikon FM2 or Zf fan, this one’s a must  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nikon Direct)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another piece of merch I’d be happy to get my hands on is a <a href="https://nij.nikon.com/shop/g/g4955478187899/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">t-shirt</a> with both the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-fm2-review">Nikon FM2</a> and Nikon ZF emblazoned on the front alongside a few choice specs. The shirt appears to be navy blue and the cameras are outlined in white, giving it a classy, understated look. </p><p>Of course, this is an ideal pairing given that the mirrorless Zf was built to look like the legendary FM2, one of Nikon’s most coveted SLR film cameras. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TraudLtiDuFVA9fHMQDDFe" name="Screenshot 2026-07-09 at 12.41.18" alt="Nikon Z 70-200mm f/2.8 VR S II towel from Nikon Direct store" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TraudLtiDuFVA9fHMQDDFe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Tenugui can be used to perform a variety of functions and these examples would make a great gift for Nikon nerds!  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nikon Direct)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another neat item is a range of <a href="https://nij.nikon.com/shop/g/g4955478187820/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">tenugui</a> with various lens configuration diagrams on them. </p><p>Tenugui is a traditional Japanese hand towel, which can be used for a variety of applications including wrapping items, wearing, displaying and drying. My favorite is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/lenses/nikon-z-70-200mm-f-2-8-vr-s-ii-review-what-was-probably-the-best-70-200mm-zoom-in-the-world-ever-just-got-even-better">Nikon Z 70-200mm f/2.8 VR S II</a> towel, themed around a lens I awarded five stars in my review. </p><p>There’s a nice <a href="https://nij.nikon.com/shop/g/g4955478187967/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">sticker set</a>, too, which includes the Nikon logo, the FM2 and Zf, several lens diagrams and a representation of Nikon’s Z mount. If you keep your photography kit in a hard case, these would look great applied to your baggage. </p><p>All of these items are said to be limited, so once the desired quantity has sold they’ll be gone for good. They’re also only available to Nikon Imaging members, although signing up is free. </p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Nikon Zf,Nikon Z 70-200mm f/2.8 VR S II"></div><div style="min-height: 250px;">                                <div class="kwizly-quiz kwizly-XjPMKW"></div>                            </div>                            <script src="https://kwizly.com/embed/XjPMKW.js" async></script><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like... </span></h3><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/dslr-cameras/dslr-cameras-are-picture-making-machines-mirrorless-cameras-are-picture-making-computers-sometimes-i-just-want-to-go-back">DSLR cameras are picture-making machines; mirrorless cameras are picture-making computers</a>, sometimes I just want to go back. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/film-cameras/nikon-f100-if-youre-serious-about-film-photography-but-light-on-budget-this-is-as-close-as-youll-get-to-an-f6-without-the-mammoth-price-tag">Nikon F100: Serious about film photography but light on budget?</a> This is as close as you’ll get to an F6 without the mammoth price tag. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/compact-cameras/doomed-nikon-dl-to-make-stunning-comeback-following-1-inch-premium-compact-camera-rumor">Doomed Nikon DL to make stunning comeback? </a><br>Following 1-inch premium compact camera rumor.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/nikon-launches-ingenious-nikon-zf-bottle-holder-among-other-camera-related-swag-but-theyre-only-available-in-japan</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ From t-shirts to towels to bottle holders, Nikon Direct in Japan has launched a formidable collection of limited-edition swag – but sadly it’s only available domestically ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">kiDghYNW2a4zbM55vGqpad</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AHrSebwECEzrQRa54mRr8e-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 12 Jul 2026 00:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Sun, 12 Jul 2026 21:44:46 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ mike.harris@futurenet.com (Mike Harris) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Harris ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGEXGwupYYYnNwLb7XkXx8.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AHrSebwECEzrQRa54mRr8e-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Nikon Direct]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[This Nikon Zf bottle holder allows you to carabiner a plastic bottle to your camera bag ]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Nikon Zf bottle holder attached to backpack ]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Nikon Zf bottle holder attached to backpack ]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AHrSebwECEzrQRa54mRr8e-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Nikon Japan has added a boatload of new merchandise to its <a href="https://nij.nikon.com/shop/e/end-limited-goods/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Nikon Direct storefront</a>, including t-shirts, tote bags and towels. Sadly, worldwide shipping isn’t available, so Western-based Nikon lovers will have to hold out hope that some of these goodies make it across the pond – although that’s doubtful. </p><p>Still, really cool camera swag is few and far between, so it’s fun to look at what’s available. Something that really stands out is a Nikon Zf-themed <a href="https://nij.nikon.com/shop/g/g4955478187981/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">bottle holder</a>, which will be available on July 16. </p><p>This enables you to attach a standard plastic bottle (500ml PET) to your camera bag or belt via a Nikon-branded carabiner, which is attached to a PVC mount that can accommodate the neck of the bottle. The mount is designed to look like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-zf-review">Nikon Zf</a>, and when attached the bottle looks like a large telephoto lens. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1998px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.31%;"><img id="5g2Z6afWQzS6PakZa2TVEe" name="Screenshot 2026-07-09 at 12.42.04" alt="Nikon FM2 and Zf t-shirt" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5g2Z6afWQzS6PakZa2TVEe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1998" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s not often you see a really good camera t-shirt, so if you’re a Nikon FM2 or Zf fan, this one’s a must  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nikon Direct)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another piece of merch I’d be happy to get my hands on is a <a href="https://nij.nikon.com/shop/g/g4955478187899/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">t-shirt</a> with both the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/nikon-fm2-review">Nikon FM2</a> and Nikon ZF emblazoned on the front alongside a few choice specs. The shirt appears to be navy blue and the cameras are outlined in white, giving it a classy, understated look. </p><p>Of course, this is an ideal pairing given that the mirrorless Zf was built to look like the legendary FM2, one of Nikon’s most coveted SLR film cameras. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TraudLtiDuFVA9fHMQDDFe" name="Screenshot 2026-07-09 at 12.41.18" alt="Nikon Z 70-200mm f/2.8 VR S II towel from Nikon Direct store" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TraudLtiDuFVA9fHMQDDFe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Tenugui can be used to perform a variety of functions and these examples would make a great gift for Nikon nerds!  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nikon Direct)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another neat item is a range of <a href="https://nij.nikon.com/shop/g/g4955478187820/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">tenugui</a> with various lens configuration diagrams on them. </p><p>Tenugui is a traditional Japanese hand towel, which can be used for a variety of applications including wrapping items, wearing, displaying and drying. My favorite is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/lenses/nikon-z-70-200mm-f-2-8-vr-s-ii-review-what-was-probably-the-best-70-200mm-zoom-in-the-world-ever-just-got-even-better">Nikon Z 70-200mm f/2.8 VR S II</a> towel, themed around a lens I awarded five stars in my review. </p><p>There’s a nice <a href="https://nij.nikon.com/shop/g/g4955478187967/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">sticker set</a>, too, which includes the Nikon logo, the FM2 and Zf, several lens diagrams and a representation of Nikon’s Z mount. If you keep your photography kit in a hard case, these would look great applied to your baggage. </p><p>All of these items are said to be limited, so once the desired quantity has sold they’ll be gone for good. They’re also only available to Nikon Imaging members, although signing up is free. </p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Nikon Zf,Nikon Z 70-200mm f/2.8 VR S II"></div><div style="min-height: 250px;">                                <div class="kwizly-quiz kwizly-XjPMKW"></div>                            </div>                            <script src="https://kwizly.com/embed/XjPMKW.js" async></script><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like... </span></h3><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/dslr-cameras/dslr-cameras-are-picture-making-machines-mirrorless-cameras-are-picture-making-computers-sometimes-i-just-want-to-go-back">DSLR cameras are picture-making machines; mirrorless cameras are picture-making computers</a>, sometimes I just want to go back. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/film-cameras/nikon-f100-if-youre-serious-about-film-photography-but-light-on-budget-this-is-as-close-as-youll-get-to-an-f6-without-the-mammoth-price-tag">Nikon F100: Serious about film photography but light on budget?</a> This is as close as you’ll get to an F6 without the mammoth price tag. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/compact-cameras/doomed-nikon-dl-to-make-stunning-comeback-following-1-inch-premium-compact-camera-rumor">Doomed Nikon DL to make stunning comeback? </a><br>Following 1-inch premium compact camera rumor.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Godox RS100Bi review: a powerful yet portable light source for shooting on location ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The Godox RS100Bi is a continuous LED (Light Emitting Diode) video light designed to illuminate your video or photography subjects while on location. Its compact design enables you to fit it easily into your camera backpack, and its built-in USB-C chargeable battery means that you don’t need to carry a chunky V-mount battery (as I had to when I tested the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review">Godox ML150Bi</a>).</p><p>Godox released a very similar-looking RS100R version at the same time as the RS100Bi. The key difference between the two lights is that the Godox RS100Bi emits light in degrees Kelvin (K), with a color temperature range of a very warm 2800K to a cooler 6500K. The RS100R is an RGB LED, so it has much more control over color. The RS100R can emit a wider range of CCT values than the RS100Bi, between 1800K and 10,000K. It can also mix RGB LED bulbs to produce a rainbow of creative colors. This extra color output means the RS100R has 14 animated video effects, whereas the color restrictions on the RS100Bi limit it to 11 animated effects.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FjNZupLg5WW74nz7wsWnMM" name="Reflector" alt="Side shot of a hand attaching the supplied reflector to the flashlight-shaped Godox RS100Bi, which is mounted on a lighting stand in a studio." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FjNZupLg5WW74nz7wsWnMM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FjNZupLg5WW74nz7wsWnMM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The supplied reflector boosts the output of the RS100Bi, so that if you set it to 5600K, it can emit a glaring 28,600 lux at 1 meter (3ft 3in). I ran the LED at 50% power for most of my test shoot.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>So on paper, it would appear to be a no-brainer to buy the RS100R instead of the RS100Bi. But hold on a tick – it all depends on your needs as a videographer/photographer. If you need creative color output (beyond a typical CCT range), the RS100R should be the model for you. But if you need a brighter LED with a longer reach, then the RS100Bi will meet your requirements. I’ll delve into the key differences between the two models in the Design and Handling section so that you can make an informed choice between the RS100Bi and the RS100R, both of which aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-lights">best LED video lights</a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-godox-rs100bi-specifications"><span>Godox RS100Bi: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Color temperature range:</p></td><td  ><p>2800-6500K</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum luminous flux</p></td><td  ><p>28,600 lux at 1m (5600K)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Main material</p></td><td  ><p>Plastic</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight of LED</p></td><td  ><p>1.95lb (886g)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Color Rendering Index</p></td><td  ><p>CRI≥98, TLCI≥98</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>9.21 x 3.07 x 3.07in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery Life</p></td><td  ><p>52 minutes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Video lighting effects</p></td><td  ><p>11 animated lighting effects</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Bluetooth control range</p></td><td  ><p>100ft (30m)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-godox-rs100bi-price"><span>Godox RS100Bi: Price</span></h3><p>The Godox RS100Bi retails for an official price of $229 / £209. It’s a fair bit cheaper than its sister light – the RS100R, which costs $319/£289. As well as being cheaper, the RS100Bi is much brighter than its more expensive sibling, with the RS100Bi emitting 28,600 lux compared to the 15,900 lux from the RS100R.</p><p>So if you need a portable LED with a long reach, then the RS100Bi offers good value for money. However, if you need a light capable of producing more creative colors, then the RS100R might be worth the extra cost. As an RGB light, the RS100R can produce a wider range of color temperatures, plus it can cast thousands of atmospheric colors on your subjects. This extra color control gives the RS100R more effective animated lightning effects, such as a red, yellow, and blue cop car effect – something that is absent on the cheaper RS100Bi model that I am testing for this review.</p><p>So, if you need more creative color control, can compromise on a weaker lux output, and have more money to spend, go for the RS100R. If you’re on a tighter budget, don’t need to produce colors beyond a 2800-6500 Kelvin range, and want a much brighter light source, then the RS100Bi is the model for you.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="AWDQhEjCscZitphimtErQM" name="Holder" alt="Shot of a hand touching the supplied AD-E2 holder, which is attached to the Godox RS100Bi. The supplied grey cloth bag sits next to the LED." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AWDQhEjCscZitphimtErQM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AWDQhEjCscZitphimtErQM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Godox RS100Bi ships with an AD-E2 holder. This attaches to the 1/4-inch thread on the LED body. The other end slots onto a light stand. You can adjust the angle of the holder. Here we can see the supplied cloth bag too.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Godox RS100Bi"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-godox-rs100bi-design-handling"><span>Godox RS100Bi: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The Godox RS100Bi looks virtually identical to its more expensive sibling, the RS100R. However, the RS100R uses a full-color LED array to produce an extensive range of RGB hues, whereas the RS100Bi is dedicated to bi-color (warm and cool) white light. This limits its CCT range to 2800-6500K, compared with the RS100R’s broader 1800-10,000K range, but enables the RS100Bi to deliver considerably more brightness. With the supplied lens reflector fitted, the RS100Bi produces up to 28,600 lux at 1m and 5600K, compared with the RS100R’s 15,900 lux under the same conditions.</p><p>Now that I’ve got the crucial difference between the RS100Bi and the RS100R out of the way, I’ll focus on my experience with testing the Godox RS100Bi for the rest of this review.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LTmY6gEvwGpn3KhS68vgRM" name="Panel" alt="Shot of the rear of the RS100Bi showing a hand using the knob to adjust the properties of the Lightning animated effect. The various editable properties are displayed on a small OLED screen." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LTmY6gEvwGpn3KhS68vgRM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LTmY6gEvwGpn3KhS68vgRM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">At the rear of the RS100Bi are three buttons – On, Menu, and Mode. You can rotate a tactile knob to adjust a host of LED properties, and the knob also doubles up as an extra button.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The RS100Bi is constructed of a black plastic material and is shaped like a chunky flashlight (or torch). It feels satisfyingly heavy at 1.95lb (886g), giving it the feeling of a well-constructed and professional piece of kit. Yet at under two pounds (one kilogram), it’s not too heavy to cart around in your camera backpack, and at just under 10 inches in length, it’ll fit easily into your backpack (or into one of the tripod/bottle holders on the side).</p><p>The RS100Bi ships with a few accessories. The most important one is the high-efficiency lens reflector. This slots onto the front of the LED with a click and a twist, massively boosting the output of the light’s LEDs. A USB-C charging cable enables you to charge up the RS100Bi’s internal battery. This battery is designed to operate for 52 minutes at full power, though I found that 50% power output was more than bright enough in my studio location. Talking of power, a really nice touch is that the little OLED display on the rear of the unit gives you a battery countdown, so you know how long the power should last during a shoot. I could have done with a runtime countdown when testing the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review">Godox ML150Bi</a> LED, as it ran out suddenly before I’d finished the shoot. The RS100Bi is compatible with 18-140W PD chargers (though a charger is not included).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jFXE2joCXnmoaRMXxuqiRM" name="Modes" alt="Shot of the display on the rear of the RS100Bi, showing the CCT and FX menu options." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jFXE2joCXnmoaRMXxuqiRM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jFXE2joCXnmoaRMXxuqiRM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here I’ve selected the CCT mode. This enables me to dial in a color temperature between the range of 2800-6500K. The RS100Bi has a Color Rendering Index (CRI) of 98, ensuring accurate color representation.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The kit also ships with a little lighting stand mount. This screws into the RS100Bi’s 1/4-inch thread and then slots onto a standard light stand. You can adjust the angle of the mount with ease so the light points up or down at your subject. There’s also a cloth carry bag in the box. Thanks to the LED’s Godox S-mount compatibility, you can replace the supplied reflector with a wide range of Godox accessories, such as softboxes (not supplied).</p><p>The properties of the Godox RS100Bi are controlled by three buttons and a knob at the rear of the light. The knob also functions as an extra button. The settings or modes that you select are visible on a little OLED screen, so you can operate the light with ease using these features. You can also use the free Godox Light smartphone app to adjust lighting settings or trigger effects from a distance. I found the app was very useful as I could adjust the light while it was illuminating me from a distance, which makes it the perfect piece of kit for a self-shooter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="PsjEfZd85pXxyZpxAHbLAM" name="FX" alt="Shot of the OLED display showing icons for various animated effects including Flash, Lightning, and Cloudy." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PsjEfZd85pXxyZpxAHbLAM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PsjEfZd85pXxyZpxAHbLAM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The RS100Bi provides 11 animated lighting effects – Flash, Lightning, Cloudy, Broken Bulb, TV, Candle, Fire, Firework, Explosion, Welding, and SOS.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-godox-rs100bi-performance"><span>Godox RS100Bi: Performance</span></h3><p>To test the Godox RS100Bi, I took it to a TV studio. I used the studio’s row of ceiling-mounted cyclorama lights to light the backdrop curtain, and used the RS100Bi as my key light, mounted on a lighting stand at approximately 26 feet (8m) away. When the RS100Bi was turned off, I was in silhouette, so I was easily able to demonstrate the difference that the RS100Bi’s output made during my test shoot. If you watch the supporting video that accompanies this review, then you’ll see the light in action!</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/ecKdz3No.html" id="ecKdz3No" title="Godox RS100Bi Video" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>The RS100Bi was easy to set up. I screwed the supplied mount into the 1/4-inch thread at the base of the light and slotted the bottom of the mount onto a standard light stand. I then adjusted the light stand’s height and tilted the mount so that the light would illuminate me when I was standing on a stage in the center of the studio.</p><p>I started the test by manually operating the RS100Bi using its rear panel controls. It was a simple matter to press the On switch, and (as with most Godox LEDs) I then had to rotate the main dial to turn on the light. This two-step button press/dial twist process ensures that the light doesn’t get turned on by accident on your way to a shoot, so you know that you’ll have plenty of battery power when you arrive on location. The little OLED screen makes it easy to see what setting you’re adjusting. Rotate the dial to toggle between CCT (Color Temperature) and DIM (brightness). Press the dial to select one of these options, then rotate it again to choose a specific color temperature or adjust the brightness. The brightness can be adjusted very smoothly and in fine increments of 0.1%. It was handy to refer to the runtime countdown on the display so that I knew I had enough battery power to conduct a thorough test shoot.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3JonbsaorJssAxxeCh87BM" name="Fan" alt="A hand points to the grilles cut into the body of the RS100Bi as it is mounted on a lighting stand. These are designed to work in conjunction with the built-in fan to dissipate heat." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3JonbsaorJssAxxeCh87BM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3JonbsaorJssAxxeCh87BM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The body of the RS100Bi has plenty of open grilles designed to dissipate heat. The LED also provides a cooling fan, though I didn’t hear it engage during my test shoot.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>During my shoot, I used an iPhone 16 Pro to record my “talking to camera” pieces while being lit by the RS100Bi. I used an iPhone 17 to run the Godox Light app so that I could operate the LED remotely while standing in its illumination. I found it even easier to change the properties of the RS100Bi when using the app, as you’ll see from this review’s supporting video. I was able to trigger a variety of animated effects, such as Lightning, Broken Bulb, and Fire, with a tap and a few swipes on my iPhone’s display. You can also use the app to fine-tune the way the effects behave, such as making a Broken Bulb flicker more slowly.</p><p>The RS100Bi was so bright that at 100%, the highlights in the shot were blown out. I found that 50% was the perfect setting, even when the LED was shining at me from 26 feet away. This gave me the confidence that the RS100Bi would perform well (and for long enough) on a model shoot on location.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ABBsZdLWuZ5uCN4aRCHRBM" name="App" alt="Shot of the reviewer being illuminated by the RS100Bi and controlling the LED via his phone. An insert of the Godox App shows adjustable properties for the Broken Bulb effect such as Speed." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ABBsZdLWuZ5uCN4aRCHRBM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Godox Light app enables you to control all the properties of the RS100Bi from your smartphone’s display. This is perfect for self-shooters!  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-godox-rs100bi-verdict"><span>Godox RS100Bi: Verdict</span></h3><p>If you need a portable LED that can illuminate a subject (such as a model) without the light appearing in the shot, then the RS100Bi will meet your needs. It’ll fit easily in your camera backpack and thanks to the 1/4-inch thread you can mount it on a mini tripod or use its supplied mount to attach it to a standard light stand. The handy runtime countdown on the OLED screen ensures that you know how long the light will shine on a specific setting, so you can adjust your settings on the fly to make sure the light doesn’t “die” before you finish the shoot.</p><p>The RS100Bi has a narrower CCT range than its more expensive RS100R sibling, and it lacks a couple of extra animated lighting effects, but the RS100Bi is cheaper and brighter, which should make it an attractive purchase.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Controllable via a built-in button/dial combination or via the Godox Light smartphone app. Emits a range of colors in degrees Kelvin between 2800-6500K, but lacks the extra colors produced by an RGB LED. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The RS100Bi is compact and portable, and compatible with a host of Godox S-mount accessories. The buttons and knob on the rear enable you to adjust a host of properties and the runtime countdown lets you know how long you can shoot for on specific lighting settings. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Even when illuminating my subject from the corner of the studio, the Godox RS100Bi was too powerful at 100% brightness, so I had to dial it down to 50%. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The Godox RS100Bi offers a cheaper solution than the Godox ML80Bi. It’s also cheaper and brighter than its sibling LED – the RS100R – though that model can produce far more colors. </p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f3b6ce9a-0250-4ee7-8fc2-9ace605df866" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Neewer Basics FL20 20W RGB Flashlight" data-dimension48="Neewer Basics FL20 20W RGB Flashlight" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/neewer-basics-fl20-20w-rgb-portable-photography-flashlight-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4536px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="5HvphSZG26gSwZyz8n64X5" name="SquareImage" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5HvphSZG26gSwZyz8n64X5.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4536" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/neewer-basics-fl20-20w-rgb-portable-photography-flashlight-review" data-dimension112="f3b6ce9a-0250-4ee7-8fc2-9ace605df866" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Neewer Basics FL20 20W RGB Flashlight" data-dimension48="Neewer Basics FL20 20W RGB Flashlight" data-dimension25=""><strong>Neewer Basics FL20 20W RGB Flashlight</strong></a> <br>This LED has a similar flashlight shape to the Godox RS100Bi, but it’s a much more basic device, which is reflected in its far lower price. However, what makes the FL20 worth considering is its 20 stencils that adjust the shape of the light’s four-color output in a range of creative ways. </p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension48="Godox ML150Bi" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2268px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="74C5NdC5AewzA6dgc36FS" name="SquareImage" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/74C5NdC5AewzA6dgc36FS.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2268" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review" data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension48="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension25=""><strong>Godox ML150Bi</strong></a> <br>Like the Godox RS100Bi, the Godox ML150Bi is a bi-color light that also emits a CCT range between 2800 and 6500 K. The ML150Bi packs a brighter punch, emitting 61,000 lux (compared with the RS100Bi’s 28,600 lux output), though the ML150Bi lacks the built-in battery that makes the RS100Bi so compact and convenient to use. </p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-rs100bi-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ This continuous LED is perfect for photographers and videographers who need a compact, constant light with an extra-long reach ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">a2owMTHVdgxyiyRYyo2znm</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SQRjW7YEy26n6RB62KF5BM-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 06 Jul 2026 06:15:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Video Lights]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Lights]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ George Cairns ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Se4df8ceTntcYUdPVeRK4o.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SQRjW7YEy26n6RB62KF5BM-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[George Cairns]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Godox RS100Bi]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Godox RS100Bi]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Godox RS100Bi]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SQRjW7YEy26n6RB62KF5BM-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The Godox RS100Bi is a continuous LED (Light Emitting Diode) video light designed to illuminate your video or photography subjects while on location. Its compact design enables you to fit it easily into your camera backpack, and its built-in USB-C chargeable battery means that you don’t need to carry a chunky V-mount battery (as I had to when I tested the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review">Godox ML150Bi</a>).</p><p>Godox released a very similar-looking RS100R version at the same time as the RS100Bi. The key difference between the two lights is that the Godox RS100Bi emits light in degrees Kelvin (K), with a color temperature range of a very warm 2800K to a cooler 6500K. The RS100R is an RGB LED, so it has much more control over color. The RS100R can emit a wider range of CCT values than the RS100Bi, between 1800K and 10,000K. It can also mix RGB LED bulbs to produce a rainbow of creative colors. This extra color output means the RS100R has 14 animated video effects, whereas the color restrictions on the RS100Bi limit it to 11 animated effects.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FjNZupLg5WW74nz7wsWnMM" name="Reflector" alt="Side shot of a hand attaching the supplied reflector to the flashlight-shaped Godox RS100Bi, which is mounted on a lighting stand in a studio." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FjNZupLg5WW74nz7wsWnMM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FjNZupLg5WW74nz7wsWnMM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The supplied reflector boosts the output of the RS100Bi, so that if you set it to 5600K, it can emit a glaring 28,600 lux at 1 meter (3ft 3in). I ran the LED at 50% power for most of my test shoot.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>So on paper, it would appear to be a no-brainer to buy the RS100R instead of the RS100Bi. But hold on a tick – it all depends on your needs as a videographer/photographer. If you need creative color output (beyond a typical CCT range), the RS100R should be the model for you. But if you need a brighter LED with a longer reach, then the RS100Bi will meet your requirements. I’ll delve into the key differences between the two models in the Design and Handling section so that you can make an informed choice between the RS100Bi and the RS100R, both of which aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-lights">best LED video lights</a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-godox-rs100bi-specifications"><span>Godox RS100Bi: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Color temperature range:</p></td><td  ><p>2800-6500K</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum luminous flux</p></td><td  ><p>28,600 lux at 1m (5600K)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Main material</p></td><td  ><p>Plastic</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight of LED</p></td><td  ><p>1.95lb (886g)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Color Rendering Index</p></td><td  ><p>CRI≥98, TLCI≥98</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>9.21 x 3.07 x 3.07in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery Life</p></td><td  ><p>52 minutes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Video lighting effects</p></td><td  ><p>11 animated lighting effects</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Bluetooth control range</p></td><td  ><p>100ft (30m)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-godox-rs100bi-price"><span>Godox RS100Bi: Price</span></h3><p>The Godox RS100Bi retails for an official price of $229 / £209. It’s a fair bit cheaper than its sister light – the RS100R, which costs $319/£289. As well as being cheaper, the RS100Bi is much brighter than its more expensive sibling, with the RS100Bi emitting 28,600 lux compared to the 15,900 lux from the RS100R.</p><p>So if you need a portable LED with a long reach, then the RS100Bi offers good value for money. However, if you need a light capable of producing more creative colors, then the RS100R might be worth the extra cost. As an RGB light, the RS100R can produce a wider range of color temperatures, plus it can cast thousands of atmospheric colors on your subjects. This extra color control gives the RS100R more effective animated lightning effects, such as a red, yellow, and blue cop car effect – something that is absent on the cheaper RS100Bi model that I am testing for this review.</p><p>So, if you need more creative color control, can compromise on a weaker lux output, and have more money to spend, go for the RS100R. If you’re on a tighter budget, don’t need to produce colors beyond a 2800-6500 Kelvin range, and want a much brighter light source, then the RS100Bi is the model for you.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="AWDQhEjCscZitphimtErQM" name="Holder" alt="Shot of a hand touching the supplied AD-E2 holder, which is attached to the Godox RS100Bi. The supplied grey cloth bag sits next to the LED." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AWDQhEjCscZitphimtErQM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AWDQhEjCscZitphimtErQM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Godox RS100Bi ships with an AD-E2 holder. This attaches to the 1/4-inch thread on the LED body. The other end slots onto a light stand. You can adjust the angle of the holder. Here we can see the supplied cloth bag too.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Godox RS100Bi"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-godox-rs100bi-design-handling"><span>Godox RS100Bi: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The Godox RS100Bi looks virtually identical to its more expensive sibling, the RS100R. However, the RS100R uses a full-color LED array to produce an extensive range of RGB hues, whereas the RS100Bi is dedicated to bi-color (warm and cool) white light. This limits its CCT range to 2800-6500K, compared with the RS100R’s broader 1800-10,000K range, but enables the RS100Bi to deliver considerably more brightness. With the supplied lens reflector fitted, the RS100Bi produces up to 28,600 lux at 1m and 5600K, compared with the RS100R’s 15,900 lux under the same conditions.</p><p>Now that I’ve got the crucial difference between the RS100Bi and the RS100R out of the way, I’ll focus on my experience with testing the Godox RS100Bi for the rest of this review.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LTmY6gEvwGpn3KhS68vgRM" name="Panel" alt="Shot of the rear of the RS100Bi showing a hand using the knob to adjust the properties of the Lightning animated effect. The various editable properties are displayed on a small OLED screen." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LTmY6gEvwGpn3KhS68vgRM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LTmY6gEvwGpn3KhS68vgRM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">At the rear of the RS100Bi are three buttons – On, Menu, and Mode. You can rotate a tactile knob to adjust a host of LED properties, and the knob also doubles up as an extra button.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The RS100Bi is constructed of a black plastic material and is shaped like a chunky flashlight (or torch). It feels satisfyingly heavy at 1.95lb (886g), giving it the feeling of a well-constructed and professional piece of kit. Yet at under two pounds (one kilogram), it’s not too heavy to cart around in your camera backpack, and at just under 10 inches in length, it’ll fit easily into your backpack (or into one of the tripod/bottle holders on the side).</p><p>The RS100Bi ships with a few accessories. The most important one is the high-efficiency lens reflector. This slots onto the front of the LED with a click and a twist, massively boosting the output of the light’s LEDs. A USB-C charging cable enables you to charge up the RS100Bi’s internal battery. This battery is designed to operate for 52 minutes at full power, though I found that 50% power output was more than bright enough in my studio location. Talking of power, a really nice touch is that the little OLED display on the rear of the unit gives you a battery countdown, so you know how long the power should last during a shoot. I could have done with a runtime countdown when testing the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review">Godox ML150Bi</a> LED, as it ran out suddenly before I’d finished the shoot. The RS100Bi is compatible with 18-140W PD chargers (though a charger is not included).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jFXE2joCXnmoaRMXxuqiRM" name="Modes" alt="Shot of the display on the rear of the RS100Bi, showing the CCT and FX menu options." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jFXE2joCXnmoaRMXxuqiRM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jFXE2joCXnmoaRMXxuqiRM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here I’ve selected the CCT mode. This enables me to dial in a color temperature between the range of 2800-6500K. The RS100Bi has a Color Rendering Index (CRI) of 98, ensuring accurate color representation.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The kit also ships with a little lighting stand mount. This screws into the RS100Bi’s 1/4-inch thread and then slots onto a standard light stand. You can adjust the angle of the mount with ease so the light points up or down at your subject. There’s also a cloth carry bag in the box. Thanks to the LED’s Godox S-mount compatibility, you can replace the supplied reflector with a wide range of Godox accessories, such as softboxes (not supplied).</p><p>The properties of the Godox RS100Bi are controlled by three buttons and a knob at the rear of the light. The knob also functions as an extra button. The settings or modes that you select are visible on a little OLED screen, so you can operate the light with ease using these features. You can also use the free Godox Light smartphone app to adjust lighting settings or trigger effects from a distance. I found the app was very useful as I could adjust the light while it was illuminating me from a distance, which makes it the perfect piece of kit for a self-shooter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="PsjEfZd85pXxyZpxAHbLAM" name="FX" alt="Shot of the OLED display showing icons for various animated effects including Flash, Lightning, and Cloudy." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PsjEfZd85pXxyZpxAHbLAM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PsjEfZd85pXxyZpxAHbLAM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The RS100Bi provides 11 animated lighting effects – Flash, Lightning, Cloudy, Broken Bulb, TV, Candle, Fire, Firework, Explosion, Welding, and SOS.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-godox-rs100bi-performance"><span>Godox RS100Bi: Performance</span></h3><p>To test the Godox RS100Bi, I took it to a TV studio. I used the studio’s row of ceiling-mounted cyclorama lights to light the backdrop curtain, and used the RS100Bi as my key light, mounted on a lighting stand at approximately 26 feet (8m) away. When the RS100Bi was turned off, I was in silhouette, so I was easily able to demonstrate the difference that the RS100Bi’s output made during my test shoot. If you watch the supporting video that accompanies this review, then you’ll see the light in action!</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/ecKdz3No.html" id="ecKdz3No" title="Godox RS100Bi Video" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>The RS100Bi was easy to set up. I screwed the supplied mount into the 1/4-inch thread at the base of the light and slotted the bottom of the mount onto a standard light stand. I then adjusted the light stand’s height and tilted the mount so that the light would illuminate me when I was standing on a stage in the center of the studio.</p><p>I started the test by manually operating the RS100Bi using its rear panel controls. It was a simple matter to press the On switch, and (as with most Godox LEDs) I then had to rotate the main dial to turn on the light. This two-step button press/dial twist process ensures that the light doesn’t get turned on by accident on your way to a shoot, so you know that you’ll have plenty of battery power when you arrive on location. The little OLED screen makes it easy to see what setting you’re adjusting. Rotate the dial to toggle between CCT (Color Temperature) and DIM (brightness). Press the dial to select one of these options, then rotate it again to choose a specific color temperature or adjust the brightness. The brightness can be adjusted very smoothly and in fine increments of 0.1%. It was handy to refer to the runtime countdown on the display so that I knew I had enough battery power to conduct a thorough test shoot.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3JonbsaorJssAxxeCh87BM" name="Fan" alt="A hand points to the grilles cut into the body of the RS100Bi as it is mounted on a lighting stand. These are designed to work in conjunction with the built-in fan to dissipate heat." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3JonbsaorJssAxxeCh87BM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3JonbsaorJssAxxeCh87BM.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The body of the RS100Bi has plenty of open grilles designed to dissipate heat. The LED also provides a cooling fan, though I didn’t hear it engage during my test shoot.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><p>During my shoot, I used an iPhone 16 Pro to record my “talking to camera” pieces while being lit by the RS100Bi. I used an iPhone 17 to run the Godox Light app so that I could operate the LED remotely while standing in its illumination. I found it even easier to change the properties of the RS100Bi when using the app, as you’ll see from this review’s supporting video. I was able to trigger a variety of animated effects, such as Lightning, Broken Bulb, and Fire, with a tap and a few swipes on my iPhone’s display. You can also use the app to fine-tune the way the effects behave, such as making a Broken Bulb flicker more slowly.</p><p>The RS100Bi was so bright that at 100%, the highlights in the shot were blown out. I found that 50% was the perfect setting, even when the LED was shining at me from 26 feet away. This gave me the confidence that the RS100Bi would perform well (and for long enough) on a model shoot on location.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ABBsZdLWuZ5uCN4aRCHRBM" name="App" alt="Shot of the reviewer being illuminated by the RS100Bi and controlling the LED via his phone. An insert of the Godox App shows adjustable properties for the Broken Bulb effect such as Speed." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ABBsZdLWuZ5uCN4aRCHRBM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Godox Light app enables you to control all the properties of the RS100Bi from your smartphone’s display. This is perfect for self-shooters!  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-godox-rs100bi-verdict"><span>Godox RS100Bi: Verdict</span></h3><p>If you need a portable LED that can illuminate a subject (such as a model) without the light appearing in the shot, then the RS100Bi will meet your needs. It’ll fit easily in your camera backpack and thanks to the 1/4-inch thread you can mount it on a mini tripod or use its supplied mount to attach it to a standard light stand. The handy runtime countdown on the OLED screen ensures that you know how long the light will shine on a specific setting, so you can adjust your settings on the fly to make sure the light doesn’t “die” before you finish the shoot.</p><p>The RS100Bi has a narrower CCT range than its more expensive RS100R sibling, and it lacks a couple of extra animated lighting effects, but the RS100Bi is cheaper and brighter, which should make it an attractive purchase.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Controllable via a built-in button/dial combination or via the Godox Light smartphone app. Emits a range of colors in degrees Kelvin between 2800-6500K, but lacks the extra colors produced by an RGB LED. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The RS100Bi is compact and portable, and compatible with a host of Godox S-mount accessories. The buttons and knob on the rear enable you to adjust a host of properties and the runtime countdown lets you know how long you can shoot for on specific lighting settings. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Even when illuminating my subject from the corner of the studio, the Godox RS100Bi was too powerful at 100% brightness, so I had to dial it down to 50%. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The Godox RS100Bi offers a cheaper solution than the Godox ML80Bi. It’s also cheaper and brighter than its sibling LED – the RS100R – though that model can produce far more colors. </p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f3b6ce9a-0250-4ee7-8fc2-9ace605df866" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Neewer Basics FL20 20W RGB Flashlight" data-dimension48="Neewer Basics FL20 20W RGB Flashlight" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/neewer-basics-fl20-20w-rgb-portable-photography-flashlight-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4536px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="5HvphSZG26gSwZyz8n64X5" name="SquareImage" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5HvphSZG26gSwZyz8n64X5.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4536" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/neewer-basics-fl20-20w-rgb-portable-photography-flashlight-review" data-dimension112="f3b6ce9a-0250-4ee7-8fc2-9ace605df866" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Neewer Basics FL20 20W RGB Flashlight" data-dimension48="Neewer Basics FL20 20W RGB Flashlight" data-dimension25=""><strong>Neewer Basics FL20 20W RGB Flashlight</strong></a> <br>This LED has a similar flashlight shape to the Godox RS100Bi, but it’s a much more basic device, which is reflected in its far lower price. However, what makes the FL20 worth considering is its 20 stencils that adjust the shape of the light’s four-color output in a range of creative ways. </p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension48="Godox ML150Bi" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2268px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="74C5NdC5AewzA6dgc36FS" name="SquareImage" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/74C5NdC5AewzA6dgc36FS.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2268" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/godox-ml150bi-review" data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension48="Godox ML150Bi" data-dimension25=""><strong>Godox ML150Bi</strong></a> <br>Like the Godox RS100Bi, the Godox ML150Bi is a bi-color light that also emits a CCT range between 2800 and 6500 K. The ML150Bi packs a brighter punch, emitting 61,000 lux (compared with the RS100Bi’s 28,600 lux output), though the ML150Bi lacks the built-in battery that makes the RS100Bi so compact and convenient to use. </p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Peak Design Pro Tripod review: An updated and upgraded version of Peak Design’s superb ‘Travel Tripod’, in three different size options ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Think Peak Design and you’re probably thinking photo bags and backpacks, and those clever <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design Slide camera straps</a> with their quick-release mechanisms. However, the company also makes general travel luggage, outdoor gear, phone cases, wallets, and even gadget mounts for cars and motorcycles. The California-based outfit was founded in 2010 with a mission to ‘build happy and meaningful lives for the people that work there', and, hopefully, some of that meaningful happiness will spill over to people who buy their products.</p><p>Fast-forward to 2020, and the company launched its first and so far only tripod, in the somewhat revolutionary shape of a very distinctive travel tripod. We’ve reviewed it very favorably in both of its <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</a> editions. The company designed and launched its first tripod off the back of a crowdfunding campaign, which is its go-to business method, and the result is undeniably one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> on the market.</p><p>The new Peak Design Pro Tripods inherit the innovative design and features of the original Travel Tripod and build them into a (mostly) full-sized range of kits. As such, the new models are available in Pro, Pro Lite, and Pro Tall versions, each of them aiming to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a>, as well as being among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>. As you’ve probably guessed, though, the Pro Lite is relatively lightweight and downsized, compared with the other two more full-sized sticks.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3427px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH" name="PDP 01 intro 2049.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3427" height="1928" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Following on from the Peak Design Travel Tripod, the new Pro editions inherit the same space-saving design criteria. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-specifications"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Tripod</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Lite Tripod </strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber </p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>50.1cm / 19.7in</p></td><td  ><p>58.1cm / 22.9in</p></td><td  ><p>48.8cm / 19.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>168.4cm / 66.3in</p></td><td  ><p>197.4cm / 77.7in</p></td><td  ><p>162.5cm / 64.0in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>15.9cm / 6.3in</p></td><td  ><p>17.3cm / 6.8in</p></td><td  ><p>15.8cm / 6.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>9.3cm / 3.66in</p></td><td  ><p>9.3cm / 3.66in</p></td><td  ><p>8.5cm / 3.35in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.9kg / 4.2lb</p></td><td  ><p>2.0kg / 4.5lb</p></td><td  ><p>1.7kg / 3.7lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>18.1kg / 40lb</p></td><td  ><p>18.1kg / 40lb</p></td><td  ><p>15.9kg / 35lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-price"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Price</span></h3><p>Full-sized, heavy-duty, carbon fiber tripod kits that are also reasonably lightweight and fold down small for the journey don’t come cheap. One of my all-time favorites is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</a>, complete with AirHed Pro Ball Head, which will set you back around $500 / £400 / AU$750. Then there’s the somewhat legendary <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review">Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod</a> (legs only) for around $500 / £399 / AU$850, but it’s also available in kit options with various heads.</p><p>In that context, the Peak Design Pro Tripod kit looks pretty pricey at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500, whereas the Pro Tall is understandably even more expensive at $1,000 / £900 / AU$1,700, as there’s simply more of it, and the least expensive Pro Lite is still very dear at $800 / £700 / AU$1,400. On the face of it, none of these three tripods looks like they’re going to win any ‘Great Value’ awards, but considering the innovative, no-compromise designs, they could still be very well worth the money.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Peak Design Pro Tripod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-design-handling"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>After decades of being a keen photographer, it’s very rare that a tripod walks into my studio and really grabs my attention. The Peak Design Travel Tripod did exactly that a few years ago, with sufficient wow-factor to make me actually open my mouth and say ‘wow’. Looking as super-skinny as a catwalk model, the tripod was designed with oval-profile legs that wrap around a triangular center column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH" name="PDP 2069.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The specially shaped legs and triangular-profile center column with its concave sides fully come together when the tripod is folded down, to ensure there’s no wasted space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The net result is that the tripod is incredibly slim when folded, while also avoiding the time-consuming chore that you get with the vast majority of travel tripods. That’s because with the Peak Design and its integral head, you don’t need to fully extend the center column and swing the legs up to achieve a compact stowage size. All of these design facets in regard to the legs, center column, and head are inherited by the next-gen ‘Pro’ tripod range.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4974px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH" name="PDP 2074.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4974" height="2798" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The integral head works well for both stills and video, combining a ball and socket mechanism with an additional panning function, the latter with a fluid feel. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One notable difference is that the Pro tripods have four sections in each leg rather than five, which makes setup and takedown quicker and easier, as there are fewer leg section clamps to contend with. The leg sections themselves are made from the good stuff. Like anything else, carbon fiber isn’t all created equal, but this tripod is constructed from premium-grade 3k weave, 2x2 twill carbon fiber, along with CNC-machined and anodized 6061-T6 recycled aluminum for the ball head, hub, load hook and leg locks, rather than using any die-cast parts.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH" name="PDP 2072.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flip-action locks for the leg sections have aluminum cams and an updated design, compared with those of the original Travel Tripod, boasting improved anti-flexing solidity and easier cleaning. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with most tripods great and small nowadays, it’s not just the height of the legs that you can adjust, but also the angle from vertical. True to form, the Pro has three lockable leg angles when unfolded for use. The wider angles enable greater stability and resistance to the tripod toppling over when it’s set to a short operating height. Multiple angles also make it easier to work on uneven terrain and around obstacles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH" name="PDP 2073.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A simple spring-loaded, pushbutton latch at the top of each leg enables you to select any of three lockable leg angles when setting up the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ball head is equally innovative as the tripod legs, and a crafty bit of design in its own right. The compact, integrated design helps to keep stowage size to a minimum, but it’s nevertheless full of clever tricks. A twist-action lock at the base of the head allows for super-fast release and locking of the ball and socket clamp. The only slight downside is that you have to raise the center column slightly to enable anything more than a slight range of tilting movement of the ball head, and to enable shooting at extreme angles and vertically upwards or downwards, as well as for swapping from landscape to portrait orientation shooting, unless you’re using an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">L-bracket</a>. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4974px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH" name="PDP 2075.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4974" height="2798" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A simple twist of the knurled operating ring shown here is all that’s needed to release and lock the head’s ball and socket assembly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the ball head has a good range of adjustment if you raise the center column a smidge, there’s also a full 360-degree of independent lateral rotation, thanks to a separate panning lock. The panning mechanism has a marked scale and a lovely fluid feel, making the head well-suited to shooting video as well as stills.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH" name="PDP 2076.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Loosening the locking screw on the side of the head enables panning while the ball and socket are still locked off. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One particularly nice touch is the bubble level. It protrudes from the outer circumference of the camera platform and also acts as the lock/release catch for the Arca-Swiss type quick-release plate. And to avoid any expensive accidents if you inadvertently knock the bubble assembly, there’s also a sliding safety lock with marked open and closed positions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH" name="PDP 2078.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level assembly doubles as the lock/release lever for the quick-release plate, and is joined by a sliding safety latch with marked open and closed positions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The QR plate itself is a fairly small, square affair, but you can use other plates if you feel the need. My only complaint about the supplied plate is that it can’t be fastened to your camera without the use of a hex key, but at least one is supplied with the tripod, as pictured below. If you'd prefer a more 'hands-on', tool-free QR plate, the Peak Design Field Plate is available as an optional extra.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3952px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH" name="PDP 2064.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3952" height="2223" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate works well enough, but requires the use of a hex key for fastening it to a camera, as there’s no D-ring or coin slot. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s more trickery down below. A weight hook is featured at the bottom of the center column and, unlike those that need endless twisting on a thread to fit or remove them, this one secures or releases with a spring-loaded lock and a one-third twist. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH" name="PDP 2080.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook is quick and easy to remove, and small enough to pop into a spare pocket. When removed, the dual hex key tool pops out, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>What’s more, with the weight-hook removed, the dual-sized hex wrench tool that’s stowed inside the center column pops halfway out by a further spring-loaded mechanism, while the use of magnets stops it from falling all the way out unless you actually tug on it. If my memory serves me rightly (and I’m pretty sure it does), the Peak Design Travel Tripod comes with an additional Mobile Phone Mount, but you can buy that separately for use with the Pro, at a cost of around $20 / £20 / AU$55.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3952px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH" name="PDP 2067.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3952" height="2223" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The neat little tool that stows inside the center column features two fold-out hex keys of different sizes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving further down, right to the bottom of the tripod, sturdy rubber pads are the footwear of choice. Made from non-slip TPU (Thermoplastic Polyurethane), they’re extremely durable and work well on most surfaces. For very soft or loose ground, you might be better off with metal spikes, and these are available as an optional extra, costing around $50 / £45 / AU$80.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH" name="PDP 2082.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The TPU foot pads are of similarly high quality to the rest of the tripod and should prove extremely durable. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Finishing with a flourish, the tripod kit is all wrapped up in a very nicely tailored and padded soft case with a single zippered opening and an adjustable shoulder strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5813px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH" name="PDP 2083.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5813" height="3271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bag is a tight fit, in a good way, offering cozy padded comfort for the tripod without taking up any real extra space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-performance"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>Peak Design points out that it developed the Pro range of tripods in collaboration with the renowned photographer and filmmaker, Jimmy Chin. It also says that they’re based on the groundbreaking architecture of Peak Design’s original Travel Tripod, but scaled up to offer significantly greater stiffness and maximum operating height. I’d say these comments are bang on and that, as I’d expect from a tripod co-developed by a photographer and filmmaker, it works well as a hybrid stick for both photography and videography. That’s mostly thanks to its clever head, which enables fluid panning as well as quick and easy ball and socket adjustments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4776px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH" name="PDP P2051.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4776" height="2687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The multi-angle legs work well for low-level shooting and for working around obstacles and on uneven terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’d also agree that one of the most crucial aspects of the Pro tripods is that you can shoot from a higher maximum height, as I found the Travel Tripod quite restrictive in this regard. Even so, the maximum height of the Pro tripod isn’t exactly towering at 168.4cm / 66.3 inches. </p><p>Being quite tall and liking to keep my shooting options as open as possible, I went for the Pro Tall version of the tripod, which extends to a more impressive 197.4cm / 77.7 inches. </p><p>The Pro Lite edition is certainly smaller and more lightweight for the journey, but only rises to a maximum height of 162.5cm / 64.0 inches, and has a lower payload rating of 15.9kg / 35lb, compared with the 18.1kg / 40lb of its heftier siblings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3202px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.92%;"><img id="DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J" name="PDP P2052.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3202" height="5697" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the Pro Tall version of the tripod at maximum height with the center column fully extended, putting the base of the camera at a lofty height of almost 6ft 6in. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s not just height that I’m interested in. I also like to shoot from really low angles sometimes, for creative effect. In time-honored tradition, the Pro tripods enable you to remove and invert the center column, thus shooting out from between two of the legs with the camera inverted, right down to ground level. That’s all well and good, provided that you don’t mind shooting with your camera upside down, which definitely isn’t preferable for videography.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5728px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH" name="PDP P2053.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5728" height="3220" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As with many tripod designs old and new, you can remove the weight hook, invert the center column and shoot with the camera inverted, right down to ground level. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A more convenient but more long-winded approach to ultra-low-level shooting is that you can tilt the ball head through 90 degrees, loosen a screw, and remove all but the very top of the center column. This enables you to shoot from as little as 15.9cm / 6.3in, 17.3cm / 6.8in, or 15.8cm / 6.2in above ground level, with the Pro, Pro Tall, and Pro Lite versions of the tripod, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5537px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH" name="PDP P2055.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5537" height="3115" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">That little dual hex key tool that stows inside the center column can also be used to remove all but the top-most section of it, for ultra-low-level shooting with the camera the right way up. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Those specializing in videography rather than stills photography might like to go a little further with filmmaking features. Catering to these needs, Peak Design offers a Leveling Base for an additional $120 / £110 / AU$220. This enables you to level the head even if the tripod legs aren’t precisely leveled, so that your horizon doesn’t go on the slant when you start panning. And if you want to add a fluid tilt action to the head’s existing fluid pan abilities, there’s an optional Tilt Mod for $150 / £135 / AU$300.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4490px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH" name="PDP P2063.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4490" height="2526" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tilt mod adds fluid tilt to the existing fluid pan, for a fuller range of movement, and comes complete with a rotatable, detachable, telescopic panning handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-verdict"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’ve tried many and varied Peak Design products, and they always give me a real feel-good factor. The company makes bold claims regarding the design, features, build quality, and performance of its Peak Design Pro Tripod range. I love it when products live up to and even surpass their billing, and that’s my experience of the Pro Tall tripod kit that I tested and immediately fell for.</p><p>Highlights for me are that the design neatly cuts out any wasted space, the specially profiled legs snugly wrapping around the center column for incredibly slimline stowage. The integral head also helps to keep packing size to a minimum, so everything’s neat and tidy. Better still, the tripod has super-fast setup and take-down times, apart from its fiddly tool-driven quick-release plate. Best of all, the kit gives rock-solid support for stills and video shooting, with a nice fluid panning feel for the latter, and remains really steady and stable even at its maximum height with all of the leg sections and center column fully extended.</p><p>The only catch, as far as I’m concerned, is the price. It’s a very expensive tripod by any standards, but I feel that Peak Design has really gone the extra mile with its no-compromise design and build, making the Pro range of tripods well worth the money.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Smart features include specially shaped legs and center column, along with a clever integral head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Truly innovative tripods are few and far between but some really out-of-the-box thinking has gone into the design of this one, backed up by superb build quality.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The tripod is sturdy and extremely resistant to flexing and vibrations, from ultra-low-level shooting to its maximum operating height.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a very expensive tripod by any standards but the advanced features, smart design and impressive performance make it well worth the money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH" name="PDP V2070 21x9.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="5c7cc2c0-8346-11f1-bdc0-33aaf78b0fad" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="fNLXT7mjFpZLUmDJVgc9CG" name="3LT Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fNLXT7mjFpZLUmDJVgc9CG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="5c7cc2c0-8346-11f1-bdc0-33aaf78b0fad" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a tabletop tripod, using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately).</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="5c7cc32e-8346-11f1-b734-53fe8a40a75b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3288px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="N5zELbREN5R7Fb5QBhYwRG" name="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N5zELbREN5R7Fb5QBhYwRG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3288" height="3288" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review" data-dimension112="5c7cc32e-8346-11f1-b734-53fe8a40a75b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod</strong></a> is a full-sized carbon fiber tripod based on 3-section legs and a single-section extending center column. The center column has a pivot facility so you can configure it as a horizontal boom, ideal for macro and low-level photography, as well as for shooting with ultra-wide-angle and fisheye lenses.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Peak Design Pro Tripod builds on the success of the company’s award-winning travel tripod, with Pro, Pro Lite and Pro Tall options to choose from ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">FFG2QU6BojeknEug6zekqM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u8B2qngNJHrp8PqoHuvRsH-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 05 Jul 2026 03:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Sun, 19 Jul 2026 07:49:24 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u8B2qngNJHrp8PqoHuvRsH-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u8B2qngNJHrp8PqoHuvRsH-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Think Peak Design and you’re probably thinking photo bags and backpacks, and those clever <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design Slide camera straps</a> with their quick-release mechanisms. However, the company also makes general travel luggage, outdoor gear, phone cases, wallets, and even gadget mounts for cars and motorcycles. The California-based outfit was founded in 2010 with a mission to ‘build happy and meaningful lives for the people that work there', and, hopefully, some of that meaningful happiness will spill over to people who buy their products.</p><p>Fast-forward to 2020, and the company launched its first and so far only tripod, in the somewhat revolutionary shape of a very distinctive travel tripod. We’ve reviewed it very favorably in both of its <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</a> editions. The company designed and launched its first tripod off the back of a crowdfunding campaign, which is its go-to business method, and the result is undeniably one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> on the market.</p><p>The new Peak Design Pro Tripods inherit the innovative design and features of the original Travel Tripod and build them into a (mostly) full-sized range of kits. As such, the new models are available in Pro, Pro Lite, and Pro Tall versions, each of them aiming to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a>, as well as being among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>. As you’ve probably guessed, though, the Pro Lite is relatively lightweight and downsized, compared with the other two more full-sized sticks.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3427px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH" name="PDP 01 intro 2049.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3427" height="1928" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Following on from the Peak Design Travel Tripod, the new Pro editions inherit the same space-saving design criteria. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-specifications"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Tripod</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Lite Tripod </strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber </p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>50.1cm / 19.7in</p></td><td  ><p>58.1cm / 22.9in</p></td><td  ><p>48.8cm / 19.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>168.4cm / 66.3in</p></td><td  ><p>197.4cm / 77.7in</p></td><td  ><p>162.5cm / 64.0in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>15.9cm / 6.3in</p></td><td  ><p>17.3cm / 6.8in</p></td><td  ><p>15.8cm / 6.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>9.3cm / 3.66in</p></td><td  ><p>9.3cm / 3.66in</p></td><td  ><p>8.5cm / 3.35in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.9kg / 4.2lb</p></td><td  ><p>2.0kg / 4.5lb</p></td><td  ><p>1.7kg / 3.7lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>18.1kg / 40lb</p></td><td  ><p>18.1kg / 40lb</p></td><td  ><p>15.9kg / 35lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-price"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Price</span></h3><p>Full-sized, heavy-duty, carbon fiber tripod kits that are also reasonably lightweight and fold down small for the journey don’t come cheap. One of my all-time favorites is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</a>, complete with AirHed Pro Ball Head, which will set you back around $500 / £400 / AU$750. Then there’s the somewhat legendary <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review">Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod</a> (legs only) for around $500 / £399 / AU$850, but it’s also available in kit options with various heads.</p><p>In that context, the Peak Design Pro Tripod kit looks pretty pricey at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500, whereas the Pro Tall is understandably even more expensive at $1,000 / £900 / AU$1,700, as there’s simply more of it, and the least expensive Pro Lite is still very dear at $800 / £700 / AU$1,400. On the face of it, none of these three tripods looks like they’re going to win any ‘Great Value’ awards, but considering the innovative, no-compromise designs, they could still be very well worth the money.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Peak Design Pro Tripod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-design-handling"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>After decades of being a keen photographer, it’s very rare that a tripod walks into my studio and really grabs my attention. The Peak Design Travel Tripod did exactly that a few years ago, with sufficient wow-factor to make me actually open my mouth and say ‘wow’. Looking as super-skinny as a catwalk model, the tripod was designed with oval-profile legs that wrap around a triangular center column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH" name="PDP 2069.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The specially shaped legs and triangular-profile center column with its concave sides fully come together when the tripod is folded down, to ensure there’s no wasted space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The net result is that the tripod is incredibly slim when folded, while also avoiding the time-consuming chore that you get with the vast majority of travel tripods. That’s because with the Peak Design and its integral head, you don’t need to fully extend the center column and swing the legs up to achieve a compact stowage size. All of these design facets in regard to the legs, center column, and head are inherited by the next-gen ‘Pro’ tripod range.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4974px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH" name="PDP 2074.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4974" height="2798" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The integral head works well for both stills and video, combining a ball and socket mechanism with an additional panning function, the latter with a fluid feel. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One notable difference is that the Pro tripods have four sections in each leg rather than five, which makes setup and takedown quicker and easier, as there are fewer leg section clamps to contend with. The leg sections themselves are made from the good stuff. Like anything else, carbon fiber isn’t all created equal, but this tripod is constructed from premium-grade 3k weave, 2x2 twill carbon fiber, along with CNC-machined and anodized 6061-T6 recycled aluminum for the ball head, hub, load hook and leg locks, rather than using any die-cast parts.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH" name="PDP 2072.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flip-action locks for the leg sections have aluminum cams and an updated design, compared with those of the original Travel Tripod, boasting improved anti-flexing solidity and easier cleaning. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with most tripods great and small nowadays, it’s not just the height of the legs that you can adjust, but also the angle from vertical. True to form, the Pro has three lockable leg angles when unfolded for use. The wider angles enable greater stability and resistance to the tripod toppling over when it’s set to a short operating height. Multiple angles also make it easier to work on uneven terrain and around obstacles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH" name="PDP 2073.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A simple spring-loaded, pushbutton latch at the top of each leg enables you to select any of three lockable leg angles when setting up the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ball head is equally innovative as the tripod legs, and a crafty bit of design in its own right. The compact, integrated design helps to keep stowage size to a minimum, but it’s nevertheless full of clever tricks. A twist-action lock at the base of the head allows for super-fast release and locking of the ball and socket clamp. The only slight downside is that you have to raise the center column slightly to enable anything more than a slight range of tilting movement of the ball head, and to enable shooting at extreme angles and vertically upwards or downwards, as well as for swapping from landscape to portrait orientation shooting, unless you’re using an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">L-bracket</a>. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4974px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH" name="PDP 2075.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4974" height="2798" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A simple twist of the knurled operating ring shown here is all that’s needed to release and lock the head’s ball and socket assembly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the ball head has a good range of adjustment if you raise the center column a smidge, there’s also a full 360-degree of independent lateral rotation, thanks to a separate panning lock. The panning mechanism has a marked scale and a lovely fluid feel, making the head well-suited to shooting video as well as stills.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH" name="PDP 2076.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Loosening the locking screw on the side of the head enables panning while the ball and socket are still locked off. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One particularly nice touch is the bubble level. It protrudes from the outer circumference of the camera platform and also acts as the lock/release catch for the Arca-Swiss type quick-release plate. And to avoid any expensive accidents if you inadvertently knock the bubble assembly, there’s also a sliding safety lock with marked open and closed positions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH" name="PDP 2078.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level assembly doubles as the lock/release lever for the quick-release plate, and is joined by a sliding safety latch with marked open and closed positions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The QR plate itself is a fairly small, square affair, but you can use other plates if you feel the need. My only complaint about the supplied plate is that it can’t be fastened to your camera without the use of a hex key, but at least one is supplied with the tripod, as pictured below. If you'd prefer a more 'hands-on', tool-free QR plate, the Peak Design Field Plate is available as an optional extra.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3952px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH" name="PDP 2064.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3952" height="2223" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate works well enough, but requires the use of a hex key for fastening it to a camera, as there’s no D-ring or coin slot. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s more trickery down below. A weight hook is featured at the bottom of the center column and, unlike those that need endless twisting on a thread to fit or remove them, this one secures or releases with a spring-loaded lock and a one-third twist. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH" name="PDP 2080.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook is quick and easy to remove, and small enough to pop into a spare pocket. When removed, the dual hex key tool pops out, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>What’s more, with the weight-hook removed, the dual-sized hex wrench tool that’s stowed inside the center column pops halfway out by a further spring-loaded mechanism, while the use of magnets stops it from falling all the way out unless you actually tug on it. If my memory serves me rightly (and I’m pretty sure it does), the Peak Design Travel Tripod comes with an additional Mobile Phone Mount, but you can buy that separately for use with the Pro, at a cost of around $20 / £20 / AU$55.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3952px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH" name="PDP 2067.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3952" height="2223" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The neat little tool that stows inside the center column features two fold-out hex keys of different sizes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving further down, right to the bottom of the tripod, sturdy rubber pads are the footwear of choice. Made from non-slip TPU (Thermoplastic Polyurethane), they’re extremely durable and work well on most surfaces. For very soft or loose ground, you might be better off with metal spikes, and these are available as an optional extra, costing around $50 / £45 / AU$80.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH" name="PDP 2082.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The TPU foot pads are of similarly high quality to the rest of the tripod and should prove extremely durable. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Finishing with a flourish, the tripod kit is all wrapped up in a very nicely tailored and padded soft case with a single zippered opening and an adjustable shoulder strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5813px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH" name="PDP 2083.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5813" height="3271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bag is a tight fit, in a good way, offering cozy padded comfort for the tripod without taking up any real extra space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-performance"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>Peak Design points out that it developed the Pro range of tripods in collaboration with the renowned photographer and filmmaker, Jimmy Chin. It also says that they’re based on the groundbreaking architecture of Peak Design’s original Travel Tripod, but scaled up to offer significantly greater stiffness and maximum operating height. I’d say these comments are bang on and that, as I’d expect from a tripod co-developed by a photographer and filmmaker, it works well as a hybrid stick for both photography and videography. That’s mostly thanks to its clever head, which enables fluid panning as well as quick and easy ball and socket adjustments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4776px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH" name="PDP P2051.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4776" height="2687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The multi-angle legs work well for low-level shooting and for working around obstacles and on uneven terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’d also agree that one of the most crucial aspects of the Pro tripods is that you can shoot from a higher maximum height, as I found the Travel Tripod quite restrictive in this regard. Even so, the maximum height of the Pro tripod isn’t exactly towering at 168.4cm / 66.3 inches. </p><p>Being quite tall and liking to keep my shooting options as open as possible, I went for the Pro Tall version of the tripod, which extends to a more impressive 197.4cm / 77.7 inches. </p><p>The Pro Lite edition is certainly smaller and more lightweight for the journey, but only rises to a maximum height of 162.5cm / 64.0 inches, and has a lower payload rating of 15.9kg / 35lb, compared with the 18.1kg / 40lb of its heftier siblings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3202px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.92%;"><img id="DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J" name="PDP P2052.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3202" height="5697" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the Pro Tall version of the tripod at maximum height with the center column fully extended, putting the base of the camera at a lofty height of almost 6ft 6in. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s not just height that I’m interested in. I also like to shoot from really low angles sometimes, for creative effect. In time-honored tradition, the Pro tripods enable you to remove and invert the center column, thus shooting out from between two of the legs with the camera inverted, right down to ground level. That’s all well and good, provided that you don’t mind shooting with your camera upside down, which definitely isn’t preferable for videography.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5728px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH" name="PDP P2053.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5728" height="3220" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As with many tripod designs old and new, you can remove the weight hook, invert the center column and shoot with the camera inverted, right down to ground level. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A more convenient but more long-winded approach to ultra-low-level shooting is that you can tilt the ball head through 90 degrees, loosen a screw, and remove all but the very top of the center column. This enables you to shoot from as little as 15.9cm / 6.3in, 17.3cm / 6.8in, or 15.8cm / 6.2in above ground level, with the Pro, Pro Tall, and Pro Lite versions of the tripod, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5537px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH" name="PDP P2055.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5537" height="3115" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">That little dual hex key tool that stows inside the center column can also be used to remove all but the top-most section of it, for ultra-low-level shooting with the camera the right way up. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Those specializing in videography rather than stills photography might like to go a little further with filmmaking features. Catering to these needs, Peak Design offers a Leveling Base for an additional $120 / £110 / AU$220. This enables you to level the head even if the tripod legs aren’t precisely leveled, so that your horizon doesn’t go on the slant when you start panning. And if you want to add a fluid tilt action to the head’s existing fluid pan abilities, there’s an optional Tilt Mod for $150 / £135 / AU$300.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4490px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH" name="PDP P2063.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4490" height="2526" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tilt mod adds fluid tilt to the existing fluid pan, for a fuller range of movement, and comes complete with a rotatable, detachable, telescopic panning handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-verdict"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’ve tried many and varied Peak Design products, and they always give me a real feel-good factor. The company makes bold claims regarding the design, features, build quality, and performance of its Peak Design Pro Tripod range. I love it when products live up to and even surpass their billing, and that’s my experience of the Pro Tall tripod kit that I tested and immediately fell for.</p><p>Highlights for me are that the design neatly cuts out any wasted space, the specially profiled legs snugly wrapping around the center column for incredibly slimline stowage. The integral head also helps to keep packing size to a minimum, so everything’s neat and tidy. Better still, the tripod has super-fast setup and take-down times, apart from its fiddly tool-driven quick-release plate. Best of all, the kit gives rock-solid support for stills and video shooting, with a nice fluid panning feel for the latter, and remains really steady and stable even at its maximum height with all of the leg sections and center column fully extended.</p><p>The only catch, as far as I’m concerned, is the price. It’s a very expensive tripod by any standards, but I feel that Peak Design has really gone the extra mile with its no-compromise design and build, making the Pro range of tripods well worth the money.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Smart features include specially shaped legs and center column, along with a clever integral head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Truly innovative tripods are few and far between but some really out-of-the-box thinking has gone into the design of this one, backed up by superb build quality.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The tripod is sturdy and extremely resistant to flexing and vibrations, from ultra-low-level shooting to its maximum operating height.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a very expensive tripod by any standards but the advanced features, smart design and impressive performance make it well worth the money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH" name="PDP V2070 21x9.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="5c7cc2c0-8346-11f1-bdc0-33aaf78b0fad" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="fNLXT7mjFpZLUmDJVgc9CG" name="3LT Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fNLXT7mjFpZLUmDJVgc9CG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="5c7cc2c0-8346-11f1-bdc0-33aaf78b0fad" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a tabletop tripod, using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately).</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="5c7cc32e-8346-11f1-b734-53fe8a40a75b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3288px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="N5zELbREN5R7Fb5QBhYwRG" name="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N5zELbREN5R7Fb5QBhYwRG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3288" height="3288" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review" data-dimension112="5c7cc32e-8346-11f1-b734-53fe8a40a75b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod</strong></a> is a full-sized carbon fiber tripod based on 3-section legs and a single-section extending center column. The center column has a pivot facility so you can configure it as a horizontal boom, ideal for macro and low-level photography, as well as for shooting with ultra-wide-angle and fisheye lenses.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This is the perfect memory card for Independence Day ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Hot on the heels of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tech/phones/the-long-awaited-trump-t1-camera-phone-is-now-shipping" target="_blank">Trump T1</a>, Delkin Devices has launched its own take on patriotic tech: the Valor PRO CFexpress 4.0 Type B memory card. Delkin has always been a proudly American memory company, but Valor PRO emphasizes this more than other cards in the Delkin range. Aside from the Star-Spangled Banner appearing on the card itself, Delkin states Valor PRO cards are "Proudly Assembled in the USA", in addition to being designed and extensively validated at Delkin's facility in Poway, CA. Delkin claims that:</p><p><em>"Standard memory cards are built to mass-market commercial standards (Class 2), which tolerate hidden internal defects. Valor PRO CFexpress 4.0 Type B cards are held to (Class 3) aerospace and medical requirements."</em></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1205px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="H7LtR5XwgZQ3MomoShbX8U" name="1782816809_IMG_2778891" alt="Delkin Devices Valor Pro CFexpress Type B card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/H7LtR5XwgZQ3MomoShbX8U.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1205" height="677" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Delkin Devices)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This entails using an industrial underfill process that mechanically bonds the memory chips to the PCB, rather than relying solely on electrical connections. This then makes the card more resistant to drops and vibrations. Delkin also asserts that by assembling each card in the US, you get better component control and traceability; something which is backed up by every card having its own unique serial number, along with a lifetime warranty. Should a card fail, Delkin will replace it within 48 hours and cover the cost of shipping both ways.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="DypqMoGmQYRVMe3cxzyF8U" name="1782816809_IMG_2778895" alt="Delkin Devices Valor Pro CFexpress Type B card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DypqMoGmQYRVMe3cxzyF8U.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1000" height="563" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Delkin Devices)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As for performance, Valor PRO CFexpress 4.0 Type B cards can achieve a stellar 3700 MB/s maximum read speed, and an equally impressive 2800MB/s peak write rate. Minimum sustained write speed is rated at 1840MB/s, easily qualifying the card for VPG800 certification - that's comfortably enough speed to enable high bit-rate 8K RAW recording. Delkin has also tested Valor PRO cards in dozens of CFexpress Type B cameras to ensure compatibility, including all Canon, Nikon and Panasonic Type B bodies.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="hsEgQqzQsi3wEJcbJMdYtT" name="1782816809_IMG_2778890" alt="Delkin Devices Valor Pro CFexpress Type B card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hsEgQqzQsi3wEJcbJMdYtT.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1000" height="563" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Delkin Devices)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Delkin Devices Valor PRO CFexpress Type B card is available in a single capacity option - 1TB - and can currently be had for an introductory price of $589.99 <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1979507-REG/delkin_devices_dcbvp1t_1tb_valor_pro_cfexpress.html" target="_blank">at B&H</a>, or £529 <a href="https://www.wexphotovideo.com/delkin-valor-pro-1tb-3700mbs-cfexpress-type-b-4-0-vpg800-memory-card-3338458/" target="_blank">at Wex</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/memory-cards/this-is-the-perfect-memory-card-for-independence-day</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ CFexpress cards don't get more American than this ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">sxRoQ4J4L3SBHNC8TFfhAF</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FTwv48AgUa5DFdFVKo5MzT-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 02 Jul 2026 22:35:12 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Memory Cards]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FTwv48AgUa5DFdFVKo5MzT-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Delkin Devices]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Delkin Devices Valor Pro CFexpress Type B card]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Delkin Devices Valor Pro CFexpress Type B card]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Delkin Devices Valor Pro CFexpress Type B card]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FTwv48AgUa5DFdFVKo5MzT-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Hot on the heels of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tech/phones/the-long-awaited-trump-t1-camera-phone-is-now-shipping" target="_blank">Trump T1</a>, Delkin Devices has launched its own take on patriotic tech: the Valor PRO CFexpress 4.0 Type B memory card. Delkin has always been a proudly American memory company, but Valor PRO emphasizes this more than other cards in the Delkin range. Aside from the Star-Spangled Banner appearing on the card itself, Delkin states Valor PRO cards are "Proudly Assembled in the USA", in addition to being designed and extensively validated at Delkin's facility in Poway, CA. Delkin claims that:</p><p><em>"Standard memory cards are built to mass-market commercial standards (Class 2), which tolerate hidden internal defects. Valor PRO CFexpress 4.0 Type B cards are held to (Class 3) aerospace and medical requirements."</em></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1205px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="H7LtR5XwgZQ3MomoShbX8U" name="1782816809_IMG_2778891" alt="Delkin Devices Valor Pro CFexpress Type B card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/H7LtR5XwgZQ3MomoShbX8U.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1205" height="677" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Delkin Devices)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This entails using an industrial underfill process that mechanically bonds the memory chips to the PCB, rather than relying solely on electrical connections. This then makes the card more resistant to drops and vibrations. Delkin also asserts that by assembling each card in the US, you get better component control and traceability; something which is backed up by every card having its own unique serial number, along with a lifetime warranty. Should a card fail, Delkin will replace it within 48 hours and cover the cost of shipping both ways.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="DypqMoGmQYRVMe3cxzyF8U" name="1782816809_IMG_2778895" alt="Delkin Devices Valor Pro CFexpress Type B card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DypqMoGmQYRVMe3cxzyF8U.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1000" height="563" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Delkin Devices)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As for performance, Valor PRO CFexpress 4.0 Type B cards can achieve a stellar 3700 MB/s maximum read speed, and an equally impressive 2800MB/s peak write rate. Minimum sustained write speed is rated at 1840MB/s, easily qualifying the card for VPG800 certification - that's comfortably enough speed to enable high bit-rate 8K RAW recording. Delkin has also tested Valor PRO cards in dozens of CFexpress Type B cameras to ensure compatibility, including all Canon, Nikon and Panasonic Type B bodies.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="hsEgQqzQsi3wEJcbJMdYtT" name="1782816809_IMG_2778890" alt="Delkin Devices Valor Pro CFexpress Type B card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hsEgQqzQsi3wEJcbJMdYtT.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1000" height="563" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Delkin Devices)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Delkin Devices Valor PRO CFexpress Type B card is available in a single capacity option - 1TB - and can currently be had for an introductory price of $589.99 <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1979507-REG/delkin_devices_dcbvp1t_1tb_valor_pro_cfexpress.html" target="_blank">at B&H</a>, or £529 <a href="https://www.wexphotovideo.com/delkin-valor-pro-1tb-3700mbs-cfexpress-type-b-4-0-vpg800-memory-card-3338458/" target="_blank">at Wex</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ ProGrade Digital's latest CFexpress Type A card can record 8K video without breaking a sweat ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>ProGrade Digital has launched a new, super-fast CFexpress Type A card. Branded <strong>Iridium</strong>, the card is available in 512GB and 1TB capacities and is capable of a blisteringly-quick 1800MB/s max read speed, and an equally impressive 1700MB/s peak write rate.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1426px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="8hgAATKeogS4MmH6wUHPMW" name="CFexpress_4.0_Type_A_Iridium_Dual_VPG_512GB_1Pack_898x1104px_2000x2000 copy" alt="ProGrade Digital Iridium CFexpress 4.0 VPG800" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8hgAATKeogS4MmH6wUHPMW.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1426" height="802" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: ProGrade Digital)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But more importantly for video capture is how fast a memory card can maintain its write speed. Here the new Iridium Type A card really stands out thanks to its 1500MB/s sustained write speed. This speed is achieved thanks to its CFexpress 4.0 architecture, which enables performance that's twice as fast as first-generation Type A cards.</p><p>ProGrade's CFexpress Type A product range already includes an Iridium card, but that is an older version which comes in 480GB and 960GB capacities. Though its maximum speed is identical to the new 512GB and 1TB versions, sustained write rate is significantly slower at 800MB/s. </p><p>Another key difference between the old and new Iridium Type A cards is their VPG certification. Where the old version was VPG200 certified, the new card boasts dual VPG certification, as it complies with both the VPG400 and VPG800 standards.</p><p>VPG (Video Performance Guarantee) is a tightly-controlled testing procedure and certification that guarantees a memory card can sustain a minimum write speed when recording video. Plenty of SD and CFexpress cards have VPG200 or VPG400 certification, meaning they're guaranteed to maintain a minimum 200MB/s or 400MB/s write speed. VPG800 certification is rather more special though, only being awarded to a select few CFexpress cards. It guarantees that the new ProGrade Iridium card will sustain a minimum 800MB/s write speed during video capture.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:798px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.39%;"><img id="cDPWhvQBqxh7Y37f8C96Zf" name="B2PRO_pressrelease copy2" alt="VPG400 and 1600 certification badges" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cDPWhvQBqxh7Y37f8C96Zf.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="798" height="450" attribution="" endorsement="" class=""></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The VPG400 and VPG1600 certification badges </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nextorage)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You may wonder why the new Iridium card is labelled with VPG400 and VPG800 ratings, as surely the faster rating should simply override the slower one? The reason the cards sport both labels is because VPG800 doesn't actually replace the older VPG200/400 ratings; it instead supplements them. This is due to the VPG800 rating being part of the new Video Performance Guarantee Profile 5.0, released by the CompactFlash Association in February 2025. VPG-5 is not backward compatible with VPG Profile 4.0 (which covers the existing VPG200 and VPG400 ratings). As such, a VPG800 card may not work with a camera recording mode that requires VPG200 or VPG400.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:922px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="Z7o8aZSALpRxBUdWjvNqZf" name="B2PRO_pressrelease copy" alt="Nextorage NX-B2PRO+ CFexpress Type B card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z7o8aZSALpRxBUdWjvNqZf.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="922" height="518" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">VPG1600 is even a thing in the world of CFexpress Type B cards </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nextorage)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is because to achieve the higher sustained write speeds of VPG800, such a card must first be preconditioned (initialized) with low-level formatting. This preconditioning, which has not previously been necessary, essentially resets the card to its original factory condition, permanently deleting any previous data from the card. This in turn means the card is a perfectly clean 'blank slate' which has a large, contiguous storage space, onto which a continuous video data stream can be written at high speed. There's therefore no risk of recording speed being reduced or interrupted by the memory controller needing to allocate part of the recording to a different sector of NAND flash in order to work around any pre-existing data stored on the card.</p><p>This sounds perfectly reasonable but there's a catch: simply deleting a video from the card doesn't recover the corresponding storage space for future VPG800 recordings - you're limited to whatever remaining storage space is left after the last preconditioning (low-level formatting). To restore the full capacity of the card for more VPG800 recording, you must again perform a preconditioning. Thankfully this procedure doesn't appear to be necessary for general use, or for VPG400 recordings.</p><p>For more information on these latest VPG standards, and why preconditioning is necessary, check out the <a href="https://compactflash.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/2025-02-18_VPG_Profile_5_White_Paper.pdf" target="_blank">official guidance</a> from the CompactFlash Association.</p><p>The new ProGrade Digital Iridium CFexpress Type A card is available to <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1980040-REG/prograde_digital_pgcfxa1tbidbh_1tb_cfexpress_4_0_dual.html" target="_blank"><strong>pre-order from B&H</strong></a>. Expect to pay $569.99 for the 512GB capacity, while the 1TB version costs $949.99.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/memory-cards/prograde-digitals-latest-cfexpress-type-a-card-can-record-8k-video-without-breaking-a-sweat</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Thanks to its dual VPG write speed certification ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">CdwXWefmHjbw8GMKwtnjQA</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oCxrt9AmAiA29LNyudq2RW-1280-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jul 2026 23:54:22 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Memory Cards]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oCxrt9AmAiA29LNyudq2RW-1280-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[ProGrade Digital]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[ProGrade Digital Iridium CFexpress 4.0 VPG800]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[ProGrade Digital Iridium CFexpress 4.0 VPG800]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[ProGrade Digital Iridium CFexpress 4.0 VPG800]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oCxrt9AmAiA29LNyudq2RW-1280-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>ProGrade Digital has launched a new, super-fast CFexpress Type A card. Branded <strong>Iridium</strong>, the card is available in 512GB and 1TB capacities and is capable of a blisteringly-quick 1800MB/s max read speed, and an equally impressive 1700MB/s peak write rate.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1426px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="8hgAATKeogS4MmH6wUHPMW" name="CFexpress_4.0_Type_A_Iridium_Dual_VPG_512GB_1Pack_898x1104px_2000x2000 copy" alt="ProGrade Digital Iridium CFexpress 4.0 VPG800" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8hgAATKeogS4MmH6wUHPMW.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1426" height="802" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: ProGrade Digital)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But more importantly for video capture is how fast a memory card can maintain its write speed. Here the new Iridium Type A card really stands out thanks to its 1500MB/s sustained write speed. This speed is achieved thanks to its CFexpress 4.0 architecture, which enables performance that's twice as fast as first-generation Type A cards.</p><p>ProGrade's CFexpress Type A product range already includes an Iridium card, but that is an older version which comes in 480GB and 960GB capacities. Though its maximum speed is identical to the new 512GB and 1TB versions, sustained write rate is significantly slower at 800MB/s. </p><p>Another key difference between the old and new Iridium Type A cards is their VPG certification. Where the old version was VPG200 certified, the new card boasts dual VPG certification, as it complies with both the VPG400 and VPG800 standards.</p><p>VPG (Video Performance Guarantee) is a tightly-controlled testing procedure and certification that guarantees a memory card can sustain a minimum write speed when recording video. Plenty of SD and CFexpress cards have VPG200 or VPG400 certification, meaning they're guaranteed to maintain a minimum 200MB/s or 400MB/s write speed. VPG800 certification is rather more special though, only being awarded to a select few CFexpress cards. It guarantees that the new ProGrade Iridium card will sustain a minimum 800MB/s write speed during video capture.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:798px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.39%;"><img id="cDPWhvQBqxh7Y37f8C96Zf" name="B2PRO_pressrelease copy2" alt="VPG400 and 1600 certification badges" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cDPWhvQBqxh7Y37f8C96Zf.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="798" height="450" attribution="" endorsement="" class=""></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The VPG400 and VPG1600 certification badges </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nextorage)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You may wonder why the new Iridium card is labelled with VPG400 and VPG800 ratings, as surely the faster rating should simply override the slower one? The reason the cards sport both labels is because VPG800 doesn't actually replace the older VPG200/400 ratings; it instead supplements them. This is due to the VPG800 rating being part of the new Video Performance Guarantee Profile 5.0, released by the CompactFlash Association in February 2025. VPG-5 is not backward compatible with VPG Profile 4.0 (which covers the existing VPG200 and VPG400 ratings). As such, a VPG800 card may not work with a camera recording mode that requires VPG200 or VPG400.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:922px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="Z7o8aZSALpRxBUdWjvNqZf" name="B2PRO_pressrelease copy" alt="Nextorage NX-B2PRO+ CFexpress Type B card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z7o8aZSALpRxBUdWjvNqZf.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="922" height="518" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">VPG1600 is even a thing in the world of CFexpress Type B cards </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nextorage)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is because to achieve the higher sustained write speeds of VPG800, such a card must first be preconditioned (initialized) with low-level formatting. This preconditioning, which has not previously been necessary, essentially resets the card to its original factory condition, permanently deleting any previous data from the card. This in turn means the card is a perfectly clean 'blank slate' which has a large, contiguous storage space, onto which a continuous video data stream can be written at high speed. There's therefore no risk of recording speed being reduced or interrupted by the memory controller needing to allocate part of the recording to a different sector of NAND flash in order to work around any pre-existing data stored on the card.</p><p>This sounds perfectly reasonable but there's a catch: simply deleting a video from the card doesn't recover the corresponding storage space for future VPG800 recordings - you're limited to whatever remaining storage space is left after the last preconditioning (low-level formatting). To restore the full capacity of the card for more VPG800 recording, you must again perform a preconditioning. Thankfully this procedure doesn't appear to be necessary for general use, or for VPG400 recordings.</p><p>For more information on these latest VPG standards, and why preconditioning is necessary, check out the <a href="https://compactflash.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/2025-02-18_VPG_Profile_5_White_Paper.pdf" target="_blank">official guidance</a> from the CompactFlash Association.</p><p>The new ProGrade Digital Iridium CFexpress Type A card is available to <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1980040-REG/prograde_digital_pgcfxa1tbidbh_1tb_cfexpress_4_0_dual.html" target="_blank"><strong>pre-order from B&H</strong></a>. Expect to pay $569.99 for the 512GB capacity, while the 1TB version costs $949.99.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Benro launches new monopods, a three-legged base, and loads of bits and bobs ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>First up is the <strong>MSD36CB SupaDupa Black Diamond</strong>. Designed for shooters requiring speed and fluid movement, this monopod features a unique combination of all-metal twist locks and a CNC-machined aluminium flip lock, enabling rapid, one-handed height adjustments. </p><p>Despite a lightweight carbon fibre frame weighing only 0.5kg, it supports an impressive 40kg payload. Its 6-section design extends to 165cm and collapses to a compact 42cm for travel, while the base features a rotating rubber foot with a V-shaped bearing for smooth panning. </p><p>It’s essentially a slightly more compact variant of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-msd46cb-black-diamond-supadupa-monopod-review">Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod</a> that we reviewed recently.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JgCEjTYig4pHWHVxpwYGGk" name="MMX37C_LS02_DSF0943" alt="Benro MiniMax MMX37C Carbon Fiber Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JgCEjTYig4pHWHVxpwYGGk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2132" height="1199" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JgCEjTYig4pHWHVxpwYGGk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Benro)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For those prioritizing extreme portability, the <strong>MiniMax MMX37C</strong> is a 7-section carbon fibre monopod that collapses down to just 37cm and weighs a featherweight 0.36kg, making it an ideal companion for street photography and fast-moving productions. </p><p>Capable of supporting up to 20kg, it includes a versatile spring-loaded 1/4″-20 and 3/8″-16 mounting stud, ensuring compatibility with a wide array of camera and lens setups.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CZ7uSjeoxWv8cg9zL5ppoL" name="VT4_LS01_DSF1319" alt="Benro VT4 Monopod Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CZ7uSjeoxWv8cg9zL5ppoL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CZ7uSjeoxWv8cg9zL5ppoL.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Benro)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Benro has also introduced the <strong>VT4 Monopod Base</strong>, a robust 3-leg solution designed for demanding environments like sports and event production. Its standout feature is a foot-activated 90-degree locking pedal that instantly locks the monopod vertically on flat surfaces. A quick tap of the pedal unlocks the ballhead, transitioning seamlessly back to fluid, articulated movement. </p><p>With a wide 54cm base spread and tension-adjustable ballhead, it provides the stability required for long-duration shooting. It attaches directly to the Benro monopods above or to any compatible 3/8″-16-threaded monopod.</p><p>Benro has also released a range of accessories to help keep your gear in tip-top condition. There are two sets of replacement rubber feet for enhanced indoor traction, with <strong>RF001 Rubber Feet</strong> for Benro 0 and 1 Series tripods with smaller leg diameters and <strong>RF002 Rubber Feet</strong> for larger Benro 2, 3, and 4 Series tripods using a standard 3/8"-16 thread. Or, for the larger tripods, you can swap in <strong>SF001 Stainless Steel Spiked Feet</strong> for superior grip on rugged outdoor terrain. </p><p>And for when your tripod or monopod joints get a bit wobbly, replacement shim kits (<strong>ALS001</strong> for aluminium and <strong>CFS001</strong> for carbon fibre models) will restore smooth leg extensions that lock solidly once more. </p><p>The new lineup is already available in the USA, and will be available in the UK from August 5, 2026, with the following pricing:</p><p><br><strong>MSD36CB SupaDupa:</strong> $140 / £150<br><strong>MiniMax MMX37C:</strong> $100 / £100<br><strong>VT4 Monopod Base:</strong> $100 / £95<br><strong>Rubber Feet (RF001): </strong>$15 / £10<br><strong>Rubber Feet (RF002): </strong>$20 / £15<br><strong>Spiked Feet (SF001):</strong> $15 / £15<br><strong>Shim Kits (ALS001/CFS001):</strong> $10 / £10 </p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-widget-title="Today's best deals on Benro's new monopods and accessories" data-model-name="Benro MSD36CB,Benro MiniMax MMX37C,Benro VT4,Benro RF001,Benro RF002,Benro SF001,Benro ALS001,Benro CFS001"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-launches-new-monopods-a-three-legged-base-and-loads-of-bits-and-bobs</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Benro has announced a pair of specialized carbon fibre monopods, an innovative locking monopod base, and a slew of accessories to go with them ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">P2Gu2PdJ8KTNRrhmxqgNhi</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/t8Dg76TbAApVzrqicy7KFV-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jul 2026 11:58:10 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 01 Jul 2026 11:59:28 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Monopods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.waring@futurenet.com (Adam Waring) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Waring ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wA7LDveTne9XaEFCQSgdn.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/t8Dg76TbAApVzrqicy7KFV-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Benro]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Benro MSD36CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Carbon Fiber Monopod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Benro MSD36CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Carbon Fiber Monopod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Benro MSD36CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Carbon Fiber Monopod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/t8Dg76TbAApVzrqicy7KFV-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>First up is the <strong>MSD36CB SupaDupa Black Diamond</strong>. Designed for shooters requiring speed and fluid movement, this monopod features a unique combination of all-metal twist locks and a CNC-machined aluminium flip lock, enabling rapid, one-handed height adjustments. </p><p>Despite a lightweight carbon fibre frame weighing only 0.5kg, it supports an impressive 40kg payload. Its 6-section design extends to 165cm and collapses to a compact 42cm for travel, while the base features a rotating rubber foot with a V-shaped bearing for smooth panning. </p><p>It’s essentially a slightly more compact variant of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-msd46cb-black-diamond-supadupa-monopod-review">Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod</a> that we reviewed recently.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JgCEjTYig4pHWHVxpwYGGk" name="MMX37C_LS02_DSF0943" alt="Benro MiniMax MMX37C Carbon Fiber Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JgCEjTYig4pHWHVxpwYGGk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2132" height="1199" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JgCEjTYig4pHWHVxpwYGGk.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Benro)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For those prioritizing extreme portability, the <strong>MiniMax MMX37C</strong> is a 7-section carbon fibre monopod that collapses down to just 37cm and weighs a featherweight 0.36kg, making it an ideal companion for street photography and fast-moving productions. </p><p>Capable of supporting up to 20kg, it includes a versatile spring-loaded 1/4″-20 and 3/8″-16 mounting stud, ensuring compatibility with a wide array of camera and lens setups.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CZ7uSjeoxWv8cg9zL5ppoL" name="VT4_LS01_DSF1319" alt="Benro VT4 Monopod Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CZ7uSjeoxWv8cg9zL5ppoL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CZ7uSjeoxWv8cg9zL5ppoL.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Benro)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Benro has also introduced the <strong>VT4 Monopod Base</strong>, a robust 3-leg solution designed for demanding environments like sports and event production. Its standout feature is a foot-activated 90-degree locking pedal that instantly locks the monopod vertically on flat surfaces. A quick tap of the pedal unlocks the ballhead, transitioning seamlessly back to fluid, articulated movement. </p><p>With a wide 54cm base spread and tension-adjustable ballhead, it provides the stability required for long-duration shooting. It attaches directly to the Benro monopods above or to any compatible 3/8″-16-threaded monopod.</p><p>Benro has also released a range of accessories to help keep your gear in tip-top condition. There are two sets of replacement rubber feet for enhanced indoor traction, with <strong>RF001 Rubber Feet</strong> for Benro 0 and 1 Series tripods with smaller leg diameters and <strong>RF002 Rubber Feet</strong> for larger Benro 2, 3, and 4 Series tripods using a standard 3/8"-16 thread. Or, for the larger tripods, you can swap in <strong>SF001 Stainless Steel Spiked Feet</strong> for superior grip on rugged outdoor terrain. </p><p>And for when your tripod or monopod joints get a bit wobbly, replacement shim kits (<strong>ALS001</strong> for aluminium and <strong>CFS001</strong> for carbon fibre models) will restore smooth leg extensions that lock solidly once more. </p><p>The new lineup is already available in the USA, and will be available in the UK from August 5, 2026, with the following pricing:</p><p><br><strong>MSD36CB SupaDupa:</strong> $140 / £150<br><strong>MiniMax MMX37C:</strong> $100 / £100<br><strong>VT4 Monopod Base:</strong> $100 / £95<br><strong>Rubber Feet (RF001): </strong>$15 / £10<br><strong>Rubber Feet (RF002): </strong>$20 / £15<br><strong>Spiked Feet (SF001):</strong> $15 / £15<br><strong>Shim Kits (ALS001/CFS001):</strong> $10 / £10 </p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-widget-title="Today's best deals on Benro's new monopods and accessories" data-model-name="Benro MSD36CB,Benro MiniMax MMX37C,Benro VT4,Benro RF001,Benro RF002,Benro SF001,Benro ALS001,Benro CFS001"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This retro, compact tripod weighs no more than a water bottle – and uses accessory arms to hold phones and lights too ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Hawlowe, a brand arguably best known for its retro-styled camera lights, has unveiled a new tripod – and the company says it weighs only about as much as a water bottle. The Harlowe Rocket Air is a carbon fiber travel tripod with a fluid head that weighs about 2.2 lbs / 1 kg yet can accommodate up to ten times that weight in camera gear.</p><p>But, beyond the more compact size, what caught my eye about the <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/rocket-air-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-with-fluid-head?_kx=1tAObNfjfHYt-bBvRhEYPPZuXwWxIjH2n2hvL4Yyt4nWedmqnF6T4bYe-XxwQd-G.WBFE4x&utm_campaign=Introducing%20Rocket%20Air%20Jun%2029%2C%202026%2C%205%3A24%20PM&utm_id=01KW9B43X1SS6S76RD9BMM1NDP&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Klaviyo" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Harlowe Rocket Air</a> is that it’s also designed to hold multiple devices at once. The tripod supports up to two accessory arms, which can hold things like a smartphone to record behind-the-scenes content, lights, or other accessories.</p><p>Folded, the tripod’s four leg sections allow it to stow away at 19.7 inches / 50 cm, but at full height can reach 58.7 inches / 149cm. The center column can be reversed to hold the camera upside-down for extreme low angles, while three leg positions also allow for a range of different working heights. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG" name="harlowe-rocketair-4000X4000-compact-folded-tripod-scale-reference copy" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="4000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Much of the tripod’s lightweight design comes from its carbon fiber build. A counterweight hook on the bottom of the center column allows creators to add a weight for more stabilization.</p><p>The tripod legs can support up to 22.05 pounds / 10 kg, but the fluid head has a lower weight rating at 6.61 lbs / 3 kg.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1680px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG" name="harlowe-rocketair-scenario-lakeside-sunset-camera-tripod copy" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1680" height="945" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Those legs use twist-style locks, a design that the company says allows creators to deploy to full height in around three seconds.</p><p>The tripod includes a fluid head that has a ten-degree leveling adjustment for uneven terrain, as well as supporting smooth pan and tilt movement.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC" name="unnamed (2)" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While Harlowe is perhaps best known for its retro-styled lights, the Rocket Air follows <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/lighting/i-never-thought-id-want-a-light-stand-as-much-as-i-do-the-new-harlowe-rocket">last year’s Rocket</a>, a multi-purpose stand that can be used as a light stand as well as a modular tripod and monopod.</p><p>The Harlowe Rocket Air retails at $399 / £303 / CA$576. That includes the tripod and detachable fluid head along with a carrying bag and allen wrench; accessory arms are not included with the standard ¼”-20 thread type arms supported. The tripod is <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/rocket-air-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-with-fluid-head?_kx=1tAObNfjfHYt-bBvRhEYPPZuXwWxIjH2n2hvL4Yyt4nWedmqnF6T4bYe-XxwQd-G.WBFE4x&utm_campaign=Introducing%20Rocket%20Air%20Jun%2029%2C%202026%2C%205%3A24%20PM&utm_id=01KW9B43X1SS6S76RD9BMM1NDP&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Klaviyo" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">available from Harlowe</a>, as well as <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1981295-REG/harlowe_1510171_rocket_air_carbon_fiber.html/specs" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">select retailers</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Harlowe Rocket Air"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like...</span></h3><p>Need more camera support? Our expert photographers tested and ranked <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/this-retro-compact-tripod-weighs-no-more-than-a-water-bottle-and-uses-accessory-arms-to-hold-phones-and-lights-too</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Harlowe Rocket Air is a travel tripod with a lightweight design and support for accessories ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">8qH7Vp27o4pTqnxoDdfr7U</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2026 16:16:20 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aCfuiNGVeJZWn4UhcUL8aN.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Harlowe]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Hawlowe, a brand arguably best known for its retro-styled camera lights, has unveiled a new tripod – and the company says it weighs only about as much as a water bottle. The Harlowe Rocket Air is a carbon fiber travel tripod with a fluid head that weighs about 2.2 lbs / 1 kg yet can accommodate up to ten times that weight in camera gear.</p><p>But, beyond the more compact size, what caught my eye about the <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/rocket-air-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-with-fluid-head?_kx=1tAObNfjfHYt-bBvRhEYPPZuXwWxIjH2n2hvL4Yyt4nWedmqnF6T4bYe-XxwQd-G.WBFE4x&utm_campaign=Introducing%20Rocket%20Air%20Jun%2029%2C%202026%2C%205%3A24%20PM&utm_id=01KW9B43X1SS6S76RD9BMM1NDP&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Klaviyo" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Harlowe Rocket Air</a> is that it’s also designed to hold multiple devices at once. The tripod supports up to two accessory arms, which can hold things like a smartphone to record behind-the-scenes content, lights, or other accessories.</p><p>Folded, the tripod’s four leg sections allow it to stow away at 19.7 inches / 50 cm, but at full height can reach 58.7 inches / 149cm. The center column can be reversed to hold the camera upside-down for extreme low angles, while three leg positions also allow for a range of different working heights. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG" name="harlowe-rocketair-4000X4000-compact-folded-tripod-scale-reference copy" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="4000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Much of the tripod’s lightweight design comes from its carbon fiber build. A counterweight hook on the bottom of the center column allows creators to add a weight for more stabilization.</p><p>The tripod legs can support up to 22.05 pounds / 10 kg, but the fluid head has a lower weight rating at 6.61 lbs / 3 kg.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1680px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG" name="harlowe-rocketair-scenario-lakeside-sunset-camera-tripod copy" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1680" height="945" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Those legs use twist-style locks, a design that the company says allows creators to deploy to full height in around three seconds.</p><p>The tripod includes a fluid head that has a ten-degree leveling adjustment for uneven terrain, as well as supporting smooth pan and tilt movement.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC" name="unnamed (2)" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While Harlowe is perhaps best known for its retro-styled lights, the Rocket Air follows <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/lighting/i-never-thought-id-want-a-light-stand-as-much-as-i-do-the-new-harlowe-rocket">last year’s Rocket</a>, a multi-purpose stand that can be used as a light stand as well as a modular tripod and monopod.</p><p>The Harlowe Rocket Air retails at $399 / £303 / CA$576. That includes the tripod and detachable fluid head along with a carrying bag and allen wrench; accessory arms are not included with the standard ¼”-20 thread type arms supported. The tripod is <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/rocket-air-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-with-fluid-head?_kx=1tAObNfjfHYt-bBvRhEYPPZuXwWxIjH2n2hvL4Yyt4nWedmqnF6T4bYe-XxwQd-G.WBFE4x&utm_campaign=Introducing%20Rocket%20Air%20Jun%2029%2C%202026%2C%205%3A24%20PM&utm_id=01KW9B43X1SS6S76RD9BMM1NDP&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Klaviyo" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">available from Harlowe</a>, as well as <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1981295-REG/harlowe_1510171_rocket_air_carbon_fiber.html/specs" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">select retailers</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Harlowe Rocket Air"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like...</span></h3><p>Need more camera support? Our expert photographers tested and ranked <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This award-winning camera accessory brand, once owned by Nikon, was shutting down. Now, it’s being saved from an unusual source ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Shortly after Nikon sold its shares in Mark Roberts Motion Control (MRMC), a notice appeared on the Academy Award-winning robotic camera control company’s website stating that it had entered into liquidation. But now the brand’s seemingly inevitable shutdown has been reversed into new ownership – and a new name.</p><p>MultiDyne, a fiber optics company developing cables and signal conversion equipment, has <a href="https://download.mrmoco.com/MultiDyne_MRMC_Acquisition.pdf" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">acquired MRMC</a>. The robotic camera control company will continue under a new name, MultiDyne Robotics and Motion Control.</p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/nikon-is-selling-off-the-robotic-camera-company-it-bought-up-in-2016-after-it-reconsidered-its-business-portfolio">Nikon sold its shares of MRMC</a> in May 2026, and, less than two months later, a notice appeared on the MRMC website that the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/nikon-sold-off-this-award-winning-robotic-camera-company-less-than-two-months-ago-now-mrmc-is-shutting-down">company was entering into liquidation</a>. The acquisition by MultiDyne keeps the company in operation, albeit under a slightly different name (with the same abbreviation).</p><p><a href="https://www.multidyne.com/#" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">MutliDyne</a>, which is headquartered in New York, says that MRMC’s operation will remain in the UK. </p><p>The acquisition includes MRMC’s “core technologies, intellectual property, manufacturing capabilities, and key engineering expertise,” MuliDyne said, while a member of the MultiDyne team, Neil Maycock, will serve as managing director for the new MultiDyne Robotics and Motion Control.</p><p>MultiDyne says that, unlike in many acquisitions, MRMC is not a competitor with overlapping products, instead serving many of the same customers.</p><p>“MultiDyne has long been focused on the transport, processing, and management of video, audio, and data signals,” said MultiDyne CEO Frank Jachetta. “MRMC places us at the point of image acquisition itself, allowing us to participate in a much broader portion of the production workflow. Together, our technologies create a powerful end-to-end ecosystem for content creators, broadcasters, and live production professionals worldwide."</p><p>In a statement <a href="https://www.mrmoco.com/" target="_blank">on the robotic camera company’s website</a>, MRMC says that “This well-capitalized backing ensures the stability, continuity, and recovery of our iconic brand. Our immediate focus is fulfilling existing commitments and restarting core operations.”</p><p>The announcement did not disclose financial details of the acquisition.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like...</span></h3><p>Browse the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best camera tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-cinema-cameras">best cinema cameras</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/this-award-winning-camera-accessory-brand-once-owned-by-nikon-was-shutting-down-now-its-being-saved-from-an-unusual-source</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Robotic camera company MRMC appeared to be headed toward a shutdown, but has now been acquired by a New York company ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">M5UthxdhKLntrR4XdV6RR3</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZYKF2tTKpqyDaWSyq7FF6R-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2026 14:51:25 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aCfuiNGVeJZWn4UhcUL8aN.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZYKF2tTKpqyDaWSyq7FF6R-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[MRMC]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The MRMC Bolt Cinebot Rig]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The MRMC Bolt Cinebot Rig]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The MRMC Bolt Cinebot Rig]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZYKF2tTKpqyDaWSyq7FF6R-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Shortly after Nikon sold its shares in Mark Roberts Motion Control (MRMC), a notice appeared on the Academy Award-winning robotic camera control company’s website stating that it had entered into liquidation. But now the brand’s seemingly inevitable shutdown has been reversed into new ownership – and a new name.</p><p>MultiDyne, a fiber optics company developing cables and signal conversion equipment, has <a href="https://download.mrmoco.com/MultiDyne_MRMC_Acquisition.pdf" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">acquired MRMC</a>. The robotic camera control company will continue under a new name, MultiDyne Robotics and Motion Control.</p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/nikon-is-selling-off-the-robotic-camera-company-it-bought-up-in-2016-after-it-reconsidered-its-business-portfolio">Nikon sold its shares of MRMC</a> in May 2026, and, less than two months later, a notice appeared on the MRMC website that the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/nikon-sold-off-this-award-winning-robotic-camera-company-less-than-two-months-ago-now-mrmc-is-shutting-down">company was entering into liquidation</a>. The acquisition by MultiDyne keeps the company in operation, albeit under a slightly different name (with the same abbreviation).</p><p><a href="https://www.multidyne.com/#" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">MutliDyne</a>, which is headquartered in New York, says that MRMC’s operation will remain in the UK. </p><p>The acquisition includes MRMC’s “core technologies, intellectual property, manufacturing capabilities, and key engineering expertise,” MuliDyne said, while a member of the MultiDyne team, Neil Maycock, will serve as managing director for the new MultiDyne Robotics and Motion Control.</p><p>MultiDyne says that, unlike in many acquisitions, MRMC is not a competitor with overlapping products, instead serving many of the same customers.</p><p>“MultiDyne has long been focused on the transport, processing, and management of video, audio, and data signals,” said MultiDyne CEO Frank Jachetta. “MRMC places us at the point of image acquisition itself, allowing us to participate in a much broader portion of the production workflow. Together, our technologies create a powerful end-to-end ecosystem for content creators, broadcasters, and live production professionals worldwide."</p><p>In a statement <a href="https://www.mrmoco.com/" target="_blank">on the robotic camera company’s website</a>, MRMC says that “This well-capitalized backing ensures the stability, continuity, and recovery of our iconic brand. Our immediate focus is fulfilling existing commitments and restarting core operations.”</p><p>The announcement did not disclose financial details of the acquisition.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like...</span></h3><p>Browse the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best camera tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-cinema-cameras">best cinema cameras</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ I've used hundreds of camera bags –and the perfect camera bag simply does not exist! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I’ve always fancied a posh <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers">camera bag</a> from Billingham but could never justify the expense to myself. My desire didn’t even take into consideration the dimensions of the bag, or that of the camera kit I intended to fill it with; I just admired the old-school doctor’s bag aesthetic, the craftmanship and materials involved, plus the attention to detail.</p><p>But while this bag looked to all intents and purposes ‘perfect’, I always had the sneaking suspicion that it wouldn’t be. Because there is simply no such thing as the perfect camera bag.</p><p>And I say that having tried out examples from the comprehensive ranges of Benro, Domke, Lowepro, Manfrotto, Peak Design, Peli, Tenba and Vanguard, to name but a few key players.</p><p>Because it’s not just about getting a bag that can accommodate all my kit, now and into the future; what I’ll want to transport at any one time, and the environment I’m operating in, will keep changing. </p><p>While a satchel-style <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-messenger-bags-for-photographers">messenger bag</a> with a shoulder or cross-body strap may be suitable for urban photography, if I’m hiking up a hill to document a landscape, a waterproofed <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">camera backpack</a> with breathable webbing and a pocket to stash a bottle of water will be more practical and desirable. And I may want to take a tripod too, to make sure my horizons are level and true.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3252px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="vRuXCvzMdBYkFfkL4Mrwhe" name="DCM166.kit_mini.Billingham2bag copy" alt="Camera bags on mannequins" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vRuXCvzMdBYkFfkL4Mrwhe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3252" height="1829" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vRuXCvzMdBYkFfkL4Mrwhe.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>So, while there are many good camera bags, most are only good at one thing. Most but not all, of course, as I’ve also tested <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-roller-bags">wheeled camera cases</a> including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/vanguard-alta-fly-55t-g2-rolling-camera-bag-review">Vanguard Alta Fly 55T G2</a>, that can be quickly transformed into a backpack by removing said wheels. </p><p>But despite an occasional degree of versatility, it feels like there are always compromises to be made in the pursuit of perfection. And if I do want a bag or case that does more, the price tag invariably rockets as well.</p><p>Plus, maybe you don’t need a dedicated camera bag at all. I often use a bog-standard small backpack to transport my cameras, wrapping them in protective bubble wrap in lieu of the padded interior dividers I’d get with a camera bag proper. The latter would offer better protection, sure, but increase the weight and bulk overall. </p><p>Although I began my camera bag ‘journey’ buying protective pouches that snugly fitted the contours of the camera they were intended to house, I’ve now gone completely the other way and don’t like a camera bag that too obviously resembles one.</p><p>Ultimately, it could be argued that unless I have multiple lenses and accessories for my camera and want to carry them with me most of the time, I don’t need a camera bag in the first place. I just require a good, sturdy and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-straps">comfortable strap</a> for the camera (and lens) itself. </p><p>Most of the time that feels just perfect. And <em>much</em> cheaper than a Billingham.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>If you still believe in finding your perfect match, take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers">best camera bags</a> along with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">best camera backpacks</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-sling-bags">best camera sling bags</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/ive-used-hundreds-of-camera-bags-and-the-perfect-camera-bag-simply-does-not-exist</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Just when we think we’ve found an ideal match, life – and our camera and video gear – often has other plans… ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">PkXgeR5GNsgyB2NPaEhrRd</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cb7MPA5S9Qof9mvh6ynRbe-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 28 Jun 2026 21:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Bags and Backpacks]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Gavin Stoker ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cEpxm5TCwZVj9XaYBGaerE.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cb7MPA5S9Qof9mvh6ynRbe-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Camera backpacks on mannequins]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Camera backpacks on mannequins]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Camera backpacks on mannequins]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cb7MPA5S9Qof9mvh6ynRbe-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I’ve always fancied a posh <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers">camera bag</a> from Billingham but could never justify the expense to myself. My desire didn’t even take into consideration the dimensions of the bag, or that of the camera kit I intended to fill it with; I just admired the old-school doctor’s bag aesthetic, the craftmanship and materials involved, plus the attention to detail.</p><p>But while this bag looked to all intents and purposes ‘perfect’, I always had the sneaking suspicion that it wouldn’t be. Because there is simply no such thing as the perfect camera bag.</p><p>And I say that having tried out examples from the comprehensive ranges of Benro, Domke, Lowepro, Manfrotto, Peak Design, Peli, Tenba and Vanguard, to name but a few key players.</p><p>Because it’s not just about getting a bag that can accommodate all my kit, now and into the future; what I’ll want to transport at any one time, and the environment I’m operating in, will keep changing. </p><p>While a satchel-style <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-messenger-bags-for-photographers">messenger bag</a> with a shoulder or cross-body strap may be suitable for urban photography, if I’m hiking up a hill to document a landscape, a waterproofed <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">camera backpack</a> with breathable webbing and a pocket to stash a bottle of water will be more practical and desirable. And I may want to take a tripod too, to make sure my horizons are level and true.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3252px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="vRuXCvzMdBYkFfkL4Mrwhe" name="DCM166.kit_mini.Billingham2bag copy" alt="Camera bags on mannequins" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vRuXCvzMdBYkFfkL4Mrwhe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3252" height="1829" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vRuXCvzMdBYkFfkL4Mrwhe.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>So, while there are many good camera bags, most are only good at one thing. Most but not all, of course, as I’ve also tested <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-roller-bags">wheeled camera cases</a> including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/vanguard-alta-fly-55t-g2-rolling-camera-bag-review">Vanguard Alta Fly 55T G2</a>, that can be quickly transformed into a backpack by removing said wheels. </p><p>But despite an occasional degree of versatility, it feels like there are always compromises to be made in the pursuit of perfection. And if I do want a bag or case that does more, the price tag invariably rockets as well.</p><p>Plus, maybe you don’t need a dedicated camera bag at all. I often use a bog-standard small backpack to transport my cameras, wrapping them in protective bubble wrap in lieu of the padded interior dividers I’d get with a camera bag proper. The latter would offer better protection, sure, but increase the weight and bulk overall. </p><p>Although I began my camera bag ‘journey’ buying protective pouches that snugly fitted the contours of the camera they were intended to house, I’ve now gone completely the other way and don’t like a camera bag that too obviously resembles one.</p><p>Ultimately, it could be argued that unless I have multiple lenses and accessories for my camera and want to carry them with me most of the time, I don’t need a camera bag in the first place. I just require a good, sturdy and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-straps">comfortable strap</a> for the camera (and lens) itself. </p><p>Most of the time that feels just perfect. And <em>much</em> cheaper than a Billingham.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>If you still believe in finding your perfect match, take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers">best camera bags</a> along with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-backpacks">best camera backpacks</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-sling-bags">best camera sling bags</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ OWC launches a new budget-friendly CFexpress Type B card: Atlas Core ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>OWC has launched a new accessibly-priced CFexpress Type B card: <strong>Atlas Core</strong>. This timing couldn't have been better, as with memory card prices skyrocketing due to the global NAND flash shortage, there's sure to be big demand for less expensive cards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="xswetFztaQrk7x2gz8Vv8Y" name="owc-cfx-atlas-core-256gb-hero-right" alt="OWC Atlas Core CFexpress 4.0 Type B 256GB memory card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xswetFztaQrk7x2gz8Vv8Y.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xswetFztaQrk7x2gz8Vv8Y.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: OWC)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The OWC Atlas Core CFexpress Type B card comes in one capacity - 256GB - and is priced at $279.99. At the time of writing there are 256GB Type B cards that cost less, but all are slower than the Atlas Core. OWC’s new entry is speedy thanks to its CFexpress 4.0 specification, giving it incredibly fast 3571MB/s max read and 2227MB/s max write speeds. The card is also rated with a 368MB/s sustained write rate. This isn’t the fastest, but it does comfortably exceed VPG200 certification, enabling 4K RAW and 8K compressed recording. The Atlas Core card is therefore suitable for professional and hobbyist photographers, videographers, and content creators.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3669px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="W9ck3ud6Nc3jNSXkrcdqwF" name="P8232158-169.jpg" alt="Nikon D850" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W9ck3ud6Nc3jNSXkrcdqwF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3669" height="2064" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W9ck3ud6Nc3jNSXkrcdqwF.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even a relatively old DSLR like the Nikon D850 will be compatible with the Atlas Core card </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Digital Camera world)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Atlas Core is designed for Canon EOS R, Fujifilm GFX, Nikon Z, and Panasonic S mirrorless cameras, as well as Nikon DSLRs like the D5, D500 and D850 which were originally designed for XQD. Every card is backed by a three-year warranty, and with OWC’s Free Innergize software, you also get built-in card health monitoring, performance restoration, and firmware updates.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4hU2RPFbKRDtBR4JJDregY" name="owc-atlas-usb4-cfexpress-card-reader-on-desktop-atlas-core-256gb" alt="OWC Atlas Core CFexpress 4.0 Type B 256GB memory card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4hU2RPFbKRDtBR4JJDregY.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4hU2RPFbKRDtBR4JJDregY.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: OWC)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While it may not be the absolute fastest Type B card around, the vast majority of Type B-compatible cameras won’t even come close to maxing out even an entry-level Type B card:</p><p>“Most photographers and creators don’t need the most expensive card on the planet. They need the card they can trust when the moment actually matters … Atlas Core was built for that real-world creator who wants professional confidence without paying for speed they’ll never fully use.” Larry O’Connor, Founder and CEO, Other World Computing (OWC)</p><p><strong>OWC Atlas Core CFexpress 4.0 Type B 256GB memory card: </strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1974151-REG/owc_owccfxb4c00256_256gb_atlas_core_cfexpress.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><strong>Buy now from B&H</strong></a></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/memory-cards/owc-launches-a-new-budget-friendly-cfexpress-type-b-card-atlas-core</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ And it doesn't sacrifice speed ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">NtZWsD4jwfgr34q3dHZMjQ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qoPoZyuNnKZU6HCYZhikdY-1280-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jun 2026 09:14:58 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Fri, 26 Jun 2026 09:23:54 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Memory Cards]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qoPoZyuNnKZU6HCYZhikdY-1280-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[OWC]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[OWC Atlas Core CFexpress 4.0 Type B 256GB memory card]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[OWC Atlas Core CFexpress 4.0 Type B 256GB memory card]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[OWC Atlas Core CFexpress 4.0 Type B 256GB memory card]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qoPoZyuNnKZU6HCYZhikdY-1280-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>OWC has launched a new accessibly-priced CFexpress Type B card: <strong>Atlas Core</strong>. This timing couldn't have been better, as with memory card prices skyrocketing due to the global NAND flash shortage, there's sure to be big demand for less expensive cards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="xswetFztaQrk7x2gz8Vv8Y" name="owc-cfx-atlas-core-256gb-hero-right" alt="OWC Atlas Core CFexpress 4.0 Type B 256GB memory card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xswetFztaQrk7x2gz8Vv8Y.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3000" height="1688" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xswetFztaQrk7x2gz8Vv8Y.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: OWC)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The OWC Atlas Core CFexpress Type B card comes in one capacity - 256GB - and is priced at $279.99. At the time of writing there are 256GB Type B cards that cost less, but all are slower than the Atlas Core. OWC’s new entry is speedy thanks to its CFexpress 4.0 specification, giving it incredibly fast 3571MB/s max read and 2227MB/s max write speeds. The card is also rated with a 368MB/s sustained write rate. This isn’t the fastest, but it does comfortably exceed VPG200 certification, enabling 4K RAW and 8K compressed recording. The Atlas Core card is therefore suitable for professional and hobbyist photographers, videographers, and content creators.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3669px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="W9ck3ud6Nc3jNSXkrcdqwF" name="P8232158-169.jpg" alt="Nikon D850" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W9ck3ud6Nc3jNSXkrcdqwF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3669" height="2064" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W9ck3ud6Nc3jNSXkrcdqwF.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even a relatively old DSLR like the Nikon D850 will be compatible with the Atlas Core card </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Digital Camera world)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Atlas Core is designed for Canon EOS R, Fujifilm GFX, Nikon Z, and Panasonic S mirrorless cameras, as well as Nikon DSLRs like the D5, D500 and D850 which were originally designed for XQD. Every card is backed by a three-year warranty, and with OWC’s Free Innergize software, you also get built-in card health monitoring, performance restoration, and firmware updates.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4hU2RPFbKRDtBR4JJDregY" name="owc-atlas-usb4-cfexpress-card-reader-on-desktop-atlas-core-256gb" alt="OWC Atlas Core CFexpress 4.0 Type B 256GB memory card" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4hU2RPFbKRDtBR4JJDregY.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4hU2RPFbKRDtBR4JJDregY.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: OWC)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While it may not be the absolute fastest Type B card around, the vast majority of Type B-compatible cameras won’t even come close to maxing out even an entry-level Type B card:</p><p>“Most photographers and creators don’t need the most expensive card on the planet. They need the card they can trust when the moment actually matters … Atlas Core was built for that real-world creator who wants professional confidence without paying for speed they’ll never fully use.” Larry O’Connor, Founder and CEO, Other World Computing (OWC)</p><p><strong>OWC Atlas Core CFexpress 4.0 Type B 256GB memory card: </strong><a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1974151-REG/owc_owccfxb4c00256_256gb_atlas_core_cfexpress.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><strong>Buy now from B&H</strong></a></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Prime Day is the only time I buy memory cards (even if there are no deals to shout about!) ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Memory cards might not be the most exciting purchase, but they’re indispensable -  without one, even the best camera is useless. I always stock up on <a href="https://www.amazon.com/SanDisk-Ultra-UHS-I-Memory-SDSDUNB-064G-GN6IN/dp/B0B7NWR653" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><strong>SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I cards</strong></a>, not for their size but for their reliability, great value, and the fact that they’re almost always discounted ahead of<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-deals-on-amazon-prime-big-deal-dayshttps://www.digitalcameraworld.com/gift-guides-and-seasonal-sales/best-amazon-prime-camera-deals-in-2026"> Amazon Prime’s big camera sales</a>.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/primeday?ref_=nav_cs_td_pd_dt_cr&bubble-id=deals-collection-camera&promotionsSearchLastSeenAsin=B0D8L5MGMJ&promotionsSearchStartIndex=120&promotionsSearchPageSize=60" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><strong>See all of today's Amazon Prime camera deals</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/s?k=memory+card&i=photo&crid=1IN6Q1DCP2LG8&sprefix=memory%2Cphoto%2C302&ref=nb_sb_ss_p13n-expert-pd-ops-ranker_1_6" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-rewrite="keep"><strong>See all memory deals across Amazon</strong></a></li></ul><p>Sure, 64GB might not seem like much in an era of 8K video and high-resolution sensors, but for everyday photography, it’s plenty - and at this price, they’re practically impossible to resist.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4094px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="GdcAzoz2GUBVMVHLQnzz3C" name="SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I cards" alt="SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I cards" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GdcAzoz2GUBVMVHLQnzz3C.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4094" height="2303" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GdcAzoz2GUBVMVHLQnzz3C.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s become something of a ritual for me now. I ignore memory cards for most of the year and wait until Prime Day - or the days leading up to it - when prices start to tumble, and full-price suddenly looks ridiculous. SanDisk’s 64GB Ultra cards often drop into impulse-buy territory, and if you need more room, the 128GB and 256GB versions usually follow suit at prices that feel like a steal.</p><p>The real trick is having spares. I never head out without at least two or three extras in my bag. Cards fill up, fail, or simply vanish, and having backups means you’re never caught short - no deleting files on the fly or missing a shot while swapping cards. And when you’ve picked them up for less than the cost of a pub lunch, there’s no reason not to stock up.</p><p>SanDisk Ultra cards have always hit the sweet spot for me. They’re not overkill for everyday or even semi-professional use, yet they’re fast, reliable, and built for real-world shooting, whether that’s documenting family life, covering events, or spending an afternoon out with the camera. I’ve filled more of them than I can count, and not one has ever let me down.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4608px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qLvTXMC5MbPHe2Qe9EeU4C" name="SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I cards" alt="SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I cards" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qLvTXMC5MbPHe2Qe9EeU4C.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4608" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qLvTXMC5MbPHe2Qe9EeU4C.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>So why pay full whack? Prime Day is basically a once-a-year restock event for me. I buy cards like people buy batteries at Christmas – just enough to get me through another season or two. It’s a small investment in peace of mind, and at Prime Day prices, it's hard to make a case against it.</p><p>If you shoot regularly and you’re not taking advantage of these sales, you’re missing a trick. The SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I is always on offer, and if you need more storage, the 128GB and 256GB versions are rarely far behind. Just wait for the price to drop… and buy!</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-shop-the-memory-card"><span>Shop the memory card</span></h3><p>With fast transfer speeds, reliable performance and a price that’s hard to ignore, the SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I is a smart addition to any camera bag – ideal for everyday shooting, and right now, it’s cheap enough to pick up without hesitation.</p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="01af33e2-2881-4a6f-9342-f028dd59fd2d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension48="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension25="$22.99" href="https://www.amazon.com/SanDisk-128GB-Ultra-UHS-I-Memory/dp/B0B7NWR653/ref=sr_1_2?" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:132.51%;"><img id="ff5hyQiCeehHUn2vsz9xmh" name="image" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ff5hyQiCeehHUn2vsz9xmh.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1132" height="1500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.amazon.com/SanDisk-128GB-Ultra-UHS-I-Memory/dp/B0B7NWR653/ref=sr_1_2?" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="01af33e2-2881-4a6f-9342-f028dd59fd2d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension48="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension25="$22.99">64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I: $22.99</a></strong><br><strong>US DEAL:</strong> The SanDisk 128 GB Ultra SDXC UHS‑I Memory Card offers up to 140 MB/s read speeds and durability features like shock‑, water‑ and X‑ray resistance – making it a reliable, budget‑friendly choice for everyday shooting.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.amazon.com/SanDisk-128GB-Ultra-UHS-I-Memory/dp/B0B7NWR653/ref=sr_1_2?" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="01af33e2-2881-4a6f-9342-f028dd59fd2d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension48="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension25="$22.99">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="9034e98b-6be6-45cf-a6fc-da825fc20ef6" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension48="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension25="£16.99" href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/SanDisk-Memory-Mid-range-Compact-Cameras/dp/B0B7NWR653/ref=sr_1_4?th=1" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:132.51%;"><img id="ff5hyQiCeehHUn2vsz9xmh" name="image" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ff5hyQiCeehHUn2vsz9xmh.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1132" height="1500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/SanDisk-Memory-Mid-range-Compact-Cameras/dp/B0B7NWR653/ref=sr_1_4?th=1" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="9034e98b-6be6-45cf-a6fc-da825fc20ef6" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension48="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension25="£16.99">64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I: was £18.17 now £16.99</a></strong><br><strong>UK DEAL: </strong>The SanDisk 128 GB Ultra SDXC UHS‑I Memory Card offers up to 140 MB/s read speeds and durability features like shock‑, water‑ and X‑ray resistance – making it a reliable, budget‑friendly choice for everyday shooting.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/SanDisk-Memory-Mid-range-Compact-Cameras/dp/B0B7NWR653/ref=sr_1_4?th=1" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="9034e98b-6be6-45cf-a6fc-da825fc20ef6" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension48="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension25="£16.99">View Deal</a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Don't forget – the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card">best memory cards</a> need the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-memory-card-readers">best memory card readers</a> to get the best out of them!</p><div data-model-name="SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-widget-type="review"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/memory-cards/prime-day-is-the-only-time-i-buy-memory-cards-even-if-there-are-no-deals-to-shout-about</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ I only trust one memory card brand, and I only buy it on Prime Day ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">ewWiYnK4LiwMjaMEgQGDqi</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MjD7oWJXK5yeFNxWi4dVyB-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2026 06:06:43 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Memory Cards]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ sebastian.oakley@futurenet.com (Sebastian Oakley) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Sebastian Oakley ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bqHjvwvXxSCtJZz3aVgSyn.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MjD7oWJXK5yeFNxWi4dVyB-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I cards]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I cards]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I cards]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MjD7oWJXK5yeFNxWi4dVyB-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Memory cards might not be the most exciting purchase, but they’re indispensable -  without one, even the best camera is useless. I always stock up on <a href="https://www.amazon.com/SanDisk-Ultra-UHS-I-Memory-SDSDUNB-064G-GN6IN/dp/B0B7NWR653" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><strong>SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I cards</strong></a>, not for their size but for their reliability, great value, and the fact that they’re almost always discounted ahead of<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-deals-on-amazon-prime-big-deal-dayshttps://www.digitalcameraworld.com/gift-guides-and-seasonal-sales/best-amazon-prime-camera-deals-in-2026"> Amazon Prime’s big camera sales</a>.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/primeday?ref_=nav_cs_td_pd_dt_cr&bubble-id=deals-collection-camera&promotionsSearchLastSeenAsin=B0D8L5MGMJ&promotionsSearchStartIndex=120&promotionsSearchPageSize=60" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><strong>See all of today's Amazon Prime camera deals</strong></a></li><li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/s?k=memory+card&i=photo&crid=1IN6Q1DCP2LG8&sprefix=memory%2Cphoto%2C302&ref=nb_sb_ss_p13n-expert-pd-ops-ranker_1_6" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-rewrite="keep"><strong>See all memory deals across Amazon</strong></a></li></ul><p>Sure, 64GB might not seem like much in an era of 8K video and high-resolution sensors, but for everyday photography, it’s plenty - and at this price, they’re practically impossible to resist.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4094px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="GdcAzoz2GUBVMVHLQnzz3C" name="SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I cards" alt="SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I cards" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GdcAzoz2GUBVMVHLQnzz3C.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4094" height="2303" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GdcAzoz2GUBVMVHLQnzz3C.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s become something of a ritual for me now. I ignore memory cards for most of the year and wait until Prime Day - or the days leading up to it - when prices start to tumble, and full-price suddenly looks ridiculous. SanDisk’s 64GB Ultra cards often drop into impulse-buy territory, and if you need more room, the 128GB and 256GB versions usually follow suit at prices that feel like a steal.</p><p>The real trick is having spares. I never head out without at least two or three extras in my bag. Cards fill up, fail, or simply vanish, and having backups means you’re never caught short - no deleting files on the fly or missing a shot while swapping cards. And when you’ve picked them up for less than the cost of a pub lunch, there’s no reason not to stock up.</p><p>SanDisk Ultra cards have always hit the sweet spot for me. They’re not overkill for everyday or even semi-professional use, yet they’re fast, reliable, and built for real-world shooting, whether that’s documenting family life, covering events, or spending an afternoon out with the camera. I’ve filled more of them than I can count, and not one has ever let me down.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4608px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qLvTXMC5MbPHe2Qe9EeU4C" name="SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I cards" alt="SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I cards" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qLvTXMC5MbPHe2Qe9EeU4C.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4608" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qLvTXMC5MbPHe2Qe9EeU4C.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>So why pay full whack? Prime Day is basically a once-a-year restock event for me. I buy cards like people buy batteries at Christmas – just enough to get me through another season or two. It’s a small investment in peace of mind, and at Prime Day prices, it's hard to make a case against it.</p><p>If you shoot regularly and you’re not taking advantage of these sales, you’re missing a trick. The SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I is always on offer, and if you need more storage, the 128GB and 256GB versions are rarely far behind. Just wait for the price to drop… and buy!</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-shop-the-memory-card"><span>Shop the memory card</span></h3><p>With fast transfer speeds, reliable performance and a price that’s hard to ignore, the SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I is a smart addition to any camera bag – ideal for everyday shooting, and right now, it’s cheap enough to pick up without hesitation.</p><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="01af33e2-2881-4a6f-9342-f028dd59fd2d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension48="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension25="$22.99" href="https://www.amazon.com/SanDisk-128GB-Ultra-UHS-I-Memory/dp/B0B7NWR653/ref=sr_1_2?" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:132.51%;"><img id="ff5hyQiCeehHUn2vsz9xmh" name="image" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ff5hyQiCeehHUn2vsz9xmh.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1132" height="1500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.amazon.com/SanDisk-128GB-Ultra-UHS-I-Memory/dp/B0B7NWR653/ref=sr_1_2?" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="01af33e2-2881-4a6f-9342-f028dd59fd2d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension48="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension25="$22.99">64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I: $22.99</a></strong><br><strong>US DEAL:</strong> The SanDisk 128 GB Ultra SDXC UHS‑I Memory Card offers up to 140 MB/s read speeds and durability features like shock‑, water‑ and X‑ray resistance – making it a reliable, budget‑friendly choice for everyday shooting.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.amazon.com/SanDisk-128GB-Ultra-UHS-I-Memory/dp/B0B7NWR653/ref=sr_1_2?" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="01af33e2-2881-4a6f-9342-f028dd59fd2d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension48="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension25="$22.99">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="9034e98b-6be6-45cf-a6fc-da825fc20ef6" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension48="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension25="£16.99" href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/SanDisk-Memory-Mid-range-Compact-Cameras/dp/B0B7NWR653/ref=sr_1_4?th=1" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:132.51%;"><img id="ff5hyQiCeehHUn2vsz9xmh" name="image" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ff5hyQiCeehHUn2vsz9xmh.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1132" height="1500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong><a href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/SanDisk-Memory-Mid-range-Compact-Cameras/dp/B0B7NWR653/ref=sr_1_4?th=1" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="9034e98b-6be6-45cf-a6fc-da825fc20ef6" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension48="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension25="£16.99">64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I: was £18.17 now £16.99</a></strong><br><strong>UK DEAL: </strong>The SanDisk 128 GB Ultra SDXC UHS‑I Memory Card offers up to 140 MB/s read speeds and durability features like shock‑, water‑ and X‑ray resistance – making it a reliable, budget‑friendly choice for everyday shooting.<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/SanDisk-Memory-Mid-range-Compact-Cameras/dp/B0B7NWR653/ref=sr_1_4?th=1" target="_blank" rel="sponsored" data-dimension112="9034e98b-6be6-45cf-a6fc-da825fc20ef6" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension48="64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-dimension25="£16.99">View Deal</a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Don't forget – the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card">best memory cards</a> need the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-memory-card-readers">best memory card readers</a> to get the best out of them!</p><div data-model-name="SanDisk 64GB Ultra SDXC UHS-I" data-widget-type="review"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Forgotten memories: From SmartMedia to xD cards, CompactFlash and Memory Sticks, here are the camera memory card formats we’ve loved – and lost ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I’m so used to SD, microSD and CFexpress cards as gold standard removable media for my digital camera of choice – not to mention wireless transfer – that it’s easy to forget about all the failed physical formats previously presented to data-hungry photographers. </p><p>If you’ve taken an image with a digital camera over the past 25 years, as I have, you’ll be familiar with a roll call of formats that were once the must-have, but have now disappeared, among them SmartMedia and xD cards – both favored by Fuji point-and-shoots – along with Sony’s proprietary Memory Stick and, for more serious users with larger cameras, CompactFlash. The latter gave way to <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-cfexpress-cards">CFexpress cards</a>  and the XQD format in the 2010s, just slightly thicker than a SD card but offering much faster speeds than CF.</p><p>To this list of gone but unforgotten formats we can add the bonkers late 90s idea of Sony Mavica ‘compact’ cameras recording to 3.5-inch floppy disks and subsequently 8cm Mini CD-Rs. The thinking at the time was solid – circumnavigate the ‘chain of pain’ with a media format that I could take straight out of my camera and slot into my PC drive. Those nervous about the ‘newness’ of digital photography back then were presented with something familiar and unthreatening, if ultimately impractical.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NZewdqDgGK4iqgVaPNyhU8" name="GettyImages-1247847813-ed" alt="Fumie Kagaya, an employee of Japan's Sony Marketing Inc., displays its new  Mavica "MVC-CD1000" at Sony head office in Tokyo, 01 August 2000. The digital still camera, which measures 137x131x212 mm and weighs 870 grams, uses a 156MB CD-R recording media as storage device. Up to 160 pictures with 1600x1200 resolution can be recorded on a single CD-R disc. The unit is now on sale with a price of 175,000 yen (USD$1,600.00).  (Photo by KAZUHIRO NOGI/AFP via Getty Images)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NZewdqDgGK4iqgVaPNyhU8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2048" height="1152" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NZewdqDgGK4iqgVaPNyhU8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Sony MVC-CD1000 bridge camera launched in 2000 used CD-R disc memory </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Getty Images)</span></figcaption></figure><p>First introduced in 1995, SmartMedia was one of the first digital memory formats I encountered switching from film to digital photography, intended at the time to be a flash (memory) alternative to the floppy disk. Recently reacquainting myself with a FinePix 6900 Zoom from 2001, I’d forgotten how comically huge SmartMedia looks next to SD and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-microsd-card">microSD cards</a> today. SmartMedia’s capacity maxed out at 128MB, which quickly made it obsolete in the race for more pixels. Plus, its exposed gold contact pins and sender dimensions made the cards more fragile that what quickly came to replace them.</p><p>In my world, that replacement was the much smaller and tougher xD memory card, jointly introduced by Fujifilm and Olympus in 2002 and able to offer quite a jump in capacity. Almost a third of the physical size of SmartMedia, xD cards also enabled the cameras that supported the format – mainly from Olympus and Fuji but also several Kodak models – to themselves become more compact, and thus desirable.</p><p>However, Panasonic and SanDisk’s introduction of Secure Digital / SD, which first hit the market with a modest 8MB capacity in 2000, eventually meant that xD disappeared by 2009. In the race to accommodate larger data demands, SD spawned SDHC (Secure Digital High Capacity) in 2005, plus SDXC (Secure Digital eXtended Capacity) in 2009. As, simultaneously, camera phones were getting more sophisticated, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-microsd-card">microSD cards</a> were launched primarily for mobile devices in 2005 and continues to be widely used 20 years on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KmUyBZikrR4KjDCD2nKRXc" name="GettyImages-1162861703-ed" alt="Japan's electronics giant Sony employee Risa Kakizawa displays the new tiny sized IC memory card "Memory Stick Duo" (R) and the regular sized "Memory Stick" during the Memory Stick Forum at a Tokyo hotel 03 June 2002. Sony will launch the new "Memory Stick Duo", measuring 31 x 20 x 1.6mm and weighing only 2g, for the small electronics appliance at the domestic market from the next month. Photo by YOSHIKAZU TSUNO / AFP" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KmUyBZikrR4KjDCD2nKRXc.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2048" height="1152" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KmUyBZikrR4KjDCD2nKRXc.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Sony Memory Stick and Memory Stick Duo card formats - note the storage capacities we made do with back in 2002 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Getty Images)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Available alongside these formats for a short while and intended as an exclusive revenue driver for Sony digital cameras, was the electronics giant’s chewing gum-shaped Memory Stick format. First introduced in 1998, by 2010 Sony was being forced to bow to consumer pressure and offer compatibility with SD cards instead. I can recall an audible sigh of relief at the time from consumers confused by all the competing formats.</p><p>Again, it was because SD offered a higher storage capacity, faster read/write speeds, plus more affordable production costs – and that unlike Memory Stick, was non-proprietary – that saw its widespread adoption and market dominance, that continues over a quarter of a century later. </p><p>Fast forward to 2026 and I’m just grateful that my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-memory-card-readers">card reader</a> and laptop no longer need multiple slots to accommodate the many bewildering, but now redundant, memory card variants still rattling around in a shoebox I have at home. </p><p></p><p><strong>Check out the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card"><strong>best memory card</strong></a><strong> options available for today's digital cameras</strong></p><p></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/memory-cards/forgotten-memories-from-smartmedia-to-xd-cards-compactflash-and-memory-sticks-here-are-the-camera-memory-card-formats-weve-loved-and-lost</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Remembering the quirky and at times short-lived formats for securing our digital photographs and video, exploring what they offered and why they failed ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">T3QgNeRosELzZJNNv96z2F</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yGsk5Bk63zEyzE9T6S9iTc-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2026 08:19:13 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Memory Cards]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Gavin Stoker ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cEpxm5TCwZVj9XaYBGaerE.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yGsk5Bk63zEyzE9T6S9iTc-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Chris George]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Pile of old camera memory cards]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Pile of old camera memory cards]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Pile of old camera memory cards]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yGsk5Bk63zEyzE9T6S9iTc-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I’m so used to SD, microSD and CFexpress cards as gold standard removable media for my digital camera of choice – not to mention wireless transfer – that it’s easy to forget about all the failed physical formats previously presented to data-hungry photographers. </p><p>If you’ve taken an image with a digital camera over the past 25 years, as I have, you’ll be familiar with a roll call of formats that were once the must-have, but have now disappeared, among them SmartMedia and xD cards – both favored by Fuji point-and-shoots – along with Sony’s proprietary Memory Stick and, for more serious users with larger cameras, CompactFlash. The latter gave way to <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-cfexpress-cards">CFexpress cards</a>  and the XQD format in the 2010s, just slightly thicker than a SD card but offering much faster speeds than CF.</p><p>To this list of gone but unforgotten formats we can add the bonkers late 90s idea of Sony Mavica ‘compact’ cameras recording to 3.5-inch floppy disks and subsequently 8cm Mini CD-Rs. The thinking at the time was solid – circumnavigate the ‘chain of pain’ with a media format that I could take straight out of my camera and slot into my PC drive. Those nervous about the ‘newness’ of digital photography back then were presented with something familiar and unthreatening, if ultimately impractical.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NZewdqDgGK4iqgVaPNyhU8" name="GettyImages-1247847813-ed" alt="Fumie Kagaya, an employee of Japan's Sony Marketing Inc., displays its new  Mavica "MVC-CD1000" at Sony head office in Tokyo, 01 August 2000. The digital still camera, which measures 137x131x212 mm and weighs 870 grams, uses a 156MB CD-R recording media as storage device. Up to 160 pictures with 1600x1200 resolution can be recorded on a single CD-R disc. The unit is now on sale with a price of 175,000 yen (USD$1,600.00).  (Photo by KAZUHIRO NOGI/AFP via Getty Images)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NZewdqDgGK4iqgVaPNyhU8.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2048" height="1152" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NZewdqDgGK4iqgVaPNyhU8.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Sony MVC-CD1000 bridge camera launched in 2000 used CD-R disc memory </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Getty Images)</span></figcaption></figure><p>First introduced in 1995, SmartMedia was one of the first digital memory formats I encountered switching from film to digital photography, intended at the time to be a flash (memory) alternative to the floppy disk. Recently reacquainting myself with a FinePix 6900 Zoom from 2001, I’d forgotten how comically huge SmartMedia looks next to SD and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-microsd-card">microSD cards</a> today. SmartMedia’s capacity maxed out at 128MB, which quickly made it obsolete in the race for more pixels. Plus, its exposed gold contact pins and sender dimensions made the cards more fragile that what quickly came to replace them.</p><p>In my world, that replacement was the much smaller and tougher xD memory card, jointly introduced by Fujifilm and Olympus in 2002 and able to offer quite a jump in capacity. Almost a third of the physical size of SmartMedia, xD cards also enabled the cameras that supported the format – mainly from Olympus and Fuji but also several Kodak models – to themselves become more compact, and thus desirable.</p><p>However, Panasonic and SanDisk’s introduction of Secure Digital / SD, which first hit the market with a modest 8MB capacity in 2000, eventually meant that xD disappeared by 2009. In the race to accommodate larger data demands, SD spawned SDHC (Secure Digital High Capacity) in 2005, plus SDXC (Secure Digital eXtended Capacity) in 2009. As, simultaneously, camera phones were getting more sophisticated, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-microsd-card">microSD cards</a> were launched primarily for mobile devices in 2005 and continues to be widely used 20 years on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KmUyBZikrR4KjDCD2nKRXc" name="GettyImages-1162861703-ed" alt="Japan's electronics giant Sony employee Risa Kakizawa displays the new tiny sized IC memory card "Memory Stick Duo" (R) and the regular sized "Memory Stick" during the Memory Stick Forum at a Tokyo hotel 03 June 2002. Sony will launch the new "Memory Stick Duo", measuring 31 x 20 x 1.6mm and weighing only 2g, for the small electronics appliance at the domestic market from the next month. Photo by YOSHIKAZU TSUNO / AFP" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KmUyBZikrR4KjDCD2nKRXc.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2048" height="1152" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KmUyBZikrR4KjDCD2nKRXc.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Sony Memory Stick and Memory Stick Duo card formats - note the storage capacities we made do with back in 2002 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Getty Images)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Available alongside these formats for a short while and intended as an exclusive revenue driver for Sony digital cameras, was the electronics giant’s chewing gum-shaped Memory Stick format. First introduced in 1998, by 2010 Sony was being forced to bow to consumer pressure and offer compatibility with SD cards instead. I can recall an audible sigh of relief at the time from consumers confused by all the competing formats.</p><p>Again, it was because SD offered a higher storage capacity, faster read/write speeds, plus more affordable production costs – and that unlike Memory Stick, was non-proprietary – that saw its widespread adoption and market dominance, that continues over a quarter of a century later. </p><p>Fast forward to 2026 and I’m just grateful that my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-memory-card-readers">card reader</a> and laptop no longer need multiple slots to accommodate the many bewildering, but now redundant, memory card variants still rattling around in a shoebox I have at home. </p><p></p><p><strong>Check out the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card"><strong>best memory card</strong></a><strong> options available for today's digital cameras</strong></p><p></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod review: just how smart can a stick be? Very! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>When it comes to tripod manufacturers, Benro might not be as famous as a couple of its Italian cousins, but this Chinese company has been up and running for more than 30 years and has manufactured some of my personal favorite professional-grade tripods, monopods, and support accessories during that time. I’ve tested and reviewed quite a few of them over the last decade and bought a couple as a result, subsequently being completely happy with them over long periods of time.</p><p>The monopod that I’m reviewing here is from the SupaDupa line-up. Typical of Benro products in general and SupaDupa monopods in particular, it’s cleverly designed with innovative features, expertly engineered, and immaculately finished. As such, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-monopods">best monopods for photographers</a> on the market today. Whether you need to support the heavy load of a big telephoto lens or just beat the shakes when using slow shutter speeds, this Benro should prove well up to the task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="uaoR3Vr4YhhvgP4zUGXtSR" name="BSD 01 intro 2111.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uaoR3Vr4YhhvgP4zUGXtSR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uaoR3Vr4YhhvgP4zUGXtSR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Black Diamond SupaDupa looks and feels a quality item from top to toe. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-specifications"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>43.5cm / 17.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>177cm / 69.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>0.58kg / 1.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>40kg / 88lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Leg sections</p></td><td  ><p>6</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Top plate</p></td><td  ><p>60mm / 2.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Spinning foot, metal spike</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-price"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Price</span></h3><p>What price a monopod? The Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa costs $170 / £180, which is pretty much at the upper end of the scale, especially for a Chinese-manufactured monopod, although you can expect to pay more for a top-of-the-range Manfrotto or Gitzo, both of which are made in Italy. For comparison, we reviewed the similar <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</a>, which lists at an even pricier $209 / £209 and is shorter but heavier, though it does come complete with a useful leveling pan head, which is absent from the MSD46CB I’m reviewing here.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-design-handling"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>There are a lot of things I like about this Benro monopod, but top of the list is the 8-layer carbon fiber from which it’s made. The look and finish of the carbon fiber absolutely scream ‘quality’, and as I’ll come to later, that translates into superb performance. And although impressively rigid even at full stretch, the carbon build helps to keep the weight down to an easily manageable 0.58kg or 1.3lb. That’s despite the monopod having a mighty maximum payload rating of 40kg / 88lb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4047px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="QSeX3uMHrz8uKVLHXANtGR" name="BSD 2113.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QSeX3uMHrz8uKVLHXANtGR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4047" height="2276" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QSeX3uMHrz8uKVLHXANtGR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Carbon fiber can be a movable feast of variable quality. This Benro is made of the good stuff. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Speaking of full stretch, I’m a tall guy and have often been disappointed that even some of the best monopods on the market are simply too short for me to use without stooping. That’s definitely not a problem with this Benro, as it extends to a relatively towering 177cm, or 5ft 10in. Just like with the huge payload rating being delivered by a lightweight construction, the lofty maximum operating height comes with a surprisingly small stowage length of just 43.5cm or 17.1in. That’s made possible by no less than six telescoping leg sections.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="SMxuNoF7RBaGxNcox3zcTR" name="BSD 2114.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SMxuNoF7RBaGxNcox3zcTR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SMxuNoF7RBaGxNcox3zcTR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s no sign of any spindly, flimsy leg sections here. They range in diameter from 21.8mm up to 36.2mm. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Okay, I’d be the first to admit that such a large number of leg sections would normally equate to a couple of compromises. First up, as I’ve experienced with many travel tripods, the bottom sections often tend to be very thin and spindly, and therefore lacking in strength and rigidity. That’s not the case here, as even the bottom section has a generous diameter of 21.8mm (0.9in), with a robust and rigid feel to it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="VX4FiHfJt7tNDoZ258ntRR" name="BSD 2116.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VX4FiHfJt7tNDoZ258ntRR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VX4FiHfJt7tNDoZ258ntRR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can just about grab and then loosen or tighten all four of the twist-action clamps in one handful, when the monopod is fully retracted.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The second compromise is that six leg sections require five separate clamps to release and lock them, which brings the prospect of the monopod being a time-consuming chore to use. As it turns out, the bottom four telescoping sections each have a twist-action lock. They’re pretty quick and easy to use, partly because when the monopod is contracted, you can grab all of the twist clamps in one handful and loosen or tighten them in a single gesture.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="RXArwaGGkYofsWXHcdTaTR" name="BSD 2115.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RXArwaGGkYofsWXHcdTaTR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RXArwaGGkYofsWXHcdTaTR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-action flip lock at the top can be a real time-saver for on-the-fly height adjustments. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The top telescoping section is different from all of the rest, as it has a quick-release flip-action lock. Not only is it easy to locate by feel when your eye is to the viewfinder of your camera, but it’s super-speedy to operate. When using the monopod, I find that I generally tend to extend all of the lower sections and just rely on the top section with its flip lock for making any height adjustments. That makes using the Benro speedy and simple.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="TfHXCVVNwCsXCA3WsVnyRR" name="BSD 2117.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TfHXCVVNwCsXCA3WsVnyRR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TfHXCVVNwCsXCA3WsVnyRR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A screw within a screw, the spring-loaded securing stud automatically adjusts to fit either of the standard 1/4in or 3/8in mounting sockets of cameras and heads. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’m a little disappointed that the monopod doesn’t come with a head, but I know a lot of photographers who find it unnecessary to use a head with a monopod. And at least if you do want to use a head, you can buy one of your choosing. Either way, the monopod has a 60mm / 2.4in diameter circular platform up top, which should prove ideal for mounting a camera or the mounting ring of a big, heavy lens, or indeed a head. </p><p>A crafty bit of design is that the securing screw for any of these has a dual-diameter spring-loaded arrangement, so the larger 3/8in thread automatically retracts to reveal a 1/4in thread if you need the smaller size. If you’re fitting a head on the monopod, there’s also a grub screw in the platform to ensure that it doesn’t work loose.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="Exf5FLZoJnTWMJYXbsavPR" name="BSD 2118.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Exf5FLZoJnTWMJYXbsavPR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Exf5FLZoJnTWMJYXbsavPR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The wrist strap has a pushbutton quick-release system, reminiscent of the ones used in some camera straps. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another thing that you don’t want to be working loose is your grip on the monopod, sending your camera and attached lens crashing to the ground. I’m reassured that the monopod features a wrist strap, and it’s a particularly good one at that. Not only does it have an adjustable diameter to securely fasten around any size of wrist, but it also has a push-button, quick-release clip so that you can quickly and easily remove the wrist strap if you feel the need. The quick-release clip can also be easily removed from the securing lug to which it’s tethered.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="ZvdimXxRjgmeHxFrX4EpUR" name="BSD 2120.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZvdimXxRjgmeHxFrX4EpUR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZvdimXxRjgmeHxFrX4EpUR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Fancy a little extra padded comfort? The monopod comes complete with a SupaDupa Shoulder Pad, also sold separately for use with other tripods and monopods. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Keeping a secure hold on the monopod is also aided by the inclusion of a Benro SupaDupa Shoulder Pad in the kit, a standalone version being available on its own for $20 / £15. It’s a really neat comfort pad that you can wrap around the monopod, with a rubberized, anti-slip inner surface, a padded mesh exterior, and a Velcro strip to keep it in place. You can actually use it with any monopod or tripod leg that has a diameter of between 32mm and 37mm (1.3in and 1.5in).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="JUrPGNBTQG8QmZmHT2ssUR" name="BSD 2121.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JUrPGNBTQG8QmZmHT2ssUR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JUrPGNBTQG8QmZmHT2ssUR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clip for fastening the smaller hex key to the monopod can also be used to pass through an electronic cable that’s connected to your camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Neat extras include a couple of hex keys for making adjustments if and when needed, and there’s a clip for attaching one of them to the monopod if you feel you might need to use it when you’re out and about.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="9cYbcGndYjKEeW2uoPoZQR" name="BSD 2122.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9cYbcGndYjKEeW2uoPoZQR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9cYbcGndYjKEeW2uoPoZQR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The foot definitely deserves a mention. It spins on ball bearings to enable smooth, effortless panning without digging yourself into a hole. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Even the foot of the monopod is pretty smart. I find that I’m often given to panning when using a monopod, as I use them with heavy telephoto lenses while tracking wildlife and sports subjects in motion. The fixed foot of most monopods tends to try to drill a hole in the ground during the process, and can make panning feel stiff and jerky. This Benro monopod features a spinning foot, which glides on its own V-profile roller bearing cage, making panning actions silky smooth.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="7ZG55xdCWaqWT2bAsZRsPR" name="BSD 2123.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ZG55xdCWaqWT2bAsZRsPR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ZG55xdCWaqWT2bAsZRsPR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A metal spike is supplied with the monopod as alternative footwear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If panning’s not your thing and you feel the urge to ram the bottom of your monopod into soft ground for a more assured footing, you can swap out the spinning foot with its rubber pad for a metal spike that’s supplied as part of the kit. You simply unscrew one and screw in the other, which takes minimal time and effort.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-performance"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Performance</span></h3><p>If I had to sum up the performance of the Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod in two words, they’d be ‘speedy’ and ‘sturdy’, but allow me to embellish. I like that, with no fewer than six telescopic sections, the monopod folds down small, but has a really tall maximum operating height. </p><p>That would usually come with the pain of setup and take-down being time-consuming chores. However, the provision of a flip-action clamp for the top section and twist-action clamps for the lower sections actually makes the monopod quick to extend and fold down again. It also makes any required height adjustments fast and effortless while the monopod is actually in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="azDaXNuCgjAMh8uFX9CSQR" name="BSD 2125.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/azDaXNuCgjAMh8uFX9CSQR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5100" height="2868" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/azDaXNuCgjAMh8uFX9CSQR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The monopod attaches securely to a camera but in the absence of a head, you’ll need an L-bracket if you want to shoot in portrait orientation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Then there’s the stability. I’m of the ‘fat legs first’ school of monopod and tripod use, in that I generally extend the larger-diameter top legs first and only deploy the relatively thin bottom ones if I really need to. I use this Benro rather differently, extending all of the lower sections, all of the time, and then extending or contracting the fattest top section with its flip-action clamp to apply any necessary height adjustments. In practice, that works really well, and the monopod remains rigid and extremely resistant to any unwanted flexing, even at its maximum operating height with everything fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1830px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:124.97%;"><img id="qmyer9qw5zRAzdoc6K3vRR" name="BSD 2135" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmyer9qw5zRAzdoc6K3vRR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1830" height="2287" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmyer9qw5zRAzdoc6K3vRR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Benro feels super-sturdy and rigid even when supporting a big, heavy lens at maximum operating height, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>And to finish with just a little thing, that spinning pad on the foot with its roller bearings gives a huge performance boost when you’re panning or just tracking subjects in motion.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="Wk6pybLNTZdTX3E4jfe6VR" name="BSD 2124.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wk6pybLNTZdTX3E4jfe6VR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wk6pybLNTZdTX3E4jfe6VR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Everything’s wrapped up in quality padded drawstring bag, with a front pocket for small accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-verdict"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa is definitely one of the best monopods I’ve ever used. It’s cleverly designed, superbly well-engineered, immaculately finished, and performs flawlessly. I really like that it folds down nice and small, and is really lightweight for the journey, yet stretches to a very generous maximum operating height and has a mighty payload rating.</p><p>The carbon fiber is of particularly good quality, and the clamps all work with smooth precision. I like the mix of twist-locks and a flip-action lock up top, which work brilliantly well together, enabling speed and ease of use. The spinning foot makes the Benro an absolute joy to use for panning shots. My only gripe is that Benro’s rather excellent leveling pan head isn’t supplied as part of the kit, despite the monopod being particularly pricey to buy.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>From the clever quick-release wrist strap and dual concentric securing screws up top, through the different types of section clamps, right down to the spinning foot at the bottom, the monopod is rich in useful features.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design is a bit of a masterclass in how a monopod should be made, and the build quality is epic, featuring top-grade carbon fiber.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Even when using the monopod at its maximum height to support heavy camera and lens combinations, it gives rock-solid support with no unwanted flexing or vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>This Benro is very pricey for a monopod bet well worth the money, even if you do need to buy a head separately (if you want to use one).</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5413px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR" name="BSD 00 hero 2110.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5413" height="2320" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension48="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1460px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="XMKtpGzwNh6vPBPUEYeesh" name="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XMKtpGzwNh6vPBPUEYeesh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1460" height="1460" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The similar <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension48="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</strong></a> carbon fiber monopod lists at a more expensive $209 / £209. This one has an older design of twist locks which we found quite stiff to operate. Coming complete with a leveling head, it's heavier at 0.9kg but has a lower 32kg / 70.5lb maximum load rating.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-trent-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1213px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ZkZTcqiUb8LtqKio2PbUsh" name="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZkZTcqiUb8LtqKio2PbUsh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1213" height="1213" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-trent-20-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0</strong></a> is a magnesium alloy rather than a carbon fiber monopod, but it’s impeccably finished and works a treat. It’s particularly tall, has the same dual spring-loaded securing screw arrangement as the Benro, and true to the company name, has a three-legged base that optionally attaches to the bottom for added stability. The kit is relatively inexpensive to buy at $90 / £71.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-msd46cb-black-diamond-supadupa-monopod-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod is full of clever tricks and crafty design flourishes, but it’s a pricey bit of kit ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">CJGVq6VsURxrKmww23abEK</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Cy8Z6nZd9L9XUsiaYiznRR-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 21 Jun 2026 21:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 22 Jun 2026 06:07:59 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Monopods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Cy8Z6nZd9L9XUsiaYiznRR-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Cy8Z6nZd9L9XUsiaYiznRR-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>When it comes to tripod manufacturers, Benro might not be as famous as a couple of its Italian cousins, but this Chinese company has been up and running for more than 30 years and has manufactured some of my personal favorite professional-grade tripods, monopods, and support accessories during that time. I’ve tested and reviewed quite a few of them over the last decade and bought a couple as a result, subsequently being completely happy with them over long periods of time.</p><p>The monopod that I’m reviewing here is from the SupaDupa line-up. Typical of Benro products in general and SupaDupa monopods in particular, it’s cleverly designed with innovative features, expertly engineered, and immaculately finished. As such, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-monopods">best monopods for photographers</a> on the market today. Whether you need to support the heavy load of a big telephoto lens or just beat the shakes when using slow shutter speeds, this Benro should prove well up to the task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="uaoR3Vr4YhhvgP4zUGXtSR" name="BSD 01 intro 2111.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uaoR3Vr4YhhvgP4zUGXtSR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uaoR3Vr4YhhvgP4zUGXtSR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Black Diamond SupaDupa looks and feels a quality item from top to toe. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-specifications"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>43.5cm / 17.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>177cm / 69.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>0.58kg / 1.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>40kg / 88lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Leg sections</p></td><td  ><p>6</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Top plate</p></td><td  ><p>60mm / 2.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Spinning foot, metal spike</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-price"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Price</span></h3><p>What price a monopod? The Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa costs $170 / £180, which is pretty much at the upper end of the scale, especially for a Chinese-manufactured monopod, although you can expect to pay more for a top-of-the-range Manfrotto or Gitzo, both of which are made in Italy. For comparison, we reviewed the similar <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</a>, which lists at an even pricier $209 / £209 and is shorter but heavier, though it does come complete with a useful leveling pan head, which is absent from the MSD46CB I’m reviewing here.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-design-handling"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>There are a lot of things I like about this Benro monopod, but top of the list is the 8-layer carbon fiber from which it’s made. The look and finish of the carbon fiber absolutely scream ‘quality’, and as I’ll come to later, that translates into superb performance. And although impressively rigid even at full stretch, the carbon build helps to keep the weight down to an easily manageable 0.58kg or 1.3lb. That’s despite the monopod having a mighty maximum payload rating of 40kg / 88lb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4047px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="QSeX3uMHrz8uKVLHXANtGR" name="BSD 2113.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QSeX3uMHrz8uKVLHXANtGR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4047" height="2276" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QSeX3uMHrz8uKVLHXANtGR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Carbon fiber can be a movable feast of variable quality. This Benro is made of the good stuff. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Speaking of full stretch, I’m a tall guy and have often been disappointed that even some of the best monopods on the market are simply too short for me to use without stooping. That’s definitely not a problem with this Benro, as it extends to a relatively towering 177cm, or 5ft 10in. Just like with the huge payload rating being delivered by a lightweight construction, the lofty maximum operating height comes with a surprisingly small stowage length of just 43.5cm or 17.1in. That’s made possible by no less than six telescoping leg sections.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="SMxuNoF7RBaGxNcox3zcTR" name="BSD 2114.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SMxuNoF7RBaGxNcox3zcTR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SMxuNoF7RBaGxNcox3zcTR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s no sign of any spindly, flimsy leg sections here. They range in diameter from 21.8mm up to 36.2mm. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Okay, I’d be the first to admit that such a large number of leg sections would normally equate to a couple of compromises. First up, as I’ve experienced with many travel tripods, the bottom sections often tend to be very thin and spindly, and therefore lacking in strength and rigidity. That’s not the case here, as even the bottom section has a generous diameter of 21.8mm (0.9in), with a robust and rigid feel to it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="VX4FiHfJt7tNDoZ258ntRR" name="BSD 2116.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VX4FiHfJt7tNDoZ258ntRR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VX4FiHfJt7tNDoZ258ntRR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can just about grab and then loosen or tighten all four of the twist-action clamps in one handful, when the monopod is fully retracted.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The second compromise is that six leg sections require five separate clamps to release and lock them, which brings the prospect of the monopod being a time-consuming chore to use. As it turns out, the bottom four telescoping sections each have a twist-action lock. They’re pretty quick and easy to use, partly because when the monopod is contracted, you can grab all of the twist clamps in one handful and loosen or tighten them in a single gesture.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="RXArwaGGkYofsWXHcdTaTR" name="BSD 2115.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RXArwaGGkYofsWXHcdTaTR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RXArwaGGkYofsWXHcdTaTR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-action flip lock at the top can be a real time-saver for on-the-fly height adjustments. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The top telescoping section is different from all of the rest, as it has a quick-release flip-action lock. Not only is it easy to locate by feel when your eye is to the viewfinder of your camera, but it’s super-speedy to operate. When using the monopod, I find that I generally tend to extend all of the lower sections and just rely on the top section with its flip lock for making any height adjustments. That makes using the Benro speedy and simple.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="TfHXCVVNwCsXCA3WsVnyRR" name="BSD 2117.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TfHXCVVNwCsXCA3WsVnyRR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TfHXCVVNwCsXCA3WsVnyRR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A screw within a screw, the spring-loaded securing stud automatically adjusts to fit either of the standard 1/4in or 3/8in mounting sockets of cameras and heads. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’m a little disappointed that the monopod doesn’t come with a head, but I know a lot of photographers who find it unnecessary to use a head with a monopod. And at least if you do want to use a head, you can buy one of your choosing. Either way, the monopod has a 60mm / 2.4in diameter circular platform up top, which should prove ideal for mounting a camera or the mounting ring of a big, heavy lens, or indeed a head. </p><p>A crafty bit of design is that the securing screw for any of these has a dual-diameter spring-loaded arrangement, so the larger 3/8in thread automatically retracts to reveal a 1/4in thread if you need the smaller size. If you’re fitting a head on the monopod, there’s also a grub screw in the platform to ensure that it doesn’t work loose.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="Exf5FLZoJnTWMJYXbsavPR" name="BSD 2118.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Exf5FLZoJnTWMJYXbsavPR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Exf5FLZoJnTWMJYXbsavPR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The wrist strap has a pushbutton quick-release system, reminiscent of the ones used in some camera straps. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another thing that you don’t want to be working loose is your grip on the monopod, sending your camera and attached lens crashing to the ground. I’m reassured that the monopod features a wrist strap, and it’s a particularly good one at that. Not only does it have an adjustable diameter to securely fasten around any size of wrist, but it also has a push-button, quick-release clip so that you can quickly and easily remove the wrist strap if you feel the need. The quick-release clip can also be easily removed from the securing lug to which it’s tethered.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="ZvdimXxRjgmeHxFrX4EpUR" name="BSD 2120.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZvdimXxRjgmeHxFrX4EpUR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZvdimXxRjgmeHxFrX4EpUR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Fancy a little extra padded comfort? The monopod comes complete with a SupaDupa Shoulder Pad, also sold separately for use with other tripods and monopods. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Keeping a secure hold on the monopod is also aided by the inclusion of a Benro SupaDupa Shoulder Pad in the kit, a standalone version being available on its own for $20 / £15. It’s a really neat comfort pad that you can wrap around the monopod, with a rubberized, anti-slip inner surface, a padded mesh exterior, and a Velcro strip to keep it in place. You can actually use it with any monopod or tripod leg that has a diameter of between 32mm and 37mm (1.3in and 1.5in).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="JUrPGNBTQG8QmZmHT2ssUR" name="BSD 2121.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JUrPGNBTQG8QmZmHT2ssUR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JUrPGNBTQG8QmZmHT2ssUR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clip for fastening the smaller hex key to the monopod can also be used to pass through an electronic cable that’s connected to your camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Neat extras include a couple of hex keys for making adjustments if and when needed, and there’s a clip for attaching one of them to the monopod if you feel you might need to use it when you’re out and about.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="9cYbcGndYjKEeW2uoPoZQR" name="BSD 2122.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9cYbcGndYjKEeW2uoPoZQR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9cYbcGndYjKEeW2uoPoZQR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The foot definitely deserves a mention. It spins on ball bearings to enable smooth, effortless panning without digging yourself into a hole. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Even the foot of the monopod is pretty smart. I find that I’m often given to panning when using a monopod, as I use them with heavy telephoto lenses while tracking wildlife and sports subjects in motion. The fixed foot of most monopods tends to try to drill a hole in the ground during the process, and can make panning feel stiff and jerky. This Benro monopod features a spinning foot, which glides on its own V-profile roller bearing cage, making panning actions silky smooth.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="7ZG55xdCWaqWT2bAsZRsPR" name="BSD 2123.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ZG55xdCWaqWT2bAsZRsPR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ZG55xdCWaqWT2bAsZRsPR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A metal spike is supplied with the monopod as alternative footwear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If panning’s not your thing and you feel the urge to ram the bottom of your monopod into soft ground for a more assured footing, you can swap out the spinning foot with its rubber pad for a metal spike that’s supplied as part of the kit. You simply unscrew one and screw in the other, which takes minimal time and effort.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-performance"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Performance</span></h3><p>If I had to sum up the performance of the Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod in two words, they’d be ‘speedy’ and ‘sturdy’, but allow me to embellish. I like that, with no fewer than six telescopic sections, the monopod folds down small, but has a really tall maximum operating height. </p><p>That would usually come with the pain of setup and take-down being time-consuming chores. However, the provision of a flip-action clamp for the top section and twist-action clamps for the lower sections actually makes the monopod quick to extend and fold down again. It also makes any required height adjustments fast and effortless while the monopod is actually in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="azDaXNuCgjAMh8uFX9CSQR" name="BSD 2125.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/azDaXNuCgjAMh8uFX9CSQR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5100" height="2868" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/azDaXNuCgjAMh8uFX9CSQR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The monopod attaches securely to a camera but in the absence of a head, you’ll need an L-bracket if you want to shoot in portrait orientation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Then there’s the stability. I’m of the ‘fat legs first’ school of monopod and tripod use, in that I generally extend the larger-diameter top legs first and only deploy the relatively thin bottom ones if I really need to. I use this Benro rather differently, extending all of the lower sections, all of the time, and then extending or contracting the fattest top section with its flip-action clamp to apply any necessary height adjustments. In practice, that works really well, and the monopod remains rigid and extremely resistant to any unwanted flexing, even at its maximum operating height with everything fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1830px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:124.97%;"><img id="qmyer9qw5zRAzdoc6K3vRR" name="BSD 2135" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmyer9qw5zRAzdoc6K3vRR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1830" height="2287" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmyer9qw5zRAzdoc6K3vRR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Benro feels super-sturdy and rigid even when supporting a big, heavy lens at maximum operating height, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>And to finish with just a little thing, that spinning pad on the foot with its roller bearings gives a huge performance boost when you’re panning or just tracking subjects in motion.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="Wk6pybLNTZdTX3E4jfe6VR" name="BSD 2124.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wk6pybLNTZdTX3E4jfe6VR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wk6pybLNTZdTX3E4jfe6VR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Everything’s wrapped up in quality padded drawstring bag, with a front pocket for small accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-verdict"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa is definitely one of the best monopods I’ve ever used. It’s cleverly designed, superbly well-engineered, immaculately finished, and performs flawlessly. I really like that it folds down nice and small, and is really lightweight for the journey, yet stretches to a very generous maximum operating height and has a mighty payload rating.</p><p>The carbon fiber is of particularly good quality, and the clamps all work with smooth precision. I like the mix of twist-locks and a flip-action lock up top, which work brilliantly well together, enabling speed and ease of use. The spinning foot makes the Benro an absolute joy to use for panning shots. My only gripe is that Benro’s rather excellent leveling pan head isn’t supplied as part of the kit, despite the monopod being particularly pricey to buy.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>From the clever quick-release wrist strap and dual concentric securing screws up top, through the different types of section clamps, right down to the spinning foot at the bottom, the monopod is rich in useful features.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design is a bit of a masterclass in how a monopod should be made, and the build quality is epic, featuring top-grade carbon fiber.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Even when using the monopod at its maximum height to support heavy camera and lens combinations, it gives rock-solid support with no unwanted flexing or vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>This Benro is very pricey for a monopod bet well worth the money, even if you do need to buy a head separately (if you want to use one).</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5413px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR" name="BSD 00 hero 2110.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5413" height="2320" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension48="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1460px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="XMKtpGzwNh6vPBPUEYeesh" name="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XMKtpGzwNh6vPBPUEYeesh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1460" height="1460" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The similar <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension48="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</strong></a> carbon fiber monopod lists at a more expensive $209 / £209. This one has an older design of twist locks which we found quite stiff to operate. Coming complete with a leveling head, it's heavier at 0.9kg but has a lower 32kg / 70.5lb maximum load rating.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-trent-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1213px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ZkZTcqiUb8LtqKio2PbUsh" name="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZkZTcqiUb8LtqKio2PbUsh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1213" height="1213" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-trent-20-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0</strong></a> is a magnesium alloy rather than a carbon fiber monopod, but it’s impeccably finished and works a treat. It’s particularly tall, has the same dual spring-loaded securing screw arrangement as the Benro, and true to the company name, has a three-legged base that optionally attaches to the bottom for added stability. The kit is relatively inexpensive to buy at $90 / £71.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
            </channel>
</rss>